(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "General and combined catalog"

o4 U 



U B L 




T I O N 





VOLUME 2 JANUARY, 1950 NUMBER 7 

GENERAL 

(COMBINED) 

CATALOG 

ISSUE 
1949-1950 






TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

Board of Regents 2 

General Administrative Board 2 

Calendar 4 

Administrative Officers 5 

Committees, faculty 7 

General Information 9 

Agriculture, College of 49 

Agricultural, Extension, Research and Regulatory Agencies 110 

Agriculture Experiment Station 118 

Markets, State Department of 122 

Horticulture Department, State 125 

Dairy Inspection Service 126 

Drainage, State Department of 127 

Seed Inspection Service 128 

Livestock Sanitary Service 129 

Arts and Sciences, College of 131 

Business and Public Administration, College of 239 

Education, College of 297 

Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences, College of 355 

Home Economics, College of 399 

Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation, College of 429 

Graduate School Announcements 455 

Special and Continuation Studies, College of 545 

Summer School Session 597 

Dentistry School, College of 663 

Law School, College of 691 

Medicine, School of 708 

Pharmacy, School of 793 

Nursing, School of 821 

Records and Statistics 837 

Honors and Awards 852 

Summary of Student Enrollment 860 

General Index 862 

Volume 2 JANUARY, 1950 Number 7 

A UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND PUBLICATION 

is published three times during April, twice during May, once in August, October, and 
December, and three times in January, February and March. 

Entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter 
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912. 

Edited by Harvey L. Miller, Director of Publications, University of Maryland. 




T I O N 



GENERAL 

AND 

COMBINED CATALOG 



^ 



COLLEGE PARK and BALTIMORE 
SCHOOLS 



The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable 
contract between the student and the University. The University reserves 
the right to change any provision or requirement at any time within the 
student's term of residence. The University further reserves the right at 
any time, to ask a student to withdraw when it considers such 
action to be in the best interests of the University. 



i 



BOARD OF REGENTS 

AND 

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE Term 

Expires 
William P. Cole, Jr., Chairman, 100 West University Parkway, 

Baltimore 1949 

Stanford Z. Rothschild, Secretary, 109 East Redwood Street, 

Baltimore 1952 

J. Milton Patterson, Treasurer, 120 West Redwood Street, Balti- 
more 1953 

E. Paul Knotts, Denton, Caroline County 1954 

Peter W. Chichester, 103 West Second Street, Frederick, Md 1951 

Harry H. Nuttle, Denton, Caroline County •. 1950 

Philip C. Turner, 2 East North Avenue, Baltimore 1950 

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst, 4-101 Greenway, Baltimore 1956 

Charles P. McCormick, McCormick & Company, Baltimore 1948 

Millard E. Tydincs, Senate Office Building, Washington, D. C 1951 

Edward F. Holter, Middletown, Md 1952 

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for 
terms of nine years each, beginning the first Monday in June. 

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer 
of the Board. 

The State Law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of 
Maryland shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. 

A regular meeting of the Board is held the last Friday in each month, 
except during the months of July and August. 

GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD 

President Byrd, Chairman 

Miss Preinkert, Secretary 

Dean Appleman Dean Eppley Miss Preinkert 

Dr. Bamford Mr. Fogg Dean Pyle 

Dean Benjamin Col. Griswold Dean Robinson 

Mr. Benton Mr. Haszard Dean Smith 

Mr. Brigham Dean Howell Col. Stadtman 

Mr. Brown Dr. Huff Dean Stamp 

Dr. Brueckner Dr. Hoffsommer Dean Steinberg 

Dr. Bishop Dr. Kabat Dean Symons 

President Byrd Miss Kellar Mr. Weber 

Mr. Cobey Director Kemp Dr. White 

Dr. Corbett Dr. Long Dean Wylie 

Dean Cotterman Dean Mount Dr. Zucker 

EDUCATIONAL COUNCIL 

The President, Dean of thb Faculty, Chairman, Deans of Colleges 
Heads of Educational Departments, Director of Admissions, Registrar 

2 



CALENDAR FOR 1949-50 
COLLEGE PARK 



First Semester 



1949 

Sept. 19-23 



Mon.-Fri. 

Mon. 
Thurs. 



Wed., after 
last class 
Mon., 8 A.M. 

Tues., after 
last class 



Registration, first 

semester 
Instruction begins 
General Convocation 

for faculty and 

students 
Thanksgiving recess 

begins 
Thanksgiving recess 

ends 
Xmas recess begin. 



1949 



S M T W T F S 



.......... 1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 IS 16 
. 1811 - ■ 21 22 23 
24 25 26/: .- . ■ 
3l|..|..|..|..|..|.. 



AUGUST 



S M T W T F S 



..123,451 
7 5 9 1" 11 12 1.': 
14 15 1617 18 19.20 
21222 Z42J -■ -' 
25 293031 .... ■■ 



SEPTEMBER 



S M T W T F S 



4 5 6 7,8910 
11 12 13 14 I" ;• 17 
18 19 20 21 2J 23 24 

r _>.-.- zs •' . , 



OCTOBER 



S M T W T F S 



2 3 4 5| 6| 7 8 
91011 12 1.3 14 IS 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 2-: 2712812 



Tues., 8 A.M. Xmas recess ends 
Fri. Charter Day, Alumni 

Banquet 
Wed.-Wed., First semester ex- 
inc. aminations 



NOVEMBER 



S M T W T F S , 



1930 



S M T W T F S 



II 21 3| 4| 51 61 7 

■ 9 1" 11 12 13 14 

15 16 IT 18 19 2" 21 

22 23 24 -' a -- -.- 
29 30 31 ' 



SHTWTFS 



- -| — I — I 1 - * 

5 6 7 - 

12 13 14 15 16 IT 18 
19 20 21 Z2232425 
Z627E8 ..|..|..|.. 



MARCH 



S M T W T F S 



..I..I..I II 21 31 4 
51 6 7| 8 9 1011 

12 1.3 14 15 16 17 Is 
19 21' 21 22 23 24 25 
2< .7 .- 29 30 31 . . 



APRIL 



S M T W T F S 



■?hMt*M s 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 23 26 27 28 29 
30|- -|- -I- -I- -I- -I- - 



1950 



S M T W T F S 



21 3 4 5 6 7 
9 1" 11 12 13 14 
16 17 18 19,20,21 
23 24 25 26,27;28,2? 
30,31 .... .. 



AUGUST 



S M T W T F S 



•• •• * 2 3 

6 T 8 9 -J 
13 14 15 16 IT 
20,21122 23 24 
27 28 29 30 31 



SEPTEMBER 



195! 



S M T W T F 



II 2| 31 4|«7| 
8; 9 10 II Id 
15 16:17118 -*i 
22,23,24 25^ 
29l30!3ll..|..| 

,..p.|. ■!■ ■!■ . 



S M T W T F 



...... 1|2 

5, 6 7 8 9 
12 13 14 15 16 
19|20|21,2" "j 



2 ^ a a 



MARCH 



S M T W T F S S M T W T F 



..|..|..|..|..| II 2 
31 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 1819 20 21 2223 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 



OCTOBER 



S M T W T F S 



II 21 31 41 51 61 7 
8 9 1" 11 1213 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1516 17 18 1920 



•u 



.....J. 

4| 5| 6| 
1112,13 14 15)11 

18 1920 21 22 Z'. 
25 26 2T . 
I 1 I I I 

APRIL 



S M T W T 



21 31 4 5 6 
8| 9110 11 U 



II 21 



MAY 



SHTWTFS 



4 5 



G T 8 9 10 1112 
13 14 15 1C 17 18 19 
20 21 22 2.3 24 25 26 

27 28 29 3" 



DECEMBER 



S M T W T F S 



..I..I..I..I II 2, 3 
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 



. . 12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 in 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 23 26 27 
28 29 30 31 ..!.... 



lb i i isia^uii, id in 1 1 i" ij .<" 

\2 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 22 23 24 25 26 21 

293031 ..[7.J.. .. 29,30; — '- I •)- 

..|..|..|..|..|..|.. ..|..|.T1.. !..,». 



NOVEMBER 



S M T W T F S 



..L.I..I II 21 3| 4 
5 6 7 8 910111 

12 13 14 15 1617 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 ..I.. 



DECEMBER 



S M T W T F S 



..I..I..I..I II 2| 3 
4 5 6 7 f. 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16,17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30' . . 



S M T W T F S 



..l..[..|..|..| II 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
in 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20;21l22'23 
24 2526 27 2829130 
31l..|..|..|..|..|.. 



MAY 



S M T W T F 



..|..| 1| 2| 3| 4 

6 7| 8, 9,in'l 
13 14 15 1( ■ : J 
20 21,22 23 24 2S 
27!28,29 30,31 , 



3 4 5 6 7 1 
lo'll 12 13[14U 

17 18 19 20 21122 
24 25 26 27 28;2S 



Second Semester 



Feoruary 7-10 
February 13 
February 22 
March 25 
April 6 

April 11 
May 18 
May 30 
June 2-9 
June 4 
June 10 

June 24-26 
June 27 
August 4 

June 19-24 
August 7-12 
September 5-8 



Registration, second semester 
Instruction begins 
Washington's Birthday, holiday 
Celebration, Maryland Day 
Easter recess begins 

Easter recess ends 
Military Day 
Memorial Day, holiday 
Second semester examinations 
Baccalaureate exercises 
Commencement exercises 



Tuesday-Friday 
Monday 
Wednesday 
Saturday 
Thursday, after 

last class 
Tuesday, 8 A. M. 
Thursday 
Tuesday 

Friday-Friday, inc. 
Sunday 
Saturday 

Summer Session, 1950 
Saturday-Monday Registration, summer session 

Tuesday Summer session begins 

Friday Summer session ends 

Short Courses 
Monday-Saturday Rural Women's Short Course 

Monday-Saturday 4-H Club Week 

Tuesday-Friday Firemen's Short Course 



OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 

H. C. Byrd, LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University 

H. F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Dean of the Faculty 

T. B. Symons, M.S., D.Agri., Director of Extension Service, Dean of Col- 
lege of Agriculture 

Leon P. Smith, Ph. D., Dean of Arts and Science 

J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean of College of Business and Public Admin- 
istration. 

J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., F.A.C.D., Dean of School of Dentistry 

Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean of College of Education, Director of Sum- 
mer School 

S. S. Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Dean of College of Engineering 

C. 0. Appleman, Ph.D., Dean of Graduate School 

M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean of College of Home Economics 

Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean of School of Law 

H. Boyd Wylie, M.D., Dean of School of Medicine 

Florence M. Gipe, M.S., R.N., Superintendent of Nurses, Director of 
School of Nursing 

, Dean of School of Pharmacy 

G. J. Kabat, Ph.D., Director of College of Special and Continuation Studies 

W. B. Kemp, Ph.D., Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station 

W. J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sci., Director of the Engineering Experiment Station 

R. B. Corbett, Ph.D., Associate Dean of College of Agriculture and Associate 
Director of Extension Service 

Geary F. Eppley, M.S., Dean of Men 

Adele H. Stamp, M.A., Dean of Women 

James M. Tatum, B.S., Director of Athletics 

Harlan C. Griswold, Col., Inf., U. S. Army (Ret.), Acting Dean, College 
of Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation 

Claud E. Stadtman, Col., Inf., U. S. Army, Commandant R. 0. T. C. 

Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar 

Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Director of Admissions 

Charles L. Benton, M.S., C.P.A., Comptroller 

Howard Rovelstad, M.A., B.S.L.S., Acting Director of Libraries 

Harold A. Sayles, A.B., Assistant Superintendent of University Hospital 

Harry A. Bishop, M.D., Medical Director 

George W. Fogg, M.A., Director of Personnel 

George 0. Weber, B.S., Business Manager 

Frank K. Haszard, B.F.S., Director of Procurement and Supply 



Office of the President 

Virginia G. Wilkinson Secretary to the President 

Office of the Director of Admissions 

Mary Burke Assistant, Baltimore Division Office 

Office of the Registrar 

Mary Anna Walker, M.A Assistant Registrar 

Lisette Thompson Assistant, Records 

Florence Stafford Assistant, Baltimore Division Office 

Dean of Women's Office 

Rosalie Leslie, M.A Assistant Dean of Women 

Marian Johnson, M.A Assistant Dean of Women 

Jane Caton, M.S Assistant Counselor 

Office of Financial Administration and Control 

C. L. Benton, M.S., C.P.A Comptroller 

W. A. Burslem, B.S Cashier 

Robert Morris Chief, Statistical Services 

Edith M. Frothingham Administrative Assistant 

W. V. Maconachy Assistant Comptroller (Baltimore) 

Charles W. Spicer Chief Accountant (Baltimore) 

J. H. Tucker Chief Clerk (Baltimore) 

Frank K. Haszard, B.F.S Director of Procurement and Supply 

McKinley L. Fuller Military Property Custodian 

C. Wilbur Cissel, M.A., C.P.A Assistant to the Comptroller 

Ernest A. Berger Chief Accountant (Baltimore) 

Office of Business Management 

George 0. Weber, B.S Business Manager 

Harry Gallogly, B.S Maintenance Engineer 

William Wood Service Supervisor 

Grace Hale, B.A Administrative Assistant II 

C. A. Speake Superintendent of New Construction 

Nelson O. Rima Superintendent of Veterans Housing 

Robert E. Blair Manager, Students' Supply Store 

Dining Hall 

Robinson Lappin General Manager 

Student Health Service 

Harry A. Bishop, M.D Medical Director 

W. Allen Griffith, M.D. Physician Consultant 

Estella C. Baldwin, R.N Supervisor of Nurses 

6 



Publications and Publicity 

Harvey L. Miller, Col. U.S.M.C. (Ret.) . .Dir. of Publications and Publicity 

Alumni Office 

David L. Brigham General Secretary 

FACULTY COMMITTEES 

Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment 

Professor Bamford, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Robinson, Smith, Stamp; 
Miss Preinkert; Professors Curtiss, Hodgins, Long, Quigley, Reid, 
Schindler, D. D. Smith, White. 

Coordination of Agricultural Activities 

Director Symons, Chairman; Director Kemp; Dean Corbett; Assist- 
ant Directors Cory, Magruder; State Chemist Bopst; Professors Ahalt, 
Bamford, Brueckner, Cairns, Carpenter, DeVault, Foster, Haut, 
Holmes, Jull. 

Council on Intercollegiate Athletics 

Dean Eppley, Chairman; Acting Dean Griswold; Directors Kemp, 
Tatum; Assistant Director Cory; Professor Supplee, the President of 
the Student Government Association, and the Chairman of the Alumni 
Council, ex-officio. 

Educational Standards, Policies and Coordination 

Dr. Charles White, Chairman; Professors Bamford, Drake, Cairns, 
DeVault, Hoffsommer, Martin, H. B. McCarthy, Shreeve, Strahorn, 
Wiggin, H. Boyd, Wylie. 

Extension and Adult Education 

DmECTOR Kabat, Chairman; Associate Dean Corbett; Assistant Dean 
Brechbill; Assistant Director Kellar; Professors Baker, G. D. Brown, 
Corcoran, DeVault, Ehrensberger, Martin, Phillips, Steinmeyer. 

Libraries 

Professor Cardwell, Chairman; Professors Aisenberg, Russell 
Brown, Corcoran, Dillard, Foster, Hackman, Hall, Harman, Inver- 
nezzi, Parsons, Reeve, Ida M. Robinson, Rovelstad, Spencer, Wiggin. 

Publications and Catalog 

Dean Cotterman, Chairman; Deans Benjamin, Howell, Mount, Pyle, 
Robinson, Smith, H. Boyd Wylie; Director Kemp; Professors Baker, 
Ball, Bryan, Reid, Zucker; Mr. Brigham; Mr. Durfee; Mr. Fogg; Miss 
E. Frothingham; Colonel Miller; Miss Preinkert. 



Public Functions and Public Relations 

Director Symons, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Howell, Mount, Robinson, 
Stamp, H. Boyd Wylie; Mr. Fogg; Colonel Stadtman; Mr. Brigham; 
Colonel Miller; Miss Preinkert; Professors Bopst, Cory, Gewehr, 
Randall, Reid, Shreeve, Snyder, Steinmeyer, Weber, Miss Leslie. 

Religious Life Committee 

Assistant Dean Rosalie Leslie, Chairman; Professors Marie Bryan, 
Gewehr, Hamilton, McNaughton, Randall, Reid, Scott, Shreeve, Whits. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

Dean Cotterman, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Mount, Stamp; Director 
Long; Professors Reid, Steinmeyer. 

Student Life 

Professor James H. Reid, Chairman; Deans Eppley, Stamp; Colonel 
Stadtman; Miss Preinkert; Professors Russell Allen, Bishop, Bur- 
nett, Deach, Ehrensberger, Harman, Kramer, Lejins, Mitchell, Out- 
house, Phillips, Charles White, Wiggin; Miss Leslie. 

THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 

Howard Rovelstad, M.A., B.S.L.S Acting Director of Libraries 

College Park 

Betty B. Baehr, A.B., B.S.L.S Loan Librarian 

Barbara H. Baker Assistant Reference Librarian 

Frances M. Bezanson, A.B Assistant Loan Librarian 

Agatha Brown, A.B., B.S.L.S Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Velma L. Charlesworth, B.S.E. in L.S Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Ruth S. Haun Assistant Loan Librarian 

Lois Holladay, A.B., B.L.S Catalog Librarian 

E. Louise Leyh, A.B Assistant Reference Librarian 

Stella S. Moyer, A.B., B.S.L.S Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Virginia Phillips, A.B., B.A.L.S Assistant Reference Librarian 

Merilyn Potter, A.B Assistant Loan Librarian 

H. David Turner, A.B., B.S.L.S Order Librarian 

Anna Mary Urban, A.B., B.A.L.S Reference Librarian 

Theresa Veverka Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Kate White Periodicals Librarian 

Baltimore: Dental, Medical, Pharmacy and School of Nursing Libraries 

Ida M. Robinson, A.B., B.S.L.S Librarian 

Elizabeth Anna Crouse Assistant Librarian (Dentistry) 

Rebecca Elam, B.A., B.S.L.S Catalog Librarian (Dentistry) 

Mary E. Hicks, A.B., B.L.S Assistant Librarian (Medicine) 

Simone C. Hurst Librarian in Charge (School of Nursing) 

8 



Edith R. McIntosh, A.M., A.B.L.S Catalog Librarian (Medicine) 

Beatrice Marriott, B.S Assistant Librarian (Dentistry) 

Hilda E. Moore, A.B., A.B.L.S Assistant Librarian (Pharmacy) 

Florence R. Kirk Assistant Librarian (Medicine) 

Law Library 

Anne C. Bagby, A.B., B.L.S Librarian 




GENERAL INFORMATION 

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



PRELIMINARY INFORMATION 

The University of Maryland, in addition to being a State University, is 
the "Land-Grant" institution of Maryland. The University is co-educational 
in all of its branches. 

College Park 

The undergraduate colleges and the Graduate School of the University 
of Maryland are located at College Park, Prince George's County, Mary- 
land, on a beautiful tract of rolling, wooded land, less than eight miles from 
the heart of the Nation's capital, Washington, D. C. This nearness to 
Washington, naturally, is of immeasurable advantage to students because 
of the unusual library facilities afforded by the Library of Congress and 
the libraries of Government Departments; the privilege of observing at 
close range sessions of the United States Supreme Court, the United States 
Senate and the House of Representatives; the opportunity of obtaining 
almost without effort an abundance of factual data which is constantly 
being assembled by the numerous agencies of the Federal Government. 



10 HISTORY 

The University is served by excellent transportation facilities, including 
the main line of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, by the Washington street 
car system, and by several bus lines. The campus fronts on the Baltimore- 
Washington Boulevard, a section of U. S. Route No. 1, which makes the 
University easily accessible by private automobile travel. 

College Park, and the adjacent Calvert Hills and College Heights, con- 
stitute a group of fine residential communities close to the University 
campus, where are located the homes of many of the members of the faculty 
and staff, and where students who prefer to live off campus may find de- 
sirable living accommodations at reasonable rates. 

Baltimore 

The professional schools of the University — Dentistry, Law, Medicine, 
Nursing, and Pharmacy — the University Hospital, and the Baltimore Pro- 
gram of the College of Special and Continuation Studies are located in a 
group of splendid buildings, most of them erected in recent years, at or 
near the adjacent corners of Lombard and Greene Streets and Lombard 
and Redwood Streets, Baltimore, Maryland. 

Baltimore, a thriving, modern industrial city of more than a million in- 
habitants, has an old established culture represented by outstanding educa- 
tional institutions, libraries, museums, parks, public buildings, and places 
of historical interest. 

Baltimore is justly proud of its well earned reputation as a center of the 
highest type of professional education, and no finer location could be chosen 
by a young man or young woman desiring to prepare for a professional 
career. 

BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY 

While its advancement in recent years, both in the matter of physical 
plant facilities and educational standards has been especially rapid, the 
University has behind it a long and honorable history. 

The history of the present University is the history of two institutions; 
the old privately-owned and operated University of Maryland in Baltimore 
and the Maryland State College (formerly Maryland Agricultural College) 
at College Park. These institutions were merged in 1920. 

In 1807 the College of Medicine of Maryland was organized, the fifth 
medical school in the United States. The first class was graduated in 1810. 
A permanent home was established in 1814-1815 by the erection of the 
building at Lombard and Greene Streets in Baltimore, the oldest struc- 
ture in America devoted to medical teaching. Here was founded one of the 
first medical libraries (and the first medical school library) in the United 
States. In 1812 the General Assembly of Maryland authorized the College 
of Medicine of Maryland to "annex or constitute faculties of divinity, law, 
and arts and sciences," and by the same act declared that the "colleges or 



ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION 11 

faculties thus united should be constituted an university by the name and 
under the title of the University of Maryland." By authority of this act, 
steps were taken in 1813 to establish "a faculty of law," and in 1823 a 
regular school of instruction in law was opened. Subsequently there were 
added: in 1882 a Department of Dentistry which was absorbed in 1923 by 
the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery (founded in 1840, the first dental 
school in the world) ; in 1889 a School of Nursing; and in 1904 the Mary- 
land College of Pharmacy (founded in 1841, the third oldest pharmacy 
college in the United States). 

The Maryland State College was chartered in 1856 under the name of 
the Maryland Agricultural College, the second agricultural college in the 
Western Hemisphere. For three years the College was under private man- 
agement. In 1862 the Congress of the United States passed the Land Grant 
Act. This act granted each State and Territory that should claim its bene- 
fits a proportionate amount of unclaimed western lands, in place of scrip, 
the proceeds from the sale of which should apply under certain conditions 
to the "endowment, support, and maintenance of at least one college where 
the leading object shall be, without excluding other scientific and classical 
studies, and including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning 
as are related to agriculture and the mechanic arts, in such a manner as 
the Legislatures of the States may respectively prescribe, in order to pro- 
mote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the 
several pursuits and professions of life." This grant was accepted by the 
General Assembly of Maryland, and the Maryland Agricultural College was 
named as the beneficiary of the grant. Thus the College became, at least 
in part, a State institution. In the fall of 1914 control was taken over 
entirely by the State. In 1916 the General Assembly granted a new charter 
to the College, and made it the Maryland State College. 

In 1920, by an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland 
was merged with the Maryland State College, and the resultant institution 
was given the name University of Maryland. 

THE UNIVERSITY YEAR 

The University year is divided into two semesters of approximately seven- 
teen weeks each, and a summer session of six weeks. 

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY 

The government of the University is, by law, vested in a Board of 
Regents, consisting of eleven members appointed by the governor of the 
State, each for a term of nine years. The administration of the University 
is vested in the president. The deans, directors and other principal officers 
of the University form the Administrative Board. This group serves in an 
advisory capacity to the president. 



12 ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISIONS 

Following is a list of the administrative divisions of the University: 
At College Park 

College of Agriculture College of Special and Continua- 

College of Arts and Sciences tion Studies 

College of Business and Public Graduate School 

Administration Summer School 

College of Education 



College of Engineering Agricultural Experiment Station 

College of Home Economics Agricultural and Home Economics 

College of Military Science, Physi- Extension Service 
cal Education and Recreation 

At Baltimore 

School of Dentistry School of Pharmacy 

School of Law University Hospital 

School of Medicine Maryland State Board of Agricul- 

School of Nursing ture 

State-Wide Activities 

The Agricultural and Home Economics Extension Service maintains local 
representatives in every county of the State. These representatives, County 
Agents and Home Demonstration Agents, provide expert assistance to 
farmers and farm families in their areas and, when necessary, call upon 
the large staff of specialists at the headquarters of the Extension Service 
at College Park. 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service, which is charged with responsibility for 
the control and eradication of diseases of live stock and poultry, maintains 
local veterinary inspectors throughout the State, in addition to specialists 
and laboratory technicians at the main laboratory at College Park and the 
branch laboratories in Salisbury, Centerville and Baltimore. 

PHYSICAL FACILITIES— GROUNDS, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT 

College Park 

Grounds. The University grounds at College Park comprise over six 
hundred acres. A broad rolling campus is surmounted by a commanding 
hill which overlooks a wide area and insures excellent drainage. Most of 
the buildings are located on this eminence and the adjacent grounds are 
laid out attractively in lawns and terraces ornamented with trees, shrub- 
bery and flower beds. Below the hill and along either side of the Wash- 
ington-Baltimore Boulevard lie the drill grounds and athletic fields. 

Approximately 300 acres are used for research and teaching in horticul- 
ture, agriculture, dairying, livestock and poultry. An additional five hun- 
dred acres of land provided for plant research work are located at the 
Hopkins and Nash farms, five miles northwest of College Park and in various 
other localities. 



PHYSICAL FACILITIES 13 

Buildings. The buildings of beautifully designed Georgian colonial motif 
comprise about fifty principal structures and an additional fifty for 
supplemental utility, providing facilities for the varied activities carried on 
at College Park. 

Administration and Instruction. This group consists of the following: 
Administration Building, which accommodates the offices of the President, 
Dean of Men, Business Manager, Comptroller, Director of Personnel, Regis- 
trar, Director of Admissions, Publications, Alumni Secretary, Director of 
Procurement and Supply, and Cashier, as well as Student Supply Store and 
University Post Office. 

Agriculture Building, which houses the College of Agriculture, the Agri- 
cultural and Home Economics Extension Service and the Director of the 
Agricultural Experiment Station. 

Other buildings, whose space is principally devoted to the College of Agri- 
culture are: Poultry Building, Horticulture Building, and Dairy Building. 

The Arts and Science Building, Engineering Building, Education Build- 
ing, Business and Public Administration and Home Economics Building, as 
the names imply, house the various colleges. 

The Armory, one of the finest structures of its kind in the country; the 
Ritchie Coliseum, seating 4,500, used for indoor sports events; the Gym- 
nasium; the Women' 8 Field House and the Byrd Stadium providing for 
8,000 spectators are utilized principally by the College of Military Science 
and Physical Education. The Chemistry Building, Science Building (for- 
merly Agriculture Building), Classroom Building, Dean of Women's Build- 
ing, Library, Morrill Hall, and the Home Economics Practice House, com- 
plete the principal structures in this group. 

Ten temporary frame classroom buildings serve the overflow from Chem- 
istry, Physics and Zoology as well as the entire Psychology and Mathe- 
matics departments and provide a Recreation building for day students and 
headquarters for all student publications. 

A Shop building is being jointly used by the Engineering College, Indus- 
trial Education and Agricultural Engineering departments until new build- 
ings, planned as part of the Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and 
Aeronautical Sciences, are constructed. The experimental Wind Tunnel 
Building, the first unit of this group, is located near the Paint Branch 
bridge on the north side of the campus. 

Housing. The Women's Dormitories are Anne Arundel Hall and Mar- 
garet Brent Hall. In addition, there are four smaller units at present 
providing housing for sorority groups. Two new women's dormitories are 
to be completed early in 1949. 

Men's Dormitories. Calvert and Silvester Halls are the only two named 
dormitories of a group of ten separate buildings housing men students. 



14 LIBRARY FACILITIES 

A Veterans' Housing Project provides facilities for 1,100 male students 
in nine dormitories and 104 veteran families in thirteen family units. 

Experiment Station. The headquarters for the Agricultural Experi- 
ment Station are in the new Agricultural building. The laboratories and 
greenhouses for this research work are located in several buildings on the 
campus. 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is located in a group of buildings about 
a mile east of the main campus, near the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad 
Station. 

Service Buildings. This group includes the Central Heating Plant, Ser- 
vice Building, the Infirmary, and the Dining Hall. 

The Fire Service Extension Building, completed in 1946, is located south of 
the Byrd Stadium on the boulevard. It houses the Fire Extension Service 
offices as well as the College Park Volunteer Fire Department. 

Historical Building. Rossborough Inn. This historic Inn, built in 1798, 
is the oldest building on the campus and for many years housed the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station. Entirely restored, it is now one of the most 
beautiful and interesting buildings on the campus. 

U. S. Government Buildings. United States Bureau of Mines. The 
Eastern Experiment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines is lo- 
cated on the University grounds. The general laboratories are used for 
instruction purposes in College of Engineering as well as by the United 
States Government for Experimental work. The building contains a geo- 
logical museum and a technical library. United States Fish and Wildlife 
Service Laboratory. The technological research laboratory building of the 
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service is located on the University campus. It 
contains laboratories for research in fisheries dealing with chemical, chem- 
ical engineering, bacteriological, nutritional, and biological subjects. 
Through a cooperative arrangement with the University it is possible for 
students to do graduate work using the facilities of these laboratories. 

Baltimore 

The group of buildings located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene 
Streets provides available housing for the Baltimore division of the Uni- 
versity. The group comprises the original Medical School Building, erected 
in 1814; the Old Hospital now used as a dispensary; the New University 
Hospital with approximately 450 beds; the Frank C. Bressler Research 
Laboratory; the Dental and Pharmacy Building; the Nurses' Home; the 
Law School Building; Davidge Hall, which houses the Medical library; and 
the Administration Building. 

LIBRARY FACILITIES 

Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore divisions 
of the University. 



ADMISSION PROCEDURE 15 

The General Library at College Park, completed in 1931, is an attractive 
and well equipped structure. The main reading room on the second floor 
seats 250 and has about 5,000 reference books and bound periodicals on 
open shelves. The five-tier stack room and basement are equipped with 
carrels and desks for use of advanced students. The Library Annex, a 
temporary, two-story building located just west of the main building, is 
Used for reserve book reading and seminars. The Annex accommodates 
about 300 people. About 25,000 of the 137,000 volumes on the campus 
are shelved in the Chemistry, Entomology and Mathematics Departments, 
the Graduate School, and other units. Over 1,000 periodicals are currently 
received. 

Facilities in Baltimore consist of the libraries of the School of Dentistry, 
containing 13,000 volumes; the School of Law, 20,000 volumes; the School 
of Medicine, 30,000 volumes; the School of Nursing, 1,500 volumes; and 
the School of Pharmacy, 11,000 volumes. The Medical Library is housed 
in Davidge Hall; the remaining four libraries have adequate quarters in 
the buildings of their respective schools, where they are readily available 
for use. Facilities for the courses in Arts and Sciences are offered jointly 
by the libraries of the Schools of Dentistry and Pharmacy. 

The libraries of the University total in the aggregate over 210,000 bound 
volumes. The General Library is a depository for publications of the 
United States Government and numbers some 75,000 documents in its 
collection. 

The University Library System is able to supplement its reference ser- 
vice by borrowing material from other libraries through Inter-Library Loan 
or Bibliofilm Service, or by arranging for personal work in the Library of 
Congress, the United States Department of Agriculture Library, and other 
agencies in Washington. 

ADMISSION PROCEDURE 

Undergraduate Schools: Applicants for admission to the College of Agri- 
culture, Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Education, 
Engineering, and Home Economics should communicate with the Director of 
Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

Graduate School: Those seeking admission to the Graduate School should 
address the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland, College 
Park. 

Professional Schools: Information about admission to the professional 
schools in Baltimore may be had by writing to the dean of the college con- 
cerned or to the Director of Admissions of the University. 

Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from 
the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your 
principal or headmaster to enter your secondary school record and mail 
the blank to the Director of Admissions. 



16 SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS 

To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than 
July 1 for the fall semester, and January 1 for the spring semester. 
Applications from students completing their last semester of secondary 
work are encouraged. If acceptable, supplementary records will be sent 
upon graduation. 

Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application 
blank from the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested 
and ask secondary school principal or headmaster to enter secondary school 
record and send the blank to the Director of Admissions. Request the 
Registrar of the College or University attended to send a transcript to 
the Director of Admissions, College Park, Maryland. 

Time of Admission: New students should plan to enter the University at 
the beginning of the fall semester if possible. Students, however, will 
be admitted at the beginning of either semester. 

ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN 

Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of 
Maryland or the District of Columbia will be admitted by certificate upon 
the recommendation of the principal. Graduates of out-of-state schools 
should have attained college certification marks, such marks to be not less 
than one letter or ten points higher than the passing mark. 

Veterans and other mature persons who are not high school graduates 
may qualify for admission to the freshman class by passing prescribed tests 
comparable to those employed by state authorities to establish high school 
equivalence. 

SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed 
pattern of subject matter. 

English 4 units required for all divisions of the University. 

Mathematics 3% units, including Solid Geometry, required for 

Engineering, Mathematics and Physics. 

For all Colleges, one unit each of Algebra and 
Plane Geometry is desirable. A unit of Algebra 
will be needed by Business and Public Adminis- 
tration students and by most Education, Home 
Economics and Arts students. 
Social Science; Natural 

and Biological Science .. 1 unit from each group is required; two are 
desirable. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 17 

Foreign Languages Those who will follow the professions, enter 

journalism, foreign trade or service, study the 
humanities or do research, should have a good 
foundation in one or more, but none is required. 

Electives Fine Arts, trade and vocational subjects are 

acceptable. 

Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship and 
conduct are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to transfer 
students from accredited institutions under the following conditions: 

1. A minimum of one year of resident work of not less than 30 semester 
hours is necessary for a degree. 

2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced 
standing if the transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory. 

Special Students: Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age, 
and who have not completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted 
to such courses as they seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible 
to matriculate for a degree until entrance requirements have been satisfied. 

Unclassified Students: Applicants who meet entrance requirements but 
who do not wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are 
eligible for admission to pursue courses for which they have met 
prerequisites. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION REQUIRE- 
MENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN 

All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen or sopho- 
mores who are registered for more than six semester hours are required 
to enroll in and successfully complete the four prescribed courses in phys- 
ical education. The successful completion of these courses is a prerequisite 
for graduation. They must be taken by all eligible students during the 
first two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to 
graduate or not. Students not qualified to take the regular activities 
program will be given adaptive work suitable to their physical capacities. 
Transfer students who do not have credit in these courses must complete 
them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Health Education Requirement for Women: 

All freshman women who are registered for more than six semester 
hours must enroll in and successfully complete the prescribed courses for 
four credits in Health Eeducation. 

Regulations regarding transfer students and requirements for graduation 
apply as stated above for Physical Education. 



18 R.O.T.C. — AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Exemptions : 

1. Students with approved military exemption. 

2. Students over thirty years of age. 
Required Uniforms: 

A regulation uniform as prescribed by the College of Military Science, 
Physical Education and Recreation is required for both men and women. 

REQUIREMENTS IN MILITARY INSTRUCTION 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take elementary military training for a period of two years. 
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation 
but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of 
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. 
Transfer students who do not have the required two years of military train- 
ing will be required to complete the course or take it until graduation, 
whichever occurs first. 

R. O. T. C. EXEMPTIONS 

1. Students who have completed the course in other senior units of the 
R. 0. T. C. 

2. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy, 
Marines or Coast Guard. 

3. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, or Coast 
Guard for a period of time long enough to be considered equivalent to the 
training received in the R. 0. T. C. Short periods of service in any of the 
branches named above will be evaluated and allowed as credit toward 
completion of the course. 

4. Graduate students. 

5. Students classified as "Special Students" who are registered for less 
than seven semester credits. 

6. Students who have passed their thirtieth birthday before starting 
the course. 

Students excused from basic military training are required to take an 
equivalent number of credits in other subjects, which substitution must be 
approved by the dean of the college concerned. 

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Work in American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels. 
The first level is required of all freshmen or sophomores at the University 
of Maryland and is described below. 

The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major 
in this field (see catalog for the College of Arts and Sciences). The third 
level is for students desiring to do graduate work in this field (see Catalog 
for the Graduate School). 



REGULATION OF STUDIES 19 

Courses in the American Civilization Program Required of 
All Freshmen and Sophomores 

All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) 
are required to take twelve semester hours of English (for sequence and 
descriptions, see the offerings of the Department of English), three semester 
hours of sociology (Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life), three semester 
hours of government (G. & P. 1 — American Government), and six semes- 
ter hours of history (H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization). 

These several courses are planned as parts of a whole that is designed 
to acquaint students with the basic facts of American history, with the 
fundamental patterns of our social, economic, political, and intellectual de- 
velopment, and with the riches of our cultural heritage. 

REGULATION OF STUDIES 

Course Numbers. Courses for undergraduates are designated by numbers 
1 — 99; courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates, by numbers 
100 — 199*; and courses for graduates, by numbers 200 — 299. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Schedule of Courses. A semester time schedule of courses, giving days, 
hours, and rooms, is issued as a separate pamphlet at the beginning of each 
semester. Classes are scheduled beginning at 8:00 A. M. 

Definition of Credit Unit. The semester hour, which is the unit of credit 
in the University, is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a week 
for one semester. Two or three periods of laboratory or field work are equiva- 
lent to one lecture or recitation period. The student is expected to devote 
three hours a week in classroom or laboratory, including outside preparation 
for each credit hour in any course. 

Examinations. Examinations are held at the end of each semester in 
accordance with the official schedule of examinations. Students are required 
to use the prescribed type of examination book in final examinations; and, 
also, when requested to do so by the instructor, in tests given during the 
semester. 

Final examinations are held in all courses except in classes where the 
character of the work will permit the instructor to note frequently the 
progress and proficiency of the student — in which case they may be omitted 
upon approval of the head of the department and dean of the college. 
Periodic examinations and tests are given during regularly scheduled class 
periods. Final examinations, where required, are given according to schedule 
and are of not more than two hours' duration. 

Final examinations for undergraduate candidates for degrees are waived 
in the semester immediately preceding their June graduation exercises, and 
final grades are based on daily grades and tests given during the semester. 



* But not all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit. 



20 JUNIOR STANDING 

Marking System: The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C, 
and D, passing; F, Failure; I, Incomplete. 

Mark A denotes superior scholarship; mark B, good scholarship; mark C, 
fair scholarship; and mark D, passing scholarship. 

In computing scholastic averages, numerical values are assigned as fol- 
lows: A— 4; B— 3; C— 2; D— 1; F— 0. 

A scholastic average of C is required for graduation and for junior 
standing. At least three-fourths of the credits required for graduation must 
be earned with marks of A, B, or C. A student who receives the mark of D 
in more than one-fourth of his credits must take additional courses or repeat 
courses until he has met these requirements. 

Academic Regulations; A separate pamphlet is published each year list- 
ing the regulations which govern the academic work and other activtities 
of students. 

REPORTS 

Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar to parents or 
guardians of minor students who are not veterans at the close of each 
semester. 

DELINQUENT STUDENTS 

A student must attain passing marks in fifty per cent of the semester 
hours for which he is registered, or he is automatically dropped from the 
University. The Registrar notifies the student, his parent or guardian, 
and the student's dean of this action. A student who has been dropped 
for scholastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Committee on Admis- 
sion, Guidance, and Adjustment for reinstatement. The Committee is em- 
powered to grant relief for just cause. A student who has been dropped 
from the University for scholastic reasons, and whose petition for reinstate- 
ment is denied, may again petition after a lapse of at least one semester. 

The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal 
of a student who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of 
scholarship, or whose continuance in the University would be detrimental 
to his or her health, or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not 
satisfactory to the authorities of the University. Students of the last class 
may be asked to withdraw even though no specific charge be made against 
them. 

According to University regulations, excessive absence from any course 
is penalized by failure in that course. Students who are guilty of per- 
sistent absence from any course will be reported to the President or to his 
appointed representative for final disciplinary action. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

For junior standing, the requirements shall be, in addition to the required 
military and physical education, fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic 
credit, the whole program to be completed with an average grade of C. 



DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 21 

DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 

The University confers the following degrees : Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor 
of Science, Master of Education, Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master 
of Business Administration, Master of Foreign Studies, Doctor of Phi- 
losophy, Doctor of Education, Civil Engineer, Mechanical Engineer, Elec- 
trical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Bachelor of Laws, Doctor of Medicine, 
Doctor of Dental Surgery, and Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy. 

Students in the two-year and three-year curricula are awarded certificates. 

No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a student who has had less 
than one year of resident work in this University. The last thirty semester 
credits of any curriculum leading to a baccalaureate degree must be taken 
in residence at the University of Maryland. Candidates for the bacca- 
laureate degree in combined curriculums at College Park and Baltimore 
must complete a minimum of thirty semester credits at College Park. 

An average mark of C (2.0) is required for graduation. In addition, at 
least three-fourths of the credits required for graduation must be earned 
with marks of A, B, or C. In the case of a candidate for a combined degree 
or of a transfer student with advanced standing, a grade of D will not be 
recognized for credit towards a degree in more than one-fourth of the 
credits earned at this institution. 

The requirements for graduation vary according to the character of work 
in the different colleges and schools. Full information regarding specific 
college requirements for graduation will be found in the college sections 
of the catalog. 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar eight 
weeks prior to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for a 
degree. Candidates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees 
are conferred and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia 
only in exceptional cases. 

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE 

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students, if at 
the time of their registration their parents have been residents of this 
State for at least one year, or upon their return to the State, if they have 
resided in the State for one full year during the five years immediately 
preceding their return. 

Adult students are considered to be residents, if at the time of their 
registration they have been residents of this State for at least one year, or 
upon their return to the State, if they have resided in the State for one 
full year during the five years immediately preceding their return; pro- 
vided such residence has not been acquired while attending any school or 
college in Maryland. 

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his 
first registration in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by 
him unless, in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal 



22 



RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS 



residents of this State, by maintaining such residence for at least one full 
calendar year. However, the right of the student (minor) to change from 
a non-resident to a resident status must be established by him prior to 
registration for a semester in any academic year. 



General FEES AND EXPENSES 

All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of 
Maryland for the exact amount of the charges. 

In cases where students have been awarded Legislative Scholarships or 
University Grants, the amount of such scholarship or grant will be deducted 
from the bill. 

All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students 
should come prepared to pay the full amount of the charges. No student 
will be admitted to classes until such payment has been made. Veterans are 
required to comply with these conditions if the University does not have in 
its possession at the time of registration an approved Certificate of Eligi- 
bility and Entitlement from the Veterans Administration. 

The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other 
charges as may be found necessary, although every effort will be made to 
keep the costs to the student as low as possible. 

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript 
of a record issued to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement 
of his account. 

The University will award to all World War II Veteran Students ap- 
proved by the Veterans Administration for the educational benefits under 
Public Laws 16 or 346, a scholarship whenever the total charges excluding 
room and board, but including textbooks and supplies, exceeds the $500 
allotment per academic year payable to the University by the Federal Gov- 
ernment. The amount of such scholarship shall be the difference between 
such total charges as above denned and the maximum amount payable by 
the Veterans Administration during the veteran student's period of eligi- 
bility. 

RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS 
Fees for Undergraduate Students 
Maryland Residents 

Fixed Charges 

Athletic Fee 

Special Fee 

Student Activities Fee 

Infirmary Fee 

Post Office Fee 

Advisory and Testing Fee 

Total for Maryland Residents $125.00 



First 
Semester 



Second 

Semester 



Total 



$82.00 


$83.00 


$165.00 


15.00 




15.00 


10.00 




10.00 


10.00 




10.00 


5.00 




5.00 


2.00 




2.00 


1.00 




1.00 


$125.00 


$83.00 


$208.00 



FEES 



23 



Residents of the District of Columbia, First Second 

Other States and Countries Semester Semester Total 

Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students. $63.00 $62.00 $125.00 

Total for Non-Resident Students $188.00 *$145.00 $333.00 

Board and Lodging 

Board $170.00 $170.00 $340.00 

Dormitory Room $54-$63 $54-$63 $108-$126 

Total, Board and Room $224-$233 $224-$233 $448-$466 

Temporary Dormitories, Men $50 $50 $100 



The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the 
cost of operating the University's physical plant and other various services which ordinarily 
would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. Included in 
these costs would be janitorial services, cost of heat, electricity, water, etc., administrative 
and clerical cost, maintenance of buildings and grounds, maintenance of libraries, cost of 
University publications, Alumni Office, the University Business and Financial Offices, the 
Registrar's Office, the Admissions Office, and any other such services as are supplemental 
and necessary to teaching and research are supported by this fee. 

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate 
Athletics. All students are eligible and encouraged to participate in all of the activities of 
this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate. 

The Special Fee is used for improving physical training facilities and for other Uni- 
versity projects that have direct relationship to student welfare, especially athletics and 
recreation. This fee now is allocated to a fund for construction of a stadium, a new 
combination coliseum and auditorium, and to constructing a new swimming pool, as soon 
as the fund is sufficient and materials are available. 

The Students Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student 
Government Association. It covers subscriptions to the Diamondback, student paper, of 
$1.60 per year, the Old Line, literary magazine, of $.75 per year, and the yearbook ; class 
dues, including financial support for the musical and dramatic clubs. 

* Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the following addi- 
tional fees: Athletic, $7.50: Special, $5.00; Student Activities, $8.00; Infirmary, $2.50- 
Post Office Fees, $1.00 ; Advisory and Testing Fee, $.50. 



LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES 
Special Fees 

Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at time of first 

registration in the University $10.00 

Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree, payable just prior to graduation . 10.00 

Cap and Gown fee, Bachelor of Arts degree 2.50 

Engineering College Fee, Per Semester 3.00 

Home Economics College Fee, Per Semester 10.00 

Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students 
registered for credit. 



24 



FEES 



Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course 

Bacteriology $10.00 

Botany 5.00 

Chemical Engineering 8.00 

Chemistry — 

All Other 10.00 

Dairy 3.00 

Electrical Engineering... 4.00 
Entomology 3.00 

Home Economics — 

(Non-Home Students) 
Art Textiles and Clothing 3.00 
Foods and Practice House 

(each) 7.00 



Education $1.00 

Industrial Education 3.00 

Physics — 

Introductory 3.00 

All Other 6.00 

Psychology 4.00 

(Psych. 150, 151, 152) 

Secretarial Training 7.50 

Speech — 

Radio and Stagecraft... 2.00 

All Other 1.00 

Zoology — 

Introductory 3.00 

All Other 6.00 



Miscellaneous Fees and Charges 

Fee for part-time students per credit hour 8.00 

(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to mean under- 
graduate students taking 6 semester credit hours or less. 
Students carrying more than 6 semester hours pay the regular 
fees.) 

Late Registration Fee 5.00 

(All students are expected to complete their registration, includ- 
ing the filing of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular 
registration days.) Those who do not complete their registra- 
tion during the prescribed days will be charged a fee of 5.00 

Fee for change in registration 3.00 

Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00 

Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester 

hour 5.00 

Makeup Examination Fee — (for students who are absent during 
any class period when tests or examinations are given) 1.00 

Miscellaneous Fees and Charges (Continued) 

Transcript of Record Fee 1.00 

Property Damage Charge — Students will be charged for damage 
to property or equipment. Where responsibility for the damage 
can be fixed, the individual student will be billed for it; where 
responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage 
or replacing equipment will be pro-rated. 
Library Charges: 

Fine for failure to return book from general library before ex- 
piration of loan period 05 per day 



WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND 25 

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expira- 
tion of loan period — 

First hour overdue 25 

Each additional hour overdue 05 

In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution 
must be made. 

Text Books and Supplies 

Text books and classroom supplies — These costs vary with the course 

pursued, but will average per semester 35.00 

Fees for Graduate Students 

Tuition charge for students carrying more than 8 semester credit 

hours 65.00 

Tuition charge per semester hour for students carrying 8 semester 

credit hours or less 8.00 

Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration. 10.00 

Diploma Fee (For Master's Degree) 10.00 

Cap and Gown fee, Master's degree 2.75 

Graduation Fee (For Doctor's Degree) 25.00 

Cap and Gown fee, Doctor's degree 3.75 

Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, 
whether residents of the State of Maryland or not. 
All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are pay- 
able at the time of registration for each semester. 
Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee must be paid prior to 
graduation. 

Fees for Evening Courses 

Matriculation Fee (Payable once, at time of first registration by all 
students — full time and part time; candidates for degrees, and 
non-candidates). 

For Undergraduates 10.00 

For Graduates 10.00 

Tuition Charge (same for all students) — Limit six hours. Charge 
per credit hour 8.00 

Laboratory Fees — A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials 
used, is charged in laboratory courses. These fees vary with the 
course and can be ascertained in any case by inquiry of the 
Director of Evening Courses, or the instructor in charge of the 
course. 

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES 

Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the 

academic year, should file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper 

signatures, in the office of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student 

will not be entitled, as a matter of course, to a certificate of honorable dis- 



26 TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS 

missal, and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he would other- 
wise be entitled. The date used in computing refunds is the date the appli- 
cation for withdrawal is filed in the office of the Registrar. 

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written 
consent of the student's parent or guardian. 

Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all 
charges, except board, lodging, deposits for room reservation and advanced 
registration, less the matriculation fee in accordance with the following 
schedule: 

Percentage 
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks 

Board and lodging are refunded only in the event the student withdraws 
from the University. Refunds of board and lodging are made on a pro-rata, 
weekly basis. Dining Hall cards issued to boarding students must be sur- 
rendered at the Dining Hall office the day of withdrawal. 

GRADUATE SCHOOL, DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE 

To provide broader educational opportunities for those served by each 
institution, the Graduate School for the United States Department of 
Agriculture and the University of Maryland have developed a cooperative 
arrangement under which certain resources of each institution are made 
available to students of both institutions. Representatives of certain subject 
matter departments at each institution are engaged in developing integrated 
educational programs. 

Under these arrangements, work taken at the Graduate School of the 
United States Department of Agriculture may be applied as partial resi- 
dence credit toward undergraduate or advanced degrees at the University 
of Maryland. Those wishing to take advantage of these arrangements 
must work out an approved program of study with their advisers. 

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS 

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records 
from the Office of the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy; for 
each additional copy, there is a charge of $1.00. Make checks payable to 
the University of Maryland. 

Transcripts of records should be requested at least one week in advance 
of the date when the records are actually needed. 

No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student or 
alumnus whose financial obligations to the University have not be satisfied. 



PUBLIC HEALTH 27 

STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE 

The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health 
of its student body and takes every reasonable precaution toward this 
end. All new undergraduate students will be given a thorough physical 
examination at the time of their entrance to the University. A modern, 
well-equipped infirmary is available for the care of the sick or injured 
students. A small fee is charged undergraduate students for this infirmary 
service. 

Infirmary Service 

1. All undergraduate students may receive dispensary service and 
medical advice at the infirmary during regular office hours established by 
the physician in charge. 

2. A registered nurse is on duty at all hours in the Infirmary. Students 
are required to report illnesses during office hours unless the case is an 
emergency. 

3. Students not residing in their own homes may, upon order of the 
University physician, be cared for in the Infirmary to the extent of the 
facilities available. Students living off the campus will be charged a sub- 
sistence fee. In case of illness requiring a special nurse or special medical 
attention, the expense must be borne by the student. 

4. Students living in dormitories, fraternity houses, sorority houses, or 
"off campus" houses who are too ill to go to the Infirmary must notify 
the housemother, proctor or householder who in turn will notify the In- 
firmary. This will be done in all cases, except emergencies, during the 
doctors' office hours. 

5. When a student is admitted to the Infinnary and the illness is of a 
serious nature, parents will be promptly informed of the admission and of 
the progress of the student's condition. Visiting hours are 10 A. M. and 
11 A. M. and 7 P. M. to 7:30 P. M. daily. Each patient is allowed only 
three visitors at one time. No visitor may see any patient until permission 
is granted by the doctor or nurse in charge. 

6. Hospitalization is not available at the Infirmary for faculty, graduate 
students or employees. Emergency dispensary service, however, is avail- 
able for faculty, graduate students and employees who are injured in 
University service or University activities. 

Public Health 

All dormitories, "off campus" houses, sorority and fraternity houses are 
inspected periodically by the Student Health Service to insure that proper 
sanitary conditions are maintained and that kitchens meet the prescribed 
standards for cleanliness and sanitation. All food handlers will be ex- 
amined in accordance with directives issued by the Student Health Service. 



M ! EQUIPMENT 

LIVING ARRANGEMENTS 
Dormitories 

1. Room Reservations. All new students desiring to room in the dormi- 
tories should request room application cards by carefully checking the 
admission blanks. The Director of Admissions will refer these to the offices 
of the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Application cards or blanks 
will be sent to applicants and should be returned promptly. A fee of 
$15.00 will be requested which will be deducted from the first semester 
charges when the student registers. A room is not assured until notice is 
received from the Dean concerned. Room reservations not claimed by 
freshmen or upper-classmen on their respective registration days will be 
cancelled. A room will be held by special request until after classes begin 
providing the dormitory office is notified by the first day of registration. 
Room reservation fees will not be refunded if the request is received later 
than September 1 for the first semester or January 15 for the second 
semester. 

2. Applications for rooms are acted upon only when a student has been 
fully admitted academically to the University. 

3. Reservations by students in attendance at the University should be 
made at least two weeks before the close of the preceding semester. New 
students are urged to attend to their housing arrangements about three 
months in advance of registration. It is understood that all housing and 
board arrangements which are made for the fall semester are binding for 
the spring semester. Room and board charges will begin with the even- 
ing meal prior to the first day of registration and include the last day of 
classes for each semester with the exception of the Christmas recess and 
the Easter recess. Students unable to make other arrangements for the 
holidays may consult with the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for 
assistance. All freshmen except those who live at home, are required to 
room in the dormitories when accommodations are available. 

Equipment 

Students assigned to dormitories should provide themselves with sufficient 
single blankets, at least two pairs of sheets, a pillow, pillow cases, towels, 
a laundry bag, and a waste paper basket. 

The individual student must assume responsibility for all dormitory 
property assigned to him. Any damage done to the property other than 
that which would result from ordinary wear and tear will be charged to 
the student concerned. 

Each student will be furnished a key for his room for which a deposit 
of $1.00 will be made. This deposit will be returned in exchange for the 
key at the end of the year. 

Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service and each 
student is responsible for his or her own laundry. There are several 
reliable laundry concerns in College Park; or if a student prefers, he may 



MEALS 29 

send his laundry home. Women students may, if they wish, do their own 
laundry in the laundry room in each dormitory, not including bed linen. 

Personal baggage sent via the American Express and marked with a 
dormitory address will be delivered when the student concerned notifies 
the College Park express office of his arrival. 

VETERANS' HOUSING 

A Veterans' Housing project has been established on the campus in co- 
operation with the Federal Government. This project is governed by 
regulations established in accordance with Federal directives. The dormi- 
tories in the project are under the same regulations as the other University 
dormitories, except that the residents are not required to board at the 
University Dining Hall. 

OFF-CAMPUS HOUSES 

1. Men: Only upper-classmen, veterans and those freshmen who can- 
not be accommodated are allowed to live in houses off the campus. A list 
of "off campus" rooms is available in the Office of the Dean of Men. 

2. Women: All housing arrangements for women students must be 
approved by the Office of the Dean of Women. 

3. Undergraduate women students who cannot be accommodated in the 
women's dormitories are referred to private homes which are registered 
in the Office of the Dean of Women as "Off-Campus Houses for Under- 
graduate Women." The householders in these homes agree to maintain 
the same rules and regulations as in the dormitories but business arrange- 
ments are made entirely between the student and the householder. Students 
and their parents should plan to see these accommodations personally and 
talk with the householder before making final arrangements. No woman 
student should enter into an agreement with a householder without first 
ascertaining at the Office of the Dean of Women that the house is on the 
approved list. No "off campus" householder should accept a deposit with- 
out first checking with the Office of the Dean of Women as to the eligi- 
bility for housing of the applicant, which depends on the waiting lists 
from the various areas. 

Meals 

All students who live in permanent University dormitories must board at 
the University Dining Hall. 

Students not living in the dormitories may make arrangements to board 
by the semester at the Dining Hall, eat at the University cafeteria, or at 
eating establishments in College Park. A few "off-campus" houses provide 
board as well as room. 

Estimated Expenses of "Off-Campus" Residence 

Most of these houses have only double rooms with twin beds. The stu- 
dents provide their own linens as in the dormitory. Price per person for 



30 STUDENT AID 

room is about $18.00 a month, all rooms being registered with the room 
control board. 

No rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall 
or in other places where board is paid in advance. Therefore, with care, 
students may save enough money on their meals to make up for the differ- 
ence in rent between the off-campus houses and the dormitory. Some even 
find this less expensive. 

Girls may find desirable rooms in good homes where they can earn their 
room and board by applying to the Office of the Dean of Women. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN 

The Office of the Dean of Women exists for the purpose of furnishing 
friendly counsel and helpful guidance to women students in connection 
with any of their personal problems, especially those relating to financial 
need, employment, housing, etc. In addition, it coordinates the interests 
of women students, handles matters of chaperonage at social functions, 
regulation of sorority rushing in cooperation with Panhellenic Association, 
and so forth. It has supervision over all housing accommodations for 
women students, whether on or off campus. A personal interview with one 
of the Deans of Women is required of every woman student on entering 
and on leaving the University. Any woman student is invited to avail 
herself of all of the services of this department. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN 

The Office of the Dean of Men exists for the purpose of furnishing 
friendly counsel and helpful guidance to male students in connection with 
any of their personal problems, especially those relating to financial need, 
employment, housing, etc. This office also handles for male students mat- 
ters of discipline and infringement of University regulations. 

ADDITIONAL PERSONAL SERVICES 

The above services are closely coordinated with the activities of the Uni- 
versity Counseling Bureau, maintained by the Department of Psychology. 
This Bureau is provided with a well-trained technical staff and is equipped 
with an extensive stock of standardized tests of aptitude, ability, and in- 
terest. By virtue of payment of the annual "Advisory and Testing Fee," 
students are entitled to the services of the University Counseling Bureau 
without further charge. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT AID 

Under an act of the Legislature, the University may award such scholar- 
ships, and accept gifts for scholarships, as it may deem wise, and consistent 
with prudent financial operation. 

All scholarships for the undergraduate departments of the University at 
College Park are awarded by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships. All 
scholarship applicants are subject to the approval of the Director of Ad- 



SCHOLARSHIPS 31 

missions insofar as qualifications for admission to the University are con- 
cerned. All holders of scholarships are subject to the educational standards 
of the University, and to deportment regulations and standards. 

Scholarships are awarded on the basis of apparent qualifications for 
leadership. In making scholarship awards, consideration is given to parti- 
cipation in the various student activities, and to other outstanding attributes 
that indicate future possibilities as a leader, as well as to scholastic achieve- 
ment, character, and all other factors which distinguish the most worthwhile 
students. It is the intention that scholarships shall be provided for young 
men and women who have characteristics which make them outstanding 
among their fellows, who might not otherwise be able to provide for them- 
selves an opportunity for advanced education. 

The types of scholarships and loan funds available are as follows: 

Full Scholarships 

The University awards 36 full scholarships, 24 for men and 12 for 
women, covering board, lodging, fixed charges, and fees for which graduates 
of Maryland high and preparatory schools only are eligible. These scholar- 
ships are similar to those which the State provides and pays for at private 
colleges in the State, except that the State makes no special appropriation 
therefor. 

General Assembly Scholarships 

These scholarships are for fixed charges only and are awarded by mem- 
bers of the Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member 
of the House of Delegates. These scholarships may be awarded by a mem- 
ber of the House of Delegates or a senator only to persons in the county or 
Legislative district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator repre- 
sents. Awards of such scholarships are subject to approval by the Faculty 
Committee on Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions as to quali- 
fications for admission. 

University Grants 

The University awards to deserving and outstanding secondary school 
graduates a limited number of scholarships covering fixed charges only. 

District of Columbia Scholarships 

District of Columbia students for many years have been granted a favored 
position with regard to non-resident tuition charges. This favored posi- 
tion has been discontinued, which means that District of Columbia students 
now pay considerably higher costs to attend the University. In view of this, 
and in further view of the increased costs to students from other localities, 
and in line with action by several other universities and colleges which 
have increased tuition costs, the University has established 20 scholarships 
for the students from the District of Columbia and other states. 



32 SCHOLARSHIPS 

Endowed Scholarships 

The University has a few endowed scholarships and special awards. These 
are paid for by income from funds especially established for this purpose. 
Brief descriptions of these awards follow: 

Albright Scholarship 

A scholarship, known as the Victor E. Albright Scholarship, is open to 
graduates of Garrett County High Schools who were born and reared in 
that County. Application should be made to the high school principals. 

Alumni Scholarships 

The alumni have established a limited number of scholarships. These 
scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstand- 
ing applicants. 

Scholarships by Baltimore Merchants 

Baltimore merchants, through the Retail Merchants Association of Balti- 
more, have provided two scholarships of $300 each for residents of the State 
of Maryland who have completed the junior year of the Practical Art cur- 
riculum. Each recipient must have shown proficiency and interest in mer- 
chandising. 

Borden Agricultural and Home Economics Scholarships 

A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in 
the College of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly listed 
courses in dairying and, who, upon entering the senior year of study, has 
achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly eligible students 
in all preceding college work. 

A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student 
in the College of Home Economics who has had two or more of the regu- 
larly listed courses in food and nutrition and, who, upon entering the senior 
year of study, has achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly 
eligible students in all preceding college work. 

W. Atlee Burpee Company Scholarship Award in Horticulture 

A scholarship award of $100, open to upper class students in Horticulture 
at the University of Maryland, has been established by the W. Atlee Burpee 
Company, Seed Growers, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and Clinton, Iowa. 
Its purpose is to encourage and stimulate interest in flower and vegetable 
growing. The award is made on the basis of scholarship, experience, and 
interest in research. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Scholarships 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis 
offer two summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of 
Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed his Junior 
year; the other for a student who has successfully completed his Freshman 



SCHOLARSHIPS 33 

year. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding 
young men for leadership training. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis 
offer four summer scholarships to outstanding Home Economics Students, 
two to Juniors and two to Freshmen. The purpose of these scholarships 
is to bring together outstanding young women for leadership training. 

Dairy Technology Scholarships 

The Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and District of Columbia has 
established a limited number of $150 scholarships for students majoring in 
Dairy Products Technology. These scholarships are available both to high 
school graduates entering the University as freshmen and to students 
who have completed one or more years of their University curriculum. The 
purpose of these scholarships is to encourage and stimulate interest in the 
field of milk and milk products. The awards are based on scholarship, 
leadership, personality, need, experience, interest in and willingness to work 
in the field of dairy technology. The Dairy Technological Society cooper- 
ates with the Scholarship Committee of the University in making these 
awards. 

Exel Scholarships 

The largest grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah B. 
Exel. These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accord- 
ance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholar- 
ships. 

William Randolph Hearst Scholarships 

These scholarships have been established through a gift of the Baltimore 
News-Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of William Randolph 
Hearst. The undergraduate scholarship of $400 annually is open to the 
graduate of any high school in America. The graduate scholarship of $600 
annually is open to the graduate of any college or university in America. 
These scholarships are awarded for special work in the University's pro- 
gram of American civilization. 

The Hecht Company Merchandising Award 

Three hundred dollars is offered by The Hecht Company of Washington 
to a resident of Maryland, or the District of Columbia, who is interested 
in merchandising as a career. The student must have completed the junior 
year of the Practical Arts curriculum and have met other specific require- 
ments. 

Home Economics Scholarships 

Two thousand dollars has been made available for Home Economics 
Scholarships by Marie Mount. 



34 SCHOLARSHIPS 

Edward L. Israel Inter-faith Scholarship 

The sum of $300 is given to the student, who, upon entering the senior 
year, is adjudged to have contributed most to fostering inter-faith under- 
standing and relations. This scholarship is in honor of the late Edward L. 
Israel and is sponsored by the National Hillel Foundation. The funds are 
given by the B'nai B'rith Federation of Maryland and the District of 
Columbia. 

Kiwanis Scholarship 

A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is awarded by the 
Prince George County Kiwanis Club to a resident of Prince Georges County, 
Maryland, who in addition to possessing the necessary qualifications for 
maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record, must have a reputation for 
high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship. 

Helen Aletta Linthicum Scholarships 

These scholarships, several in number, have been established through the 
benefaction of the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late 
Congressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the 
Fourth District of Maryland for many years. These scholarships are known 
as the Helen Aletta Linthicum scholarships. They are granted only to 
worthy young men and women who are residents of the State of Maryland 
and who have satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a 
reputation for splendid character and citizenship, and the determination to 
get ahead. 

Dr. Frank C. Marino Scholarship 

Dr. Frank C. Marino has established a $200 annual scholarship in 
Nursing Education. As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded 
by the Scholarship Committee to a student who demonstrates special in- 
terest and promise in this field. 

Maryland Distillers' Association Scholarships 

The Maryland Distillers' Association makes an annual grant of $3,000 
to create a limited number of scholarships. These scholarships will be 
available in accordance with vacancies, and as long as the Association pro- 
vides the funds. 

Maryland Educational Foundation Scholarships 

The Maryland Educational Foundation provides funds each year for the 
education of several outstanding young men. These scholarships are 
awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstanding applicants. 

The Sears Roebuck Foundation Scholarships 

Ten scholarships of $165 each are granted by the Sears Roebuck Founda- 
tion to the sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the 
freshman class of the College of Agriculture of this University. One $200 



SCHOLARSHIPS 35 

scholarship is granted each year to the sophomore student in the College 
of Agriculture who proved to be the outstanding student on a Sears Roe- 
buck scholarship the previous year. These scholarships are awarded by 
the Faculty Committee in accordance with the terms of the grant. 

Loan Funds 

A. A. U. W. Loan. The College Park Branch of the American Associa- 
tion of University Women maintains a fund from which loans are made to 
women students of junior or senior standing who have been in attendance 
at the University of Maryland for at least one year. 

American Bankers Association Scholarship Loan Fund. A loan fund of 
$250 for one year only limited to students in the senior year or in graduate 
work in banking, economics, or related subjects in classes of senior grade 
or above. 

Catherine Moore Brinkley Loan Fund. Under the provisions of the will 
of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund has been established, available 
for worthy students who are natives and residents of the State of Mary- 
land, studying mechanical engineering or agriculture at the University of 
Maryland. 

Home Economics Loan Fund. A loan fund, established by the District of 
Columbia Home Economics Association, is available for students majoring 
in Home Economics. 

The Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority Loan. Annually a Sigma Delta loan 
of one hundred dollars, without interest, is made to a woman student regis- 
tered in the University of Maryland. 

Student Employment 

A considerable number of students earn some money through employ- 
ment while in attendance at the University. No student should expect, 
however, to earn enough to pay all of his expenses. The amounts vary, 
but some earn from one-fourth to three-fourths of all the required funds. 

Generally the first year is the hardest for those desiring employment. 
After one has demonstrated that he is worthy and capable, there is much 
less difficulty in finding work. 

The University assumes no responsibility in connection with employment. 
It does, however, make every effort to aid needy students. The nearby 
towns and the University are canvassed, and a list of available positions 
is placed at the disposal of students. Applications for employment should 
be made to the Dean of Men. 

Procedures in Applying for Scholarships and Student Aid 

All requests for information concerning scholarships and student aid 
should be addressed to the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee, Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Regulations and procedures 
for the award of scholarships are formulated by this committee. 



36 STUDENT GOVERNMENT 

ATHLETICS AND RECREATION 

The University recognizes the importance of the physical development 
of all students, and besides the required physical education for freshmen 
and sophomores sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural 
program. Students are encouraged to participate in competitive athletics 
and to learn the skill of games that may be carried on after leaving college. 
The intramural program which covers a large variety of sports is conducted 
by the Physical Education Department for both men and women. 

A full program in intercollegiate athletics is sponsored under the super- 
vision of the Council on Intercollegiate Athletics. The University is a 
member of the Southern Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic 
Association, the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse Association, Inter- 
collegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and cooperates with 
other national organizations in the promotion of amateur athletics. 

Excellent facilities are available for carrying on the activities of the pro- 
gram in physical development. The University has two modern gymnasia, 
a coliseum, a large armory, a number of athletic fields, tennis courts, base- 
ball diamonds, running tracks and the like constituting the major portion 
of the equipment. 

EXTRA-CURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The following description of student activities covers those of the under- 
graduate divisions of College Park. The descriptions of those in the Balti- 
more divisions are included elsewhere. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT 
Regulation of Student Activities. The association of students in organ- 
ized bodies for the purpose of carrying on voluntary student activities in 
orderly and productive ways, is recognized and encouraged. All organized 
student activities are under the supervision of the Student Life Committee. 
Such organizations are formed only with the consent of the Student Life 
Committee and the approval of the President. Without such consent and 
approval no student organization which in any way represents the Univer- 
sity before the public, or which purports to be a University organization 
or an organization of University students, may use the name of the Uni- 
versity in connection with its own name, or in connection with its members 
as students. 

Student Government. The Student Government Association consists of 
the Executive Council, the Women's League, and the Men's League, and 
operates under its own constitution. Its officers are a president, a vice- 
president, a secretary, a treasurer, president of Women's League, and presi- 
dent of Men's League. 

The Executive Council is the over-all student governing body and performs 
the executive duties incident to managing student affairs and works in co- 
operation with the Student Life Committee. 



HONORS AND AWARDS 37 

The Women's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Women, 
handles all matters pertaining to women students. 

The Men's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Men, 
handles all matters pertaining to men students. 

The Student Life Committee, a faculty committee appointed by the Presi- 
dent, keeps in close touch with all activities and conditions, excepting class- 
room work, that affect the student, and, acting in an advisory capacity, 
endeavors to improve any unsatisfactory conditions that may exist. 

A pamphlet entitled Academic Regulations, issued annually and dis- 
tributed to the students in the fall, contains full information concerning 
student matters as well as a statement of the rules of the University. 

Eligibility to Represent the University. Only students in good standing 
are eligible to represent the University in extra-curricular contests. In 
addition, various student organizations have established certain other re- 
quirements. To compete in varsity athletics a student must pass the 
required number of hours as determined by the Athletic Board. 

Discipline. In the government of the University, the President and 
faculty rely chiefly upon the sense of responsibility of the students. The 
student who pursues his studies diligently, attends classes regularly, lives 
honorably and maintains good behavior meets this responsibility. In the 
interest of the general welfare of the University, those who fail to main- 
tain these standards are asked to withdraw. Students are under the direct 
supervision of the University only when on the campus, attending an ap- 
proved function or representing the University, but they are responsible to 
the University for their conduct wherever they may be. 

HONORS AND AWARDS 

Scholarship Honors. Final honors for excellence in scholarship are 
awarded to one-fifth of the graduating class in each college. First honors 
are awarded to the upper half of this group; second honors to the lower 
half. To be eligible for honors, at least two years of resident work must 
be completed, and the average must be B (3.00) or higher. 

The Goddard Medal. The James Douglas Goddard Memorial Medal is 
awarded annually to the resident of Prince Georges County, born therein, 
who makes the highest average in his studies and who at the same time 
embodies the most manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne K. 
Goddard James, of Washington, D. C. 

Sigma Chi Cup. Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a cup to the man 
in the freshman class who makes the highest scholastic average during the 
first semester. 

Alpha Zeta Medal. The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta 
awards annually a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class 
who attains the highest average record in academic work. The mere pre- 



38 HONORS AND AWARDS 

sentation of the medal does not elect the student to the fraternity, but 
simply indicates recognition of high scholarship. 

Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is 
awarded annually to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic 
average of his class in the College of Engineering. The medal is given by 
Benjamin Berman. 

Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the 
girl who attains the highest average in academic work during the sopho- 
more year. 

Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to 
the freshman girl in the College of Home Economics who attains the high- 
est scholastic average during the first semester. 

Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of Engineers 
awards a cash prize of $25.00 annually to the senior in the College of 
Engineering who, in the opinion of the faculty, has made the greatest 
improvement in scholarship during his stay at the University. 

Alpha Lambda Delta Award. The Alpha Lambda Delta Award is given 
to the senior member of the group who has maintained the highest average 
for the past three and one-half years. She must have been in attendance 
in the institution for the entire time. 

American Society of Civil Engineers Award. The Maryland Section of 
the American Society of Civil Engineers awards annually a junior mem- 
bership in the American Society of Civil Engineers to the senior in the 
Department of Civil Engineering who has the highest scholastic standing. 

Tau Beta Pi Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi awards 
annually an engineers' handbook to the junior in the College of Engineering 
who, during his sophomore year, has made the greatest improvement in 
scholarship over that of his freshman year. 

Sigma Alpha Omicron Award. This is awarded to the senior student 
majoring in Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership. 

Delta Gamma Scholarship Award is offered to the woman member of the 
graduating class who has achieved the highest scholastic average for her 
entire course. 

The Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards. The Footlight Club recognizes 
annually the man and woman members of the senior class who have done 
most for the advancement of dramatics at the University. 

The Philip W. Pillsbury Shelf of Home Economics Books is awarded to the 
highest ranking student in the graduating class of the College of Home 
Economics. 

Rabbi Edward L. Israel Interfaith Scholarship of $300 is awarded by the 
B'nai B'rith Lodges of Maryland and Washington, D. C, to the student in 
the junior class who has done most to improve interfaith relations on the 
campus. 



MILITARY AWARDS 39 

CITIZENSHIP AWARDS 

Citizenship Prize for Men. An award is presented annually by President 
H. C. Byrd, a graduate of the Class of 1908, to the member of the senior 
class who, during his collegiate career, has most nearly typified the model 
citizen, and has done most for the general advancement of the interests 
of the University. 

Citizenship Prize for Women. The Citizenship Prize is offered by Mrs. 
Albert F. Woods, wife of a former president of the University of Maryland, 
to the woman member of the senior class who, during her collegiate career, 
has most nearly typified the model citizen, and has done most for the 
general advancement of the interests of the University. 

MILITARY AWARDS 

Mahlon N. Haines '94 Trophy. This is offered to the major of the win- 
ning battalion. 

Military Department Award. Gold second lieutenant's insignia to the 
major of the winning battalion. 

The Governor's Cup. This is offered each year by His Excellency, the 
Governor of Maryland, to the best drilled company. 

Company Award. The Reserve Officers' Association, Montgomery County 
Chapter, awards annually to the captain of the best drilled company of the 
University, gold second lieutenant's insignia. 

The Alumni Cup. The Alumni offer each year a cup to the commanding 
officer of the best drilled platoon. 

Scabbard and Blade Cup. This cup is offered to the commander of the 
winning platoon. 

Class of '99 Gold Medal. The class of 1899 offers each year a gold medal 
to the member of the battalion who proves himself the best drilled soldier. 

The Meeks Trophy is awarded to the member of the varsity R. O. T. C. 
Rifle Team who fired the high score of each season. 

A Gold Medal is awarded to the member of the Freshman Rifle Team who 
fired the high score of each season. 

Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to each member of the winning squad 
in the squad drill competition. 

Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to the three best drilled students in 
Pershing Rifles. 

Mehring Trophy Rifle Competition. A Gold Medal is awarded to the 
student firing highest score in this competition. 

Air Force Association Medal. A silver medal awarded to the outstanding 
first-year student in the advanced Air R. O. T. C. course based on scholastic 
grades, both general and military, individual characteristics and the per- 
formance during the period of summer camp. 



40 RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES 

Army Transportation Association Awards. Citation to the most out- 
standing student in the First Year Advanced Transportation Corps, 
R. 0. T. C, based on scholastic and military standing and leadership dis- 
played. Citation and watch chain with key for most outstanding member 
of the second-year class; basis of award same as above. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 

Silvester Watch for Excellence in Athletics. A gold watch is offered 
annually to "the man who typified the best in college athletics." The 
watch is given in honor of a former President of the University, R. W. 
Silvester. 

Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered by Charles L. Linhardt 
to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year. 

Edward Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the class of 1913 to 
the player who has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year. 

Louis W. Berger Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the outstanding 

senior baseball player. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS 

Medals are awarded to members of the Executive Committee of the Stu- 
dent Government Association who faithfully perform their duties through- 
out the year. 

RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES 

The University recognizes its responsibility for the welfare of the stu- 
dents, not solely in their intellectual growth, but as human personalities 
whose development along all lines, including the moral and religious, is in- 
cluded in the educational process. Pastors representing the major denomi- 
national bodies assume responsibility for work with the students of their 
respective faiths. Church attendance is encouraged. 

Religious Life Committee. A faculty committee on religious affairs and 
social service has as its principal function the stimulation of religious 
thought and activity on the campus. It brings noted speakers on religious 
subjects to the campus from time to time. The committee cooperates with 
the Student Religious Council and the student pastors and assists the 
student denominational clubs in every way that it can. Opportunities are 
provide for students to consult with pastors representing the denominations 
of their choice. 

While there is no attempt to interfere with anyone's religious beliefs, 
the importance of religion is recognized officially and religious activities 
are encouraged. 

Denominational Clubs. Several religious clubs have been organized among 
the students for their mutual benefit and to undertake certain types of ser- 
vice. This year the list includes the Baptist Student Union, the Canterbury 
Club (Episcopal), the Albright-Otterbein Club (Evangelical United Breth- 
ren), Disciples of Christ, the Christian Science Club, the Friends' Uni- 



FRATERNITIES 41 

versity Group, the Hillel Foundation (Jewish), the Lutheran Club, the 
Newman Club (Catholic), Maryland Christian Fellowship, the Pre-theo- 
logical Group, the Religious Philosophy Study Group, the Wesley Founda- 
tion (Methodist), and the Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian). These 
clubs meet regularly for worship and discussion, and occasionally for social 
purposes. A pastor or a member of the faculty serves as adviser. 

FRATERNITIES, SORORITIES, SOCIETIES AND CLUBS 
General Statement 

Fraternities and sororities, as well as all other clubs and organizations 
recognized by the University, are expected to conduct their social and 
financial activities in accordance with the rules of good conduct and upon 
sound business principles. Where such rules and principles are observed, 
individual members will profit by the experience of the whole group, and 
thereby become better fitted for their life's work after graduation. Rules 
governing the different activities will be found in the list of Academic 
Regulations. 

Honorary Fraternities. Honorary fraternities and societies in the Uni- 
versity at College Park are organized to uphold scholastic and cultural 
standards. These are Phi Kappa Phi, a national honorary fraternity open 
to honor students, both men and women, in all branches of learning; Sigma 
Xi, an honorary scientific fraternity; Omicron Delta Kappa, men's national 
honor society, recognizing conspicuous attainment in non-curricular activi- 
ties and general leadership; Mortar Board, the national senior honor society 
for women recognizing service, leadership and scholarship; Alpha Lambda 
Delta, a national freshmen women's scholastic society requiring a 3.5 aver- 
age; Phi Eta Sigma, national freshmen honor society for men. A group 
of honorary fraternities encourage development in specialized endeavor. 
These are Alpha Zeta, a national honorary agriculture fraternity recog- 
nizing scholarship and student leadership; Tau Beta Pi, a national honorary 
engineering fraternity; Phi Delta Kappa, a professional educational fra- 
ternity; Scabbard and Blade, a national military society; Pershing Rifles, 
a national military society for basic course R. 0. T. C. students; Pi Delta 
Epsilon, a national journalistic fraternity; Omicron Nu, a national home 
economics society; Beta Alpha Psi, a national accounting honorary fra- 
ternity; Beta Gamma Sigma, a national honorary commerce fraternity; 
Alpha Kappa Delta, a national honorary sociology fraternity; Sigma Alpha 
Omicron, a national honorary bacteriology fraternity; Pi Sigma Alpha, an 
honorary political science fraternity; Sigma Tau Epsilon, honorary for the 
Women's Recreation Association; Iota Lambda Sigma, a national profes- 
sional education fraternity; National Collegiate Players, a national honorary 
dramatic fraternity; Sigma Pi Sigma, a national physics honorary; and 
"M" Club, honorary athletic organization. 

Fraternities and Sororities. There are twenty national fraternities, 
five local fraternities and fifteen national sororities at College Park. 



42 UNIVERSITY, R. 0. T. C BANDS 

These in the order of their establishment at the University are: Kappa 
Alpha, Sigma Nu, Phi Sigma Kappa, Delta Sigma Phi, Alpha Gamma Rho, 
Theta Chi, Phi Alpha, Tau Epsilon Phi, Alpha Tau Omega, Phi Delta Theta, 
Lambda Chi Alpha, Alpha Chi Sigma (chemical), Sigma Alpha Mu, Alpha 
Epsilon Pi, Phi Kappa Sigma, Sigma Chi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Tau 
Kappa Epislon, Zeta Beta Tau, Delta Tau Delta, national fraternities; 
Alpha Omicron Pi, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Kappa Delta, Delta Delta, Delta, 
Alpha Xi Delta, Phi Sigma Sigma, Alpha Delta Pi, Sigma Kappa, Gamma 
Phi Beta, Alpha Epsilon Phi, Pi Beta Phi, Delta Gamma, Kappa Alpha 
Theta, Alpha Gamma Delta, and Alpha Chi Omega, national sororities; 
Sigma Pi, Alpha Alpha, Phi Kappa Tau, Sigma Phi Epsilon, and Delta 
Epsilon Kappa, local fraternities. 

Clubs and Societies. Many clubs and societies, with literary, art, cultural, 
scientific, social and other special objectives are maintained in the Univer- 
sity. Some of these are purely student organizations; others are conducted 
jointly by students and members of the factulty. The list follows: 

Civic and Service Organizations. Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic 
Council, Independent Students' Association, Daydodgers' Club, Association 
of Veterans, Student Unit of the American Red Cross, Latch Key, Alpha 
Phi Omega (national service fraternity), Chinese Student Club, and Gradu- 
ate Club. 

Subject-Matter Organizations. Argicultural Council, Engineering Coun- 
cil, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Society of Civil 
Engineers, American Institute of Electrical Engineers, Student Affiliate 
of the American Chemical Society, Farm Economics Club, Block and Bridle 
Club, Student Port of Propeller Club, Plant Industry Club, Home Economics 
Club, Graduate History Club, Harold Benjamin Chapter of Future Teachers 
of America, Physical Education Majors Club, American Institute of Elec- 
trical Engineers and Institute of Radio Engineers, Industrial Education 
Association, and Childhood Education Club. 

General Organizations. Student Grange, International Relations Club, 
Future Farmers of America, Psychology Club, Sociology Club, French Club, 
German Club, Spanish Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Women's Recreation Asso- 
ciation, Collegiate Chamber of Commerce, Cosmopolitan Club, Round-table 
Club, and International Club. 

Recreational Organizations. Rossborough Club (large campus dances), 
Footlight Club, Men's Glee Club, Women's Chorus, Clef and Key, Riding 
Club, Terrapin Trail Club, Gymkana Club, Swimming Club, Camera Club, 
Ballroom Dance Club (instructional group), Radio Club, Chess Club, Art 
Club, Authorship Club, University Orchestra, Sailing Club, Judo Club, 
Radio-Maryland, and Modern Dance Club. 

UNIVERSITY AND R. O. T. C. BANDS 

The University of Maryland Student Band and the R. 0. T. C. Band are 
two separate musical organizations at the University, existing for the pur- 



STUDENTS' SUPPLY STORE 43 

pose of furthering the musical knowledge of interested students. The 
R. O. T. C. Band functions under the Military Department. The Student 
Band is under the direction of the Music Department and is assisted by the 
Military Department. The instruction of both bands is conducted by an 
experienced bandmaster. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

Four student publications are conducted under the general supervision of 
the Student Publications Board. 

The Diamondback, a newspaper, summarizes the University news, and 
provides a medium for the discussion of matters of interest to the students 
and the faculty. 

The Terrapin, the annual, is a reflection of campus activities, serving to 
commemorate the principal events of the college year. 

The Old Line, a literary, humorous and art magazine, published period- 
ically. 

The "M" Book, a handbook issued for the benefit of incoming students, 
is designed to acquaint them with general University life. 

UNIVERSITY POST OFFICE 

The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch and delivery 
of United States mail, including Parcel Post packages, and for inter-office 
communications. This office is located in the basement of the Administra- 
tion Building. The campus post office is not a part of the United States 
Postal System and no facilities are available for sending or receiving postal 
money orders. Postage stamps, however, may be purchased. United States 
mail is received at 8:30 A. M. and 2:00 P. M. and dispatched at 11:15 A. M. 
and 4:15 P. M. daily. 

Each student in the University is assigned a Post Office box at the time 
of registration, for which a small fee is charged. Also, boxes are provided 
for the various University offices. 

One of the major reasons for the operation of the Post Office is to provide 
a convenient method by which Deans, teachers and University officials may 
communicate with students, therefore students are expected to call for their 
mail daily, if possible, in order that such communications may come to their 
attention promptly. 

STUDENTS' SUPPLY STORE 

For the convenience of students, the University maintains a Students' 
Supply Store, located in the basement of the Administration Building, 
where students may obtain at reasonable prices text books, classroom mate- 
rials and equipment. The store also carries jewelry, stationery, fountain 
pens and novelty items. 

This store is operated on a basis of furnishing students needed books 
and supplies at as low a cost as practicable, and profits, if any, are turned 



44 



ALUMNI OFFICE 



into the general University treasury to be used for promoting general stu- 
dent welfare. 

Because of heavy demand for text books at the beginning of each semester 
the Students' Supply Store operates a temporary annex on the campus. 
Location of this annex is posted at registration. 

ALUMNI 

The Alumni Council, composed of three representatives from each School 
and College in the University, coordinates all general alumni interests and 
activities. The Council membership includes three representatives from 
each of the organized alumni associations for the Schools of Agriculture, 
Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Dental, Education, 
Engineering, Home Economics, Law, Medical, Nursing, and Pharmacy. 

Council activities include the alumni publication Maryland, a scholarship 
program, an annual Homecoming affair at College Park, and a Charter 
Day celebration in Baltimore on January 20. Membership in the Univer- 
sity of Maryland Alumni Association is automatically obtained through 
affiliation with one of the school organizations. Each School and College 
Alumni Association exerts an active interest in the welfare of its re- 
spective graduates and the University of Maryland. Objectives of the 
general Association include the promotion of the interests and welfare 
of the University of Maryland and efforts to further mutually beneficial 
relations between the University of Maryland, the people of the State, and 
the alumni. 

"Maryland" Magazine 

Maryland, a bi-monthly magazine issued jointly by the Alumni Association 
and the University, is primarily an alumni publication. However, it pub- 
lishes also articles of general interest, feature articles written by faculty 
members and alumni, campus news, and sports news. It is a general Uni- 
versity of Maryland publication of reader interest to the alumni as well as 
the student body, next of kin of students, faculty members and Maryland 
residents in general. 




THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 45 

THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 

The academic divisions at the University of Maryland are constituted 
for the purpose of drawing into closer relationship the scholars among both 
students and faculty in related departments of study who are faced with 
common problems and the need for an exchange of experience in reference 
to progress underway which is of common interest extending beyond the 
bounds of individual departments. 

In addition to the functions of coordinating the work of related depart- 
ments and stimulating scholarship in a broad subject field, it is more par- 
ticularly the duty of divisions, through their chairmen, to sanction needed 
interdepartmental cooperative projects; check and report possible duplica- 
tion of effort; and in general, to serve as advisory bodies to the General 
Administrative Board. 

The chairmen of the divisions are chosen by the General Administrative 
Board, of which body they are members. 

Five academic divisions have been established in the University to date. 
These are: 

The Lower Division 
The Division of Biological Sciences 
The Division of Physical Sciences 
The Division of Humanities 
The Division of Social Sciences 
At the present time these divisions are constituted as follows: 

THE LOWER DIVISION 
Chairman, Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry 

Student programs in Freshman and Sophomore years of the University 
are under the general oversight of a faculty committee known as the Lower 
Division Committee. The members of this committee are especially selected 
because of their interest in student growth and development in Freshman 
and Sophomore years. They are drawn from the faculties of all of the 
departments in the University whose responsibility it is to offer courses to 
students in these years. 

It is the function of the Lower Division Committee to consider the gen- 
eral problem of courses which should be open to students in Freshman and 
Sophomore years; the articulation of these courses in terms of the curricula 
needs of the several colleges ; and, in general, to stimulate interest in learn- 
ing and teaching at this level. 

THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. Ronald Bamford, Professor of Botany 

The Division of Biological Sciences includes the departments of Bac- 
teriology, Botany, Entomology, Zoology and Genetics, and representatives 
of other departments interested in this field. 



46 



THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 



THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 
Chairman, Dr. Adolf E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages 

The Division of Humanities includes the departments of Art, Classical 
Languages and Literatures, English Language and Literature, Foreign 
Languages and Literatures, Music, Practical Art, Philosophy, Speech, and 
representatives of other departments interested in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering 

The Division of Physical Sciences includes the departments of Astron- 
omy, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, and representatives of 
other departments interested in this field. 

THE DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology 

The Division of Social Sciences includes the departments of Economics, 
Agricultural Economics, History, Home Management, Government and Poli- 
tics, Psychology, Sociology, and representatives of other departments in- 
terested in this field. 

Campus Scene, College Park 




CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS 47 

CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS 

AT COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND 

College of Agriculture. The College of Agriculture offers curricula lead- 
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Agriculture; Agri- 
cultural Chemistry: Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricul- 
tural Education and Rural Life; Agriculture-Engineering; Agronomy 
(crops and soils); Animal Husbandry; Botany (plant cytology, morph- 
ology and taxonomy; plant pathology; and plant physiology and ecology); 
Dairy (dairy husbandry and dairy products technology); Entomology; 
Horticulture (pomology and olericulture, floriculture and ornamental 
horticulture and commercial processing of horticultural crops) ; and 
Poultry Husbandry. 

College of Arts and Sciences. The College of Arts and Sciences provides 
liberal training leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor 
of Science. Curricula are offered in Art, Bacteriology, Medical Tech- 
nology, Chemistry, English, Foreign Lauguages (French, German, 
Spanish, Russian and Hebrew), History, Journalism, Mathematics, Physics, 
General Physical Sciences, Philosophy, Pre-dental, Pre-law, Pre-medical, 
Pre-nursing, Psychology, Sociology, Social Service, Crime Control, Speech, 
Zoology, and Fisheries Biology. 

The College of Arts and Sciences offers combined degrees with the 
Schools of Medicine, Law, and Nursing. 

College of Business and Public Administration. The College of Business 
and Public Administration offers curricula leading to a Bachelor of 
Science degree in Business Organization and Administration, Public Ad- 
ministration, Economics, Geography, Government and Politics, and Office 
Techniques and Management. 

College of Education. The College of Education offers curricula leading 
to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Curricula 
are offered in Academic Education, Art Education, Business Education, 
Dental Education, Elementary Education, Home Economics Education, 
Industrial Education, Music Education, Nursery School-Kindergarten 
Education, Nursing Education, Physical Education, Health Education, and 
Recreation. 

College of Engineering. The College of Engineering offers curricula lead- 
ing to a Bachelor of Science degree in Aeronautical Engineering, Chemical 
Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, and Mechanical 
Engineering. 

College of Home Economics. The College of Home Economics offers 
curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Home 
Economics, Foods and Nutrition, Home Economics Education, Institution 
Management, Home Economics Extension, Textiles and Clothing, and Prac- 
tical Art. 



48 CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS 

College of Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation. The 

College of Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation offers 
curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Military Science, 
Physical Education, Health, and Recreation. This College conducts the 
required physical activities program of the freshman and sophomore years 
designed to correct and improve the physical development of all students. 
The Reserve Officers Training Corps, established by the departments 
of the Army and Air Force in cooperation with the University, is 
likewise a major department of this College. Two years of training in 
this type of citizenship, military science and tactics are required of all 
male students under the age of thirty years. Students who are accepted 
may pursue an advanced course in this field which will lead to a reserve 
commission in the Army of the United States. 

College of Special and Continuation Studies. The College of Special and 
Continuation Studies provides a limited program of late afternoon and 
evening and Saturday morning courses both on and off campus for mature 
students who have full-time employment or who, for other reasons, cannot 
follow a full-time program of studies at College Park. These studies are 
offered at both the graduate and undergraduate levels. This College 
also conducts a special program for high school graduates whose secondary 
school preparation may be deficient in certain minor details. 

Summer School. The Summer School of six weeks duration provides 
programs of study to persons who find it convenient to attend the Uni- 
versity during the summer months. Instruction is offered in most of the 
departments of the University. In the College of Education the offerings 
are considerably expanded. Teachers in service and other persons who are 
employed during the regular school year find a wide variety of courses 
available. 

Graduate School. The Graduate School has general jurisdiction over the 
graduate courses offered in the departments of the University at College 
Park and Baltimore. Through a program of inter-departmental coopera- 
tion under the immediate direction of this School, the University confers 
the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Arts in 
American Civilization, Master of Business Administration, Master of Edu- 
cation, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. The graduate 
faculty includes all members of the various faculties who give instruction 
in approved graduate courses. 

AT BALTIMORE 

The Schools of Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing and Pharmacy offer 
curricula leading to professional degrees in their respective fields. See 
separate catalog listings on back cover. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 49 

College of 

AGRICULTURE 

STAFF* 

Thomas B. Symons, M.S., D.Agr., Dean 
Roger B. Corbett, Ph.D., Associate Dean 

George Jenvey Abrams, M. S., Assistant Professor of Apiculture. 

Arthur M. Ahalt, M.S., Professor and Head of Agricultural Education. 

Charles O. Appleman, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology. 

John Harold Axley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soils. 

Oliver E. Baker, Ph.D., Professor of Economic Geography. 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Botany. 

George Max Beal, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and 
Marketing. 

Philip Brierley, Ph.D., Lecturer in Botany. 

Russell Guy Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany. 

Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D., Professor of Veterinary Science. 

John Buric, B.S., Instructor of Animal Husbandry. 

Gordon Mann Cairns, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Dairy Husbandry. 

Ray Wilford Carpenter, A.B., LL.B., Professor and Head of Agricultural 
Engineering. 

John M. Coffin, V.M.D., Associate Professor of Veterinary Science. 

Gerald Fuson Combs, Ph.S., Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

Pardon W. Cornell, M.S., Associate Professor of Ornamental Horticulture. 

Ernest Neal Cory, Ph. D., Professor and Head of Entomology. 

Carroll Eastburn Cox, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Harry Dengler, B.S., Associate Professor of Forestry. 

Samuel Henry DeVault, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Agricultural 
Economics and Marketing. 

Harold M. DeVolt, B.S., M.S., D.V.M., Professor of Poultry Pathology. 

Matthew Franklin Ellmore, B.S., Instructor of Dairy Husbandry. 

Humphrey Finney, Lecturer in Animal Husbandry. 

John Erwin Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry. 

Hugh Gilbert Gauch, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Guy Watson Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Willard Wynn Green, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

James Martin Gwin, M.S., Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

Arthur Bryan Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural 
Economics and Farm Management. 

Irvin Charles Haut, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Horticulture. 

Elizabeth Edge Haviland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology. 



* Many of the members of the Instructional staff are also on the staff of the Extension 
Service, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies 
appear elsewhere in this publication. 



50 STAFF, COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Raymond William Hoecker, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics 
and Marketing. 

Walter Fulton Jeffers, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Bruce Carley Johnson, B.S., Instructor of Dairy Manufacturing. 

Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry. 

Malcolm Henderson Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

Albin Owings Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Agronomy. 

Conrad Liden, B.S., Instructor of Agronomy. 

Conrad Barnett Link, Ph.D., Professor of Floriculture. 

Ellis Martin, B.S., Laboratory Assistant in Agricultural Engineering. 

John Edwin Moore, B.S., Instructor in Plant Pathology. 

Delbert Thomas Morgan, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany. 

John B. S. Norton, D.Sc, Professor (Emeritus) of Botany. 

Samuel C. Munson, M.S., Lecturer in Entomology. 

James Burton Outhouse, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

Paul Routzahn Poffenberger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural 
Economics and Marketing. 

George DeWitte Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

Robert DuBois Rappleye, M.S., Instructor in Botany. 

Reginald L. Reagan, Associate Professor of Veterinary Virology. 

THOMAS E. Ronningen, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agronomy. 

Albert Lee Schrader, Ph.D., Professor of Pomology. 

Leland Edwards Scott, Ph.D., Professor of Horticultural Physiology. 

Clyne Samuel Shaffner, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

James B. Shanks, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Floriculture. 

Joseph Clement Shaw, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Husbandry. 

Howard H. Shepherd, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology. 

Mark Mercer Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor of Horticulture. 

Stanley Cabell Shull, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural 
Economics and Marketing. 

Robert Snodgrass, B.S., Lecturer in Entomology. 

Francis C. Stark, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops. 

Gotthold Steiner, Ph.D., Lecturer in Plant Pathology. 

Robert Eugene Stout, B.S., Instructor in Dairy Manufacturing. 

Royal Price Thomas, Ph.D., Professor of Soils. 

George Britton Vogt, B.S., Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

William Paul Walker, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural 
Economics. 

Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D., Professor of Canning Crops. 

Frederick Gail Warren, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Dairy Manu- 
facturing. 

Leslie 0. Weaver, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 51 

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Thomas B. Symons, M.S., D.Agr., Dean 
Roger B. Corbett, Ph.D., Associate Dean 

The College of Agriculture offers both general and specialized training 
for students who wish to prepare for professional work in the broad field 
of agricultural endeavor. Student programs are arranged with a view to 
correlating technical work with related sciences and cultural subjects. 
Education in fundamentals receives special attention. Accordingly, young 
men and women are given a basic general education while they are being 
instructed in the various branches of agriculture. In addition to offering 
this opportunity for thorough grounding in the related basic natural and 
social sciences, it is an objective of the College to provide trained personnel 
for agricultural and allied industries. This personnel is recruited from 
rural and urban areas. Farm-reared students enter either general or spe- 
cialized curricula; city-reared students tend to follow the specialized pro- 
grams. 

History 

The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under 
the name of the Maryland Agricultural College. For three years the 
College was under private management. When Congress passed the Land 
Grant Act in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the 
State and named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary. 
When the institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Mary- 
land in Baltimore, the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the 
major divisions of this larger, more comprehensive organization. 

In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were 
established as the result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914 
respectively. A more complete description of these two services appear 
later in this bulletin. 

General 

The College provides curricula for those who wish to engage in general 
farming, livestock production, dairying, poultry husbandry, fruit or vege- 
table growing, floriculture or ornamental horticulture, field crop produc- 
tion, or in the highly specialized scientific activities connected with these 
industries. It prepares men to serve as farm managers, for positions with 
commercial concerns related to agriculture, for responsible positions as 
teachers in agricultural colleges and in departments of vocational agricul- 
ture in high schools or as investigators in experiment stations, for extension 
work, for regulatory activities, and for service in the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture. 



52 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Through research the frontiers of knowledge relating to agriculture and 
the fundamental sciences underlying it are constantly being extended and 
solutions for important problems are being found. Research projects in 
many fields are in progress. Students taking courses in agriculture from 
instructors who devote part time to research, or are closely associated with 
it, are kept in close touch with the latest discoveries and developments in 
the investigations under way. The findings of these research scientists 
provide valuable information for use in classrooms, and make instruction 
virile and authentic. The results of the most recent scientific investigations 
are constantly before the student. 

Close contact of workers in the College with the problems of farmers 
and their families in all parts of the State, through the county agents, 
home demonstration agents, and specialists brings additional life to resident 
instruction in the College of Agriculture. These contacts operate in two 
ways: problems confronting rural people are brought to the attention of 
research workers and the instructional staff, and results of research are 
taken to farmers and their families in their home communities through 
practical demonstrations. Hence the problems of the people of the State 
contribute to the strength of the College of Agriculture, and the College 
helps them in the improvement of agriculture and rural life. 

Through their regulatory functions, certain trained workers in the Col- 
lege of Agriculture are continually dealing with the actual problems asso- 
ciated with the improvement and maintenance of the standards of farm 
products and animals. Regulatory and control work extends over a wide 
range of activities and is concerned with reducing the losses due to insect 
pests and diseases; preventing and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases 
and pests of animals and plants; analyzing fertilizers, feed, and limes for 
guaranteed quality; and analyzing and testing germination quality of seeds 
to insure better seeds for farm planting. 

These fields contribute largely to agricultural education, as standardiza- 
tion and education go hand in hand in the development of an industry. 
Direct contact on the part of professors in their respective departments 
with the problems and methods involved makes for effective instruction. 

Special Advantages 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the Beltsville Re- 
search Center of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. This is the largest, 
best manned, and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world. 
Also, the University of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washing- 
ton, D. C, offices of the U. S. Department of Agriculture and other govern- 
ment departments, including the Library of Congress. Students can easily 
visit these agencies and become acquainted with their work and the men 
who conduct this work. Such contacts have already proved valuable to 
many University of Maryland graduates. 



FACILITIES, EQUIPMENT 53 

Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before 
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meet- 
ings and otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agri- 
culture in the United States is physically located to offer like opportunities 
to its students. 

Coordination of Agricultural Work 

The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland 
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and 
regulatory functions within the individual departments, between the several 
departments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several 
departments are closely associated with the research, extension and regula- 
tory work being carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases, 
devote a portion of their time to one or more of these types of activities. 
Close coordination of these four types of work enables the University to 
provide a stronger faculty in the College of Agriculture, and affords a 
higher degree of specialization than would otherwise be possible. It in- 
sures instructors an opportunity to keep informed on the latest results 
of research, and to be constantly in touch with current trends and problems 
which are revealed in extension and regulatory activities. Heads of de- 
partments hold staff conferences to this end, so that the student at all times 
is as close to the developments in the frontiers of the several fields of 
knowledge as it is possible for organization to put him. 

In order that the work of the College shall be responsive to agricultural 
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural 
industries in the State, and that the courses of instruction shall at all times 
be made most helpful for students who pursue them, Advisory Councils 
have been constituted in the major industries of agriculture. These Coun- 
cils are composed of leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Mary- 
land, and the instructional staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit 
of their counsel and advice. By this means the College, the industries, and 
the students are kept abreast of developments. 

Facilities and Equipment 

In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effec- 
tive instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, 
the University of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research 
and instruction in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 1,500 
acres, are operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of 
the most complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work 
in the country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and 
beef cattle, and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruc- 
tion and research in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facili- 
ties are available in the Agronomy Department for breeding and selection 
in farm crops, and for soils research. The Poultry Department has a build- 
ing for laboratories and classrooms, a plant comprising thirty-four acres, 



54 GENERAL INFORMATION 

and flocks of all the important breeds of poultry. The Horticulture Depart- 
ment is housed in a separate building, and has ample orchards and gardens 
for its various lines of work. 

Departments and Curricula 

Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are as 
follows: Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural Educa- 
tion and Rural Life; Agricultural Engineering; Agronomy (including 
crops and soils); Animal Husbandry; Botany (including plant morphology 
and taxonomy, plant pathology, and plant physiology and ecology) ; Dairy 
(including dairy husbandry and dairy products technology); Entomology 
(including bee culture); Horticulture (including pomology, olericulture, 
floriculture, ornamental horticulture and commercial processing) ; Poultry 
Husbandry; Veterinary Science. In addition, there are curricula in Agri- 
cultural Chemistry and General Agriculture. Courses of study may also 
be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one or more 
years of training in practical agricultural subjects. 

Admission 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must 
apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at 
College Park. In selecting students more emphasis is placed upon good 
marks and other indications of probable success in college rather than 
upon a fixed pattern of subject matter. Subjects required for admission 
are: 4 units of English; 1 unit each in a social science, a biological 
science and a natural science; plane geometry and algebra are necessary 
for certain curricula and desirable for all. 

Information concerning procedure for admission is found in the General 
Information Bulletin. 

Junior Standing 

To attain junior standing in the College of Agriculture, a student must 
have an average grade of C in not less than 70 semester hours. 

Requirements for Graduation 

Each student must acquire a minimum of 124 semester hour credits in 
academic subjects other than basic military science and physical activities. 
Men must acquire in addition 12 hours in basic military science and 4 
hours in physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in 
hygiene, and 4 hours in physical activities. 

Scholarships for Agricultural Students 

Ten scholarships of $1G5 each are granted by the Sears Roebuck Foun- 
dation to the sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the 
Freshman class of the College of Agriculture of this University. One 
$200 scholarship is granted each year to the sophomore student in the 
College of Agriculture who proved to be the outstanding student on a 



STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 55 

Sears Roebuck Scholarship the previous year. These scholarships are 
awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the terms of the 
grant. 

A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student 
in the College of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly 
listed courses in dairying and who, upon entering the senior year of study, 
has achieved the highest average grade among all eligible students in all 
preceding college work. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis 
offers two summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of 
Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed his Fresh- 
man year; the other for a student who has successfully completed his 
Junior year. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together out- 
standing young men for leadership training. 

Farm and Laboratory Practice 

The head of each department will help to make available opportunities 
for practical or technical experience along his major line of study for each 
student whose major is in that department and who is in need of such 
experience. For inexperienced students in many departments this need 
may be met by one or more summers spent on a farm. 

Student Organizations 

Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the 
several voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. 
These organizations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and Bridle 
Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Future Farmers of America, Plant Industry 
Club, Riding Club, Student Grange, Alpha Zeta, and the Agricultural 
Student Council. 

Membership in these organizations is voluntary and no college credits 
are given; yet much of the training obtained is fully as valuable as that 
acquired from regularly prescribed courses. All of these organizations 
have regular meetings, arrange special programs and contribute to the 
extra-curricular life of the students. 

The Agricultural Economics Club is a forum for students and faculty 
in the field of Agricultural Economics. The Block and Bridle Club is com- 
posed of students interested in livestock; it conducts a Student Livestock 
Judging Contest in the fall and a Student Fitting and Showing Contest 
in the spring on the campus. The Collegiate 4-H Club is composed of for- 
mer members and others interested in Agricultural Extension work. 

The Future Farmers of America foster an interest in Vocational Agri- 
culture and the Collegiate Chapter serves as host to high school chapters 
in the State at their judging contests held at the University. Students 
interested in Agronomy, Botany and Horticulture are brought together in 
meetings of the Plant Industry Club to consider important phases of plant 
science and industry as well as for social activity. 



56 



ELECTIVES 



Students who enjoy horseback riding are brought together in the Riding 
Club; this organization sponsors an annual Horse Show in cooperation 
with other riding enthusiasts in the vicinity of the University. The 
Student Grange represents the great national farmers' fraternity of the 
order of Patrons of Husbandry and emphasizes training for rural 
leadership. 

Membership in Alpha Zeta, national agricultural honor fraternity, is 
chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain 
scholastic requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture. 

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from 
the various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its pur- 
pose is to coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work 
which is beneficial to the College. 

Student Judging Teams 

The College of Agriculture sponsors teams to judge dairy cattle, dairy 
products, horticultural products, livestock and poultry. Team members are 
selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for 
this purpose. The College of Agriculture enters teams at major shows where 
the students compete with teams from other state universities or agri- 
cultural colleges. 

Student Advisers 

Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty 
adviser, either departmental or general. Departmental advisers consist of 
heads of departments or persons selected by them to advise students with 
curricula in their respective departments. General advisers are selected for 
students who have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish 
to pursue the general curriculum in agriculture. 

Electives 

The electives in the suggested curricula which follow afford opportunity 
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or 
to add to their general training. 

With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a 
student may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed 
advisable to meet the requirements of his particular need. 




Administration Huilding, College Park 



> 




58 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

CURRICULA IN AGRICULTURE 

Freshman Year 

The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the 
same for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student 
an opportunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture 
and the related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that 
pursued in high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise 
choice of programs in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student 
before the end of the year to change from one curriculum to another, 
or from the College of Agriculture to the curriculum in some other 
college of the University with little or no loss of credit. 

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum 
in mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest 
selection of freshman electives from the standpoint of their special interests 
and their probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year 
with no definite curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser, who 
assists with the choice of freshman electives and during the course of the 
year acquaints the students with the opportunities in the upper curricula 
in the College of Agriculture and in the other divisions of the University. 
If by the close of the freshman year a student makes no definite choice of 
a specialized curriculum, he continues under the guidance of his general 
adviser in the General Agriculture Curriculum. 

Agriculture Curriculum „ 

i — Semester — \ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

R. Ed. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 .... 

**Math. — Basic Mathematics .... 

•Elect either of the following pairs of courses : 

Bot. 1, General Botany and Zool. 1, General Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3, General Chemistry 4 4 

Elect one of the following each semester : 

Modern Language 3 8 

tMath. 6. 6 or 10. 11. or 10. 13 3 8 

Physica 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 8 

A. H. 1 — Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 .... 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3 



** An examination in Mathematics will be given at an announced date during the first 
semester ; students passing this test will not be required to take Math. 0. 

* Both pairs of courses are required for graduation from the College of Agriculture. 

t Students who expect to pursue the curriculum in Agricultural Chemistry or Agricultural 
Engineering must be prepared to elect Math. 14, 15 and 17. 



GENERAL CURRICULUM 59 

Agriculture — General 

This curriculum is designed for persons wishing to return to the farm, 
enter work allied to farming, for those seeking a general rather than a 
specialized knowledge of the field of agriculture and for those preparing to 
work in any general field in agriculture. 

By proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, a student may 
choose a field of concentration in agriculture and at the same time elect 
courses that contribute to a liberal education. 

General Agriculture Curriculum:): <, . 

Sophomore Year ' I 11 

Eng. 3, 4 or 6, 6 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3 

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Zool. 1U4 — Genetics 3 

Hort. 5 — Fruit Production, or Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production .... 3 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology .... 3 

Soils 1— General Soils 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

A. E. 100— Farm Economics 3 .... 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Biological or Physical Science Sequence 3 3 

Electives 3 3 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

A. E. 107 — Analysis of the Farm Business 8 .... 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management • • • • 3 

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems 2 

R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life and Education 3 

Electives 12 9 

Total 15 17 



t If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



60 CHEMISTRY, ECONOMICS, MARKETING 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both 
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection 
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations, 
soil bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and 
those handling food products. 

Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum „ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 8, 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

Chem. 15, 17 — Qualitative Analysis 3 8 

Math. 20. 21— Calculus '. . . . 4 4 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) , 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Lecture 2 2 

Chem. 36, 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2 

Chem. 21, 22 — Quantitative Analysis 4 4 

Modern Language 8 3 

Geol. 1 — Geology 3 .... 

Soils 1 — General Soils ... 8 

Electives in Biology 3 8 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 5 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6 6 

Total 17 17 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

The curriculum in agricultural economics and marketing is designed to 
prepare students for the following types of positions: On the farm as farm 
operators and farm managers; with farm organizations, such as the 
Farm Bureau and farmers' cooperatives; with private and corporate busi- 
ness concerns; and positions with state and federal agencies, such as col- 
lege teachers, agricultural extension workers, and research with federal 
and state agencies. 

The courses in this department are designed to provide fundamental 
training in the basic economic principles underlying farming. The curricu- 
lum includes courses in farm management, general agricultural economics, 



Semestei 




I 


II 


3 


S 


3 


3 


4 


4 


3 






3 


3 


3 


1 


1 



CURRICULUM 61 

marketing, finance, prices, taxation, and land economics to give the student 
the foundation needed to meet the production and distribution problems 
confronting the individual farmer in a progressive rural community. 

Farming is a business, as well as a way of life, and as such demands for 
its successful conduct the use of business methods; the keeping of farm 
business records, analyzing the farm business, and of organizing and 
operating the farm as a business enterprise. It requires knowledge of farm 
resources and taxation, methods of financing agricultural production and 
marketing, including agencies involved, services rendered and the cost of 
getting products from the producer to the consumer through cooperative 
and private types of organization. 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 

Math. 5 — General Mathematics , 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics , 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 17 17 

Junior Year 

A. E. 100 — Farm Economics 3 

A. E. 101 — Marketing of Farm Products .... 3 

A. E. 107 — Analysis of the Farm Business 3 .... 

A. E. 104 — Farm Finance .... 3 

B. A. 130 — Statistics 3 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3 

Soils 1 — General Soils 3 

Electives 4 7 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

A. E. 103 — Cooperation in Agriculture 3 .... 

A. E. 106 — Prices of Farm Products .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 

Soc. 113 — The Rural Community 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 

A. E. Ill — Land Economics 

A. E. 110 — Seminar 

Electives 

Total 18 l g 





3 




3 


3 




3 




1 


1 


5 


8 



• If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year, they must be elected 
in subsequent yean. 



62 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare for teaching 
secondary vocational agriculture, work as county agents and allied lines of 
the rural education services. Graduates from this curriculum are in demand 
in rural businesses, particularly of the cooperative type. A number have 
entered the Federal service. Others are engaged in teaching and research in 
agricultural colleges. Quite a few have returned to the farm as owner- 
managers. 

In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, involv- 
ing graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing 
the agricultural education curriculum must present evidence of having 
acquired adequate farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years. 

Students with high average may upon petition be relieved of certain 
requirements in this curriculum, when evidence is presented that either 
through experience or previous training a prescribed course is non-essential. 
Or they may be allowed to carry an additional load. 

All students following this curriculum are required to attend meetings 
of the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America during their 
junior and senior years in order to gain needed training to serve as ad- 
visers of high school chapters of FFA upon graduation. All Agricultural 
Education majors are urged to become members of the FFA and to par- 
ticipate in the activities of the organization. 

Agricultural Education Curriculum* t Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 8 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 1 — Poultry Production 3 

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairy Husbandry .... 3 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 8 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology .... 8 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 .... 

Soils 1 — General Soils 3 .... 

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production .... 3 

A. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

R. Ed. 107 — Observation and Analysis of Teaching .... 3 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 8 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology .... 3 

Total 18 18 

• If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year, they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 



63 



Senior Year 

A. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles 

R. Ed. 109— Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 

R. Ed. Ill — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 

R. Ed. 103— Practice Teaching 

R. Ed. 101 — Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations. 

A. Engr. 104 — Farm Mechanics 

Agron. 161 — Cropping Systems , 

Dairy 101 — Dairy Production 

R. Ed. 112 — Departmental Management 

R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life and Education 

Ed. 152 — The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems 

Agricultural Electives 

Total 



Semestet 

I 

3 
1 
5 
2 
2 



10 



AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

The department offers to students of agriculture training in those agri- 
cultural subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These sub- 
jects may be grouped under three heads: farm machinery and farm power, 
farm buildings, and farm drainage. 

Five-Year Program in Agriculture — Engineering 

For those students who wish to specialize in the application of engineering 
principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there is 
offered a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged 
jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and 
leading to a degree from each of these colleges. 

This program prepares graduates to enter state, federal or commercial 
fields of activity in such work as soil and water conservation, rural electri- 
fication, design and sale of farm machinery and structures, and in the 
development of new uses for farm products and the profitable utilization 
of farm wastes and by-products. 

To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowledge 
of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a 
four-year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the 
fundamentals of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineer- 
ing could furnish. 

Upon completion of the normal four year course of study the degree of 
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the student 
registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year, upon 
satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a degree 
in civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering. 



64 



CURRICULUM 



Curriculum in Agriculture-Engineering ^ Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 S 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking • - - • 2 

•Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

•Math. 16— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Dr. 1, 2 — Engineering Drawing 2 2 

Engr. 1 — Introduction to Engineering 1 .... 

R. Ed. 1 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 .... 

M. S. 1, 2— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 19 

For the students whose final objective is a degree in Civil Engineering, 
the balance of the curriculum is: 



Sophomore Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 6 6 

Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics .... 3 

Surv. 1, 2 — Plane Surveying 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 21 

Junior Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Speech 108 — Public Speaking .... 2 

Math. 16 — Spherical Trigonometry 2 .... 

Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology .... 2 

Mech. 50 — Strength of Materials 4 .... 

Mech. 53 — Materials of Engineering .... 2 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage .... 2 

Agr. Engr. 106 — Farm Mechanics .... 2 

Agron. 1 — Farm Crops 3 .... 

Elective in Agriculture .... 3 

Total 19 20 



• A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is ade- 
quately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take Math. 1, 
Introductory Algebra, without credit, and is not eligible to take Math. 14 concurrently. 




ENGINEERING 65 



Fourth Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

C. E. BO— Hydraulics 

C. E. Bl — Curves and Earthwork 

C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 4 

Surv. 100 — Advanced Surveying 4 .... 

M. E. 60 — Principles of Mechanical Engineering 3 .... 

E. E. 50 — Principles of Electrical Engineering .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 8 

Agr. Engr. 106 — Farm Buildings 2 .... 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management 3 

Electives in Agriculture 8 4 

Total 20 20 

Fifth Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 . 

Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

Eng. 7 — Technical Writing .... 2 

Bact. 55 — Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers 2 .... 

C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3 

C. E. 102— Structural Design 6 

C. E. 103 — Concrete Design 6 

C. E. 104— Water Supply 3 

C. E. 106— Sewerage 3 

C. E. 106— Elements of Highways 3 

Total 20 19 

For the student whose final objective is a degree in Mechanical Engineer- 
ing, the balance of the curriculum is: 

Sophomore Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 6 

Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying ■ • • . 2 

Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing .... 

Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice • • • • 1 

Shop 3 — Foundry Practice .... 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 20 



66 CURRICULUM 

< — Semester — \ 

Junior Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) J // 

Eng. 3, 4 — Compisition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 .... 

Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 5 .... 

Mech. 52— Strength of Materials 5 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage .... 2 

Agr. Engr. 106 — Farm Mechanics .... 2 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3 

Total 18 19 

Fourth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 

E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

M. E. 53— Metallography 3 

M. E. 54— Fluid Mechanics 3 

M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 3 

Agr. Engr. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 105 — Farm Buildings 2 .... 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3 

Electives in Agriculture 11 4 

Total 20 20 

Fifth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 

Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer . 2 

M. E. 102 — Heating and Ventilation 3 

M. E. 103— Refrigeration 3 

M. E. 104, 105— Pfime Movers 4 4 

M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4 

M. E. 108, 109 — Mechanical Laboratory 2 2 

Total 18 18 

For the student whose final objective is a degree in Electrical or Chemical 
Engineering, curricula corresponding to the foregoing will be arranged. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE G7 

AGRONOMY 

The curricula in this department are separated into two major divisions; 
namely Crops and Soils. The Crops division includes Crop Production and 
Crop Breeding. The Crop Production curriculum is designed to prepare 
students for general farming, specialized crop farming, the production of 
improved seeds, employment with commercial firms, state and federal experi- 
ment stations, or county agent work. The curriculum for Plant Breeding 
is designed to prepare students to work with commercial seed companies 
or federal and state experiment stations. The curriculum in Soils is de- 
signed both to equip future farmers with adequate knowledge of soils and 
to prepare students for teaching, research, and special soils work. Although 
the Soils curriculum is placed in the Department of Agronomy, its courses 
are designed for all students who have soil interests regardless of the line 
of their major specialization. 

Crop Production Curriculum* , — Semester > 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 8, 4 or 5, 6 3 8 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 .... 

Econ. 87 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Speech 1. 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Agron. 30 — Cereal Crop Production 3 .... 

Agron. 31 — Forage Crop Production .... 3 

Agron. 153 — Selected Crop Studies .... 2 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

Soils 1 — General Soils 8 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Math. 6 — General Mathematics .... 3 

Electives 1 5 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

Agron. 103 — Crop Breeding 2 .... 

Agron. 161 — Cropping Systems 

Agron. 152 — Seed Production and Distribution .... 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management • • • • 3 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage 

Soils 112 — Soil Conservation 3 .... 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

Electives B 7 



Total 



16 16 



* If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



68 



ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 



Crop Breeding Curriculum 

Students following the Crop Breeding Curriculum will have the same 
requirements as the Crop Production Curriculum, except that Math. 10 and 
Math. 13, Algebra, (3), Elements of Mathematical Statistics, (3), will be 
required in the first semester of the Junior Year. 

Soils Curriculum* ^-Semester — 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4 

Soils 1 — General Soils 3 .... 

Soils 2— Principles of Soil Fertility 3 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking; 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Soils 51 — Soil Investigation Methods 2 .... 

Soils 103— Soil Geography 3 

Bot. 101 Plant Physiology 4 

Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage .... 2 

Geol. 1 — Geology 3 .... 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis .... 4 

Chem. 31, 33 or 35, 37— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 1 1 

Electives 6 6 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

Soils 112 — Soil Conservation 3 .... 

Soils 120 — Soil Management 3 

Agron. 151 — Cropping Systems .... 2 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3 

Electives 10 8 

Total 16 16 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in Animal Husbandry is organized for the purpose of 
preparing students for various phases of work in the field of animal indus- 
try as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and 
research workers in Federal, State and private institutions, and as workers 
in specialized fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary. 

By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a 
county agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with cer- 
tain types of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more 
technical and specialized training, to become qualified for instructional 

* If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year they must be elected in 
subsequent years. 



BOTANY 69 

work in colleges, for investigational work in State and Federal experiment 
stations or in commercial research laboratories. Students who desire to 
enter the field of teaching or highly specialized research should elect the 
more scientific courses offered by this and by other departments. 

Animal Husbandry Curriculum* f Semester 

Sophomore Year / /; 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5. 6 3 3 

Chem. 31. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Laboratory 1 1 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4 

A. H. 31 Livestock Judging 2 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding .3 

•*A. H. 131— Sheep Production 3 

**A. H. 133— Horse Production 3 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

Soils 1 — General Soils 3 .... 

Electives 3 .... 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

A. H. Ill — Animal Nutrition 3 .... 

••A. H. 130— Beef Cattle Production 3 

••A. H. 132— Swine Production 3 

A. H. 150 — Livestock Markets and Marketing 2 .... 

A. H. 160— Meat and Meat Products 3 

V. S. 101 — Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3 .... 

V. S. 102 — Animal Hygiene ■••• 3 

Agr. Engr. 1^1 — Farm Machinery 

Electives 3 

Total 17 17 

BOTANY 

The department offers three major fields of work: plant morphology and 
taxonomy; plant pathology; or plant physiology and ecology. The required 
courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for all 
students. In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses 

* If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman Year they must be elected in 
subsequent years. 

•* Only two producton courses are required for graduation. The student may choose 
any two of these three courses to fulfill this requirement. 



70 CURRICULUM 

to suit his particular interest. Courses are required in other subjects to 
contribute toward a broad cultural education, and to support the courses 
selected in the chosen field of botany. 

Through cooperation with the College of Education, students who wish 
to meet the requirements for the state high school teacher's certificates, 
may elect the necessary work in education. 

The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of 
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for 
graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research 
in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories. 

Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations 
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and 
positions with seed companies, canning companies and other commercial 
concerns. 

Botany Curriculum , — Semester — » 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 6, 6 or Eng. 3,4 8 8 

Modern Language 8 8 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 8 

Bot. 2 — General Botany .... 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 20 

Junior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 8 

Modern Language 3 8 

Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy .... 3 

Bot. 110 — Plant Microtechnique .... 2 

Bact. 1 — Bacteriology 4 .... 

Electives 2 

Total 18 17 

Senior Year 

Bot. 112— Seminar 1 1 

Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy 8 .... 

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 8 

Bot. 115 — Structure of Economic Plants .... 2 

Bot. 116 — History and Philosophy of Botany 1 .... 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

Botany Electives 8-8 8-6 

Electives 6-0 7-6 

Total 16 16 

Students specializing in Plant Morphology or Plant Taxonomy will elect 
Bot. 114 and Bot. 128; those specializing in Plant Pathology will elect Bot. 
122, Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 126; 
those specializing in Plant Physiology will elect Organic Chemistry, Chem. 
31, 32, 33, 34. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 71 

DAIRY 

The department offers instruction in two major lines of work: dairy hus- 
bandry and dairy products technology. In the dairy husbandry curricu- 
lum, students are given technical and practical training in the breeding, 
feeding, management, and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production. 
With suitable choice of courses, students are qualified as operators of 
dairy farms, for breed promotion and sales work, for employment with 
private and cooperative business organizations, and for county agent work. 
The dairy products technology curriculum is designed to prepare students 
for practical and scientific work concerned with the processing and distri- 
bution of milk, manufacture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and 
other products, in dairy plant operation and management, and in dairy 
inspection. Students satisfactorily majoring in dairy products technology 
are qualified for the many technical and applied positions in the various 
branches of the dairy industry. 

By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a 
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for 
research in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested 
curricula will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students. 

Dairy Husbandry Curriculum* <;, . 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5. 6 3 8 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 17 

Junior Year 

Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 1 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 8 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 4 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 

Soils 1 — General Soils 3 .... 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding 

Dairy 30 — Dairy Cattle Judging 2 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 4 

Electives • • • • 2 

Total 18 19 

* Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 the second semester 
of the freshman year. If A. H. 1 is not elected in the freshman year it must be taken in 
subsequent years. 



72 DAIRY CURRICULUM 

i — Semester — 

Senior Year I II 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 8 .... 

A. E. 108 — Farm Management • • • ■ 3 

V. S. 101 — Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3 .... 

V. S. 102 — Animal Hygiene 3 

A. H. Ill — Animal Nutrition 3 .... 

Dairy 100 — Dairy Cattle Management 1 

Dairy 101 — Dairy Production ■ ■ 3 

Dairy 105 — Dairy Breeds and Breeding 2 .... 

Dairy 120, 121— Dairy Seminar 1 1 

Electives 4 7 

Total 17 17 

Dairy Products Technology Curriculumf 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3. 4 or 5. 6 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 .... 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology • • • • 4 

M. S. 3. 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 » 

Total 18 18 

Junior Year 

Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 35 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 1 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis . . ■ • 4 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 4 .... 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 t 

Dairy 40 — Grading Dairy Products .... 1 

Dairy 108 — Dairy Technology 4 .... 

Dairy 110 — Butter and Cheese Making .... 4 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 4 

Total 16 18 

Senior Year 

Dairy 111 — Concentrated Milk Products .... 2 

Dairy 112 — Ice Cream 4 

Dairy 114 — Special Laboratory Methods .... 4 

Dairy 115 — Dairy Plant Inspection 2 .... 

Dairy 116 — Dairy Plant Management .... 4 

Dairy 120, 121 — Dairy Seminar 1 1 

Electives 1 1 6 

Total 18 17 



t Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 in the freshman year. 
Those interested in the business rather than the technical phases of dairy technology may 
substitute approved courses in business and economics for Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 35. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 73 

ENTOMOLOGY 

This curriculum, which trains students for work in various types of 
private, commercial, state and federal entomological positions, includes 
basic courses in Entomology and related fields. Most of the first two 
years is devoted to obtaining this essential background. In the junior and 
senior years the student, besides the required courses, has 18 credit hours 
of electives. Non-required courses in Entomology and related subjects are 
available to broaden the scope of the training. 

A student wishing an undergraduate minor in Entomology should take 
the introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of 
both the major and minor departments select courses that will contribute 
most to the end he has in view. 

Entomology Curriculum* ^ Semester _ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3. 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Ent. 2 — Insect Morphology 3 ... . 

Ent. 3 — Insect Taxonomy .... 8 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Chem. 31. 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry Lab 1 1 

Bot. I: — General Botany 4 .... 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology • • ■ • "4 

Ent. 103. 104— Insect Pests 3 3 

Phy. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 8 

Foreign La nguage 3 3 

Electives 2 2 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3 

Ent. 1 05 — Medical Entomology 3 .... 

Ent. 101 — Economic Entomology 

tEnt. 110, 111— Special Problems 1 ' 

Ent. 1 12— Seminar ' l 

Foreign Language 

Electives 6 



Total 



!7 16 



* Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Ent. 1 the second semester 
of the Freshman year. 

t Students may satisfy this requirement in one semester, if their schedule permits, or 
expand the work and credits upon departmental approval. 



3 


8 


3 


8 


4 


4 


3 




3 


2 


3 


3 


1 


1 




2 



74 HORTICULTURE CURRICULUM 

HORTICULTURE 

This department offers instruction in pomology (fruits), olericulture 
(vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental gardening, and process- 
ing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter com- 
mercial production and the horticultural industries. Students are likewise 
prepared to enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with ferti- 
lizer companies, seed companies, equipment manufacturers, and others. 
Students who wish to enter specialized fields of research and teaching may 
take advanced work in the department. 

Pomology and Olericulture Curriculum „ . 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 8, 4 or 6, 6 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 

Hort. 6, 6 — Fruit Production 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Electives 

Total 20 18 

Junior Year 

Bot. 101 — Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy 3 .... 

Soils 1 — General Soils 3 

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production .... 3 

Hort. 69— Small Fruits 8 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 8 

♦Electives 6 6 

Total 18 17 

Senior Year 

Bot. 125 — Diseases of Fruit Crops 2 .... 

or 

Bot. 126 — Diseases of Vegetable Crops 

Hort. 101, 102 — Technology of Fruits 

or 

Hort. 103, 104 — Technology of Vegetables 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 

Bot. 115 — Structure of Economic Plants 

Hort. 118, 119 — Seminar 

♦Electives 

Total 16 16 





2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


3 






2 


1 


1 


8 


9 



♦Electives must include a minimum total of seven credits from the following courses: 
Hort. 22, 62, 106, 107, 108, 114, 116, 122. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



75 



Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture Curriculum 
Sophomore Year 

Enjr. 8, 4 or 6, 6 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 

Bot. 11 — Plant Taxonomy 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 

Hort. 22 — Landscape Gardening 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men ) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Hort. 62— Plant Propagation 

Hort. 107, 108— Plant Materials 

Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Soils 1 — General Soils 

Bot. 123 — Diseases of Ornamental Plants 

*Electives ■ 

Total 

Senior Year 

Hort. 16 — Garden Flowers 

Hort. 118, 119 — Seminar 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 

*Electives 

Total 

♦Required of students specializing in floriculture : 

Hort. 11 — Greenhouse Management 

Hort. 150, 151 — Commercial Floriculture 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 

♦Required of students specializing in landscape and ornamental 
horticulture : 

Hort. 152, 153 — Landscape Design 

Dr. 1, 2 — Engineering; Drawing 

Surv. 1H — Plane Surveying 

Hort. 159 — Nursery Management 

or 

Hort. 160 — Landscape Maintenance 



Semesti 
I 

3 
3 

4 

3 
2 
3 

1 



1 

2 

14 

17 



// 

S 
3 
4 
3 



17 



76 



CURRICULUM 



Commercial Processing of Horticultural Crops Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 

Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization , . 

Chem. 31, 33 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34 — Elements of Organic Laboratory 

Soils 1 — General Soils 

Hort. 61 — Processing Industries 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 

Hort. 155, 156 — Commercial Processing 

Bot. 101 — Plant Physiology 

Bact. 131 — Food Bacteriology 

Hort. 58 — Vegetable Production 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 

Agr. Engr. Ill — Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants 

Agr. Engr. 112 — Machinery and Equipment for Horticultural Processing 
Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Hort. 103, 104— Technology of Vegetables 

Hort. 121— Plant Operation 

Hort. 124 — Quality Control 

A. E. 105 — Food Production Inspection 

Hort. 118, 119 — Seminar 

and one of the following options : 

MANAGEMENT 
Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 

B. A. 150 — Market Management 

B. A. 161 — Personnel Management 

Electives 

TECHNOLOGY 

Chem. 19 — Qualitative Analysis 

Bact. 52 — Sanitary Bacteriology 

Hort. 126 — Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops 

Electives 



-Semester — 1 
7 II 

3 



19 



2 
13 



4 
13 



18 



18 



2 
3 
2 

15 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 77 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in poultry husbandry is designed to give the student a 
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the 
marketing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry im- 
provement work; and as a basis for graduate training for teaching and 
research in poultry husbandry. 

The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of 
individual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation 
for a professional career in poultry husbandry, will be expected to take 
a language. However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be 
required to complete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry. 

Poultry Curriculum* c . 

r — Semester — \ 

Sophomore Year I 11 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

Chem. 1 , 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 2— Poultry Biology 2 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Math. 5 — General Mathematics 3 .... 

M. S. 3. 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 18 

Junior Year 

P. H. 101— Poultry Nutrition 3 

P. H. 102— Physiology of Hatchability 3 

P. H. 100— Poultry Breeding 2 

*Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 8 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 8 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

Electives 4 6 

Total 17 17 



* Students planning to pursure this curriculum should elect P. H. 1 the first semester of 
the Freshman Year. If Agron. 1 is not elected the Freshman Year it must be elected in 
subsequent year. 

* Required of students specializing in poultry genetics, physiology, or nutrition. 



78 PRE-STUDENTS 

i — Semester — » 
Senior Year I II 

P. H. 104— Poultry Marketing Problems 3 

P. H. 105 — Egg Marketing Problems .... 3 

V. & 108 — Avian Anatomy 3 

V. S. 107— Poultry Hygiene » 

P. H. 103 — Commercial Poultry Management .... 2 

P. H. 107 — Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems 2 .... 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery (3) ] 

or I M .... 

Agr. Engr. 105 — Farm Buildings (2) J 

Electives 6-7 10 

Total 17 18 

Pre-Forestry Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred 
to a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The program 
which a student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry college 
he plans to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of Agriculture 
are sent to the Head of the Department of Botany of the University for 
counsel and advice in these matters. 

Pre-Theological Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any 
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue 
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre- 
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual 
four year training of the College. In either case they should enroll as 
members of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture. 

The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological 
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the 
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy, 
agricultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, economics, 
psychology, sociology, natural science, education and the like. Students 
desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agriculture 
of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president or admis- 
sions officer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend. 

Pre- Veterinary Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue preparation for the study of 
Veterinary Science. The curriculum which a student will follow will depend 
to some extent upon the Veterinary College which he plans to enter. All 
Pre-Veterinary students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Head 
of the Department of Veterinary Science of the University for counsel and 
advice in these matters. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



79 



Special Students in Agriculture 

Mature students may, with consent of the Dean, register as special 
students and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular 
curriculum, but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All university 
fees for these special students are the same as fees for regular students. 

There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses 
in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements 
have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean 
of the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission 
to visit classes and work in the laboratories of the different departments. 
This opportunity is created to aid florists, pouitrymen, fruit-growers, 
gardeners, or other especially interested persons who are able to get away 
from their work at some time during the year. 

The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit 
hour per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for 
any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four 
years. 



The Dairy Building, College Park, Maryland 




80 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant 
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to 
another course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses, after the title 
of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

Professors De Vault, Hoecker, Beal, Baker; Associate Professors Walker, 
Hamilton, Poffenberger, Shull 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. E. 100. Farm Economics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 31, 
32, or Econ. 37. 

A general course in agricultural economics, with special reference to 
population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agricultural wealth, 
land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, and 
marketing. (Shull.) 

A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37. 

The development of marketing, its scope, channels, and agencies of dis- 
tribution, functions, costs, methods used, and services rendered. (Shull.) 

A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture (3) — First semester. 

Historical and comparative development of farmers' cooperative organiza- 
tions; reasons for failure and essentials to success; commodity develop- 
ments; operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends. 

(Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 104. Farm Finance (3) — Second semester. 

A study of credit principles as applied to private and cooperative farm 
businesses and the agencies extending farm credit. The needs for and benefits 



COURSE OFFERINGS 81 

of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance. 

(Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 105. Food Products Inspection (2) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to give students primary instruction in the 
grading, standardizing and inspection of fruits and vegetables, dairy prod- 
ucts, poultry products, meats, and other food products. Theoretical instruc- 
tion will be given in the form of lectures, while the demonstrational and 
practical work will be conducted through laboratories and field trips to 
Washington, D. C, and Baltimore. (Staff.) 

A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. 
A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, with 
emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business (3) — First semester. 
A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and analyzing 
of farm accounts. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 108. Farm Management (3) — Second semester. 

A study of the organization and operation of farms from the standpoint 
of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors 
affecting profits. Students will make an analysis of the actual farm busi- 
ness and practices of different types of farms, and make specific recom- 
mendations as to how these farms may be organized and operated as 
successful businesses. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 109. Research Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters. 

With the permission of the instructor, students will work on any research 
problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional class meetings 
for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (De Vault.) 

A. E. 110. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Students will prepare and present reports on economic literature and 
current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 111. Land Economics (3) — First semester. 

Concepts of land economy are discussed, as well as conditions and ten- 
dencies influencing land requirements in relation to land resources; a study 
of major land problems and land policies; farm tenancy; tax delinquency 
and tax reverted lands; land use adjustments; and measures for better use 
of our land resources. ( .) 

A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products (3) — Second semester. 

Trends in world trade for agricultural products; the position of the United 
States in world trade of argicultural products; farm relief measures and 
international trade; reciprocal trade agreements; postwar developments. 

(Shull.) 



82 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products (3)— First semester. 

A study of principles and practices in the marketing of milk and manu- 
facture i dairy products, including the influence of significant geograp 1 leal 
aid institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Beal.) 

A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables (2)— Second semester. 

A study of principles and practices in the marketing of fresh and processed 
fruits and vegetables, including the influence of significant geographical and 
institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Hoecker.) 

Poultry Marketing Problems. Sei. Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104. 

Egg Marketing Problems. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 105. 

Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems. See Poultry Husbandry, 
P. H. 107. 

Market Milk. See Dairy Husbandry, D. H. 109. 

Livestock Markets and Marketing. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150. 

Meat and Meat Products. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160. 

Economics of Consumption. See Economics, Econ. 130. 

Economics of Cooperatives. See Economics, Econ. 151. 

Advertising Programs and Campaigns. See Business Administration, 
B. A. 151. 

Retail Store Management. See Business Administration, B. A. 154. 

For Graduates 

A. E. 200, 201. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. 

An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob- 
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, 
production adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation. 

(De Vault.) 

A. E. 202. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 

This course will consist of special reports by students on current economic 
subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by the members of the 
class and instructional staff. (De Vault.) 

A. E. 203. Research — Credit according to work accomplished. 

Students will be assigned research in agricultural economics under the 
supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original investiga- 
tion in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff.) 

A. E. 205. Special Problems in Dairy Marketing (2) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, A. E. 115 or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with complex economic problems in dairy 
marketing which have developed because of the seasonal production and 



COURSE OFFERINGS 83 

perishability of milk, its multiple uses, and the competitive structure of 
th' 1 industry. _ (Beal.) 

A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy (3) — Second semester. 

The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, emphasizing 
the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects 
upon agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.) 

A. E. 210. Taxation in Relation to Agriculture (2) — Second semester. 

Principles and practices of taxation in their relation to agriculture, with 
special reference to the trends of tax levies, taxation in relation to land 
utilization, taxation in relation to ability to pay and benefits received. 

(Walker.) 

A. E. 211. Agricultural Taxation in Theory and Practice (3) — First 
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Economic effects of taxation upon the welfare of rural society; theory 
of the general property tax, business and license taxes, the income tax, the 
sales tax, special commodity taxes, inheritance and estate taxes as applied 
to the support of rural governmental functions; practical and current prob- 
lems in taxation. (Walker.) 

A. E. 212, 213. Land Utilization and Agricultural Production (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. 

A presentation, by regions, of the basic physical conditions of climate, 
topography and soils; the economic and social forces that have influenced 
agricultural settlement and the resultant utilization of the land; followed 
by a consideration of the regional trends and interregional shifts in land 
utilization and agricultural production. (Baker.) 

A. E. 214. Consumption of Farm Products and Levels of Living (3) — 

Second semester. 

A presentation of trends in the national per capita consumption of farm 
products, followed by studies based principally on the Consumers' Purchase 
Survey; regional and local variations in consumption and levels of living. 

(Baker.) 

A. E. 215. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (3) — First semester. 

An appraisal of agricultural cooperation as a means of improving the 
financial status of farmers. More specifically, the course includes a critical 
analysis and appraisal of specific types and classes of cooperatives. 

(Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management (3) — Second semester. 

An advanced course in farm organization and management which applies 
the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of 
different sizes, types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration 
is also given to adjustments which have taken place in farming in specific 
areas and probable changes in the future. ( ) 



84 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

A. E. 217, 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques (2, 2) — 

First and second semesters. 

A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research techniques. 
Experience is given in outlining and conducting research projects. A critical 
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of results. 

(Hoecker.) 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

Professor Ahalt 

R. Ed. 1. Introduction to Agriculture (1) — First semester. Required of 
all Freshmen in the College of Agriculture. 

A series of lectures introducing the student to the broad field of agri- 
culture. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (2) — First 
semester. Two laboratory periods a week. No graduate credit allowed. 

This course is designed to assist the student in relating the learning 
acquired in the several departments with the problems of doing and demon- 
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of 
agriculture. Deficiencies are checked and corrected by laboratory practice. 

(Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching (5) — First semester. Open only to stu- 
dents majoring in Agriculture Education who have a satisfactory scholastic 
average. No graduate credit allowed. 

Under the direction of a critic teacher the student is required to analyze 
and prepare special units of subject matter in agriculture, plan and teach 
lessons, supervise farming programs of students and otherwise perform 
the duties of a high school teacher of vocational agriculture. Not less 
than 125 clock hours, exclusive of observation, shall be required. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 104. Practice Teaching (1-4) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, R. Ed. 103 or concurrent registration therein. No graduate credit 
allowed. 

For those students wishing to acquire additional experience in teaching. 

(Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture (3) — 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
This course deals with an analysis of pupil learning in class groups. 

(Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3) — First 
semester. 

A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised 
farming programs, the organization and administration of Future Farmer 
activities, and objectives and methods in all-day instruction. (Ahalt.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 85 

R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adu't Farmer Groups (1) — First 
semester. 

Characteristics of young and adult farmer instruction in agriculture. 
Determining needs for organizing a course; selecting materials for instruc- 
tion; and class management. Emphasis is placed on the conference method 
of teaching. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management (1) — Second semester. One 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107, 109. 

The analysis of administrative programs for high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. Investigations and reports. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education (3) — Second semester. 

An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural communi- 
ties, stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of 
normal life in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the 
conditioning effects of educational offerings. (Ahalt.) 

For Graduates 

R. Ed. 201, 202. Rural Life and Education (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. 

A sociological approach to rural education as a movement for a good life 
in rural communities. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture (2, 2)— First and 
second semesters. 

In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current problems facing 
teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for persons 
who have had several years of teaching experience in this field. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 220. Field Problems in Rural Education (1-3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, six semester hours of graduate study. 

Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student 
and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final 
report must follow accepted pattern for field investigations. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 250. Seminar in Rural Education (1-2) — First and second 
semesters. 

Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the 
several agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports. 

(Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 251. Research — Credit hours according to work done. (Ahalt.) 



86 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Carpenter, Associate Professor Gienger 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Agr. Engr. 101. Farm Machinery (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the economics, design and adjustments of modern horse and 
tractor-drawn machinery, including applications of electricity to farm 
operations. Laboratory work consists of detailed study of actual machines, 
their calibration, adjustment, and repair. (Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3) — Second 
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion 
engines, tractors, and automobiles used in farm practice. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop and 
farm equipment repair and construction projects, and a study of the prin- 
ciples of shop organization and administration. It is available only to 
seniors in agricultural education. (Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Buildings (2) — First semester. 
A study of all types of farm structures; also of farm lighting, heating, 
water supply and sanitation systems. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 106. Farm Mechanics (2) — Second Semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

Laboratory exercises covering practical projects in farm shop work and 
in the repair and construction of farm equipment. (Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 107. Farm Drainage (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 
one laboratory period a week. 

A study of farm drainage systems, including theory of tile under-drainage, 
the depth and spacing of laterals, calculation of grades, methods of con- 
struction, and the use of engineering instruments. A smaller amount of 
time will be spent upon drainage by open ditches, and the laws relating 
thereto. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 111. Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants (3) — Firstj 
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the mechanical appliances and accessories, such as boilers, 
pumps, motors, refrigeration units, controls, etc., adapted to food process- 
ing plants. ( ) 

Agr. Engr. 112. Machinery and Equipment for Horticultural Processing 

(2) — Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 

This course covers the design, operation and maintenance of the machines 
and equipment used in the commercial processing of fruits and vegetables. 

( ) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 87 

AGRONOMY AND SOILS 

Professors Kuhn and Thomas; Associate Professor Axley; Assistant 
Professor Ronningen; Instructor Liden. 
A. CROPS 

Agron. 1. Crop Production (3) — First and second semesters. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. 

Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of Cereal 
and Forage Crops. 

Agron. 30. Cereal Crop Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

Continuation study of investigations in Cereal Crop production. 

Agron. 31. Forage Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. 

Continuation study of investigations in Forage Crop production. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Agron. 103. Crop Breeding (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. 
The principles of breeding as applied to field crop plants and methods used 
in plant improvement. (Ronningen.) 

Agron. 151. Cropping Systems (2) — Second semester. 

The bringing to bear of information, from various courses upon the 
development of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objec- 
tives and different areas of the State. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution (2) — Second semester. 
History of seed production, processing, and distribution; current problems; 
Federal and State seed control programs; and release of new varieties and 
maintenance of foundation seed stocks. (Liden.) 

Agron. 153. — Selected Crop Studies (2-4) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Agron. 1, Agron. 30 and 31. Advanced individual study of 
field crops of special interest to the student. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Agron. 201. Crop Breeding (2-4) — First semester. Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. (Ronningen.) 

Similar to Agron. 103, but better adapted to graduate students and offer- 
ing a wider range of choice of material to suit special cases. 

Agron. 203. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 

Reports by students on current scientific publications on crops or soils. 

Agron. 204. Technic in Field Crop Research (2) — First semester. Field 
plot technic, application of statistical analysis to Agronomic data, and 
preparation of the research project. (Kuhn.) 



88 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Agron. 209. Research (4-8) — First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

Credit according to work accomplished. With approval or suggestion of 

the head of the department, the student will choose his own problem for 

study. 

B. SOILS 

Soils 1. General Soils (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Chem. 1 
A broad conception of the fundamentals of soils showing the origin, de- 
velopment, relation to natural sciences, soil uses, effect on civilization, soil 
properties and relation to soils problems. 

Soils 2. Soil Fertility Principles (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one two-hour demonstration laboratory each week. Prerequisites, Soils 
1, Organic Chemistry, General Bacteriology. 

A study of the biological, chemical and physical characteristics of soils 
that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, fertility 
or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, 
organic materials and rotations are discussed and illustrated. 

Soils 51. Soil Investigation Methods (2) — First semester. Two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Soils 2 and Quantitative and 
Organic Chemistry or registration therein. 

A laboratory study of the common biological, chemical, and physical 
methods of examining a soil to determine its nutritional needs and fer- 
tility level. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Soils 103. Soil Geography (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Soils 1 and Geology. 

A study of the factors and processes of soil formation in the world and 
in Maryland, the relation of soils to related geographic features, the devel- 
opment and use of soil classification and soil capability grouping and uses. 
The laboratory period is used largely for field trips to examine soils in 
place. (Thomas.) 

Soils 112. Soil Conservation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Soils 1. 

A study of the factors affecting the preservation of the desired physical, 
chemical, and biological functions of soil and soil moisture; the influence of 
soil deterioration on society; methods of soil conservation. Field trips are 
made to farms using different conservation practices. (Thomas.) 

Soils 120. Soil Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Soils 
2 and Soils 103. 

A study is made of detailed soil problems and their solutions; soil man- 
agement practice for maximum production and soil maintenance; and the 
relation of soils to agriculture and society in general. (Thomas.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 89 

For Graduates 

Soils 201. Special Problems and Research (10-12) — First and second 
semesters. Laboratory and library work. 

Original investigations of physical, chemical and biological soil problems 
and their relation to lime, fertilizer and nutritional studies. 

(Thomas and Axley.) 

Soils 202, 203. Soil Science (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Three 
discussion periods a week. Prerequisite, approval of instructor. 

A review of the development and modern conceptions of the physical, 
biological, and chemical nature of soils and their contribution to soil science. 

(Thomas and Axley.) 

Soils 212, 213. Soil Research Technique (2, 2) — First and second se- 
mesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, approval 
of instructor. 

A laboratory study of methods, technique, and equipment used to investi- 
gate the various soil problems. It is the laboratory part of the soil science 
course. (Thomas and Axley.) 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

Professors Foster, Green; Associate Professors Outhouse, Ken- 
Instructor Buric; Lecturer Finney 

A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the types, breeds and market classes of beef cattle, sheep, 
swine, and horses; general problems in breeding, feeding, management and 
marketing. Practice in the selection and judging of livestock. A field trip 
may be made to a packing plant in Baltimore. 

A. H. 31. Livestock Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 

Training in judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses. Occasional 
trips to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are maintained. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging (2) — First semester. Two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 31. No graduate credit 
allowed. 

An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com- 
mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this 
course are chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate 
livestock judging contests. (Kerr, Outhouse.) 

A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. No graduate 
credit allowed. 



90 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Elements of nutrition, source, characteristics, and adaptability of the 
various feeds to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the 
calculation and compounding of rations. (Outhouse.) 

A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Chem. 
31, 32, 33, 34; A. H. 110. Graduate credit allowed. 

Processes of digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrients; nutri- 
tional balances; nature of nutritional requirements for growth, production 
and reproduction. (Shaw.) 

A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Graduate credit 
allowed with permission of instructor. 

The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection, 
development, systems of breeding, and pedigree work are considered. 

(Green.) 

A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one two-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. No gradu- 
ate credit allowed. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef 
cattle, including a study of breeds and their adaptability; breeding, feeding 
and management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. 

(Foster.) 

A. H. 131. Sheep Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one two-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. No graduate 
credit allowed. 

Principles and practices underlying economical production of sheep, in- 
cluding a study of the breeds and their adaptability; breeding, feeding 
and management of purebred and commercial flocks. (Outhouse.) 

A. H. 132. Swine Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one two-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, A. H. 1 and A. H. 110. No graduate 
credit allowed. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine; 
breeding, feeding and management of purebred and commercial herds; 
breeds of swine and their adaptability. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 133. Horse Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, A. H. 1 and A. H. 110. No graduate 
credit allowed. 

Principles and practices underlying economical production and use of 
draft horses, including a study of breeds and their adaptability. 

A study of the light horse breeds with emphasis on the types and useful- 
ness of each. A discussion of principles of selection and breeding of light 
horses is included in this course. (Outhouse, Finney.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 91 

A. H. 135. Light Horse Production (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
A. H. 133. No graduate credit allowed. 

Included is a study of the organization of the light horse farm, proper 
methods of feeding and training, control of disease, treatment and care 
of injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Finney.) 

A. H. 140. Livestock Management (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. No graduate 
credit allowed. 

A course designed to familiarize students with various systems of live- 
stock farming, together with practical methods of handling and managing 
livestock. Practice and training in the feeding, fitting and preparation of 
animals for show and work purposes and commercial meat production. 

(Outhouse, Buric.) 

A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing (2) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, A. H. 1. Graduate credit allowed. 

History and development of livestock markets and systems of market- 
ing; trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation and 
refrigeration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. No graduate 
credit allowed. 

Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the na- 
tion's meat supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which 
affect the value of meat and meat products. Trips are made to packing 
houses and meat distributing centers. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 170-171. Seminar (1, 1) — Lectures, discussions and assigned 
readings. (Staff.) 

A. H. 172-173. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2)— 

Prerequisite, approval of Staff. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

A. H. 201. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (2-4) — Credit given 
in proportion to amount of work completed. 

Problems which relate specifically to the character of work the student 
is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.) 

A. H. 202, 203. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific 
publications relating to animal husbandry or upon their research work for 
presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.) 

A. H. 204. Research — Credit to be determined by the amount and char- 
acter of work done. 



92 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

With the approval of the head of the department, students will be re- 
quired to pursue original research in some phase of animal husbandry, 
carrying the same to completion, and report the results in the form of a 
thesis. (Staff.) 

A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
A. H. 120 or equivalent and Biological Statistics. 

This course deals with the more technical phases of heredity and varia- 
tion; selection and selection indices; breeding systems; inheritance in farm 
animals. (Green.) 

A. H. 206, 207. Advanced Livestock Management (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

An intensive study of the newer developments in animal breeding, animal 
physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology and other closely allied fields 
as they apply to the management and commercial production of livestock. 

(Staff.) 
BOTANY 

Professors Bamford, Appleman, Jehle, Norton (emeritus); Lecturers 
Steiner, Brierley; Associate Professors Brown, Jeffers, Gauch, Cox; Assistant 
Professors Morgan, Weaver; Instructors Moore, Rappleye. 

Bot. 1. General Botany (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. 

General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the 
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher 
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 2. General Botany (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns and 
their relatives, and the seed plants, emphasizing their structure, reproduction, 
habitats, and economic importance. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. 

A study of the principles of plant classification, based on the collection 
and identification of local plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. 

An introductory study of the symptoms and causal agents of plant dis- 
eases and measures for their control. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

Principles and methods involved in the preparation of permanent micro- 
scope slides of plant materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 93 

Bot. 112. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 

Discussion of special topics, current literature, problems and progress in 
afl phases of botany. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or 
biological science. (Brown.) 

A. Plant Physiology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

liot. 101. Plant Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and General Chemistry. 

A survey ot the general physiological activities of plants. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. (Gauch.) 

Bot. 102. Plant Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent. 

A study of plants in relation to their environments. Plant successions and 
formations of North America are treated briefly and local examples studied. 

(Brown.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 

two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot .101 and elementary 

organic chemistry, or equivalent. (Laboratory only (2 credits) given in 

1949-1950. Lectures are prerequisite.) 

A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body 
and the chemical changes occurring therein. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

(Gauch.) 

Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics (2) — First semester. Prerequisites, Bot. 101 
and introductory physics, or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical phenomena 

in plant life processes. (Gauch, .) 

Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Laboratory course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory 
lee, $5.00. ( ) 

Bot. 204. Growth and Development (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
12 semester hours of plant science. (Gauch.; 

Bot. 205. Salt Nutrition Seminar (1)— (Not given in 1949-1950). 

iteports on current literature are presented and discussed in connection 
with recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. ( Gauch. ) 

Bot. 206. Research in Plant Physiology — Credit according to work done. 

students must be qualified to pursue with profit the research to oe 
undertaken. (Appleman, Gauch.) 

e. Plant Morphology and Taxonomy 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
uot. 111. Plant Anatomy (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110, or equivalent. 



94 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems in the 
vascular plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 113. Plant Geography (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, 
or equivalent. 

A study of plant distribution throughout the world and the factors gener- 
ally associated with such distribution. (Brown.) 

Bot. 114. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) — First semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent. 

Principles and criteria of plant classification. Reviews and criticisms of 
current taxonomic literature. Collection and classification of Maryland 
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.) 

Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants (2) — Second semester. Two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111. 

A detailed microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and 

vegetable crops. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany (1) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, 15 semester hours of botany. 

Discussion of the development of ideas and knowledge about plants, lead- 
ing to a survey of contemporary work in botanical science. (Bamford.) 

Bot. 117. Plant Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Zool. 104 
or equivalent. 

A survey of the fundamental principles to modern plant breeding. The 
analysis of hybrid vigor, its application to economic plants, the relation of 
chromosomes to plant improvement, economically valuable mutations and 
similar topics will be considered. (Morgan.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 211. Cytology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 110 and Zool. 104 (Genetics) or 
equivalent. 

A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, and the rela- 
tion of these to current theories of heredity and evolution. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Bamford, Morgan.) 

Bot. 212. Plant Morphology (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent. 

A comparative study of the morphology of the flowering plants, with 
special reference to the phylogeny and development of floral organs. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 213. Seminar in Plant Cytology and Morphology (1) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics in plant morphology, anatomy, and cytology. 

(Bamford, Morgan.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 95 

Bot. 214. Research in Plant Cytology and Morphology — Credit accord- 
ing to work done. (Bamford, Morgan.) 

Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104, Bot. 211. 

An advanced study of the current status of plant genetics, particularly gene 
mutations and their relation to chromosome changes in corn and other 
favorable genetic materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Morgan.) 

C. Plant Pathology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 122. Research methods in Plant Pathology (2) — First and second 
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or 
equivalent. 

Advanced training in the basic research techniques and methods of plant 
pathology. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester. (Cox.) 

Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

Symptoms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning 
the diseases which affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern 
states. (Jeffers.) 

Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops (2) — (Not offered 
1949-1950). Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

The symptoms and control of the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and 
cereal grains. ( ) 

Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

Symptoms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the 
eastern United States. (Weaver.) 

Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2)— (Not offered 1949-1950). 
Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

The recognition and control of diseases affecting the production of im- 
portant vegetable crops grown in the eastern United States. (Cox.) 

Bot. 128. Mycology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequiste, Bot. 2, or equivalent. 

An introductory study of the morphology, classification, life histories, 
and economics of the fungi. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Jeffers.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 221. Virus Diseases (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 20 and Bot. 101. 

Consideration of the physical, chemical and physiological aspects of plant 
viruses and plant virus diseases. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brierley.) 



96 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Bot. 222. Plant Nematology (2)— (Not offered 1949-1950). Prerequisite, 
Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the nematodes which cause plant diseases, especially 
their life history, plant symptoms and control measures. (Steiner.) 

Bot. 225. Research in Plant Pathology — Credit according to work done. 

(Staff.) 

Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 
20, or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease 
control. (Cox.) 

Bot. 229. Seminar in Plant Pathology (1) — First and second semesters. 

Discussion on the advanced technical literature of plant pathology. 

(Jeffers, Cox.) 
DAIRY 
Professors Cairns and Shaw; Associate Professor Warren; 
Instructors Ellmore, Johnson and Stout 

A. DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content 
of the course deals with all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and 
management and the manufacturing, processing, distributing and marketing 
of dairy products. Laboratory fees, $3.00. 

Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course offers complete instruction in the selection and comparative 
judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various~dairy farms for judging practice 
will be made. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 100. Dairy Cattle Management (1) — First semester. One labora- 
tory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 1. 

A management course designed to familiarize students with the practical 
handling and management of dairy cattle. Students are given actual prac- 
tice and training in the University dairy barns. (Ellmore.) 

Dairy 101. Dairy Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, A. H. 110. 

A comprehensive course in dairy cattle feeding, breeding and herd man- 
agement, designed for advanced students in dairy husbandry. (Cairns.) 

Dairy 105. Dairy Breeds and Breeding (2) — First semester. Prerequi- 
sites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104, A. H. 120. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 97 

A study of the historical background; characteristics, prominent blood 
lines; noted families and individuals of the major dairy breeds. A survey 
of breeding systems; genetic and environmental factors as applied to dairy 
cattle. The use of the pedigree, various indices, herd and production records 
in selection and formulating breeding programs. (Cairns.) 

Dairy 120, 121. Dairy Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, students majoring in dairy production Dairy 1, 101; students 
majoring in dairy products technology Dairy 1, 108. 

Presentation and discussion of current literature and research work in 
dairying. (Cairns.) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying A (2-4) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Dairy 1, 101. Credit in accordance with the 
amount and character of work done. 

Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work 
the student is pursuing. (Cairns, Shaw.) 

B. DAIRY PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY 

Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products (1)— Second semester. One laboratory 
period a week. 

Market grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. 
Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Dairy 41. Advanced Grading of Dairy Products (1) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, Dairy 40. 

An advanced course in grading and judging of milk, butter, cheese, and 
ice cream. Open to students who participate in training for intercollegiate 
dairy products judging contests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 108. Dairy Technology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3. 

Composition standards for milk and milk products, critical interpretation 
and application of practical factory methods of analyses for fat and solids; 
quality tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00 (Johnson.) 

Dairy 109. Market Milk (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1, 133, Chem. 1, 3. 

Commercial aspects of the market milk industry relating to transportation, 
processing, and distribution; operation of a market milk plant; quality 
problems; chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese. Laboratory fee, 
$3.00. (Johnson.) 

Dairy 110. Butter and Cheese Making (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1, 
Chem. 1, 3. (Alternate years, not given in 1949-1950.) 



98 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Commercial methods of manufacturing butter and cheese. Consideration 
is given to the physical, chemical, and biological factors involved; procedures 
of manufacture; quality control. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Warren.) 

Dairy 111. Concentrated Milk Products (2) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108, 114. 
(Alternate years, given in 1949-1950.) 

Theories and practice of manufacturing condensed and evaporated milk 
and milk powder; plant processes; quality factors; utilization. Laboratory 
fee, $3.00. (Warren.) 

Dairy 112. Ice cream Making (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy, 1, 108, 114. 

The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manufacturing ice cream; 
fundamental principles ;ingredients; controlling quality. Laboratory fee, 
$3.00. (Warren.) 

Dairy 114. Special Laboratory Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108, Bact. 
1, 133, Chem. 1, 3, 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. 

Application of analytical methods to milk, milk products and milk con- 
stituents. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Johnson.) 

Dairy 115. Dairy Inspection (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 109. 

Study and interpretation of dairy ordinances and standards; application to 
farm and plant inspection. ( •) 

Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, at least three advanced 
dairy products technology courses. 

Principles of dairy plant management, record systems; personnel, plant 
design and construction; dairy machinery and equipment. (Warren, Stout.) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying B (2-4) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, 108, 109. Credit in accordance with the 
amount and character of work done. 

Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work the 
student is pursuing. (Warren.) 

For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Products Technology 
Dairy 201. Advanced Dairy Production (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Dairy 101 or equivalent. 

A study of the newer discoveries in animal nutrition, breeding, and 
management. Readings and assignments. (Cairns.) 

Dairy 202. Advanced Dairy Technology (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Dairy 108, 114 or equivalent. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 99 

Milk and milk products from physico-chemical and bio-chemical points 
of view, with attention directed to hydrogen ion concentration, electrometric 
titration, oxidation-reduction, electrometric conductivity, buffer system of 
milk, milk enzymes. ( .) 

Dairy 204. Methods of Dairy Research (1-5) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, permission of Professor in charge of work. Credit in accord- 
ance with the amount and character of work done. 

Methods of conducting dairy research and the presentation of results 
are stressed. A research problem which relates specifically to the work the 
student is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.) 

Dairy 205. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Assigned readings on current literature on timely topics; preparation and 
presentation of reports for classroom discussion. (Staff.) 

Dairy 208. Research (3-8) — First and second semesters. Credit to be 
determined by the amount and quality of work done. 

Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the 
Major Professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of 
a thesis in accordance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.) 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor Cory; Lecturers Shepard, Snodgrass, Munson; Assistant Profes- 
sors Abrams, Haviland, Vogt. 

Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology (3) — First and second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one semester of 
college Zoology. 

The position of insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure, 
classification into orders and principal families and the general economic 
status of insects. A collection of common insects is required. Fee, $3.00. 

Ent. 2. Insect Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1. 

Intensive study of the external structures and less intensive study of the 
internal anatomy of representative insects with special reference to those 
phases needed for work in insect taxonomy and biology. Fee, $3.00. 

Ent. 3. Insect Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 2. 

Intensive study of the classification of all orders and the important 
families based on individual collections supplemented by typical material 
from the department collection. Fee, $3.00. 

Ent. 4. Beekeeping (2) — First semester. 

A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the honey- 
bee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic 
importance and bee lore in literature. 



100 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 4. 

The theory and practice of apiary management. Designed for the stu- 
dent who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee 
management. Fee, $3.00. (Abrams.) 

Ent. 101. Economic Entomology (3)— (Not offered in 1949-1950). 

(Cory.) 

Ent. 103-104. Insect Pects (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Ent. 1 or consent of the department. 

A comprehensive study of the principal pests of crops, livestock, the 
household, man and forests. Fee, $3.00. (Cory.) 

Ent. 105. Medical Entomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or consent 
of the department. 

The relation of the Arthropoda to disease of man, both directly and as 
vectors of pathogenic organisms. The fundamentals of parasitology and 
sanitation as they are related to entomology. The control of pests of man. 
Fee. $3.00. (Vogt.) 

Ent. 106. Advanced Insect Taxonomy (3) — First semester. Two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 3. 

Principles of nomenclature and intensive study of limited groups of 
insects. Fee, $3.00. (Vogt.) 

Ent. 107. Insecticides (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 and 
Elementary Organic Chemistry. 

The development and use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and 
other important chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action, 
compatability, and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Shepard.) 

Ent. 109. Insect Physiology (2) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent of the department. 

The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to blood, 
circulation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and 
the nervous system, and metabolism. (Munson.) 

Ent. 110, 111. Special Problems (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, to be determined by the department. 

An intensive investigation of some entomological problem, preferably 

of the student's choice. Required of majors in entomology. (Cory.) 

Ent. 112. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
senior standing. 

Presentation of original work, review and abstracts of literature. (Cory.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 101 

Ent. 114. Insect Pests of Greenhouses (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or 
consent of the department. 

The identification, life history and habits of insects affecting plants raised 
under glass; recognition of early injury and methods of control applicable 
under these specialized conditions will be considered. Fee, $3.00. 

(Haviland.) 
For Graduates 

Ent. 201. Advanced Entomology — Credit and prerequisites to be deter- 
mined by the department. First and second semesters. 

Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied ento- 
mology, with particular reference to the preparation of the student for 
individual research. (Cory.) 

Ent. 202. Research — First and second semesters. 

Required of graduate students majoring in Entomology. This course 
involves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for pub- 
lication must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the 
requirements for an advanced degree. (Cory.) 

Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology (2-4) — First semester. Two 
lectures, additional laboratory work and credit by special arrangement with 
the department. 

Insect anatomy with special reference to function. Given in preparation 
for advanced work in physiology or research in morphology. (Snodgrass.) 

Ent. 205. Insect Ecology (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, consent of the depart- 
ment. 

A study of fundamental factors involved in the relationship of insects to 
their environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism 
adjusted to its surroundings. (Vogt.) 

FORESTRY 

Associate Professor Dengler 

For. 1. Introduction to Forestry (2) — Second Semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1. 

A general survey of the field of forestry, including woodland values, con- 
servation, protection, reproduction, management, utilization, mensuration, 
engineering, recreation, lumbering, and forest wildlife management. 

HORTICULTURE 

Professors Haut, Link, Schrader, Scott, Walls; Associate Professors Cornell, 
Shanks, Shoemaker; Assistant Professor Stark 

Hort. 1. General Horticulture (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 



102 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

A general basic course planned to give the student a background of 
methods and practices used in production of horticultural crops. 

Hort. 5, 6. Fruit Production (3, 2) — First and second semesters. One or 
two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of commercial varieties and the harvesting, grading, and storage 
of fruits. Principles and practices in fruit tree production. 

Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management. 

Hort. 16. Garden Flowers (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding 
plants, and roses and their cultural requirements. 

Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening (2) — First semester. 
The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their 
application to private and public areas. 

Hort. 56. Landscape Ornamentals and Floriculture (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A course dealing with the basic principles in the use of trees, shrubs, 
broad-leaved evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants in orna- 
mental plantings. Designed for any students wishing a broad coverage 
in this field. 

Hort. 58. Vegetable Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and Soils 1. 

A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable 
production. 

Hort. 59. Small Fruits (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of 
small fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, black- 
berries, and cranberries. 

Hort. 61. Processing Industries (2). 

Early history and development of the various types of preservation of 
horticultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brin- 
ing. The relative importance of these methods on state, national and world- 
wide bases are emphasized. 

Hort. 62. Plant Propagation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants. 



COURSE OFFERINGS L03 

Hort. 63. Flower Store Management (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11. 

A study of the operation and management of a flower store. Laboratory 
period devoted to principles and practice of floral arrangements and 
decoration. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Hort. 101, 102. Technology of Fruits (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Hort. 6 and Bot. 101. 

A critical analysis of research work and application of the principles of 
plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical problems in commercial 
production. (Haut.) 

Hort. 103, 104. Technology of Vegetables (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Hort. 58 and Bot. 101. 

For a description of these courses see the general statement under Hort. 
101, 102. (Stark.) 

Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals (2) — First or second semester. 
Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and Hort. 107. 

A study of the physiological plant processes as related to the growth, 
flowering, and storage of floricultural and ornamental plants. (Link.) 

Hort. 106. World Fruits and Nuts (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1. 

A study of the tropical and subtropical fruits and nuts of economic 
importance. (Haut.) 

Hort. 107, 108. Plant Materials (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, Bot. 1, Bot. 11. 

A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in orna- 
mental plantings. (Cornell.) 

Hort. 114. Systematic Pomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 5, 6. 

A study of the origin, history, taxonomic relationships, and description 
of fruits. (Haut.) 

Hort. 116. Systematic Olericulture (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58. 

A study of the classification and nomenclature of vegetable crops. 

(Walls.) 

Hort. 118, 119. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing 
recent scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.) 

Hort. 121. Plant Operations (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Agr. Engr. Ill, 112. 



104 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Course deals with arrangement of machinery and equipment in proper 
sequence to insure the most economical operation of commercial processing 
plants, providing for continuous flow through the factory. Field trips to 
commercial plants included. (Walls.) 

Hort. 122. Special Problems (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Credit 
arranged according to work done. For major students in horticulture or 
botany. (Staff.) 

Hort. 123. Grading and Judging of Canned and Frozen Products (2) — 

First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi- 
sites, Hort. 58, 155, 156. 

Factors considered in grading. Actual grading of principal products and 
critical appraisal for quality improvement. 

Hort. 124. Quality Control (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 123. 

This course covers the control of quality in canned and frozen vegetables 
and fruits, dealing with proper harvesting, grading of raw products and 
various phases of preparation and handling, as well as the evaluation of 
varities. 

Hort. 126. Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops (3) — Second semes- 
ter. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 
33 and 34, Bot. 101, Hort. 112. 

A study and laboratory practice of standard methods for determining 
mineral, vitamin, carbohydrate, protein and other food values of various 
fruit and vegetable products. 

Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1, 
Hort. 11. 

Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the marketing 
of cut flowers. (Link.) 

Hort. 152. Landscape Design (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Hort. 22, Eng. D. 1, 2, Art 2, 
Surv. 1H. 

A consideration of the principles of landscape design supplemented by 
direct application in the drafting room. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort. 153. Landscape Design (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152. 

Advanced landscape design. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort. 155. Commercial Processsing I (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34. 

The fundamentals of canning, freezing, and dehydration of horticultural 
crops. (Walls.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 105 

Hort. 156. Commercial Processing II (2) — One lecture and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 155. 

A continuation of Commercial Processing I. Also includes actual work 
in laboratory of manufacture of jams, jellies, conserves, preserves, mar- 
malades, and juices. (Walls.) 

Hort. 159. Nursery Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62, 
107, 108. 

A study of all phases of commercial nursery management and operations. 

Hort. 160. Landscape Maintenance (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 
107, 108. 

A study of the planting and maintenance of turf, ornamental shrubs and 
trees. Basic principles of park and estate maintenance included. 

For Graduates 

Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in pomology. (Schrader.) 

Hort. 203, 204. Experimental Olericulture (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. ( .) 

Hort. 205. Experimental Pomology (3) — Second semester. 

This course is a continuation of Hort. 201, 202. (Schrader.) 

Hort. 206. Horticultural Cyto-genetics (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisites, Zool. 104, Bot. 101, Bot. 201, or equivalents. 

A course dealing with the field of cyto-genetics in relation to horticulture. 

( 

Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research (3) — Second semester. 
One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. 

A critical study of research methods which are or may be used in 
horticulture. (Scott and Staff.) 

Hort. 208. Advanced Horticultural Research (2 to 12) — First and second 
semesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.) 

Hort. 209. Advanced Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Five 
credit hours for five semesters can be obtained. 

Oral reports with illustrative material are required on special topics or 
recent research publications in horticulture. (Haut and Staff.) 



106 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

Professors Jull, Gwin, Shaffner, Combs; Associate Professor Quigley. 

P. H. 1. Poultry Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

This is a general comprehensive course covering all phases of modern 
poultry husbandry practices, including breeds, incubation, brooding, housing, 
feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing, and the economics of production and 
distribution of poultry products. 

P. H. 2. Poultry Biology (2) — Second semester. 

This course is designed to provide basic information as a foundation for 
other courses in poultry. The biology of the fowl is considered with respect 
to fundamentals of cell development, the development and structure of the 
digestive, circulatory, respiratory, reproductive and endocrine systems, 
feathers, growth, and related problems. 

P. H. 59. Advanced Poultry Judging (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week. 

Theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means. Correla- 
tion studies of characteristics associated with productivity. 

Contestant for regional collegiate judging competitions will be selected 
from this class. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

P. H. 100. Poultry Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
P. H. 1 or 2. Not for graduate credit. 

The inheritance of morphological and physiological characters of poultry 
are presented. Inheritance of factors related to egg and meat production 
and quality are stressed. Breeding plans are discussed. (Jull.) 

P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Not for graduate credit. 

Nutritive requirements of poultry and the nutrients which meet those 
requirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional dis- 
eases commonly encountered under practical conditions. (Combs.) 

P. H. 102. Physiology of Hatchability (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Not for graduate credit. 

The physiology of embryonic development as related to principles of 
hatchability, and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery in- 
dustry are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of 
hatchability are assigned. (Shaffner.) 

P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management (2) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, ten hours of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1. Not for 
graduate credit. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 107 

A symposium on finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, purchase 
of supplies, and management problems in baby chick, egg, broiler, and 
turkey production; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, produc- 
tion and financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.) 

P. H. 104. Poultry Marketing Problems (3) — First semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. 

Live and dressed poultry grades, poultry marketing channels, relation of 
transportation and distribution to quality, methods and costs of marketing 
live and dressed poultry, dressing, drawing, eviscerating and preparing 
poultry for the table. (Gwin.) 

P. H. 105. Egg Marketing Problems (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

Exterior and interior egg quality factors, wholesale and retail grades of 
eggs, egg marketing channels, relation of transportation and distribution 
to quality, methods and costs of marketing eggs, candling and preparing 
eggs for the table. (Gwin.) 

Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107. 

Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108. 

Preservation of Poultry Products, see F. Tech. 108. 

P. H. 107. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2) — First 
semester. 

Relation of poultry to agriculture as a whole and its economic importance. 
Consumer prejudices and preferences, production, transportation, storage, 
and distribution problems are discussed. Trends in the industry, surpluses 
and their utilization, poultry by-products, and disease problems, are pre- 
sented. Federal, state, and private agencies servicing the poultry industry 
and function performed by each agency are discussed. (Staff.) 

P. H. 108. Special Poultry Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters. 
For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned special prob- 
lems in the field of poultry for individual study and report. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

P. H. 201. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, P. H. 100 or equivalent. 

This course serves as a foundation for research in poultry genetics. Link- 
age, crossing-over, inheritance of sex, the expression of genes in develop- 
ment, inheritance of resistance to disease, and the influence of the environ- 
ment on the expression of genetic capacities are considered. (Jull.) 

P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 101 or 
equivalent. 



108 COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

A fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins, 
and carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and meta- 
bolism of these substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use of 
synthetic diets are considered. (Combs.) 

P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3) — First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 102 or 
its equivalent. 

The role of the endocrines in reproduction, especially with respect to egg 
production, is considered. Fertility, sexual maturity, broodiness, molting, 
egg formation, ovulation, deposition of egg envelopes, and the physiology of 
oviposition are studied. (Shaffner.) 

P. H. 204. Poultry Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 
Oral reports of current researches by staff members, graduate students, 
and guest speakers are presented. (Staff.) 

P. H. 205. Poultry Literature (1-4) — First and second semesters. 
Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required. 
Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are discussed. 

(Staff.) 

P. H. 206. Poultry Research — First and second semesters. Credit in 
accordance with work done. 

Practical and fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under 
the supervision of staff members toward the requirements for the degrees 
of M.S. and Ph.D. (Staff.) 

P. H. 207. Poultry Research Techniques (2) — First semester. One lec- 
ture and one laboratory period a week. 

To acquaint graduate students with common basic research techniques 
useful in conducting experiments with poultry or poultry products. Meth- 
ods of arranging and conducting an experiment, of interpreting results 
(including the use of statistics), of writing and publishing experimental 
results, of using laboratory equipment (pH meter, colorimeter, microscope, 
etc.), of purchasing equipment, and of using scientific periodicals are con- 
sidered. Actual laboratory experiments with poultry are included. (Staff.) 

VETERINARY SCIENCE 

Professors Brueckner and DeVolt; Associate Professors Coffin and Reagan 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period. 

Normal structure of the domesticated animals; normal physiological 
activities; interrelationship of structure and function. (Coffin.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 109 

V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period. Prerequisite, V. S. 101 or permission of instructor. 

Nature of disease; immunity; prevention, and control; common diseases 
of farm animals. (Coffin.) 

V. S. 103. Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — First and second semes- 
ters. One lecture and one laboratory period. 

Structure and function of the foot of domestic species. Common diseases 
and abnormalities of the foot; their correction and prevention. (Coffin.) 

V. S. 104. Advanced Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — Second semes- 
ter. Two laboratory periods. Prerequisite, V. S. 103. 

Advanced studies of the anatomy, physiology of the foot of domestic 
animals. Advanced and detailed studies of abnormalities and diseases of 
the feet. Their prevention and correction. (Coffin.) 

V. S. 108. Avian Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory. Prerequisite, Zool. 1 s. 

Gross and microscopic structure; physiological processes; dissection and 
demonstration. (DeVolt.) 

V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory. Prerequisite, Bact. 1; P. H. 1. (DeVolt.) 

For Graduates 

V. S. 201. Animal Disease Problems (2-6) — First and second semesters. 
Credit depending upon work done. Prerequisite, Veterinary degree or con- 
sent of Staff. 

Laboratory and field work by assignment. (Staff.) 

V. S. 202. Animal Disease Research (2-6) — First and second semesters. 
Credit depends on work done. Prerequisite, Veterinary degree or consent 
of Staff. 

Studies of practical disease phases. (Staff.) 

V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or one year 
of graduate study. 

Theory of the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipula- 
tions and photography. (Reagan, Brueekner.) 



110 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AGRICULTURAL, EXTENSION, RESEARCH AND 
REGULATORY AGENCIES 



EXTENSION SERVICE 

Administrative Staff 
College Park 

Thomas Baddeley Symons, M.S., D.Agr., Dean, College of Agriculture, 
Director. 

Roger B. Corbett, Ph.D., Associate Dean and Associate Director, Adminis- 
tration. 

Venia Merie Kellar, B.S., Professor, Assistant Director. 

Ernest Neal Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Entomology, State Ento- 
mologist, Assistant Director. 

Paul Edwin Nystrom, M.S., Professor, Deputy Director. 

John W. Magruder, M.S., Professor and County Agent Leader. 

Arthur E. Durfee, B.S., Professor and Extension Editor. 

Dorothy Emerson, Professor, Girls' Club Leader. 

Mylo Snavely Downey, M.A., Professor, Boys' Club Leader. 

Florence Harriett Mason, B.S., Professor, Home Furnishing, District 
Agent. 

Elliott M. Elliott, Administrative Assistant. 

Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, estab- 
lished by State and Federal Laws in 1914, is designed to assist farmers and 
their families in the problems of agriculture and rural homes. Most of 
the work is carried on in the local communities, on the farms and in the 
homes throughout the State. It is conducted under a Memorandum of 
Understanding between the Extension Service of the University of Maryland 
and the U. S. Department of Agriculture. 

The Federal Government, the State, and the Counties contribute to the 
support of the Extension Service in Maryland. There is a County Exten- 
sion Service in each county, with a County Agricultural Agent and Home 
Demonstration Agent in charge, and assistants where funds permit and the 
work requires. Backed by a staff of Specialists at the University, these 
Agents are in close contact with rural people and their problems. 

Practically every phase of agriculture and rural home life comes within 
the scope of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by 
demonstrations and carries the scientific and economic results of the Experi- 
ment Station and Department of Agriculture to rural people in ways that 
they understand and use. 

In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association with all rural 
groups and organizations. It assists especially in promoting better marketing 
of farm products and encourages the marketing of home supplies by rural 



EXTENSION, SHORT COURSES 111 

women. Work with rural women is one of the most extensive phases of 
extension education, including both the practical problems of the home and 
the cultural, economic, and community activities in which present-day 
women are engaging. 

In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed 
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their 
diversified activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of in- 
struction and training, and are afforded an opportunity to develop self- 
confidence, perseverence and citizenship. 

Extension Short Courses 

The Extension Service arranges and conducts short courses in various 
lines, most of which are held at the University. Some of these courses 
have been held regularly over a period of years and others are added as 
the need and demand develop. 

Canners' Short Course 

For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners 
in keeping abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is 
usually held in February. 

Rural Women's Short Course 

In response to requests of rural women for special training in a variety 
of subjects, the Rural Women's Short Course was inaugurated in 1922. 
Attendance at the course, extending for one week, has grown steadily, 
reaching more than one thousand women at recent sessions. The program 
offered has been broadened through the years and attracts women from all 
counties in the State. The third week in June is the date usually selected. 

Other Short Courses 

Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, and cow 
testers are among those held in recent years. Announcement of such 
courses is made to those who may be interested. 

Boys' and Girls' Club Week 

Members and leaders of boys' and girls' 4-H Clubs come to the University 
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations 
are given by specialists, and a broad program of education, inspiration and 
recreation is provided. 

EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF* 

Subject Matter Specialists 

George Jenvey Abrams, M.S., Assistant Professor, Apiculture. 
Clementine B. Anslinger, A.B., Assistant, Marketing. 



* Many of the members of the Extension Service staff are also on the Instructional staff, 
or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies appear 
elsewhere in this publication. 



112 EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF 

George Harold Axinn, B.S., Assistant Professor, Bulletin Editor. 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Botany and Plant 
Pathology. 

George Max Beal, Ph. D., Professor Agricultural Economics and 
Marketing. 

Walter Crothers Beaven, Ph.D., Professor, Marketing Inspection. 

Edward Krug Bender, B.S., Assistant Professor Vegetable Crops. 

Theodore L. Bissell, M.S., Associate Professor, Extension Entomology. 

Robert D. Boyce, B.S., Instructor, Agronomy. 

Rowland C. Brandenburg, B.S., Assistant in Entomology. 

Russell Guy Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany. 

John Buric, B.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry. 

George John Burkhardt, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Gordon Mann Cairns, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry. 

Robert Peary Callaway, M.S., Professor, Marketing. 

Ray Wilford Carpenter, A.B., LL.B., Professor and Head, Agricultural 
Engineering, State Drainage Engineer. 

Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D., Professor, Poultry. 

Pardon W. Cornell, M.S., Associate Professor, Horticulture. 

Carroll Eastburn Cox, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology. 

Harry William Dengler, B.S., Associate Professor, Forestry. 

Samuel Henry DeVault, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Agricultural Eco- 
nomics and Marketing. 

Randolph Henry Duff, Instructor and Assistant in Visual Instruction. 

Charles Oliver Dunbar, B.S., Associate Professor, Horticulture. 

Rudolph Sampson Forrester, Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

James R. Foster, M.S., Instructor, Entomology. 

John Erwin Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry. 

Guy Watson Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Engel Lee Russell Gilbert, B.S., Assistant Professor, Entomology. 

Castillo Graham, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Field Entomologist. 

James Martin Gwin, M.S., Professor, Poultry Marketing. 

Arthur Bryan Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Eco- 
nomics and Farm Management. 

Irvin Charles Haut, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Horticulture. 

Russell Cheney Hawes, M.S., Professor, Marketing. 

William E. Heifner, Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

Harold Hoecker, B.S., Research Assistant, Marketing. 

Raymond William Hoecker, Ph.D., Professor, Agricultural Economics 
and Marketing. 

Louis Caspar Holland, Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

Mabel G. Howell, B.S., Assistant, Marketing. 

Walter Fulton Jeffers, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Plant Pathology. 



EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF 113 

Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pa- 
thologist. 

Eben C. Jenkins, M.S., Assistant Professor and Extension Specialist in 
Distribution. 

Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry. 

Malcolm Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry. 

Albert Victor Krewatch, M.S., E.E., Associate Professor, Agricultural 
Engineering, Rural Electrification. 

Albin Owings Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Agronomy. 

George Shealy Langford, Ph.D., Professor, Entomology. 

Conrad B. Link, Ph.D., Professor, Floriculture. 

Margaret Thompson Loar, B.S., Associate Professor and District Agent 
County Home Demonstration Work. 

John Edward Mahoney, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

Arthur Fehl Martin, B.S., Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

Ellis Martin, B.S., Laboratory Assistant, Agricultural Engineering. 

Florence Harriett Mason, B.S., Professor, Home Furnishing, District 
Agent. 

Charles E. McCain, Assistant Professor, Marketing. 

Harold Sloan McConnell, M.S., Associate Professor, Entomology. 

William Russell McKnight, B.S., Associate Professor, Egg Inspection 
and Marketing. County Agent at Large. 

Margaret McPheeters, M.S., Associate Professor, Nutrition. 

Charles Percival Merrick, B.S., Assistant Professor, Drainage Engi- 
neering. 

John E. Moore, B.S., Instructor, Plant Pathology. 

Eva M. Norton, B.S., Instructor and Assistant in Reports, Extension. 

James Burton Outhouse, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry. 

Ralph Alfred Porterfield, B.S., Instructor, Dairy Husbandry, Arti- 
ficial Insemination. 

Walter Benjamin Posey, M.S., Professor, Tobacco. 

John W. Pou, M.S., Assistant Professor, Dairy. 

George DeWitte Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry. 

Wade Hampton Rice, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry. 

Edward McGee Rider, B.A., Assistant Professor, Information Specialist. 

Marvin Eugene Senger, B.S., Instructor, Dairy Husbandry, Artificial 
Insemination. 

Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Poultry. 

James B. Shanks, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Floriculture. 

Carolyn L. Shaver, B.S., Instructor, 4-H and Home Economics Informa- 
tion Specialist. 

Helen Shelby, M.S., Associate Professor, Clothing. 

Mark Mercer Shoemaker, A.B., M.L.D., Associate Professor, Land- 
scape Gardening. 

Helen Irene Smith, M.A., Associate Professor, Home Management. 

Delbert W. Squires, M.S., Assistant Professor, Entomology. 



114 COUNTY AGENTS 

Stanley P. Stabler, B.S., Assistant Professor, Agronomy. 

Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Vegetable Gardening 

Howard Livingston Stier, Ph.D., Professor and Chief, Marketing. 

George A. Stevens, M.S., Assistant, Agricultural Economics and 
Marketing. 

Joseph McNaughton Vial, B.S., Professor, Animal Husbandry. 

Albert Frank Vierheller, M.S., Associate Professor, Horticulture. 

Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D., Professor, Canning Crops. 

Edwin Joseph Weatherby, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Artificial Insemi- 
nation. 

L. C. Weaver, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology. 

Boyd T. Whittle, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry. 

Walter Sherard Wilson, B.S., Associate Professor, Assistant Boys' Club 
Leader. 

County Agents (Field) 

County Name and Title Headquarters 

Allegany Ralph Frank McHenry, B. S., 

Associate Professor Cumberland 

Anne Arundel. . . Stanley Everett Day, B. S., 

Associate Professor Annapolis 

Baltimore Horace Bennett Derrick, B.S., 

Associate Professor Towson 

Calvert Robert M. Hall, A.B. 

Associate Professor Prince Frederick 

Caroline Francis Marion Rogers, B.S., 

Associate Professor Denton 

Carroll Landon Crawford Burns, B.S., 

Associated Professor Westminster 

Cecil Richard Spencer Sutton, B.A., 

Associate Professor Elkton 

Charles Paul Dennis Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor La Plata 

Dorchester Harry Wesley Beggs, B.S., 

Associate Professor Cambridge 

Frederick Henry Reese Shoemaker, M.A., 

Associate Professor Frederick 

Garrett John Hurley Carter, B.S., 

Associate Professor Oakland 

Harford Henry Morrison Carroll, B.S., 

Associate Professor Bel Air 



COUNTY AGENTS, ASSISTANTS 115 

Howard Warren Graham Myers, B.S., 

Associate Professor Ellicott City 

Kent James Dunham McVean, B.S., 

Associate Professor Chestertown 

Montgomery Otto Watson Anderson, M.S., 

Associate Professor Rockville 

Prince Georges. . Percy Ellsworth Clark, B.S., 

Associate Professor Upper Marlboro 

Queen Annes James Walter Eby, B.S., 

Associate Professor Centreville 

St. Marys Joseph Julius Johnson, 

Associate Professor Leonardtown 

Somerset Clarence Zeigler Keller, B.S., 

Associate Professor Princess Anne 

Talbot Rudolph Stockdale Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor Easton 

Washington Mark Kermit Miller, B.S., 

Associate Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico James Paul Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor Salisbury 

Worcester Robert Thornton Grant, B.S., 

Associate Professor Snow Hill 



Assistant County Agents 

Allegany Joseph Matthew Steger, B.S., Instructor. .Cumberland 

Anne Arundel 

and Calvert.. W. B. Vanderford, B.S., Instructor Annapolis 

Baltimore Frank R. McFarland, Jr., B.S., Instructor Towson 

Carroll J. R. Schabinger, M.A., Instructor Westminster 

Cecil M. Gist Welling, B.S., Instructor Elkton 

Dorchester and 

Talbot Charles W. Crawford, Instructor Cambridge 

Frederick Hugh Bradley Jones, B.S., Instructor Frederick 

Harford Robert K. Bechtold, B.S., Instructor Bel Air 

Howard Beatrice Streaker Cissel, B.S., Instructor. Ellicott City 

Kent Stanley Burr Sutton, Instructor Chestertown 

Montgomery .... Roscoe Newton Whipp, B.S., Instructor Rockville 



116 LOCAL AGENTS 

Prince Georges. . Francis Alexander Gray, Jr., B.S., 

Instructor Upper Marlboro 

Washington Raymond George Mueller, B.S., Instructor. Hagerstown 

Wicomico James Audrey Duncan, B.S., Instructor Salisbury 

Local Agents — Negro Work 

Southern Mary- 
land Martin Green Bailey, B.S., 

Instructor, District Agent Seat Pleasant 

Eastern Shore. . . Louis Henderson Martin, Instructor Princess Anne 

Charles Milbourne Hull, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road 

Prince Georges.. James Rufus Taylor, B.S., 

Instructor Upper Marlboro 

Assistant Local Agents — Negro Work 

Montgomery William Roger Brogden, Instructor Spencerville 

County Home Demonstration Agents (Field) 

Allegany Maude Alberta Bean, 

Associate Professor Cumberland 

Anne Arundel... Miriam Frances Parmenter, B.S., 

Associate Professor Annapolis 

Baltimore Anna Trentham, B.S., Associate Professor Towson 

Baltimore City.. Margaret 0. Holloway, B.S., 

Associate Professor Baltimore 

Calvert Mrs. Florence Elizabeth Buchanan, B.S., 

Associate Professor Prince Frederick 

Caroline Bessie Marguerite Spafford, B.S., 

Associate Professor Denton 

Carroll Evelyn Davis Scott, B.S., 

Associate Professor Westminster 

Dorchester Hattie E. Brooks, 

Associate Professor Cambridge 

Frederick Loa Elizabeth Davis, M.A., 

Associate Professor Frederick 

Garrett Eleanor K. Dearborn, B.S., 

Associate Professor Oakland 

Harford Alga Dorothy Weaver, M.S., 

Associate Professor Bel Air 



DEMONSTRATION AGENTS 117 

Kent Clara P. Lausterer, B.S., 

Associate Professor Chestertown 

Montgomery Edythe Margaret Turner, B.S., 

Associate Professor Rockville 

Prince Georges.. Ethel Mary Regan, B.S., 

Associate Professor Hyattsville 

Queen Annes Mrs. Ella Nadean Damon, B.S., 

Associate Professor Centreville 

Mt. Marys Ethel Mary Joy, A.B., 

Associate Professor Leonardtown 

Somerset Hilda Topfer, B.S., 

Associate Professor Princess Anne 

Talbot Margaret Smith, B.S., 

Associate Professor Easton 

Washington Ardath Ellen Martin, B.S., 

Associate Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico Nell Gray Grim, M. S., 

Associate Professor Salisbury 

Worcester Ann Hilger, B.S., 

Associate Professor Snow Hill 

Assistant County Home Demonstration Agents 

Allegany Gloria Elizabeth Bohn, B.S., Instructor. .Cumberland 

Anne Arundel. . . Joan L. Giddings, B.S., Instructor Annapolis 

Baltimore Elaine Akehurst, B.S., Instructor Towson 

Carroll Dorothy Haines, Instructor Westminster 

Frederick Miriam Louise Leiter, B.S., Instructor Frederick 

Harford Doris P. Keplinger, B.S., Instructor Bel Air 

Montgomery Virginia Lee McLuckie, B.S., Instructor Rockville 

Washington .... Margaret Watson, B.S., Instructor Hagerstown 

Local Home Demonstration Agents — Negro Work 

Charles and 
St. Marys Naomi Turner, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road 

Prince Georges 
and Mont- Ethel Lawrence Bianchi, B.S., 
gomery Instructor Seat Pleasant 

Somerset and 

Wicomico Mrs. Omega Moore Jones, A.B., 

Instructor Princess Anne 



118 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

W. B. Kemp, Director 

The Agricultural Experiment Station is for Maryland agriculture what 
the research laboratories are for large corporations. Maryland agriculture 
is made up of forty thousand small individual businesses, and there is not 
sufficient capital, or sufficient income so that any one of these can con- 
duct research. Yet the problems which face a biological undertaking such 
as farming, are as numerous and perplexing as the problems of any busi- 
ness. Certainly our production of food would be much more costly if it were 
not for the research results that have been obtained by the Agricultural 
Experiment Station. 

The station is a joint Federal and State undertaking. Passage of the 
Hatch Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for 
the purpose of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a 
great impetus to the development of research work in agriculture. This 
work was further encouraged by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, 
the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bankhead-Jones Act in 1935, and the 
Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946. 

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is 
supported by these Acts and by State appropriations centers at College 
Park. On the University campus are to be found laboratories for study- 
ing insects and diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and 
others. This is also the location of the livestock and dairy barns with their 
experimental herds. About eight miles from the campus at College Park, 
near Beltsville, the Plant Research Farm of about 500 acres is devoted to work 
connected. with soil fertility, plant breeding and general horticultural prob- 
lems. An experimental farm near Upper Marlboro is given over exclusively 
to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. A farm near Salisbury 
is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of broilers and of vege- 
table crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Near Ellicott City a farm of 
234 acres is devoted to livestock problems. Also tests of various crop 
and soil responses are distributed throughout the State. These different 
locations give a chance to conduct experiments under conditions which 
exist where the results will be put into practice. 

The Station, in general exists as the "trouble-shooter" for Maryland 
farmers. The solution of many difficult problems in the past has given the 
Maryland station an excellent standing with farmers of the State. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 119 

AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF* 

William Beck Kemp, Ph.D Director 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Samuel Henry DeVault, Ph.D., 

Professor and Head, Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Raymond William Hoecker, Ph.D., 

Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
Arthur Montraville Ahalt, M.S Professor, Agricultural Education 

William Paul Walker, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics 

Arthur Bryan Hamilton, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics and Farm Management 

Paul Routzahn Poffenberger, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

Stanley Cabell Shull, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

Luther Beecher Bohanan, M.S., 

Assistant Professor, Agricultural Economics 

Harold Davis Smith, M.S., 

Assistant Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

Agricultural Engineering 

Ray W t lford Carpenter, A.B., LL.B., 

Professor and Head, Agricultural Engineering, State Drainage Engineer 

George John Burkhardt, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering 

Albert Victor Krewatch, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering 

Harry John Hoffmeister, B. S., 

Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineering. 

Paul N. Winn, Jr Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineering. 

Agronomy 

Albin Owings Kuhn, Ph.D Professor and Head, Agronomy 

Royle Price Thomas, Ph.D Professor, Soils 

Russell Grove Rothgeb, Ph.D Professor, Agronomy 



* Many of the members of the Experiment Station staff are also on the Instructional 
staff, or the Extension Service Staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies 
appear elsewhere in this publication. 



120 AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF 

Walter Benjamin Posey, M.S Professor, Tobacco 

John Howard Axley, Ph.D Associate Professor, Soils 

Howard Barr Winant, M.S Assistant Professor, Soils 

Thomas E. Ronningen Assistant Professor, Agronomy 

Robert Davis Boyce, B.S Instructor, Agronomy 

Conrad Liden, B.S Instructor, Agronomy 

Agronomy — Seed Inspection 

Forrest Shepperson Holmes, M.S Chief Seed Inspector 

Animal Husbandry 

John Erwin Foster, Ph.D. . . Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry 

WlLLARD Wynn Green, Ph.D Professor, Animal Husbandry 

James Burton Outhouse, M.S.. .Associate Prof essor, Animal Husbandry 
Malcolm Henderson Kerr, M.S., 

Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry 

John Buric, B.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry 

Animal Pathology 

Arthur Louis Brueckner, B.S., D.V.M Director, LSSS 

Harold Moon DeVolt, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology 

Leo Joseph Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology 

Robert Evers Swope, V.M.D Associate Professor 

Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent 

Botany, Plant Physiology, and Pathology 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D Professor and Head, Botany 

Robert Andrew Jehle, Ph.D., 

Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pathologist 

Walter Fulton Jeffers, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Pathology 

Russell Guy Brown, Ph.D Associate Professor, Botany 

Hugh Gilbert Gauch, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Pathology 

Carroll Eastburn Cox, Ph.D Associate Professor, Plant Pathology 

Delbert Thomas Morgan, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Botany 

Leslie Weaver, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Botany 

John Edwin Moore, B.S Instructor, Plant Pathology 

Robert DuBois Rappleye, M.S Instructor, Botany 

Dairy Husbandry 

Gordon Mann Cairns, Ph.D Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry 

Joseph Clement Shaw, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Husbandry 



AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF 121 

Frederick G. Warren Associate Professor, Dairy Manufacturing 

Vuokko Pellervo Saarinen, Ph.D., 

Assistant Professor, Dairy Husbandry 

Matthew Franklin Ellmore, B.S Instructor, Dairy Husbandry 

Bruce Carley Johnson, B.S Instructor, Dairy Manufacturing 

J. Oakley Hall Assistant Inspector, Dairy Inspection 

Editorial 

Arthur E. Durfee Professor and Editor 

Entomology 

Ernest Neal Cory, Ph.D., 

Professor and Head, Entomology, State Entomologist 

Lewis Polster Ditman, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology 

Harold Sloan McConnell, M.S Associate Professor, Entomology 

George Jenvey Abrams, M.S Assistant Professor, Apiculture 

Horticulture 

Irvin Charles Haut, Ph.D Professor and Head, Horticulturist 

Albert Lee Schrader, Ph.D Professor, Pomology 

Edgar Perkins Walls, Ph.D Professor, Canning Crops 

Leland Edwards Scott, Ph.D Professor, Horticultural Physiology 

Conrad Barnett Link, Ph.D Professor, Horticultural Physiology 

James B. Shanks, Ph.D Associate Professor, Floriculture 

Pardon W. Cornell, M.S. . . Associate Professor, Ornamental Horticulture 

Amihud Kramer, Ph.D Associate Professor, Horticulture 

Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D Assistant Professor, Vegetable Crops 

Herman Todd, B.S Assistant in Horticulture 

Eobert George Hill, Jr., M.S Assistant in Horticulture 

Richard Bennett Guyer, B.S Research Assistant, Horticulture 

James Edwin Hawes, B.S. Research Assistant, Horticulture 

Poultry 

Morley Allan Jull, Ph.D Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry 

James Martin Gwin, M.S Professor, Poultry Husbandry 

Mary Juhn, Ph.D Professor in Poultry Husbandry 

Gerald Fuson Combs, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Husbandry 

Clyne Samuel Shaffner, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Husbandry 

George DeWitte Quigley, B.S. . .Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry 



122 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

MARYLAND STATE DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS 
Agriculture Building, College Park, Maryland 

S. H. DeVault, Head, Department of Agricultural Economics and 
Marketing. 

Howard L. Stier, Chief, Maryland State Department of Markets. 

All of the activities of the State Department of Markets are geared to the 
importance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm 
products. The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the 
farmer in marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable treat- 
ment of the fai-mer in all dealings which he may have concerning the 
marketing of his products. In the performance of these responsibilities, 
the Department carries out programs in extension marketing, conducts 
market surveys, compiles and disseminates marketing information and 
market data, operates a market news service, provides an agricultural in- 
spection and grading service, maintains a consumer information service 
and enforces and interprets the agricultural marketing laws of the state. 
The regulatory aspects of the Department's functions are carried out as 
the agent of the State Board of Agriculture under the authority of various 
State laws relating to the marketing of farm products. A close working 
relationship is maintained with other specialists in the Extension Service, 
all departments of the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Maryland 
Crop Reporting Service, and the Production and Marketing Administration 
of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. The voluntary and dynamic co- 
operation of the personnel in these various activities brings to bear on 
agricultural marketing problems an effective combination of research, educa- 
tion, and service. 

The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act 
gave additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's market- 
ing problems. The State Department of Markets is largely responsible for 
developing the state program under Title II of this act. 

Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all 
interested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals is interested, 
marketing specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local com- 
munities. Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock, Hagers- 
town and Pocomoke. Department headquarters is at the University of 
Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

Market Price Reporting 

Market reports covering more than 100 farm products are issued daily in 
cooperation with the U. S. Department of Agriculture whose nation-wide 
teletype facilities are utilized in this service. These reports contain infor- 
mation on market conditions and prices of crops, livestock and other agri- 
cultural products. The information in these reports is obtained from 
producing areas in Maryland and from terminal markets and shipping 



MARYLAND STATE DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS 123 

points all over the United States. The information is published in local 
newspapers, broadcast over all major radio stations in the state, and mailed 
in mimeographed form to anyone requesting it. Eleven different market 
price reports are currently issued covering prices of dairy products, live- 
stock, truck crops, poultry, grain, fresh fruits and vegetables, feed and eggs. 
A weekly Retail Market Report is issued in Baltimore, which gives cur- 
rent retail prices for approximately 100 commodities including fruits, 
vegetables, meats and dairy products. 

Marketing Information Service 

In addition to the daily market reports, a periodic analysis of the agri- 
cultural marketing situation is prepared at the headquarters in College 
Park. This report contains information on market supplies, quality, price 
trends, storage holdings, and movement of farm products. Other periodic 
information available in the marketing information series includes the 
monthly truck crop news; the monthly poultry letter, weekly crop and 
weather report; truck receipts in Baltimore City of fresh fruits and vege- 
tables, issued daily with a monthly summary; and a weekly report of the 
volume of broilers moved from farms to market in the Delmarva Peninsula. 

Grading and Inspection Service 

Any Maryland producer or handler of farm products may avail himself 
of the official federal-state grading service that is maintained by the de- 
partment. Thoroughly trained and federally licensed inspectors are em- 
ployed to perform this official grading service. Products graded and 
inspected include apples, peaches, tomatoes, potatoes, sweet potatoes, can- 
nery tomatoes, cannery peas, cannery corn, dairy products, poultry and 
eggs and other farm products. The State Department of Markets also issues 
final inspection and certification for the Seed Certification Board on Irish 
and sweet potatoes and tomato seed stock. Maryland canners frequently 
base their prices to farmers on the grades established by the grading and 
inspection service rendered by the department. Established U. S. grades 
and standards are usually used in this grading program, however, special 
grades and standards of quality may be used if the grower or processor so 
desires. 

Certain personnel of the department are deputized by the State Depart- 
ment of Health to act as its agent in preventing the sale or shipment of 
fruits and vegetables containing excessive spray residue. As a service to 
growers and handlers, members of the department will obtain samples and 
have chemical analyses made to determine the amount of poisonous spray 
residue present. 

General Marketing Services 

Through its Extension activities, the department endeavors to bring 
about a better understanding by producers, handlers and consumers regard- 



124 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

ing: (1) costs of distribution; (2) important changes in market outlets 
and consumer demand; (3) importance of efficiently producing high-quality 
products; (4) advantages of standardizing and grading; (5) the place that 
various marketing agencies play in the marketing system and the essen- 
tials for their success; (6) interpretation and utilization of marketing 
information and (7) the various phases and channels of the marketing 
system. 

Meetings are held with growers and distributors throughout the state 
to discuss with them their special marketing problems. The marketing 
specialists work with other extension personnel or research personnel in the 
Experiment Station in the development of a program designed to solve 
these problems. 

The department assists in planning and conducting short courses and 
special schools involving various aspects of marketing such as the annual 
Poultry Products Marketing School, short courses for canners and freezers, 
grading and inspection demonstrations, etc. Another aspect of the exten- 
sion marketing program of the department is the assistance given on 
marketing facilities such as farm markets and auctions. 

Consumer Information 

The Department maintains a full-time office in the city of Baltimore for 
the purpose of providing continuous consumer information. This service pro- 
vides the consumer with information concerning best buys of perishable 
produce, and methods of utilizing surplus products. This service aids in 
the prompt movement of perishable produce at times of surplus produc- 
tion and market gluts. A weekly retail price report is issued as a part of 
this service in addition to a specially prepared radio script and press re- 
leases on best buys. This program is conducted in close cooperation with 
the Home Demonstration Agent of Baltimore City. 

Marketing Demonstrations 

In order to apply the results of marketing research, the Department 
conducts from time to time demonstrations of certain marketing practices 
which research has shown to be more efficient. These demonstrations are 
frequently conducted in cooperation with retail and wholesale market 
organizations. When the effects of certain marketing research are impor- 
tant and far reaching, the Department conducts demonstrations of the 
application immediately following the research findings. 

Regulatory and Control Activities 

From time to time the state has passed laws relative to the marketing 
of farm products which provide certain standards and controls deemed 
necessary for the common good of both the producer and the consumer. 
The department acts as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture in the 
enforcement of these laws which include (1) the Maryland Apple Grading 
Law, (2) the Maryland Fresh Egg and Egg Grading Law, (3) Poultry Sale 



STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT 125 

and Transportation Law, (4) Cantaloupe Maturity Law, (5) the Trademark 
Law and (6) the Grading and Inspection Laws. The department has de- 
pended upon its educational activities and the cooperation of the grower or 
handler for the successful enforcement of the above laws. Legal action is 
taken, however, when such measures fail. The greatest activity has been 
directed in recent years to the enforcement of the Maryland Fresh Egg and 
Egg Grading Law. This law was revised by the State Legislature in 1945 in 
order to make it more effective in creating a better demand for higher 
quality Maryland eggs. Principal effort has been concentrated in Balti- 
more City with retailers and wholesalers. Promising progress has been 
made during recent years. 

The State Department of Markets is also authorized by law to execute, 
as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture, the general powers of the 
Board relating to the inspection and regulation of weights and measures 
used in the sale and purchase of agricultural products. 

STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT 
College Park, Maryland 

T. B. Symons, Director of Extension Service. 

E. N. CORY, Assistant Director of Extension Service, State Entomologist. 

R. A. Jehle, State Plant Pathologist. 

The State Horticultural Law was enacted in 1898. It provides for in- 
spection of all nurseries and suppression of injurious insects and diseases 
affecting plants of all kinds. The work of the department is conducted in 
close association with the departments of Entomology and Plant Pathology 
of the University. The regulatory work is conducted under authority of 
the law creating the department as well as the State Board of Agriculture. 
For administrative purposes, the department is placed under the Extension 
Service of the University because of the close association of the work. 

Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and 
to protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and 
florists. A considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspec- 
tion of orchards, crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments. 
Cooperation with the Federal Government in the inspection and certification 
of materials that come under quarantine regulations is another major 
function of the department. The department enforces the provisions 
of the Apiary Law, including inspection of apiaries. All activities pertain- 
ing to control of insects is conducted under the direction of Dr. E. N. Cory, 
State Entomologist and Assistant Director of Extension. Activities of the 
department in the field of plant disease concrol are under direction of 
Dr. R. A. Jehle, State Plant Pathologist. This service includes control and 
eradication of diseases of strawberries and other small fruits, diseases of 
apples, peaches, etc., inspection and certification of potatoes and sweet 
potatoes for seed, control of white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc. 



126 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE 
Dairy Building, College Park, Maryland 

, Chief Examiner 

Oakley Hall, Assistant Inspector 

The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How- 
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on 
Article 43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, Chapter 403 of the Laws of 
Maryland, 1941. The dairy department, functioning under the Agricultural 
Experiment Station of the University of Maryland, is charged with the 
administration of this law. 

The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure 
producers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test, 
that samples, weights and tests used as the basis of payment for such 
products are correct; (b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream 
that their agents shall correctly weigh, sample, and test these products; 
(c) To insure correctness of tests made for official inspections or for public 
record. To achieve these purposes the law requires the licensing of all 
dealers who purchase milk and cream from producers, whether the purchases 
are by measure, weight, or test, and the licensing of all persons sampling, 
weighing and testing milk and cream when the results of such samples, 
weights, and tests are to serve as a basis of payment to producers. 

Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of 
the Inspection Law, deal with the calibration of that glassware used in 
testing milk and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination 
of all weighers, samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those 
satisfactorily passing the examination; and inspection of the pertinent 
activities of weighers, samplers, testers and dairy plants. 

The Dairy Inspection Law benefits the entire dairy industry by preventing 
unfair competition and unfair trade practices which result from improper 
methods of weighing, sampling and testing milk and cream, and the use of 
inaccurate and improper equipment. Also, requirements governing the 
accuracy of scales, construction of weigh tanks, and proper procedures 
result in greater efficiency and thus less loss to dealers and producers 
alike. The licensing of weighers, samplers, and testers assures both the 
producer and the dealer that the men engaged in such work are competent. 

The Dairy Inspection Law is administered on an educational basis with 
the view of promoting the mutual interests of dairy producers, dealers, and 
manufacturers. It is the belief of the administrating agency that since the 
producers of milk and cream and the dealers in these products both benefit 
by the law, they also should share in the responsibility for its enforcement. 
Such a responsibility involves close cooperation and harmony between all 
groups affected by the law. 



STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE 127 

During 1947, 113 permits were issued to dealers as follows: 9 plants 
in Class A (buying less than 500 pounds of milk daily) ; 19 in Class B 
(buying from 500 to 2,000 pounds of milk daily) ; 67 in Class C (buying 
from 2,000 to 40,000 pounds of milk daily) ; and 18 in Class D (buying 
more than 40,000 pounds of milk daily). In addition, 280 licenses were 
issued to testers and 117 licenses were issued to weighers and samplers. 

STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE 

College Park, Maryland 

Ray W. Carpenter, State Drainage Engineer. 

The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties 
are to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the 
State, to correlate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the 
State and to cooperate with State and Federal agencies in the interest of 
a permanent program of improved drainage. 

STATE INSPECTION AND REGULATORY SERVICE 
Chemistry Building, College Park, Maryland 

Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials, Insecticides 
and Fungicides 

L. E. Bopst, State Chemist R. G. Fuerst, Chemist 

W. C. Supplee, Chemist E. C. Donaldson, Chemist 

A. B. Heagy, Chemist W. J. Footen, Inspector 

H. R. Walls, Microscopist R. W. Neal, Inspector 

R. E. Baumgardner, Chemist E. M. Zentz, Inspector 

J. E. Schueler, Chemist F. G. Baggs, Clerk 
N. S. Chapman, Chemist 

Responsibility for enforcing the State Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural 
Liming Material and Agricultural Insecticide and Fungicide laws is dele- 
gated to the State Inspection and Regulatory Service. These laws are 
classified as correct labeling acts. 

Five distinct divisions of work are necessary in carrying out the enforce- 
ment program. First is the registration of the commodities concerned under 
specific brand names and definite guarantees of composition and minimum 
quality, which information must be clearly shown on the label; second, the 
collection of official samples by inspectors traveling the state; third, the 
chemical and physical examination of these samples to substantiate the 
accuracy of label representation; fourth, the publication of results of these 
tests, and making the reports timely and available to all interested persons; 
and fifth, the prosecution of those parties responsible for flagrant violations. 



128 SEED INSPECTION SERVICE 

One phase of the work is concerned with gratuitous examination of feed, 
fertilizer and lime samples submitted by state purchasers. Several hundred 
of these tests are made annually. 

Activities of the department have, in recent years, been expanded to 
include cooperation with federal agencies. As a result the scope of the 
program and the organization's prestige have become nation-wide. All 
of this has been accomplished with but slight increase in personnel. 

It has always been the policy of this department to carry on constructive 
scientific control work, never losing sight of the basic aim of service; service 
to the buyer in assuring him of value received for money spent, and service 
to the manufacturer in supplying requested technical advice and safeguard- 
ing him from unfair competition. 

The department depends primarily upon education to further its program. 
However, in those rare instances when this policy is unheeded, complete 
backing by the courts — federal and state — can be relied upon for enforce- 
ment assistance. 

SEED INSPECTION SERVICE 
Horticultural Building, College Park, Maryland 

F. S. Holmes, Inspector Olive M. Kelk, Analyst 

The Seed Inspection Service, a division of the Agricultural Experiment 
Station, administers the State seed law; inspects seeds sold throughout the 
State; collects seed samples for laboratory examination; reports the results 
of these examinations to the parties concerned; publishes summaries of 
these reports which show the relative reliability of the label information 
supplied by wholesale seedsmen; cleans and treats tobacco seed intended for 
planting in the State; makes analyses, tests, and examinations of seed 
samples submitted to the Laboratory; and advises seed users regarding the 
economic and intelligent use of seeds. The Service also cooperates with 
the Production and Marketing Administration of the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture in the enforcement of the Federal Seed Act in 
Maryland. 

Two and a half million dollars worth of seeds are planted annually in 
Maryland. Perhaps twenty-five percent of the field seeds and ninety percent 
of the vegetable seeds planted in the State pass through trade channels and 
are thus subject to the seed law. The work of the Seed Inspection Service 
is not restricted to the enforcement of the seed law, however, for State 
citizens may submit seed samples to the Laboratory for analysis, test, or 
examination. Specific information regarding suitability for planting pur- 
poses of lots of seeds is thus made available to individuals without charge. 
The growth of this service has been steady since the establishment of the 
Laboratory in 1912. Few Maryland home-owners, city or country, are not 
directly interested in seeds for planting in flower-bed, lawn, garden, or field. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 129 

MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE 

Arthur L. Brueckner, Director 

J. Walter Hastings, Sr., Assistant Director 

Leo J. Poelma, Chief of Laboratories 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of 
Agriculture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the in- 
troduction of diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and 
with control and eradication of such diseases within the state. The service 
is further charged with the responsibility of cooperating with the State 
Department of Health in the suppression of diseases of animals and poultry 
which affect the public health. 

Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine 
brucellosis are conducted in cooperation with the Bureau of Animal In- 
dustry of the United States Department of Agriculture. The field force 
of state employed veterinarians is augmented by a number of federal 
veterinarians in the conduct of these control programs. The control of 
swine brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies, and many other dis- 
ease conditions is conducted by the state without outside assistance. 

Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished 
in the main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at 
Salisbury, Centreville, Baltimore, Frederick, and Hagerstown. Virtually 
every part of the state is in easy reach of these opportunities for help. 

Research studies are conducted mainly at the College Park laboratory, 
but some field investigations are also made from branch laboratories. Some 
projects are partly supported by federal funds appropriated through the 
Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station. From these research studies 
come information concerning control by sanitary measures, by vaccination, 
and by drug treatment which saves breeders and owners vast sums. 

Members of the staff give instruction in animal and poultry diseases in 
the University of Maryland particularly to students in agriculture. Appro- 
priate subjects are also presented to farmers' clubs and industry groups in 
the state. 

MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE STAFF 

Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D., 

Director and Professor of Veterinary Science 

J. Walter Hastings, Sr., V.M.D Assistant Director 

Leo J. Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Chief of Laboratories 

Harold M. DeVolt, B.S., M.S., D.V.M Professor of Poultry Pathology 

Paul A. Hansen, Ph.D Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology 

Charles R. Davis, M.S., D.V.M., 

Supervisor, Maryland Poultry Improvement Plan 

Clyde L. Everson, D.V.M Associate Professor of Animal Pathology 

Irwin M. Moulthrop, D.V.M In Charge, Salisbury Laboratory 



130 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



William Robert Teeter, B.S., D.V.M.. .In Charge, Hagerstown Laboratory 

Harold F. Burton, V.M.D In Charge, Baltimore Laboratory 

Robert E. Swope, V.M.D Associate Professor, Brucellosis Research 

Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent, Brucellosis Research 

Paul C. Brown, M.S., D.V.M Associate Professor, Mastitis Research 

Reginald L. Reagan Associate Professor of Veterinary Virology 

John M. Coffin, V.M.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Carl W. Smith, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

James W. Crowl, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Clarence E. Gibbs, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Mahlon H. Trout, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Charles R. Lockwood, D.V.M.. . .Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 
George W. Green, Jr., D.V.M.. . .Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Robert E. Gibbs, V.M.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Robert B. Johnson, A.B Assistant Professor of Veterinary Physiology 

Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Toxicology 




Airplane view showing changes being made in Maryland system of 
farming in the important program of soil conservation. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 131 

College, of 

ARTS and SCIENCES 

STAFF 

Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean 

Francis R. Adams, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Alfred 0. Aldridge, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

Mary H. Aldridge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

J. Frances Allen, M.S., Instructor of Zoology. 

George L. Anderson, M.A., Instructor in English. 

Mary Lee Andrews, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

William J. Andrews, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech. 

William L. Bailey, M.A., Visiting Professor of Sociology. 

Cecil R. Ball, M.A., Associate Professor of English. 

Charles B. Barker, III, Ph. D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

Roscoe G. Bartlett, B.S., Instructor of Zoology. 

Charles C. Basinger, M.S., Instructor Part-time of Mathematics. 

James L. Bates, M.A., Instructor of History. 

George Batka, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

Josephine Bauer, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Richard H. Bauer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History. 

Charles A. Baylis, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Philosophy. 

Philip Benjamin, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Warren Bezanson, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Alfred Bingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Marie Boborykine, M.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages. 

Carl Bode, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

William Bolger, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Jean M. Boyer, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Hugo Brandt, Instructor of Mathematics. 

George P. Brewster, Jr., B.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Ferdinand G. Brickwedde, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics. 

Nelson 0. Brigham, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

George M. Brown, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Irwin C. Brown, Ph.D., Lecturer of Geology. 

Jack Yeaman Bryan, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism. 

Marie D. Bryan, M.A., Assistant Professor of English. 

Summer O. Burhoe, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. 

Virginia B. Burton, Instructor of Music. 

Guy A. Cardwell, Ph.D., Professor and Head of English. 

John T. Carruthers, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

William C. Carter, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

Verne E. Chatelain, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

James Clees, M.A., Instructor of English. 



132 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Charles N. Cofer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Franklin D. Cooley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Densil M. Cooper, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. 

John Coppinger, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 

John L. Coulter, M.A., Assistant Professor of English. 

Audrey Crafts, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Herbert Crosman, M.A., Assistant Professor of History. 

Dieter Cunz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Margaret T. Cussler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

Henry P. Dantzig, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Dorothy S. Dare, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Mary De Give, Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology. 

Charlotte Engel deJonosi, Instructor of Art. 

Constance Demaree, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Henri deMarne, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Charles S. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Robert E. Dewey, A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 

Shirley Wagner Dinwiddie, A.B., Instructor of English. 

Eitel W. Dobert, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Raymond N. Doetsch, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology. 

Nathan L. Drake, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Chemistry. 

P. W. Durkee, M.S., Visiting Professor of Physics. 

John C. Eakens, B.S., Instructor of History. 

Luke E. Ebersole, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 

Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Speech. 

Edith C. Eisner, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Robert H. Estabrook, B.A., Instructor of Journalism. 

John E. Faber, Jr., Professor and Head of Bacteriology. 

William F. Falls, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 

E. James Ferguson, M.A., Instructor of History. 

John Fischer, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Rudd Fleming, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

Mary Annette French, M.A., Instructor of Music. 

Wesley M. Gewehr, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

Leon Gilbert, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

James Golden, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Richard Good, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

G. H. Vasile Gorciu, Lie. Math., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Donald C. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 

Meyer Greenberg, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages. 

William Gravely, M.A., Assistant Professor of English. 

Stanley C. Grzeda, Ph.D., Instructor of Psychology. 

Ray C. Hackman, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Dick W. Hall, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. 

Ludwig Hammerschlag, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Poul Arne Hansen, Ph.D., Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 133 

Duncan Harkin, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

Susan Harman, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

Sayre Harris, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Thomas Harwell, Jr., M.A., Instructor of English. 

Charles A. Haslup, M.Ed., Instructor of Music. 

Richard Hendricks, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Leontine Heverly, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages. 

Harold C. Hoffsommer, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Sociology. 

Willis D. Holland, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 

William H. Hottel, Lecturer in Journalism. 

Paul M. Houser, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

John R. Howe, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Charles E. Hutchinson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

Robert T. Hyde, A.B., Instructor of English. 

Thomas P. Imse, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 

Richard Iskraut, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. 

Stanley B. Jackson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. 

Mary F. Jamieson, B.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Wilhemina Jashemski, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 

Juan Ramon Jimnez, Lecturer of Foreign Languages. 

Zenobia Jimnez, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Charles A. Johnson, M.A., Instructor of History. 

Montgomery Johnson, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics. 

Norman Kahl, Instructor of Journalism. 

Helen R. Kahn, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Morris L. Kales, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

Earle H. Kennard, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics. 

Evelyn Kossoff, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Charles F. Kramer, M.A., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Norman C. Laffer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. 

Harry Lambeth, A.B., Instructor of Journalism. 

Gordon Le Bert, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Peter Lejins, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology. 

Werner Leutert, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Robert A. Littleford, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Richard Lowitt, M.A., Instructor of History. 

Patricia Lowry, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Art. 

Benjamin Lucas, Jr., M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 

Charlotte Mangold, A.B., Instructor of English. 

Charles Manning, M.A., Assistant Professor of English. 

Judith Margaretten, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages. 

Herman Maril, Instructor of Art. 

Arthur Marston, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

Charles Martin, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Minerva Martin, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Monroe Martin, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Mathematics. 



134 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Alice Mason, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Lyle Mayer, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Hugh B. McLean, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 

James McMannaway, Ph.D., Lecturer of English. 

J. Howard McMillen, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics. 

L. Kenton Meals, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Jessie W. Menneken, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Horace S. Merrill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History. 

Frances Miller, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Charles C. Mish, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Emory Mooney, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Marion Mooney, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Raymond Morgan, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Physics. 

Jane V. Moriarty, M.A., Instructor of English. 

H. Townsend Muhly, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

Charles D. Murphy, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

George E. Mutch, M.A., Instructor of English. 

William Myer, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Ralph Myers, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

William O. Negherbon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Paul F. Nemenyi, Sc.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

Graciela P. Nemes, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Mary Nethken, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Charles Niemeyer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

Ann E. Norton, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Charles Palmer, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Arthur C. Parsons, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Michael J. Pelczar, Jr., Ph.D., Association Professor of Bacteriology. 

Norman E. Phillips, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. 

Hugh B. Pickard, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

John Portz, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Joseph M. Powers, Assistant in Music. 

Augustus Prahl, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Gordon W. Prange, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

Ernest F. Pratt, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

H. B. Provenson, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

R. Pugliese, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

William Quynn, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Marguerite Rand, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B. Harlan Randall, B.Mus., Professor of Music. 

Eleanor Rankin, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Arnold G. Rawling, B.S., Instructor Part-time of Mathematics. 

E. Wilkins Reeve, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Orr E. Reynolds, Ph.D., Lecturer of Zoology. 

Allie W. Richeson, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

A. Owen Ridgway, B.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 



STAFF 135 

Fred D. Rigby, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

John M. Robinson, A.M., Instructor of Philosophy. 

Margurite Robison, M.A., Instructor of English. 

J. H. Roch, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Carl L. Rollinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Lenora Rosenfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Willis C. Schaefer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Herbert Schaumann, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

Mark Schweizer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B. Frank Sedwick, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

William B. Seligmann, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Crawford Sensenig, M.A., Instructor of History. 

Paul W. Shankweiler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology. 

Julius C Shephard, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Maurice R. Siegler, B.S., Associate Professor of Art. 

Jean Sinclair, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Denzel D. Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 

J. E. Smith, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Virginia Smith, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

David S. Sparks, M.A., Instructor of History. 

Jesse W. Sprowls, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 

James Stamper, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Harold W. Stephens, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Lisbeth Stevens, J.D., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Barbara Stevenson, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Martha Stone, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Enoch F. Story, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

W. L. Strausbaugh, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

Kenneth T. Stringer, M.S., Instructor of Zoology. 

Calvin F. Stuntz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

William J. Svirbely, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. 

Glendon Swarthout, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Gwynne B. Swartz, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Frank V. Sykora, M.A., Assistant Professor of Music. 

Margaret Teeter, A.B., Instructor of English. 

Mary E. Tenny, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Feodor Theilheimer, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

Alice C. Thorpe, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Clifford A. Truesdall, Ph.D., Associate Professor Part-time of 

Mathematics. 
Gilbert W. Tuck, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
Betty Vanderslice, M.A., Instructor Part-time Mathematics. 
John L. Vanderslice, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics. 
Fletcher P. Veitch, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
Myron Vent, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
Kathryn M. Ward, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 



136 



STAFF 



Irvin F. Wagner, M.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Robert Y. "Walker, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Kenichi Watanabe, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

Verna Z. Waters, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Kurt Weber, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

John V. Wehausen, Ph.D., Lecturer of Mathematics. 

Alexander Weinstein, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Mathematics. 

Fred W. Wellborn, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

James P. Wharton, A. B. (Col. U.S.A., Ret.), Professor and Head of Art. 

Charles E. White, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. 

Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Dorothy K. Willner, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 

Evelyn Wittman, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Walter H. Wood, Instructor of Journalism. 

G. Forrest Woods, Ph.D.. Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Samuel Zagoria, A.B., Instructor of Journalism. 

W. GORDON Zeeveld, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

A. E. Zucker, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Foreign Languages. 




Class in Radio Production 

College of Arts and Sciences 



138 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean 

The College of Arts and Sciences is prepared to furnish the civilian 
students of the present and future, including the veterans, with liberal 
and technical training in the physical sciences, the social studies, the bio- 
logical sciences, and the humanities. This form of education affords the 
student an opportunity to acquire a general education which will serve as 
a foundation for whatever profession or vocation he may choose. 

Students in other colleges of the university are offered training in funda- 
mental courses that serve as a background for their professional education. 
The new program in American Civilization is open to all students of the 
university as well as to those in Arts and Sciences. 

Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are, 
in general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools 
of the University. 

For admission to the pre-medical curriculum, two years of any one foreign 
language are recommended. A detailed statement of the requirements for 
admission to the School of Medicine and the relation of these to the pre- 
medical curriculum may be obtained by writing the Director of Admissions. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the requirements pre- 
scribed in the College of Arts and Sciences are bachelor of arts and bachelor 
of science. 

Students of this college who complete the regular courses in Humanities 
and Social Sciences are awarded the degree of bachelor of art.* Students 
who complete the requirements for the degree of bachelor of science are 
awarded that degree, provided the major portion of the work has been done 
in the field of science, and the application has the approval of the science 
department in which the major work has been completed.! 

Students who have elected the combined program of arts and sciences and 
medicine may be granted the degree of bachelor of science after the com- 
pletion of at least 90 semester hours credit in addition to the required work 
in military science, hygiene and physical education in this college and the 
first year of the School of Medicine, so that the quantitative requirements of 
120 credits are met, and they are recommended by the Dean of the School 
of Medicine. 

Those electing the combined five-year academic nursing curriculum, for 
which the degree of bachelor of science in nursing may be awarded upon 



* The Departments of Economics and of Government and Politics are in the College 
of Business and Public Administration. The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred on 
those taking a major in these departments. 
t The Departments of Botany and Entomology are in the College of Agriculture. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 139 

the completion of the full course, must first take the pre-nursing curriculum 
in the College of Arts and Sciences before the nursing course in Baltimore. 
Those taking the combined course in arts and law may be awarded the 
bachelor of arts degree after the completion of three years of the work in 
this college and one year of the full-time law course, or its equivalent, in 
the University of Maryland School of Law. The total minimum number of 
credits required for graduation is 120 semester hours exclusive of military 
science, hygiene, and physical activities. 

Residence 

The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a 
baccalaureate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in 
residence in this University. 

Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30 
semester hours credit of the arts program in residence, in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, College Park. 

A — General Requirements for Degrees 

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be 
conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements: 

1. University requirements. 

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements: 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than 
military science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in 
addition 12 semester hours in military science, and 4 semester hours credit 
in physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 semester hours 
credit in hygiene and 4 semester hours credit in physical activities. 

Junior Requirements 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 credits exclusive of the require- 
ments in military science, hygiene, and physical activities with an average 
grade of at least C in the Freshman and Sophomore years before being 
permitted to begin advanced work on his major and minor. 

The following minimum requirements should be fulfilled, as far as pos- 
sible, before the beginning of the junior year and must be completed before 
graduation : 

I. English — twelve semester hours. 

II. Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in one language. Students 
wishing to enroll in a language they have studied in high school will be 
given a placement test. 

III. Social studies — twelve semester hours; Government and Politics 1, 
three semester hours; Sociology 1, three semester hours; History 5 and 6, 
six semester hours. 

IV. Speech — two to four semester hours depending upon the particular 
schedule. 



140 ELECTIVES 

V. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours. 

VI. Military Science for men, twelve semester hours. 

VII. Hygiene, for women, four semester hours. 

VIII. Physical Activities, for both men and women, four semester hours. 
Military science and physical activities are required throughout the fresh- 
man and sophomore years, Hygiene during the freshman year. 

3. Major and minor requirements — When the requirements of the Fresh- 
man and Sophomore years have been completed each student is expected to 
select a major in one of the departments of an upper division, and before 
graduation must complete a major and a minor. The courses constituting 
the major and the minor must conform to the requirements of the depart- 
ment in which the major work is done. 

Before beginning a major or minor the student must have an average of 
not less than C in fundamental courses in the fields chosen. 

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require- 
ments, of 24-40 hours, of which at least 12 must be in courses numbered 
100 and above. 

A minor shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require- 
ments, of 12 to 20 hours, of which at least 6 must be in courses numbered 
100 and above. Minor courses shall be chosen with the advice of the major 
in consultation with the minor department to supplement the student's 
major work. See departmental statements for specific requirements as to 
majors and minors. 

The average grade of the work taken in the major and minor fields must 
be at least C. A general average of at least C is required for graduation. 

Certification of High School Teachers 

If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective 
high school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with a major 
and a minor in one of the departments of this College. 

Electives in Other Colleges and Schools 

A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the 
University may be counted for credit toward a degree in the College of 
Arts and Sciences. 

The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges 
and schools if the work materially supplements the work taken in the 
College of Arts and Sciences, is as follows: 

College of Agriculture — 20. 

College of Business and Public Administration — 20. 

College of Education — 24. 

College of Engineering — 20. 

College of Home Economics — 20. 



CURRICULUM 141 

School of Law — In the combined program the first year of law must be 

completed. 
School of Medicine — In the combined program the first year of medicine 

must be completed. 
School of Nursing — In the combined program the three years of nursing 

must be completed. 

Normal Load 

The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit 
per semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities and mili- 
tary science and hygiene for women. 

Juniors and seniors are not permitted to register for more than 18 hours 
unless they have a "B" average for the preceding semester and the approval 
of the Dean of the College. 

Advisers 

Freshmen and sophomores in this college shall consider the Dean of the 
College their general adviser, special advisers are provided for guidance 
and assistance during the registration periods. 

Juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department 
their adviser, and should consult him about the arrangements of their 
schedules of courses. 

Work in the Freshman and Sophomore Years 

The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is 
designed to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him 
for concentration in the latter part of his course. 

It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such 
proficiency in basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in 
the field of his special interest. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic 
ability must also be demonstrated, if permission to pursue a major study 
is to be obtained. 

The student should follow the curriculum for which he is believed to be 
best fitted. It will be noted that a core group of studies is required of all 
students who are candidates for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should 
be taken, when possible, during the Freshman and Sophomore years. There 
is a great deal of similarity in these outlines for the first four semesters, 
and a student need not consider himself attached to any particular depart- 
ment until the beginning of his junior year, at which time he is to select 
a major. 

The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students in the 
departments of the Humanities and the Social Studies. Students wishing 
to major in one of the Physical or Biological Sciences will find the require- 
ments in the curriculums listed under the respective headings, found on 
subsequent pages. 



142 



AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 



f — Semeste 

Freshman Year I 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 

G. & P. — American Government (or Sociology of American Life) .... 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government) .... 

•Foreign Language 3 

Mathematics or Natural Science 3 

L. S. 1, 2 — Library Science 1 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

He. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 

Physical Activities 1 

Total 18-20 18-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 6, 6 — Composition and Readings in English or in World 

Literature 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 

Foreign Language 3 

Natural Science and Mathematics 3 

Elective ' 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 

Physical Activities 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 



I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

The program in American Civilization embraces required work, a combined 
major-minor plan for juniors and seniors, and graduate studies. (For 
information concerning the graduate program, see the graduate catalog). 

The Committee in charge of the program represents the departments of 
English, History, Government and Politics, and Sociology. Members of 
the committee serve as official advisers to students electing to work in 
the field. 

The principal objectives of the work for majors are cultural rather than 
professional; yet the work is excellent preparation for certain careers. 
Students are directed towards an understanding of the configuration of our 
civilization, and this understanding should prove valuable in (for example) 
business, government, journalism, the law, and teaching. 

The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of 
securing breadth without depth is offset by the requirement of an area of 
concentration. Studies in American civilization are supplemented by studies 
in source cultures and interacting cultures; however, in choosing a curricu- 
lum, students are required to concentrate in one of the four departments 
primarily concerned with the program. Elective courses are, with the aid 
of an official adviser, chosen from courses offered in the humanities, in 



• A placement test is given during Registration Week for students wishing to pursue 
language they have studied in high school. 



CURRICULUM 143 

the social sciences, or in education. Normally, most elective courses are in 
history, English, foreign languages, comparative literature, economics, 
sociology, political science, and philosophy; but it is possible for a student 
to fulfill the requirements of the program and to elect as many as thirty 
semester hours in such subjects as art and psychology provided that such 
work fits into a carefully planned program. 

In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course in 
which the study of American civilization is brought to a focus. During 
this course, the student analyses eight or ten important books which reveal 
fundamental patterns in American life and thought and receives incidental 
training in bibliographical matters, in formulating problems for special 
investigation, and in group discussion. 

American Civilization Curriculums 

A student working in American Civilization must decide upon a program 
which emphasizes history, literature, sociology, or government and must 
consult an official adviser before selecting electives. The following skeleton 
curriculum presents a program which would be followed by a student who 
elected to emphasize history. Similar programs, making appropriate sub- 
stitutions, may be worked out with an adviser for students electing to 
emphasize literature, sociology, or government. 

Emphasis History ^ Semester ^ 

Junior Year I U 

American History 3 3 

American Literature, or Sociology, or Government and Politics 3 3 

European History 8 3 

Electives 6 6 

Total 16 IB 

Senior Year 

American History 8 8 

English History 3 3 

Conference Course 3 3 

Electives 6 6 

Total 15 15 

II. BIOLOGICAL CURRICULUMS* 

GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

A curriculum has been prepared for students who are interested in biology 
but whose interests are not centralized in any one of the biological sciences. 
The courses as outlined familiarize the student with the general principles 
and methods of each of the biological sciences. 



* For statements concerning the Departments of Botany and Entomology see the Catalog 
of the College of Agriculture. 



144 



CURRICULUM 



By the proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, 
a student may concentrate his work sufficiently in any of the fields of study 
to be able to continue in graduate work in that field. Also by a proper 
selection of electives, the educational requirements of the State Department 
of Education for certification can be met. 

This curriculum requires the completion of at least 45 credits in the bio- 
logical sciences which collectively constitute a major and a minor. Of these 
credits at least 18 must be in courses for advanced undergraduates. 



General Biological Sciences Curriculum Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

Ens:. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 8 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Bot. 1 — General Botany .... 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

He. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 3 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 8 

Modern Language 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 17-2P 

Junior Year 

Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat, Sound Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

Modern Language 3 8 

Electives (Biological Sciences) 6 6 

Electives 2 2 

Total IB IB 

Senior Year 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Electives (Biological Sciences) 9 9 

Electives 6 B 

Total IB 16 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 145 

BACTERIOLOGY 

The Department of Bacteriology functions with three purposes in view. 
One of these is to provide fundamental training for those students who 
choose bacteriology as a major subject. Two major fields of study are pro- 
vided: (1) applied bacteriology, in preparation for such positions as dairy, 
sanitary and agricultural bacteriologists in federal, state and commercial 
laboratories, and (2) medical bacteriology, or the more recently recognized 
specialty of medical technology in relation to hospital, public health and 
clinic laboratories. The second objective of the department is to provide 
desirable courses for those students who are majoring in closely allied 
departments and desire vital supplementary information. Every effort has 
been made to plan these courses so that they satisfy the demands of these 
related departments as well as the needs of those students who have chosen 
bacteriology as a major. The third purpose of the department is to encour- 
age and foster original thought in the pursuit of research. 

Bacteriology Curriculums 

The field of bacteriology is too vast in scope to permit specialization in 
the early stages of undergraduate study. Accordingly, the applied curri- 
culum outlined below includes the basic courses in bacteriology and allied 
fields. 

The course in Advanced General Bacteriology (Bad. 5) is required for all 
bacteriology majors, and should follow General Bacteriology (Bad. 1). 
Bacteriology 5 is not required as a prerequisite for upper division courses 
for majors in other departments provided the student has been introduced 
to certain aspects of bacteriology, or their equivalent, pertinent to their 
specialty. Bacteriology 1, however, is required. Students desiring to minor 
in bacteriology are required to complete Bacteriology 1, Bacteriology 5, 
and seven or eight hours in courses numbered 100 or above. 

The sequence of courses in the following curriculum should be pursued 
as closely as possible although it is realized that some deviation may be 
necessary. Sufficient latitude is provided in the senior year for the student 
to obtain several courses that are correlated with his or her particular 
interests. 

All students planning a major in Bacteriology should consult the Head 
of the Department during the first year concerning his particular field of 
study and his choice of a minor. The minor field of study shall be chosen 
only from the biological or physical sciences. Chemistry, as outlined below, 
is the preferred minor. 



146 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



Applied Bacteriology Curriculum „ 

i — Semester — i 

Freshman Year / 77 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Sp. 18. 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 

Math. 11 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 8 

Fr. 1, 2 or Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary French or German 3 3 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

Fr. 6, 7 or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German 3 3 

Physics 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 53 — Sanitary Bacteriology .... 4 

Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry .- 4 4 

Electives 3 3 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

Bact. 60— Journal Club 1 1 

Bact. 103— Serology 4 

Bact. 161 — Systematic Bacteriology 4 .... 

Electives 9 9 

Total 14 14 

Medical Technology Curriculum 

This is a professional curriculum intended for those students who desire 
to prepare for technical work in hospital, clinical and public health labora- 
tories. Specialization in the field of Medical Technology begins in the 
sophomore year and becomes more intense during the junior year. Em- 
phasis in this curriculum is upon fundamental courses in Bacteriology, 
Chemistry and Zoology. 

The student who follows this curriculum is encouraged to avail himself of 
opportunities to work in medical laboratories during the summer months. 
The optimum plan shall be to place the prospective technologist in a labora- 
tory as an apprentice as soon as his training permits. 



ZOOLOGY 



147 



-Semester — > 



Freshman Year I 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 

Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 

Math. 11 — Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 

Physical Activities 1 

Total 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 

Fr. 1, 2 or Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary French or German 3 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 

Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 

Chem. 31. 82, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 

Physics 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities 1 

Total 18-21 

Junior Year 

Fr. 6, 7 or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German 3 

Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 

Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 4 

Bact. 103 — Serology 

Chem. 161. 162, 163, 164 — Biochemistry 4 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Zool. 106 — Histological Technique .... 

Total 18 

Senior Year 

Bact. 105— Clinical Methods 4 

Bact. 53 — Sanitary Bacteriology • .... 

Bact. 108 — Epidemiology and Public Health 

Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 4 

Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 

Electives 4 

Total 16 



// 

3 

8 

1 
4 



17-18 

3 
8 

4 
8 

4 
3 

1 

18-21 



17 



15 



ZOOLOGY 

The Department of Zoology offers courses which train the student for 
professional work in several fields: teaching in college and secondary 
schools, research and regulatory work in the biological bureaus of the 
United States Government, work in the biological departments of state and 
city governments and research in industrial laboratories. 



148 



CURRICULUM 



Two courses of study have been established as described below. In each 
of these curricula the fundamental courses are included and ample oppor- 
tunity is offered for the election of additional courses in the Department 
of Zoology or related departments so that the student may plan his training 
toward the particular professional work in which he is interested. 



Zoology Curriculum ^Semester—, 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Zool. 2, 8 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 8 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology 4 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 8 

Electives 3 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

Zool. 108 — Animal Histology 4 .... 

Zool. 106 — Histological Technique .... 8 

Zool. 104 — Genetics 3 .... 

Zool. 121 — Principles of Animal Ecology .... 8 

Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat ; Sound, Optic, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

Modern Language 8 8 

Electives 3 8 

Total 17 1C 

Senior Year r 

Zool. 102 — General Animal Physiology .... 4 

Elective (Zoology) 4 .... 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Modern Language 3 8 

Electives 8 8 

Total 16 16 



FISHERIES BIOLOGY 



149 



Fisheries Biology 

The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent opportunity for the 
study of Fisheries Biology and Marine Zoology. The Chesapeake Bay and 
its tributaries, representing many habitats, constitute an excellent labora- 
tory for training in these fields and commercial fisheries of the state offer 
additional opportunity for studies in methods, management and conservation. 

The following curriculum prepares the student for specialization in this 
field. In addition to the courses as outlined, which he will complete at 
College Park, he is expected to spend part of his summers in study or 
practical work on the Chesapeake Bay. 



II 
t 

I 

4 

4 
1 
8 
2 
1 

18-19 



Fisheries Biology Curriculum ,_ Se7negt6r _^ 

Freshman Year I 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature t 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 

Zool. 2, 8 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 

Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 

Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 

Physical Activities 1 

Total 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature S 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 

Zool. 6 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 

Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology .... 

Chem. 6 — Introductory Qualitative Analysis 3 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Analysis .... 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities 1 

Total 17-20 

Junior Year 

Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary German 3 

Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat ; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements or Organic Chemistry 4 

Zool. 102 — General Animal Physiology 

Zool. 118 — Invertebrate Morphology 4 

Zool. 121 — Principles of Animal Ecology .... 

Electives 8 

Total 18 



18-2 



18 



150 THE HUMANITIES 

i — Semester — \ 
Senior Year I II 

Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German 3 3 

Zool. 75, 76— Journal Club 1 1 

Zool. 125 — Fisheries Biology 3 .... 

Zool 106 — Histological Technique 3 

Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry ; or 4 4 

Chem. 181, 182, 183, 184— Elements of Physical Chemistry 3 3 

Electives 6 6 

Total 15-16 15-16 

III. THE HUMANITIES 

Art 

Two types of majors are offered in art: Art Major A for those who take 
the art curriculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career for 
which art is a necessary background. Art Major B is for those who pre- 
pare themselves for creative work on a professional basis. 

In both types the student begins with the basic courses, and moves to 
more advanced study of the theory of design and of the general principles 
involved in visual expression. A large amount of study takes the form 
of actual practice of drawing and painting. The student, in this way, gains 
a knowledge of the vocabulary of drawing and painting, and of the methods 
and procedures underlying good quality of performance. 

Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the cre- 
ative faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses, neces- 
sarily places emphasis on the general history, composition and art appre- 
ciation, with subsequent choices of special art epochs for greater detailed 
study. 

Art History and Art Appreciation are of special interest to students 
majoring in English, History, Languages, Philosophy, and Music. It is sug- 
gested that they schedule Art 9, Historical Survey of Painting, as excellent 
supplementary study for a fuller understanding of their major. Art 100-101 is 
recommended for English, Languages, Philosophy, Home Economics, and 
Education majors. Art 10, History of American Art, is advised for majors 
in the American Civilization courses. Home Economics and Horticulture 
majors are encouraged to schedule basic art courses as a useful means 
of training observation and developing understanding of and proficiency 
in the visual arts. 

English 

Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do gradu- 
ate work, are urged to take work in language in addition to that required 
for graduation. In selecting minors or elective subjects, it is recommended 
that students give special consideration to the following: Greek, Latin, 
French, German, Italian, philosophy, history, and fine arts. 



JOURNALISM 151 

Students who minor in English should take as a minimum one course 
(3 semester hours) in each group of courses listed below. 

Students who major in English must choose 21 hours of the possible 
24-40 hours required of a major from courses in several groups, as follows: 

1. Three hours in language (Eng. 101, 102, 104, or 8). 

2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 112, 115, 116, 121, 155, 156). 

3. Six hours in survey or type courses (Eng. 106, 110, 111, 112, 113, 120, 
122, 123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135, 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157). 

4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156). 

Foreign Languages and Literature 
Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish: one for 
the general student or the future teacher and the other for those interested 
in a rounded study of a foreign area for the purpose of understanding 
another nation through its literature, history, sociology, economics, and 
other aspects. 

Literature and Language Major 

Language and literature as such are stressed in the first type of major. 
Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years are a semester 
each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Span. 8 or 9 
and 80 or 81), a semester of grammar review (Fr., Ger., or Span. 71), six 
hours of the introductory survey of literature (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76), 
any twelve hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 26 
semester hours. Beyond this minimum further courses in the Department 
are desirable and as electives work in American and in Comparative Litera- 
ture is strongly recommended; Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are 
required. 

Foreign Area Major 

The area study major endeavors to provide the student with a knowledge 
of various aspects of the country whose language he is studying. Specific 
minimum requirements beyond the first two years are ten hours of con- 
versation, Life and Culture (Fr., Ger., or Span. 161 and 162), three hours 
of Advanced Composition (Fr., Ger., or Span. 121) and six hours in litera- 
ture courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 25 semester hours. In addi- 
tion the student takes, in lieu of a minor in one department, twenty to 
thirty-six hours in geography, history, political science, sociology, or eco- 
nomics, distributed through these fields in consultation with advisors in the 
Foreign Language Department. The student is urged to take some elective 
work in American and in Comparative Literature. 

Journalism 

The program in journalism provides training for students wishing to 
enter the fields of newspaper reporting or editing, magazine writing or 
editing, public information service, commercal information service, govern- 



152 CURRICULUM 

merit correspondence, publicity, public relations, and the teaching of 
journalism. 

Students in journalism are provided opportunties for practical training 
through laboratories conducted in conjunction with the student publica- 
tions. Students are also encouraged to work part time for professional 
newspapers or the wire services. 

The program is supplemented by open meetings with guest lecturers 
with high professional standing in the various journalistic fields. 

Curriculum _ 

i — Semester — \ 

Freshman Year i u 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

L. S. 1, 2 — Library Methods 1 1 

Natural Science 4 4 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

M. I. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. Ed. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 

All freshmen enrolled under this curriculum will find it to their advan- 
tage to begin work on a student publication during the freshman year. 

Sophomore Year 

Journ 10, 11 — News Reporting I and II 3 3 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in English or World 

Literature 3 3 

History 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting or Elective .... 2 

M. I. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1 1 

Total 15-18 15-18 

Junior Year 

Journ. 160, 161— News Editing I and II 3 3 

Journ. 164 — Magazine Writing 3 .... 

Journ. 165 — Feature Writing .... 3 

B. A. 151 — Advertising (or two credits in photography) .... 3 

Eng. 8, 101, 102, or 104 — (Studies in the origins of the English 

language) 3 .... 

Natural Science 4 .... 

Electives* in Comparative Literature, Economics, English, Fine or 
Practical Art, Government and Politics, History, Modern Language, 

Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, or Speech 4 6 

Total 17 15 



* Majors in journalism should select a minor from one of these fields. 



PHILOSOPHY 153 

i — Semester — \ 
Senior Year I II 

Journ. 174 — Editorial Writing* , 



Journ. 175 — Reporting of Public Affairs* 

Journ. 176 — Evaluation of Current Journalistic Practice 

Electives in Comparative Literature, Economics, English, Fine or 
Practical Art, Government and Politics, History, Modern Language, 
Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, or Speech 9 9 

Other Electives 3 3 

Total 15 15 

Philosophy 

The department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students 
attain philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical 
evaluation concerning the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the 
significance of the principal types of human experiences and activities. 

To those students who seek a broad, liberal and cultural background of 
knowledge, but because of specialized studies have only a minimum of 
free electives, the department offers Philosophy 1, Philosophical Perspectives 
on nature, man, religion and science, and Philosophy 2, Philosophical Per- 
spectives on morality, government, education, and art. For the general 
picture, both courses are recommended; each, however, is available 
separately. 

To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their 
subjects, the department offers a choice among a group of specifically 
related courses: 51, Philosophy of Art; 52, Philosophy of Literature; 53, 
Philosophy of Religion; 54, Political and Social Philosophy; 55, Logic; 
56, Philosophy of Science. 

To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the department 
offers historical courses in ancient, medieval, modern, recent and contempo- 
rary, and American philosophy. The last course is especially relevant 
for students of American Civilization. 

Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in 
English, Literature, the Social Sciences, American Civilization, and in the 
pre-Ministry and pre-Law fields. Interested students should consult with 
the chairman of the department. 

Majors in philosophy will include in their program, 101, Ancient Phi- 
losophy; 102, Modern Philosophy; 112, Recent and Contemporary Philoso- 
phy; 151, Ethics, and a selection of at least four other semester courses 
in the department. These will normally include one semester of Topical 
Investigations, the topic to be chosen in consultation with the department 
chairman to meet the student's special interests and needs. 



* May be substituted for any other upper division course in journalism. 



154 PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

The courses in this department have two main functions: (1) to pro- 
vide work in public speaking and allied fields which will meet the needs 
of all students in the university; (2) to provide an integrated unit of work 
which will allow a student to major in Speech. A major shall consist 
of a minimum of 30 hours of which 15 hours must be in courses numbered 
100 and above. A minor shall consist of 12-18 credits of which 6 must be 
in courses numbered 100 and above. All majors and minors must complete 
Speech 1, 2, 3, 4. Speech 5, 6 will be required of those students who have 
not demonstrated effective platform speaking. In meeting the Arts and 
Sciences Natural Science requirement it is recommended that Speech majors 
elect Zoology 16. A student majoring in Speech may concentrate in: (a) 
public speaking; (b) drama; (c) speech sciences; (d) radio. 

IV. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 
Curriculum for General Physical Sciences 

This general curriculum is offered for students who desire a basic 
knowledge of the physical sciences without immediate specialization in 
any one of them. By proper selection of courses in the latter semesters, a 
student may concentrate in the field of his choice. A number of selections 
are possible and there is considerable freedom in the choice of electives. 

Thirty-six hours in addition to underclass departmental requirements in 
the three Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics are re- 
quired. Of these 36 hours, 18 hours must be of 100 level and taken in at 
least two of the three departments. 

(This curriculum represents only two of the possible selections of courses 
open to a student majoring in General Physical Science. Beginning students 
who want to select this field as a major should consult the major advisor 
before making up their schedules.) 

i — Semester — \ 
Freshman Year / // 

Chem 1, 8 — General Chemistry "I 

or [44 

Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8 

Math. 14, 15, 17 — Trig., Algebra and Geometry 5 4 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-I8 



CHEMISTRY 155 

i — Semester — \ 
Sophomore Year I H 

Chem 1, 3 — General Chemistry. 

4-3 4-3 



Chem. 81, 82, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry and LaboratoryJ 

Phya. 60, 61 — Applied Mechanics 

or 

Phya. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 

Eng. 8, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature 



3-4 8-4 



3 8 



Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and Readings, mainly in English Literature. 

Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Modern Language 8 8 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Electives 4 4 

Electives in Physical Sciences 7 7 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

Modern Language 8 8 

Electives in Physical Sciences 4 4 

Electives 8 8 

Total IB 16 

Chemistry 

The science of chemistry is so vast in scope that completion of a well- 
planned course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. 
The curriculum outlined below describes such a course of study. The se- 
quence of courses given should be followed as closely as possible; it is real- 
ized, however, that some deviation from this sequence may be necessary 
toward the end of the program. All of the courses in chemistry listed, un- 
less otherwise designated, are required of students majoring in chemistry. 

Chemistry Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Chem. 1, 8 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8 

Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

Math. 15 — College Algebra 3 

Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry • • • • 4 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life • • • • 8 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-19 17-18 



156 



MATHEMATICS 



r— Semes ter — < 
Sophomore Year I 11 

Chem. 16, 17 — Qualitative Analysis 3 3 

Chem. 85, 87 — Elementary Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 86, 38 — Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Ger. 1, 2 — Elementary German 3 8 

Math. 20, 21 — Calculus 4 4 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Chem. 21, 23 — Quantitative Analysis 4 4 

Chem. 141, 143 — Advanced Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 142, 144 — Advanced Organic Laboratory 2 2 

*Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 3 

•Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and Readings, Mainly in English Literature... 3 3 

Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German 3 8 

Phys. 20, 21 6 6 

Total 19 19 

Senior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 101 — Advanced Inorganic Chemistry .... 2 

Chem. 187, 189 — Physical Chemistry 3 3 

Chem. 188, 190 — Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2 

Chem. 146 — The Identification of Organic Compounds 2 .... 

Electives in Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Physics, or Mathematics.. 5-8 5-8 

Total 15-18 15-18 

Mathematics 

This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of Mathematics in 
preparation for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in Mathematics. 

Students majoring in mathematics who complete freshman and sophomore 
courses in mathematics with distinction are eligible to try for honors in 
mathematics. To receive the honors degree in mathematics, a student must: 
1. Complete the curriculum in mathematics with an average grade of B in 
all subjects; 2. Pass an honors examination in mathematics at the end of 
the senior year; 3. Write a satisfactory thesis on an assigned topic in 
mathematics in the senior year. Students who wish to try for honors in 
mathematics should consult the Head of the department at the conclusion 
of their sophomore year. 

The mathematics curriculum offers three options depending on the choice 
of electives in the Junior and Senior years. 

Pure Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include three 
hours in each of the fields of algebra and geometry. 



* Choose one. 



MATHEMATICS 



157 



Applied Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include 
six hours in the fields of algebra and geometry, and the remaining six hours 
in the field of applied mathematics. Minor electives will be selected from 
the Physical Sciences or Engineering in consultation with the Head of the 
department of Mathematics. 

Mathematical Statistics Option. Electives must include twelve hours 
in mathematical statistics and six hours in advanced algebra. Students 
electing this option may omit Math. 115. 



Mathematics Curriculum ^S^s^^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Lang. 1, 2 — French or German 3 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 

Math. IB — College Algebra 3 

Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 or 19 17 or 18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 3 

Lang. 4, 5 — French or German 3 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 6 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Math. 110, 111— Advanced Calculus 3 3 

Electives — Mathematics 3 3 

Electives — Minor 5-6 5-6 

Electives 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Men! 3 3 

Elective (Women) 3 3 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Senior Year 

Math. 114, 116— Differential Equations 8 8 

Electives — Mathematics 3 3 

Electives — Minor 6 6 

Electives 3 3 

Total 15 15 



158 



PHYSICS 



Physics Curriculum 

The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in 
the fundamentals of physics in preparation for teaching, graduate work, 
and for positions in governmental, industrial and biophysical laboratories. 
In connection with the curriculum suggested below a minor may be chosen 
to suit the field of study selected. A minor may be taken in biology, 
chemical engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, electrical engineering, 
mathematics, mechanical engineering or any allied field. Students interested 
in applied or engineering physics should minor in one of the fields of 
engineering. Entering freshmen who may want to select physics as a major 
should consult the Head of the Physics Department before making up their 
schedules. 



Physics Curriculum 

i — Semester — < 

Freshman Year J u 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 l 

Math. 14, 15, 17— Trig., Alg., Anal., Geom 5 4 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Language or Physics 3-4 3-4 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total » 18-20 17-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 3 

Math. 20, 21 — Differential and Integral Calculus 4 4 

Language 3 3 

Physics 4-5 4.-5 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Junior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization (Men) 3 8 

Physics 5 5 

Language, Mathematics, or Chemistry 6-7 6-7 

Electives 3 3 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Senior Year 

Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics and Physics 15-17 15-17 

Total 15-17 15-17 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 159 

V. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES* 

General Sociology Curriculum 

In addition to the general university requirements, a major in sociology 
consists of a minimum of 30 semester hours of sociology (including Soci- 
ology 1) of which 12 hours must be in courses numbered 100 and above. 
Only credit with a grade of C or more can be counted as a part of the 
major requirement. The following sociology courses are required: 

Sociology 1 — The Sociology of American Life. 

Sociology 2 — Principles of Sociology. 

Sociology 183 — Social Studies. 

Sociology 186 — Sociological Theory. 

Sociology 196 — Senior Seminar. 
A minor in sociology consists of a minimum of 18 semester hours, of 
which at least six hours must be in courses numbered 100 and above. 

Social Service Curriculum 

This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the 
College of Arts and Sciences with a major in sociology and supporting 
subjects, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines 
a liberal arts education with a sound foundation for the general field of 
social service and provides: (1) preprofessional preparation for students 
planning to pursue graduate professional study in social service; (2) a back- 
ground for responsible civic leadership in the field of social welfare for 
students who are not planning a professional social service career but who 
as citizens will be active in various programs of social welfare and com- 
munity betterment; (3) basic training for students who may go immediately 
upon graduation from college into certain social service positions for which 
graduate professional education is not required. Completion of this cur- 
riculum with the B. A. degree meets the educational qualifications for many 
beginning positions in public welfare, public assistance, social services to 
individuals and families, social security, and other areas of social service. 

The first three years of this curriculum are devoted to a broad liberal 
education with emphasis on the study of the fundamentals of human asso- 
ciation, social motivation, and societal organization. The fourth year in- 
cludes an introduction to the basic principles, methods, and organization of 
the social services. Flexibility to meet the varying interests and needs of 
individual students is provided by the electives in the junior and senior 
years. 

Students who enter this curriculum with advanced standing may be given 
credit for comparable course work already taken, except that the last year 
must be completed in residence at this University. 



* For statements concerning Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics see 
the Catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. 



160 



CRIME CONTROL 



i — Semester — \ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 8 

Modern Language 3 3 

Mathematics or Natural Science S 3 

Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology .... 3 

L. S. 1 — Library Science 1 1 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2f 4 — Hygiene I, II (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-18 19-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or B, 6 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 8 3 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Soc. 13 or 14 — Rural Sociology (or Urban Sociology) .... 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Mathematics or Natural Science 3 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Soc. Bl— Social Pathology 8 .... 

Soc. 52 — Criminology .... 8 

Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 .... 

Soc. 186 — Sociological Theory .... 8 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 8 .... 

G. & P. 4 or 5 — State Government or Municipal Gov't and Admin 3 .... 

Electives in related subjects 8 9 

Total IB 16 

Senior Year 

Soc. 118 — 'Community Organization 8 

Soc. 171— 'Family and Child Welfare 3 

Soc. 173 — Social Security 8 

Soc. 174— 'Public Welfare 8 

Soc. 183 — Social Statistics 8 .... 

Soc. 196 — Senior Seminar • • . • 3 

Electives in related subjects 6 6 

Total IB 16 

Crime Control Curriculum 

This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the 
College of Arts and Sciences, with a major in sociology and a minor in psy- 

* Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies, 
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses. 



CURRICULUM 



161 



chology, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum com- 
bines a liberal arts education with basic Gaining for the field of crime 
and delinquency prevention and control. It is designed specifically for stu- 
dents preparing for positions in correctional and penal institutions, institu- 
tions for juveniles, juvenile courts, probation and parole services, the so- 
called "area projects," research in juvenile delinquency and criminology, 
and similar positions. 

Students entering this curriculum with advanced standing will be given 
credit for comparable course work already completed. 

i — Semester — i 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 .... 

Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology .... 3 

Elective 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-18 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in English or in World 

Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Zool. 14. 15 — -Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Soc. 52 — Criminology .... 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

Soc. 51— Social Pathology 3 

Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 .... 

Soc. 153 — Juvenile Delinquency 3 .... 

Soc. 154 — 'Crime and Delinquency Prevention .... 8 

Soc. 183 — Social Statistics 3 .... 

Soc. 186 — Sociological Theory 3 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2 

Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene 3 .... 

Psych. 131 — Abnormal Psychology .... ? 

Electives • ■ • • •> 

Total 17 17 



* Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies, 
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses. 



162 HISTORY 

i — Semester — i 
Senior Year I II 

Soc. 114— The City 3 

Soc. 118 — 'Community Organization .... 3 

Soc. 145— Social Control 3 

Soc. 156 — 'Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents .... 8 

Soc. 196 — Senior Seminar .... 3 

Psych. 125 — Child Pyschology 3 

Psych. 150 — Tests and Measurements 3 .... 

Psych. 161 — Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration.... .... 

Electives 3 3 

Total 15 15 

The Curriculum in History 

The study of history is basic for the cultural background of all fields of 
knowledge. In addition, the Department of History offers a curriculum 
which is designed to assist students who wish to prepare themselves for 
entering several fields of professional activity. Specifically these fields are 
(1) teaching history and the social sciences at the secondary level; (2) the 
field of journalism which requires a broad historical background; (3) re- 
search and archival work; (4) the diplomatic service. In addition, the 
department offers adequate preparation and training for those who intend 
to pursue higher degrees and prepare themselves for teaching at the col- 
lege level. 

Undergraduate history majors must complete the following departmental 
requirements : 

1. Every major is required to complete a minimum of 24 semester 
hours in advanced courses, of which no less than 15 and no more 
than 18 must be taken in any one field of history. Thus, if a major 
has completed 18 semester hours in United States history, the re- 
maining courses must be taken in some other fields of history, such 
as European or Latin-American history. 

2. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required 
of all college students) and History 1 and 2 or History 3 and 4. 

3. All majors are required to take the proseminar during their senior 
year. 

4. No grade of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing 
the major requirements for graduation. 

Students selecting a minor in history must complete 12 semester hours 
in advanced courses. 



* Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies, 
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



163 



VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUMSt 

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW 

The School of Law of the University requires two years of academic 
credit for admission to the school. 

The University offers also a combined program in arts and law leading 
to the degrees of bachelor of arts and bachelor of laws. Students pursuing 
this combined program will spend the first three years in the College of Arts 
and Sciences at College Park. During this period they will complete the 
prescribed curriculum in prelegal studies as outlined below, or a total of 106 
semester hours for men and 98 for women, and they must complete the 
requirements for graduation, as indicated below. If students enter the 
combined program with advanced standing, at least the third full year's 
work, i.e. 30 semester hours of credit — must be completed in residence at 
College Park. Upon the successful completion of one year of full-time law 
courses in the School of Law in Baltimore, the degree of bachelor of arts 
may be awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law, 
and provided the student has earned at least a total of 120 credits exclusive 
of military science and physical activities with a C average. The degree 
of bachelor of laws may be awarded upon the completion of the combined 
program. 



Arts-Law Curriculum ^ Semester ^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1. 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8 

Science or Mathematics 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 1 

or L 8 I 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life J 

Foreign Language 8 8 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 1 1 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 3 8 

Econ. 81, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 8 

Hist. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Science or Mathematics 3 8 

Foreign Language 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

t For Pre- Veterinary program, see the Catalog of the College of Agriculture. 



164 NURSING 

i — Semeste 
Junior Year I II 

G. & P. 4— State Government 3 

G. & P. 124 — Legislatures and Legislation .... 3 

Hist. 135, 136 — Constitutional Hist, of the U. S 3 3 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology .... 3 

G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law .... 3 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 .... 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

Electives ■ • • • 3 

Total 15 15 

FIVE-YEAR COMBINED ARTS AND SCIENCES AND NURSING 

The first two years of this curriculum comprising a minimum of 60 
semester hours exclusive of hygiene and physical activities, are taken in 
the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park and the professional train- 
ing is taken in the School of Nursing of the University in Baltimore or in 
the Training School of Mercy Hospital, Baltimore. 

In addition to the Diploma in Nursing, the degree of Bachelor of Science 
in Nursing may, upon the recommendation of the Director of the School of 
Nursing, be granted at the end of the professional training. Full details 
regarding the nursing curriculum may be found in the section of the catalog 
dealing with the School of Nursing. 

A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing 
but the second year, consisting of a minimum of 30 credits, exclusive of 
physical training, must be completed in College Park and the professional 
training must be completed in one of the schools indicated above. To 
qualify for the combined degree the student must complete the required 
work at College Park before beginning the professional training in 
Baltimore. 

In order to receive the Bachelor of Science degree the student must fulfill 
the grade requirements of the university. 

Arts-Nursing Curriculum 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

L. S. 1, 2 — Library Methods 1 1 

Modern Language 3 3 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17 17 



PRE-MEDICAL 165 

i — Semester — > 
Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 .... 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology .... 4 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17 17 

PRE-MEDICAL CURRICULUM 

This course, which consists of three years of training in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, is recommended for admission to the School of Medicine 
of the University of Maryland. It also meets the requirements prescribed 
by the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association. 

This curriculum also offers to the student a combined program leading to 
the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Medicine. The preprofes- 
sional training is taken in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at 
College Park, and the professional training in the School of Medicine in 
Baltimore. 

Students who have elected the combined program of Arts and Sciences 
and Medicine may, upon recommendation of the Dean of the School of 
Medicine, be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science by the College of 
Arts and Sciences. To qualify for this degree at least 90 semester credits 
exclusive of required work in military science and physical education in this 
college and the first year of the School of Medicine must have been com- 
pleted so that the quantitative requirements of 120 semester hours are met. 
The qualitative grade requirements of the University must also be fulfilled. 
The degree will be granted at the commencement following the completion 
of the student's second year in medical school. 

A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing, 
but the last year of the preprofessional training, consisting of a minimum 
of 30 credits, exclusive of physical training and military instruction, must be 
completed in College Park and the professional training must be completed 
in the University of Maryland School of Medicine in Baltimore. 

Students who expect to qualify for the combined degree must complete 
the work as outlined in the curriculum. Changes may be made only when 
authorized by the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. Permission 
to continue in the pre-medical curriculum is granted only to students 
who have demonstrated, on the basis of their previous academic records, 
that they are fully qualified to carry the work included in this course. 



166 



CURRICULUM 



Pre-Medical Three Year Curriculum Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Compostion and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. &. P. 1 — American Government .... 8 

Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20-21 20-21 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 8 

Zool. 6 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology 4 

Chem. 35, 86, 37, 38 — Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4 

Modern Language 3 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 15-18 15-18 

Junior Year 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology . . 3 

Phya. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat ; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 S 

Modern Language 3 3 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Electives (Sciences) 7 4 

Total 18 18 



Senior Year 

The curriculum of the first year of the School of Medicine of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the 
fourth year of academic work toward the degree. 

If at the beginning of the Senior Year the student decides to postpone 
his entrance to Medical School and to remain in the College of Arts and 
Sciences and complete work for the Bachelor Degree he may choose a major 
and minor in any departments in which he has completed the necessary 
underclass requirements. Because of the general nature of the first three 
years of this curriculum, the student has open to him a wide choice of 
departments in which he may specialize. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



167 



PRE-DENTAL CURRICULUM 

Students entering the College of Arts and Sciences who desire to prepare 
themselves for the study of dentistry are offered the following curriculum, 
which meets the predental requirements of the American Association of 
Dental Colleges. If the student decides to continue his college training and 
complete work for the Bachelor of Science degree, this curriculum will consti- 
tute the first two years of his college work. The courses chosen during the 
Junior and Senior years must meet the college and university requirements 
for graduation. Permission to continue in the pre-dental curriculum is 
granted only to students who have demonstrated, on the basis of their 
previous academic records, that they are fully qualified to carry the work 
included in this course. 

Predental Two- Year Curriculum Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 21 21 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Literature 3 t 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 S 

Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 — Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4 

Physics 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat ; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 18 

Department of Zooolgy 

Measuring metabolism An experiment in human respiration 




168 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant 
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to 
another course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 

200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title 
of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

ART DEPARTMENT 

Professor Wharton; Associate Professor Siegler; Instructors de Jonosi 

and Maril 

Art 1, 2. Charcoal Drawing (Antique) (3, 3). 

Drawing from casts, preparatory to Life and Portrait drawing and paint- 
ing. Stress is placed on fundamental principles, such as the study of rela- 
tive proportions, values and modeling, etc. (Siegler.) 

Art 5, 6. Still-life (3, 3). 

First half semester devoted to elementary theory and practice of draw- 
ing. Methods of linear and tonal description with emphasis on perspective 
and light-and-shade. Second half semester, elementary theory and practice 
oil painting. Elementary theory and practice of composition introduced and 
utilized. Second semester, more advanced problems. (Siegler, Maril.) 

Art 7, 8. Landscape Painting (3, 3). 

Outdoor drawing and painting; organization of landscape material. (Art 
7 and 6 are interchangeable.) (Maril.) 

Art. 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (3). 

An understanding of the epochs in the advance of civilization as expressed 
through painting, sculpture and architecture. A background to more de- 
tailed study. • (Grubar.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 169 

Art 10. History of American Art (1). 

A Resume of the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture in 
this country and how American Art was influenced by social, political, and 
economical forces, here and abroad. (Grubar.) 

Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture. (1). 

Study of three-dimensional form compositions in round and bas-relief. 
Mediums used: clay, plasteline. (Maril.) 

Art 16, 17. Art Appreciation (2, 2) — Prerequisites, Art. 9. 

A course designed to help the student to a fuller appreciation and greater 
enjoyment of art. Lectures, discussions, slides and occasional visits to 
museums. (de Jonosi.) 

Art 100, 101. Pictorial Composition (2, 2) — Prerequisites, Art. 1, 16. 
Principles underlying graphic presentation of ideas. Problems to stim- 
ulate the students' imagination and enable them to do creative work. 

(Maril.) 

Art 102, 103. Creative Painting (3, 3)— Prerequisites, Art. 1, 2, 5, 6. 

Assignments of pictorial compositions aimed at both mural decoration 
and easel picture problems. Emphasis on the psychological and sociological 
angles of pictorial composition, involving some research. (Maril.) 

Art 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — Prerequisites, 
Art 2 and 6. 

Careful observation and study of the human figure for construction, 
action, form, and color. (Siegler.) 

Art 106, 107. Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — Prerequi- 
sites, Art 1 and 5. 

Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and composition 
stressed. (Wharton.) 

Art. 113, 114. Illustration (3, 3)— Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104. 

This course is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training 
into practical fields thereby preparing the student to meet the modern 
commercial advertising problems. Special emphasis will be placed upon 
layouts, magazine and book illustrating, outdoor poster display and calendar 
advertising along with cover and jacket designs. 

ASTRONOMY 
Astr. 1, 2. Astronomy (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
An elementary course in descriptive astronomy. 

Astr. 5. Navigation (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 16. 
The theory and practice of navigation. 



170 COURSES OFFERED 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Professors Faber, Hansen; Associate Professors LafFer, Pelczar; 
Assistant Professor Doetsch 

Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4) — First and second semesters. Two 
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 

The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental 
principles of microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Labora- 
tory fee, $10.00. 

Bact. 5. Advanced General Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two 
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1 and 
Chem. 3. 

Emphasis will be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques 
used in the field of bacteriology with drill in the performance of these 
techniques. Lectures will consist of the explanation of various laboratory 
procedures. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

Bact. 51. Household Bacteriology (3) — Second semester. Two lecture 
and one laboratory periods a week. For home economics students only. 

Morphology and physiology of the bacteria, yeasts and molds. Applica- 
tion of the effect of chemical and physical agents in the control of microbial 
growth. Relationship of microbiology to home sanitation, food preservation 
and manufacture; personal and community hygiene. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

Bact. 52. Sanitary Bacteriology (2) — Second semester. Two lecture 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

This course comprises the lectures only of Bact 53. 

Bact. 53. Sanitary Bacteriology. (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and 
two laboratory peridos a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

Bacteriological and public health aspects of water supplies and sewage 
disposal, restaurant and plant sanitation, insect and rodent control, and 
waste disposal. Occasional field trips. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

Bact. 55. Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers. (2) — First semester. One 
lecture and one laboratory period a week. For junior and senior students 
in engineering only. 

Discussion of the fundamental principles of bacteriology and their rela- 
tionship to water supply, sewage disposal and other sanitary problems. 
Demonstration of these principles in the laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

Bact. 60. Journal Club (1) — First and second semesters. One lecture 
period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with junior standing. 
Introduction to periodical literature, methods, interpretation and presenta- 
tion of reports. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with 
emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of 
disease, modes of disease transmission; prophylactic, therapeutic and 
epidemiological aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 103. Serology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 

Infection and resistance; principles and types of immunity; hypersensi- 
tiveness. Fundamental techniques of major diagnostic immunological 
reactions and their application. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 104. History of Bacteriology (1) — First semester. One lecture 
period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with senior standing. 

History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science. 
The modern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in 
relation to early theories. (Doetsch.) 

Bact. 105. Clinical Methods (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 103. 

A practical course designed to integrate clinical laboratory procedures 
in terms of hospital and public health demands. Examination of sputum, 
feces, blood, spinal fluids, urine, etc. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health (3) — Second semester. Three 
lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 

History, characteristic features and epidemiology of the important com- 
municable diseases; public health aspects of man's struggle for existence; 
public health administration and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.) 

Bact. 131. Food Bacteriology. (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and preserved food, the use 
of microorganisms in the preparation of foods and methods of control of 
these organisms. Discussion of the pure food laws. Demonstration of the 
fundamental principles involved and the methods used in the examination of 
different types of foods. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 133. Dairy Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

Relation of bacteria, yeasts and molds to milk, cream, butter, ice-cream, 
cheese and other dairy products. Standard methods of examination, public 
health requirements, plant sanitation. Occasional inspection trips. Labora- 
tory fee, $10.00. (Doetsch.) 



172 COURSES OFFERED 

Bact. 135. Soil Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

The role played by microorganisms in the soil; nitrification, denitrification, 
nitrogen-fixation and decomposition processes; cycles of elements; relation- 
ships of microorganisms to soil fertility. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 161. Systematic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 16 credits in bacteriology. 

History of bacterial classification; genetic relationships; international 
codes of nomenclature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. 
Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 181. Bacteriological Problems (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, 16 credits in bacteriology. Registration only upon the con- 
sent of the instructor. 

This course is arranged to provide qualified undergraduate majors in 
bacteriology and majors in allied fields an opportunity to pursue specific 
bacteriological problems under the supervision of a member of the depart- 
ment. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

For Graduates 

Bact. 201. Advanced Pathogenic Bacteriology. (4) — First semester. Two 
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bac- 
teriology and allied fields, including Bact. 103. 

Primarily a study of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the 
methods of isolation and identification. Discussion of the rickettsiae and 
viruses. Practice in the preparation of materials for examination with the 
electron microscope. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods 
a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, including 
Chem. 161 and 162. 

Bacterial enzymes, nutrition of autotrophic and heterotrophic bacteria, 
bacterial growth factors, dissimilation of carbohydrate and nitrogenous sub- 
strates. (Pelczar.) 

Bact. 206. Special Topics (1) — First and second semesters. One lecture 
period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in bacteriology. 

Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects 
in the field of bacteriology. 

Bact. 231. Advanced Food Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lec- 
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bac- 
teriology including Bact. 131. 

The role of microorganisms in food handling and processing with emphasis 
upon commercial and factory aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 280. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 30 
credits in bacteriology. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 173 

Discussions and reports prepared by majors in bacteriology engaged in 
current research; presentations of selected subjects dealing with recent 
advances in microbiology. 

Bact. 291. Research — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 30 
credits in bacteriology. 

Credits according to work done. The investigation is outlined in con- 
sultation with and pursued under the supervision of a senior staff member 
of the department. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

CHEMISTRY 

Professors Drake, Svirbely, White; Associate Professors Pickard, Pratt, 
Reeve, Rollinson, Veitch, Wiley, Woods; Assistant Professors Aldridge, 
Brown, Carruthers, Dewey, Story and Stuntz. 

Laboratory fees in Chemistry are $10.00 per semester. 

A. Analytical Chemistry 

Chem. 15, 17. Qualitative Analysis (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory period the first semester; one lecture and two three-hour 
laboratory periods the second semester. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 

Chem. 19. Quantitative Analysis (4) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
Chem. 1, 3. 

Chem. 21, 23. Quantitative Analysis (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
Chem. 15, 17. 

This course includes a study of the principal operations of gravimetric and 
volumetric analysis. Required of all students majoring in Chemistry. 

Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. 

The qualitative and semi-quantitative analysis of essential food constitu- 
ents. The qualitative determination of trace elements is emphasized. For 
students in agriculture, home economics and bacteriology. 

Chem. 206, 208. Spectrographic Analysis (1, 1) — One three-hour labora- 
tory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 188, 190 
and consent of the instructor. (White.) 

Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration 
limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a prerequisite for 
Chem. 223. 

A study of the principles of microscopic analysis. Chem. 223 is devoted 
to the study of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.) 



174 COURSES OFFERED 

Chem. 225. Polarography (2) — Two lectures per week. 

A course designed to present the fundamental principles of electrometric 
methods in general and to show the technique and application of polarogra- 
phy in the various branches of chemistry. This course and chemistry 207 
will be offered in alternate years. 

Chem. 226, 228. Advanced Quantitative Analysis (2, 2)— First and 
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, consent of instructor. 

A study of advanced methods chosen to meet the needs of the individual. 

(Stuntz.) 

Chem. 266. Biological Analysis (2) — Second semester. Two three-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. 

(Wiley.) 

B. Biochemistry 

Chem. 41. The Chemistry of Textiles (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 

31, 32, 33, 34. 

A chemical study of the principal textile fibers. 

Chem. 81. General Biochemistry (2) — First semester. Two lectures per 
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34, or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38. 

This course is designed primarily for students in home economics. 
Chem. 82 MUST be taken concurrently. 

Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) — First semester. Two 
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or 
Chem. 36, 38. 

A course designed to accompany Chem. 81. 

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or Chem. 35, 37. 

This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, 
or chemistry, and for those students in home economics who need a more 
extensive course of biochemistry than is offered in Chem. 81, 82. 

Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second sem- 
esters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 

32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38. 

Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or consent of 
the instructor. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 175 

Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) — First and second 
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
sites, Chem. 161, 162, and consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 

C. Inorganic and General Chemistry 

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures, one quiz and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 5. Introductory Qualitative Analysis (3) — Second semester. One 
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
Chem. 3. 

Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory period per week. 

An abbreviated course in general chemistry especially designed for 
students in home economics. This course is open only to students registered 
in Home Economics and Arts-Nursing. 

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2) — Second semester. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 23, 37, 38. 

(One or more courses of the group 201-239 will be offered each semester 
depending on demand.) 

Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2)— First and 
second semesters. Two lectures per week. (White.) 

Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 207. Chemistry of Inorganic Complex Compounds (2) — Two lec- 
tures per week. This course and Chem. 225 will be offered in alternate 
years. 

Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory (1 or 2) — One or two three-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 
205 (or concurrent registration therein) and consent of instructor. 

(Rollinson.) 

Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2) — A survey of the tools 
available for the solution of chemical problems by means of physical tech- 
niques. 

D. Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

Organic chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology and home 
economics. 



176 COURSES OFFERED 

Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second 
semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 31, 33, or concurrent registration therein. 

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 
A course for chemists, chemical engineers, and premedical students. 

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein. 

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. 
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon. 

Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem 19 or 23, and Chem. 37, 38. 

Syntheses and the quantitative determination of carbon and hydrogen, 
halogen, and nitrogen are studied. 

Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2) — First 
and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein. 

The systematic identification of organic compounds. 

Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis (2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent 
of the instructor. 

The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen 
and certain functional groups. (Aldridge.) 

(One or more courses from the following group, 241, 253, will customarily 
be offered each semester.) 

Chem. 241. Stereochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pratt.) 

Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2) — Two lectures 
per week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 251. The Heterocycles (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Compounds (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Dewey) 

Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparations (2 to 4) — First and second 
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced 
Course (2 to 4) — First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week. (Pratt.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 111 

Chem. 260. Advanced Organic Laboratory (1 or 2) — First and second 
semesters. One or two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

An orientation course designed to demonstrate a new student's fitness to 
begin research in organic chemistry. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 271. Glassblowing Laboratory (1) — One three-hour laboratory 
period per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Carruthers.) 

E. Physical Chemistry 

Chem. 181, 183. Elements of Physical Chemistry (2, 2)— First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 1, 2; 
Math. 10, 11; Chem. 19. 

A course intended primarily for premedical students and students in the 
biological sciences. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 182, 184. 

Chem. 182, 184. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) — 

First and second semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. 
May be taken ONLY when accompanied by Chem. 181, 183. 

The course includes quantitative experiments illustrating the principles 
studied in Chem. 181, 183. 

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21; 
Math. 20, 21. 

A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. 

Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

A laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189. 

The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187, 189, 
and Chem. 188, 190, or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 
281-313, will be offered each semester depending on demand. 

Chem. 281, 283. Theory of Solutions (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 295. Heterogenous Equilibria (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pickard.) 

Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2) — Two three-hour labora- 
tory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) — Three lectures per week. 

(Svirbely.) 

Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations (2) — Offered in summer session 
only. (Pickard.) 



178 COURSES OFFERED 

Chem. 313. Molecular Structure (2) — Two lectures per week. (Brown.) 

Chem. 321. Quantum Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. Prerequi- 
site, Chem. 307. (Brown.) 

Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Brown.) 

F. Seminar and Research 

Chem. 351. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

Chem. 360. Research — First and second semesters, summer session. 

(Staff.) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

Professors Bode, Cardwell, Falls, Harman, Prahl, Zucker; Lecturer Mc- 
Mannaway; Associate Professors Cooley, Mooney, Murphy, Weber, Zeeveld; 
Assistant Professors Manning, Parsons. 

Requirements for major include Comparative Literature 101, 102. Com- 
parative Literature courses can be counted toward a major or minor in 
English when recommended by the student's major adviser. 

Comp. Lit. 1. Greek Poetry (2) — First semester. 

Homer's Iliad and Odyssey with special emphasis on the literary form and 
the historical and mythological background. 

Comp. Lit. 2. Later European Epic Poetry (2) — Second semester. 

Virgil's Aeneid, Dante's Divine Comedy, Nibelungenlied, Song of Roland, 
and other European epics, with special emphasis on their relationship to 
and comparison with the Greek epic. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Comp. Lit. 101. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) — 

First semester. (Zucker.) 

Survey of the background of European literature through study of English 
translations of Greek and Latin literature. The debt of modern literature 
to the ancients is discussed and illustrated. 

Comp. Lit. 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) — 

Second semester. (Zucker.) 

Continuation of Comp. Lit. 101; study of medieval and modern Con- 
tinental literature. 

Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature (2) — Second semester. 
A study of the sources, development, and literary types. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester. 

Same as Eng. 104. (Harman.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 179 

Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France (3) — First semester. 
Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau to 
Baudelaire. Texts are read in English translations. (Staff.) 

Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany (3) — Second semester. 

Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger to 
Heine in English translations. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature 

(3) — First semester. (Prahl.) 

A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its later treatment 
by Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe in Faust. 

Comp. Lit. 108. Some Non-English Influences on American Literature 

(3) — Second semester. (Zucker.) 

Comparative study of European, chiefly French and German, and Ameri- 
can writers, illustrating our literary debt to the Old World and original 
features of the New. 

Comp. Lit. 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester. 
Same as Spanish 109. 

Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen (2) — First semester. (Zucker.) 

A study of the life and chief works of Ibsen with special emphasis on 
his influence on the modern drama. 

Comp. Lit. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3) — Second semester. 

Same as Eng. 113. (Zeeveld.) 

Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama (3) — First semester. (Prahl.) 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in 

English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic 

structure, and on the effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the 

civilized world. 

Comp. Lit. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester. 

Same as Eng. 121. (Murphy.) 

Comp. Lit. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3,3) — First 
and second semesters. (Weber.) 

Same as Eng. 129, 130. 

Comp. Lit. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester. 

Same as Eng. 144. (Weber.) 

Comp. Lit. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester. 

Same as Eng. 145. (Bode.) 

Comp. Lit. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Same as Eng. 155, 156. (Manning.) 



180 COURSES OFFERED 

For Graduates 
Comp. Lit. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester. 
Same as Eng. 201. (Mooney.) 

Comp. Lit. 202. The History of the Theater (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, a wide acquaintance with modern drama and some knowledge of 
the Greek Drama. (Zucker.) 

A detailed study of the history of the European theater. Individual re- 
search problems will be assigned for term papers. 

Comp. Lit. 203. Schiller (3) — First semester. 

Same as German 204. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 204. Medieval Romances (3) — Second semester. 

Same as Eng. 204. (Cooley.) 

Comp. Lit. 205. Georges Duhamel, Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2, 2) — 

First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

Same as French 203, 204. 

Comp. Lit. 206, 207. Seminar in Sixteenth Century Literature (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. (McManaway.) 

Same as Eng. 206, 207. 

Comp. Lit. 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3) — First semester. 
Same as German 208. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ter. 

Same as Eng. 216, 217. (Cardwell.) 

Comp. Lit. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Same as Eng. 227, 228. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Professors Cardwell, Aldridge, Bode, Harman; Lecturer McManaway; 
Associate Professors Ball, Cooley, Murphy, Mooney, Weber, Zeeveld; 
Assistant Professors Andrews, Bryan, Coulter, Fleming, Gravely, Manning, 
Schaumann, Ward; Instructors Adams, Anderson, Bauer, Bezanson, Clees, 
Crafts, Demaree, Dinwiddie, Eisner, Fischer, Harwell, Hyde, Kahn, Kossoff, 
Le Bert, Mangold, Martin, C. P., Martin, M., Miller, Mish, Mooney, Moriarty, 
Mutch, Nethken, Portz, Robison, Roch, Seligmann, Sinclair, Stamper, 
Stevenson, Stone, Swarthout, Teeter, Tenney, Wittman; Graduate Assistants 
Adams, R., Barnes, Bradley, da Ponte, Fertig, Gray, Greenberg, Harmon, 
Kearney, McMurphy, Miller, H. W., Newcomb, Sachs, Thearle, Tuck. 

Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Required of freshmen. Both courses offered each semester, 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 181 

but may not be taken concurrently. Prerequisite, three units of high school 
English. 

Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing; frequent themes. 
Readings are in American literature. 

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an accept- 
able combination of the two required of sophomores. Credit will not be 
given for more than six hours' of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign 
classics being read in translation. 

Eng. 5, 6. Composition and English Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable 
combination of the two required of sophomores. Credit will not be given 
for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to major English writers; 
several foreign classics are read in translation. 

Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, Eng. 1, 2. 

For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or 
popular essays on technical subjects. (Coulter, Bezanson, Le Bert.) 

Eng. 8. College Grammar (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An analytical study of Modern English grammar, with lectures on the 
origin and history of inflectional and derivational forms. (Harman.) 

Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An intensive study of representative stories, with lectures on the history 
and technique of the short story and other narrative forms. (Harman.) 

Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing (2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

Intended primarily for sophomores and juniors of demonstrated ability. 

(Swarthout.) 
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3) — Second semester. 

An historical and critical survey of the English language; its nature, ori- 
gin, and development. (Harman.) 

Eng. 102. Old English (3)— First semester. 

Readings in Old English. The sounds, morphology, and syntax of Old 
English with particular reference to the development of Modern English. 

(Ball.) 



182 COURSES OFFERED 

Eng. 103. Beowulf (3) — Second semester. 

A literary and linguistic study of the Old English epic. (Ball.) 

Eng. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester. 

A literary and language study of the Canterbury Tales, Troilus and 
Criseyde, and the principal minor poems. (Harman.) 

Eng. 106. English and Scottish Ballads (3) — Second semester. 
An introduction to the ballads in Child's edition. Attention given to 
analogues, imitations, American collections, and collecting. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3, 3) — First and second 

semesters. Not offered in 1949-1950. 

The most important dramatists of the time, other than Shakespeare. 

(Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance (3) — First semester. 
The chief poets from Skelton to Jonson, with particular attention to 
Spenser. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3) — Second semester. 

The chief prose writers from More to Bacon. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3)— Second semester. 
The important dramatists from Etherege to Sheridan, with emphasis upon 
the comedy of manners. (Weber.) 

Eng. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester. 

The poetry and the chief prose works. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3)— First 

semester. 

The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton). (Murphy.) 

Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3)— Second 

semester. 

The Age of Dryden, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— First and 

second semesters. 

Special attention to major writers and to the historical and philosophical 
background. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3, 3) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. 

In the first semester, the literature of revolt in England, with special 
attention to Wordsworth, Coleridge, Lamb, Hazlitt, and DeQuincey. In the 
second semester, special attention is given to Byron, Shelley, and Keats. 

(Weber.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 183 

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. 

The chief writers of prose and poetry from the close of the romantic 
period to the end of the nineteenth century. (Cooley, Mooney.) 

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

The development of the novel; readings in the major novelists of the 
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. (Aldridge, Mooney.) 

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3) — First semester. 

The chief English, Irish, and American poets of the twentieth century. 

(Murphy.) 

Eng. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester. 

The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.) 

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester. 

Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century. 

(Manning.) 

Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy (3) — First semester. 
Literature which relates closely to the democratic tradition. (Bode.) 

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature to 1900 (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to 1900, 
with special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century. 

(Gravely, Manning.) 

Eng. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Two writers studied intensively each semester. (Manning, Bode.) 

Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore (3) — First semester. 

Historical background of folklore studies; growth of the field; types of 
folklore. Emphasis upon American folklore: ballads; folk songs; folk 
tales; regional customs and beliefs. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

Theory and practice. Intended for students who have more than ordinary 
ability. (R. Fleming.) 

Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, permission of the instructor. 

A high level of performance expected; some attention to forms not studied 
in English 170. (R. Fleming.) 



184 COURSES OFFERED 

Eng. 172. Playwriting (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, permission 
of the instructor. 

Analysis of plays, and practice in writing at least one short play. 

(R. Fleming.) 
For Graduates 

Eng. 200 — Research (3-6) — Arranged. Credit in proportion to work done 
and results accomplished. (Staff.) 

Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester. 

An introduction to the principles and methods of research. (Mooney.) 

Eng. 202. Middle English (3) — First semester. 

A study of selected readings of the Middle English period with reference 
to etymology, morphology, and syntax. (Harman.) 

Eng. 203. Gothic (3)— Not offered in 1949-1950. . 

Forms and syntax, with reading from the Ulfilas Bible; correlation of 
the Gothic speech sounds with those of Old English. 

Eng. 204. Medieval Romances (3)— Not offered in 1949-1950. 
The Middle English metrical and prose romances and their sources, with 
emphasis on the Arthurian cycle. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3, 3) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. (McManaway.) 

Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) — Second 
semester. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature (3, 3)— First 

and second semesters. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature (3) — First 
and second semesters. (Cooley, Mooney, Weber.) 

Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3)— Not offered in 1949-1950. 
The practice and theory of criticism from Plato to Croce. (Cardwell.) 

Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Bode.) 

Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Cardwell.) 

Eng. 230. Studies in American Language (3) — Not offered in 1948-1949. 

Eng. 257. Problems in Folklore (3) — Second semester. 

Advanced study in folklore with special attention to scholarly problems 
of collection, research, and classification. Intensive collection and analysis 
of regional folklore; review of folklore study in Europe, South America, 
and the United States. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 185 

GEOLOGY 

Irwin C. Brown, Lecturer 

Geol. 1. Geology (3) — Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3. 

A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural 
geology. Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals com- 
posing the earth; the movement within it, and its surface features and the 
agents that form them. 

Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2). 

The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications. 

HISTORY 

Professors Gewehr, Chatelain, Prange, Wellborn; Associate Professors 

Bauer, Merrill; Assistant Professors Crosman, Gordon, Jashemski; 

Instructors Bates, Ferguson, Johnson, Lowitt, Sensenig, Sparks. 

H. 1, 2. History of Modern Europe (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
The basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History. 
A study of European History from the Renaissance to the present day. 

(Bauer.) 

H. 3, 4. History of England and Great Britain (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Fpr freshmen and sophomores; open to upper classmen by 
special arrangement. (Gordon.) 

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Required for graduation of all students who enter the University 
after 1944-45. Normally to be taken in the sophomore year. See page 26. 
for further explanation. (Staff.) 

H. 51, 52. The Humanities (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural 
development is emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements 
of the various civilizations which have contributed to the common cultural 
heritage of western civilization. The political, social and economic set- 
tings of the various civilizations are presented in chronological order. The 
characteristic achievements of each period in philosophy, religion, litera- 
ture, art, science and music enrich this background. By presenting actual 
masterpieces in literature, art, and music, it is hoped that imagination, 
appreciation, and critical judgment will be stimulated. This course is 
designed as an introductory course in history which will make a more direct 
contribution to the other liberal art fields. (Jashemski.) 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

A. American History 

H. 101. American Colonial History (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 



186 COURSES OFFERED 

The settlement and development of colonial America to the middle of the 
eighteenth century. (Ferguson.) 

H. 102. The American Revolution (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The background and course of the American Revolution through the for- 
mation of the Constitution. (Ferguson.) 

H. 105, 106. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1860 
(3, 3) — (Not offered in 1949-1950) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
sites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A synthesis of American Life from the colonial period to the Civil War. 

H. 107. Social and Economic History of the United States, 1860-1900 (3) 

— First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The development of American life and institutions, with emphasis upon 
the period since 1876. (Chatelain.) 

H. 108. Social and Economic History of the United States, since 1900 (3) 

— Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the outstanding social and economic problems and of the cul- 
tural changes of 20th Century America. (Chatelain.) 

H. 115. The Old South (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or 
the equivalent. 

A study of the institutional and cultural life of the ante-bellum South 
with particular reference to the background of the Civil War. (Merrill.) 

H. 116. The Civil War and Reconstruction (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Military aspects; problems of the Confederacy; political, social, and eco- 
nomic effects of the war upon American society. Post-bellum problems of 
reconstruction in North and South. (Merrill.) 

H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since 
1890. First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World 
War I. (Merrill.) 

H. 121, 122. History of the American Frontier (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the influence of the westward movement in shaping American 
institutional development. First semester, the trans-Alleghany West; sec- 
ond semester, the trans-Mississippi West. (Gewehr.) 

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations 
of the United States. First semester, from the Revolution to the Civil 
War; second semester, from the Civil War to the present. (Wellborn.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 187 

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— Second semester. 
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A consideration of the changed position of the United States with ref- 
erence to the rest of the world since 1917. (Wellborn.) 

H. 130. Territorial Dependencies of the United States (2). 

Acquisition of our insular and territorial possessions; political evolution; 
economic, social and cultural problems; present status and outlook. 

(Wellborn.) 

H. 133, 134. The History of American Ideas (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An intellectual history of the American people, embracing such topics as 
religious liberty, democracy, and social ideas. (Johnson.) 

H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3) — First 
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Con- 
stitution, and the development of American constitutionalism in theory and 
practice thereafter. (Gewehr.) 

H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3, 3)— (Not offered in 1949-1950)— 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of 
colonial Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development 
and role as a state in the American Union. 

H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, 6 hours of fundamental courses. 

A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the 
present, covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with 
special emphasis upon relations with the United States. (Crosman.) 

H. 147. History of Mexico (3) — First semester. 

The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence 
period and upon relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin- 
American neighbors. (Crosman.) 

B. European History 
H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece (3) — First semester. 
A survey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece 
with particular attention to their institutions, life and culture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 153. History of Rome (3) — Second semester. 

A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the 
Republic and down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.) 

H. 155. Medieval Civilization (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 
2, or H. 3, 4, or the permission of the instructor. 



188 COURSES OFFERED 

A survey of Medieval life, culture and institutions from the fall of the 
Roman Empire to the thirteenth century. (Jashemski.) 

H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4, or the permission of the instructor. 

The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reac- 
tion through the Thirty Years War. (Jashemski.) 

H. 166. Revolutionary and Napoleonic Europe (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

The Old Regime in France and Europe; the changes effected by the 
French Revolution; the Napoleonic regime and the balance of power 
1789-1815. (Bauer.) 

H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3)— First 
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

A study of the political, economic, social and cultural development of 
Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.) 

H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3, 

3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth 
century Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two 
World Wars and their global impacts and significance. (Prange.) 

H. 179, 180. Diplomatic History of Europe Since 1871 (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

A study of European diplomacy, imperialism and power politics since the 
Franco-Prussian War. (Prange.) 

H. 181, 182. History of Central Europe (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

The history of Central Europe from 1600 to the present, with special 
emphasis on Germany and Austria. (Prange.) 

H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

First semester, the development of England's Mercantilist Empire and 
its fall in the war for American Independence (1783); second semester, the 
rise of the Second British Empire and the solution of the problem of re- 
sponsible self-government, 1783-1867; the evolution of the British Empire 
into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and problems of the 
dependent Empire. (Gordon.) 

H. 187. History of Canada (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, 
or H. 3, 4. 

A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century 
and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain and the United States. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 189 

H. 191. History of Russia (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, 
or the equivalent. 

A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day. (Bauer.) 

H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, H. 191. 

A survey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective, with 
special emphasis on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and 
conflicts with the western powers in Europe, the Near and Middle East, and 
the Far East will be studied. (Bauer.) 

H. 193. History of the Near East (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
H. 1, 2, or H. 3, 4. 

A study of the Balkans and of Turkey from earliest times to the present. 

(Gewehr.) 

H. 195. The Far East (3) — Second semester. 

A survey of institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history 
of China and Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the 
Pacific area. (Gewehr.) 

H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing (3) — Second semester. 

Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the student with the 
methods and problems of research and presentation. The students will be 
encouraged to examine those phases of history in which they are most 
interested. Required of history majors in senior year. (Sparks.) 

For Graduates 

H. 200. Research (3-6) — Credit proportioned to amount of work. Ar- 
ranged. 

H. 201. Seminar in American History (3) — First and second semester. 

(Chatelain.) 

H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

Readings and conferences on the critical and source materials explaining 
our social and economic evolution. (Chatelain.) 

H. 208. Topics in Recent American History (3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Selected readings, research and conferences on important topics in 
United States History from 1900 to the present. (Merrill.) 

H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History (3) — First semester. 
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some 
of the sources and the classical literature of American Colonial History. 

(Ferguson.) 



190 COURSES OFFERED 

H. 212. Period of the American Revolution (3) — Second semester. 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some 
of the critical literature and sources of the period of the American Revo- 
lution. (Ferguson.) 

H. 215. The Old South (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some 
of the standard sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellum 
South. (Merrill.) 

H. 216. The American Civil War (3) 

Readings and conferences on the controversial literature of the Civil 
War. Attention is focused upon the conflicting interpretations and upon 
the social and economic impact of the war on American society. Oppor- 
tunity is also given to read in the rich source material of this period. 

(Merrill.) 

H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath (3) 

A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War. Political, social, 
and economic reconstruction in South and North; projection of certain post- 
war attitudes and problems into the present. ([Merrill.) 

H. 221, 222. History of the West (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 

Readings and conferences designed to give the student an acquaintance 
with some of the more important sources and some of the most significant 
literature of the advancing American frontier. (Gewehr.) 

H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History (3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with 
emphasis on religious traditions, social and political theory, and development 
of American ideas. (Johnson.) 

H. 235. Problems in American Constitutional History (3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Research in selected problems of constitutional history with much atten- 
tion to bibliography. (Gewehr.) 

H. 250. Seminar in European History (3) — First and second semesters. 

(Staff.) 
H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the im- 
portant literature and interpretations on such topics as feudalism, the 
medieval Church, schools and universities, Latin and vernacular literature, 
art and architecture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 281. Topics in the History of Central Europe (3) 

Readings and conferences in the history of Central Europe from Bis- 
marck to the present, to acquaint the student with the leading primary 
and secondary sources. Special emphasis will be placed on the Bismarckian 
and Hitlerian periods. (Prange.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 191 

H. 285, 286. Topics in the History of Modern England and Greater 
Britain (3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on the documentary and literary materials 
dealing with the transformation of England and the growth and evolution 
of the British Empire since 1763. (Gordon.) 

H. 287. Historiography (3) — Arranged. 

Readings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution 
of critical standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of se- 
lected masters. (Sparks.) 

JOURNALISM 

Professor Bryan; Lecturer Hottel; Instructors Estabrook, Kahl, 
Lambeth, and Wood. 

Journ. 10. News Reporting, I (3) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2 
and permission of instructor. 

Practice in writing and analyzing straight news stories; fundamentals 
of reporting. 

Journ. 11. News Reporting, II (3) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 10 or 
permission of instructor. 

Practice in writing and analyzing the more specialized types of news 
stories; principles of journalism. (Bryan and Staff.) 

Journ. 160. News Editing, I (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period each week. (Wood.) 

Journ. 161. News Editing, II (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period each week. (Wood.) 

Journ. 164. Magazine Writing (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period each week. 

Analysis of contemporary magazines; practice in writing articles, short 
stories, and fillers for publication. (Bryan.) 

Journ. 165. Feature Article Writing (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period each week. 

A continuation of Journalism 164 with more stress on production of 
feature articles for publication in newspapers or magazines. (Bryan.) 

Journ. 174. Editorial Writing (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 11. 

Class conducted as an editorial council; writing of editorials as sum- 
mations of careful investigation and well-considered discussion; editorial 
practices of small, medium and large newspapers. (Estabrook.) 



192 COURSES OFFERED 

Journ. 175. Reporting of Public Affairs (3)— Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period each week. 

Advanced reporting for newspapers and magazines on activities of legis- 
latures, government bureaus, courts and other bodies or organizations 
concerned with the public interest. (Wood.) 

Journ. 176. Evaluation of Current Journalistic Practice (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite, Journ. 161 or permission of instructor. 

Findings of recent studies in readability, range and depth of reader 
interest, vocabulary, pictorialization, format and layout; effect of these 
findings on magazine and newspaper practice. (Bryan.) 

LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES, FOREIGN 

Professors Zucker, Falls, Prahl; Associate Professors Kramer, Cunz, 
Quynn, 1 Bingham; Assistant Professors Parsons, Schweizer, Rand, Rosen- 
field, Hammerschlag; Adjunct Professor Juan Ramon Jimenez; Instructors 
Zenobia Jimenez, Dobert, Smith, Gilbert, Nemes, deMarne, Howe, Norton, 
Sedwick, Stevens, Tuck, Myer, Vent; Part-time Instructors Greenberg, 
Boborykine, Margaretten. 

At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for 
all students who have had some foreign language in high school and wish 
to do further work in that language. By this means the Department assigns 
each student to the suitable level of instruction. 

French 

French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Students who offer two units in French for entrance, but whose preparation 
is not adequate for second-year French, receive half credit for this course. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com- 
position and translation. 

French 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in French 1. Qualified students who are 
interested in French should take this course in conjunction with French 2. 

A practice course in simple, spoken French. 

French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French 
for students interested in literature or in fields related to literature. 
Students who expect to do major or minor work in French are required, 
however, to take French 17 in place of the second semester of this course. 

Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts 
designed to give some knowledge of French life, thought, and culture. 



1. With the Graduate Year Abroad in Paris 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 193 

French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French 
for students specializing in the sciences. Students who expect to do major 
or minor work in French are required, however, to take French 17 in place 
of the second semester of this course. 

Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of scien- 
tific texts. 

French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Practical exercises in conversation, based on material dealing with French 
life and customs. 

French 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, French 4, French 6, or permission of instructor. This course gives 
the same credit as do French 5 and French 7, and may be taken in place of 
these courses. Required of second-year French students who expect to 
major or minor in French. 

An intensive review of the elements of French grammar; verb drills; 
composition; conversation. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

French 51, 52. The Development of the French Novel (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Introductory study of the history and growth of the novel in French 
literature; of the lives, works, and influence of important novelists. Reports. 
French 51 covers the 17th and 18th centuries, French 52 the 19th century. 

French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Introductory study of the French drama. Translation, collateral reading, 
reports. French 53 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 
54 the 19th century. 

French 55, 56. The Development of the Short Story in French (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

A study of the short story in French literature; reading and translation 
of representative examples. 

French 61, 62. French Phonetics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, French 1 and 2. 

A practical course in the pronunciation of French: study of phonetics, 
oral exercises and ear training. 

French 71, 72. Intermediate Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent. 

This course, more advanced than the Grammar Review (French 17), is 
designed for students who, having a good general knowledge of French, 
wish to become more proficient in the written and spoken language. 



194 COURSES OFFERED 

French 75, 76. Introduction to French Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year French or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the chief authors and movements in French 
literature. 

French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. 

This course is intended for students who have a good general knowledge 
of French, and who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the 
language. 

French 99. Rapid Review of the History of French Literature (1) — 

Second semester. 

Weekly lectures stressing the high points in the history of French litera- 
ture. This course provides a rapid review for majors by means of a brief 
survey of the entire field. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

French 100. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century (3) — First 
semester. 
The beginning and development of the Renaissance in France. 

French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century (3, 3) — 

First semester and second semester. 

First semester, a survey of the great classical writers including Corneille 
and Racine. Second semester, devoted chiefly to Moliere. 

French 103, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. 

First semester, a study of the drama, poetry, and novels of the period. 
Second semester, the philosophical and scientific movement from Saint- 
Evremond and Bayle to the French Revolution. 

French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — 

First semester, drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism to the 
present time. Second semester, the major prose writers of the same period. 

French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. 

First semester, drama and poetry from symbolism to the present time. 
Second semester, the contemporary novel. 

French 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3,3) — First and second 
semesters. Translation from English to French, free composition, and letter 

writing. 

French 161, 162. French Life and Culture (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

An introductory study of the French people: their life and customs, their 
great men and women, their educational, literary and artistic tradition. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 195 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 
French 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 

French 203, 204. Georges Duhamel, Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2,2)— 

First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 205, 206. French Literature of the Middle Ages (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. 

French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth 
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth 
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 211. Introduction to Old French (3) — Second semester. 
French 213, 214. Seminar (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Required of all graduate students in French. 
French 215, 216. Moliere (2, 2). (Quynn.) 

French 221, 222. Reading Course (2, 2) — One conference a week, first 
and second semester. 

German 

German 0. Intensive Elementary German (0). 

Intensive elementary course in the German language designed particu- 
larly for graduate students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. 

( Hammerschlag. ) 

German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Students who offer two units in German for entrance, but whose preparation 
is not adequate for second-year German, receive half credit for this course. 

German 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in German 1. 

German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. 

Reading of narrative prose, grammar review, and oral and written 
practice. 

German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 
Reading of technical prose, with some grammar review. 

German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Admission by consent of instructor. 

The object of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to 
speak and understand simple colloquial German. 



196 COURSES OFFERED 

German 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semester. Pre- 
requisite, German 4 of 6 or permission of instructor. May be taken in place 
of German 5 or 7. 

For students who wish to major or minor in German. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

German 61, 62. German Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. 

German 71, 72. German Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. 

A thorough study of the more detailed points of German grammar with 
ample practice in composition work. This course is required of students 
preparing to teach German. 

German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. 
An elementary survey of the history of German literature. 

German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 
Intensive drill in the spoken language. 

German 99. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature (1) — 

First and second semesters. 

Weekly lectures stressing the high points in the history of German litera- 
ture, art, and music. Rapid review for majors. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters. 

The earlier and the later classical periods. (Prahl.) 

German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

Romanticism and young Germany. (Prahl.) 

German 105, 106. Contemporary German Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

The literature of the Empire and of the Twentieth Century. (Prahl.) 

German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
First and second parts of the drama. (Zucker.) 

Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Ger- 
many, and Comparative Literature 107, The Faust Legend in English and 
German Literature. 

German 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, German 71, 80 or consent of instructor. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 197 

Translation from English and German, free composition, and letter 
writing. 

German 161, 162. German Life and Culture (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Cunz.) 

Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic tradition, great 
men, customs and general culture. 

For Graduates 

(The requirements of students will determine which courses will be 
offered.) 

German 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 

German 202, 203. The Modern German Drama (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Zucker.) 

German 204. Schiller (3) — First semester. 

German 205. Goethe's Works outside of Faust (2) — Second semester. 

German 206. The Romantic Movement (3) — Second semester. 

German 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3) — First semester. 

German 210. Seminar (3, 3) — First and second semester. 

Required of all graduate students in German. (Zucker.) 

German 220, 221. Reading Course (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

Designed to give the graduate student the background of a survey of 
German literature. Extensive outside readings with reports and connecting 
lectures. 

German 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3) — First semester. 

German 231. Middle High German (3) — Second semester. 

Spanish 

Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semester. 

Students who offer two units in Spanish for entrance, but whose prepara- 
tion is not adequate for second-year Spanish, receive half credit for this 
course. 

Spanish 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in Spanish 1. 

A practice course in simple, spoken Spanish. 

Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who do major or minor 
work in Spanish are advised to take Spanish 17 in place of the second 
semester of this course. 

Translation, grammar review, exercise in pronunciation. Reading of 
texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American 
life, thought, and culture. 



198 COURSES OFFERED 

Spanish 6, 7. Business Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, consent of instructor, Spanish 1 and 2 or equivalent. 

A second-year course designed to give a knowledge of correct Spanish 
business usage. 

Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Admission by consent of instructor. 

The object of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to 
speak and understand everyday and colloquial Spanish. 

Spanish 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite Spanish 4 or consent of instructor. Designed particularly for 
students who enter with three or more units in Spanish, who expect to do 
advanced work in the Spanish language and literature, but who are not 
prepared to take Spanish 71. May be taken in place of Spanish 5 or 7. 

An intensive review of the elements of the Spanish grammar, verb drills, 
composition. 

Spanish 61, 62. Spanish Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent, or consent of instructor. 

A practical course in the pronunciation of Spanish; study of phonetics, 
oral exercises and ear training. 

Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and 
second semester. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent. 

This course is more advanced than Spanish 17 and is designed to give 
the students a thorough training in the structure of the language. It is 
also intended to give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition. 

Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent. 
An elementary survey of the history of Spanish literature. 

Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor. This course is 
more advanced than Spanish 8 and 9 and is intended to give the students 
the ability to speak fluently about subjects of general interest. 

Spanish 99. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature (1) — 

Second semester. 

Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of Spanish 
Literature. Especially designed for majors. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 
Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad (3) — First semester. 
The legends and heroic matter of Medieval Spain. 
Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age (3) — First semester. 

Spanish 105. The Spanish Novel of the Golden Age (3) — Second 
semester. 



COLLEGE OB" ARTS AND SCIENCES 199 

Spanish 106. The Poetry of the Golden Age (3)— First semester. 
Spanish 107. The Spanish Mystics (3) — Second semester. 
Spanish 108. Lope de Vega (3) — First semester. 
Spanish 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester. 

Spanish 110. The Poetry of the XlXth Century (3) — First semester. 
Spanish 111. The Novel of the XlXth Century (3) — Second semester. 
Spanish 112. The Drama of the XlXth Century (3) — Second semester. 
Spanish 113. The Novel of the XXth Century (3) — First semester. 
Spanish 114. The Poetry of the XXth Century (3) — First semester. 
Spanish 115. Spanish Thought in the XXth Century (3) — First semester. 
Essays and critical writings of the XXth Century. The Generation of 1898. 
Spanish 116. The Drama of the XXth Century (3) — Second semester. 
Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3,3; — First and second semester. 
Translation from English to Spanish, free composition, letter writing. 
Spanish 151. Latin-American Novel (3) — First semester. 
Spanish 152. Latin-American Poetry (3) — Second semester. 
Spanish 153. Latin-American Essay (3) — First semester. 

Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Life and Culture (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions, great 
men, customs and general culture. 

Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Introductory study of the geography, history, government, economics, 
literature and thought. Offered in conjunction with staff members from the 
Departments of Geography, History, and Government and Politics. 

For Graduate Students 
Spanish 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 
Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3) — First semester. 
Spanish 203, 204. Spanish Poetry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Spanish 210. Seminar — (Arranged.) 

Spanish 213. Introduction to Old Spanish (3) — Second semester. 
Spanish 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged.) 

French (see page 192). 



200 COURSES OFFERED 

Hebrew 

Hebrew 1, 2. Elementary Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com- 
position and translation. 

Hebrew 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Hebrew 1 and consent of instructor. 
A practice course in spoken Hebrew. 

Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Hebrew 1 and 2, or equivalent. 

Translation; conversation; exercises in pronounciation. Reading of texts 
designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, and culture. 

Hebrew 8. Intermediate Hebrew Conversation (2). Prerequisite, con- 
sent of instructor. 

A practice course in intermediate-level spoken Hebrew. (Greenberg.) 



Hebrew 75, 76. Introduction to Hebrew Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Hebrew or equivalent and 
consent of instructor. 

A survey of Hebrew literature. 

Italian 

Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Open to freshmen. Also recommended for advanced students in French 
and Spanish. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in com- 
position and translation. 

Italian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, the grade of A or B in Italian 1. 
A practice course in simple, spoken Italian. 

Portuguese 

Portuguese 1, 2. Elementary Portuguese (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Drill in pronunciation and in the elements of grammar; composition and 
translation. 

Portuguese 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, the grade of 
A or B in Portuguese 1. Qualified students who are interested in Portu- 
guese should take this course in conjunction with Portuguese 2. 

A practice course in simple, spoken Portuguese. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 201 

Russian 

Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Elements of grammar; composition; pronunciation and translation. 

Russian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, the grade of A 
or B in Russian 1. Qualified students who are interested in Russian should 
take this course in conjunction with Russian 2. 

Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Russian 1 and 2, or equivalent. 

Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts 
designed to give some knowledge of Russian life, thought, and culture. 

Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Admission by consent of instructor. 
A practice course in spoken Russian. 

Russian 75, 76. Introduction to Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Russian or equivalent and 
consent of instructor. 

A survey of Russian literature. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

Associate Professor Rovelstad; Instructors Baehr, Holladay, Phillips, 

Turner and Urban 

L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

This course is intended to help students to use libraries with greater 
facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form of lectures and 
practical work, is designed to interpret the library and its resources to the 
students. The course considers the classification of books in libraries, the 
card catalog, periodical literature and indexes, and certain essential refer- 
ence books which will be found helpful throughout the college course and 
in later years. 

L. S. 101. School Library Administration (2) — First semester. 

The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the 
modern school. Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the 
library in the school, standards, instruction in the use of books and libraries, 
training student assistants, acquisition of materials, repair of books, pub- 
licity, exhibits and other practical problems. 

L. S. 102. Cataloging and Classification (2) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture; one two-hour laboratory. 

Study and practice in classifying books and making dictionary catalog 
for school libraries. Simplified forms as used in the Children's Catalog, 
Standard Catalog for High School Libraries, and Wilson printed cards are 
studied. 



202 COURSES OFFERED 

L. S. 103. Book Selection for School Libraries (3) — First semester. 

Principles of book selection as applied to school libraries. Practice in 
the effective use of book selection aids and in the preparation of book 
lists. Evaluation of publishers, editions, translations, format, etc. 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors Martin, Hall, Jackson, Weinstein;* Associate Professors Vander- 
slice, Truesdell;* Assistant Professors Brigham, Good, Leutert; Lecturers 
Barker, Harkin, Marston, Rigby, van Tuyl, Watanabe, Wehausen; Instruc- 
tors Boyer, Brandt, Brewster, Dantzig, Dare,* Eakens, Gorciu, Holland, 
Jamieson,* McLean, Meals, Menneken, Rankin, Shepherd, Stephens, Thorpe, 
Wagner, and Waters. 

The Mathematics Club meets once a month under the direction of Pro- 
fessor Jackson for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the 
undergraduate. 

The following courses are open to students who offer one unit of algebra 
for entrance: Math. 1, 5, or 10. 

The following courses are open to students who offer two or more units 
of algebra for entrance: Math. 14, 15. 

Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 15 provided they pass the Mathe- 
matics section of the general classification test given to incoming students 
during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in Math. if 
their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and in Math. 1 if their curriculum 
calls for Math. 15. Students taking Math. 1 are not eligible to take Math. 
14 concurrently. 

In general students should enroll in only one course in the groups below. 
In case this rule is not followed credit will be assigned as indicated. 
Math. 5, 10, 15. Credit for only one course. 
Math. 11, 14. Math. 11—1 Y 2 credits; Math. 14—2 credits. 
Math. 11, 17. Math. 11—1 y 2 credits; Math. 17—4 credits. 

The department strongly recommends that a student who receives a 
grade of D in a course in mathematics repeat the course to raise his grade 
before going on to a more advanced course. 

Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0) — First and second semesters. Required 
of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the quali- 
fying examination for these courses. 

The fundamental principles of algebra. 

Math. 1. Introductory Algebra (0) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, one unit of algebra. Required of students whose curriculum calls 
for Math. 15 and who fail the qualifying examination for this course. 

A review of the topics covered in a second course in algebra. 

• Part time. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 203 

Math. 2. Solid Geometry (0) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, plane geometry. Open to students who enter deficient in solid 
geometry. 

Lines, planes, cylinders, cones, the sphere and polyhedra, primary em- 
phasis on mensuration. Intended for engineers and science students. 

Math. 5. General Mathematics (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, one unit of algebra. Open only to students in the College of 
Business and Public Administration, the College of Agriculture, and the 
Department of Industrial Education. 

Fundamental operations, ratio and proportion, percentage, simple interest, 
linear and quadratic equations, exponents and radicals, logarithms, the slide 
rule, functions and graphs, progressions, binomial theorem. 

Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Math. 5, or equivalent. Open only to students in the College 
of Business and Public Administration. 

Simple and compound interest, discount, amortization, sinking funds, 
valuation of bonds, depreciation, annuities, and insurance. 

Math. 10. Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one 
unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological, premedical, 
predental, and general Arts and Science students. 

Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents 
and radicals, logarithms, quadratic equations, variation, binomial theorem, 
theory of equations. 

Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Open to biological, pre- 
medical, predental, and general Arts and Science students. This course is 
not recommended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of tri- 
angles, coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sec- 
tions, graphs. 

Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, one of Math. 5, 10, 15. 

Frequency distributions, averages, moments, measures of dispersion, 
the normal curve, curve fitting, regression and correlation. 

Math. 14. Plane Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 15 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 15. Open to students 
in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition formulas, 
solution of triangles, trigonometric equations. 

Math. 15. College Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, high school algebra completed, and Plane Geometry. Open to students 
in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. 



204 COURSES OFFERED 

Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equa- 
tions, theory of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, logarithms 
determinants, progressions. 

Math. 16. Spherical Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, solid geometry and plane trigonometry. 

The solution of spherical triangles, with applications to the terrestrial 
and astronomical triangles. 

Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4) — Three lectures and two one-hour lab- 
oratory periods a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 14 
and 15, or equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the 
physical sciences. 

Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, trans- 
formation of coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcen- 
dental equations, solid analytic geometry. 

Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4) — Three lectures and two one-hour labora- 
tory periods a week, first and second semesters, second and first semesters. 
Prerequisite, Math. 17, or equivalent. Open to students in engineering, 
education and the physical sciences. 

Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching, 
rates, curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical appli- 
cations, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals, infinite 
series. 

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Required of students 
in mechanical and electrical engineering. 

Ordinary and partial differential equations of the first and second order 
with emphasis on their engineering applications. 

A. Algebra 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 100, 101. Higher Algebra (3, 3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Pre- 
requisite, Math. 20, 21 or equivalent. 

Selected topics in algebra will be taken up from a point of view designed 
to strengthen and deepen the grasp of the subject. (Good.) 

Math. 102. Theory of Equations (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
20, 21 or equivalent. 

Solution of algebraic equations, symmetric functions. (Good.) 

Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21 or equivalent 

Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces. (Good.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 205 

Math. 106. Introduction to the Theory of Numbers (3). Prerequisite, 
Math. 20, 21 or equivalent. 

Integers, divisibility, Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime 
numbers, Moebius function, congruences, residues. (Brigham.) 

For Graduates 
Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra (3, 3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Pre- 
requisite, Math. 103 or consent of instructor. 

Matrices, groups, rings, fields, algebraic numbers, Galois theory. (Good.) 

Math. 202. Matrix Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
103 or consent of instructor. 

The theory of vectors and matrices with applications. (Good.) 

Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups (3, 3). Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. 

An introductory course in abstract groups, topological spaces, and the 
study of collections of elements enjoying both these properties. The con- 
cept of a uniform space will be introduced and studied. The representation 
problem will be considered together with the subject of Lie groups. 

(Good, Hall.) 

Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra (3) — (Arranged). 

B. Analysis 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 

Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with appli- 
cation to mechanics, infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several 
variables, differential equations with applications to mechanics and physics, 
multiple integrals, the theorems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of 
variations. 

Math. 114, 115. Differential Equations (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math, 20, 
21 or equivalent. 

Ordinary differential equations, symbolic methods, successive approxi- 
mations, solutions in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Stur- 
mian theory. Partial differential equations of first and second order, 
characteristics, boundary value problems, Pfaffians, systems of equations, 
applications. (Leutert.) 

Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3) — (Not offered 
1949-50). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. Open to students of 
engineering and the physical sciences. Graduate students of mathematics 
should enroll in Math. 210, 211. 



206 COURSES OFFERED 

Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and inte- 
gration, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, power 
series. 

Math. 117. Fourier Series (3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Prerequisite, 
Math. 114 or equivalent. 

Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applica- 
tions to the solution of boundary value problems of some partial differential 
equations of physics and engineering. 

For Graduates 

Math. 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3). Prerequisite, 
advanced calculus. 

Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal 
mapping, complex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Weierstrass theory, 
Riemann surfaces, algebraic functions, periodic and elliptic functions, the 
theorems of Weierstrass and Mittag-Leffler. 

Math. 213, 214. Functions of a Real Variable (3, 3)— (Not offered 
1949-50). Prerequisite, advanced calculus. 

The real number system, point sets, the Heine-Borel theorem, continuous 
functions, derivatives, infinite series, uniform convergence, the Riemann 
integral, Jordan content, the Lebesgue integral, Fourier series. 

Math. 215, 216. Analysis (3, 3). Prerequisite, advanced calculus and a 
course in complex variable theory. 

Theory of residues, infinite series, asymptotic expansions, trigonomet- 
rical series, differential and integral equations, transcendental functions. 

Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis (3) — (Arranged). 

C. Geometry and Topology 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 20 and 
21 or equivalent. 

Open and closed sets. Elementary topology of the straight line and 
the Euclidean plane. The Jordan Curve Theorem and its applications. 
Simple connectivity. (Hall.) 

Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry (3, 3). Prerequi- 
site, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 

Elementary projective geometry largely from the analytic approach, pro- 
jective transformations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective coordi- 
nates, projective theory of conies, Laguerre's definition of angle. (Jackson.) 

Math. 126. Introduction to Differential Geometry (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 207 

The differential geometry of curves and surfaces with the use of vector 
and tensor methods, curvature and torsion, moving frames, curvilinear co- 
ordinates, the fundamental differential forms, covariant derivatives, intrinsic 
geometry, curves on a surface, dynamical applications. (Vanderslice.) 

Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, two years of college mathematics. Open to students in the 
College of Education. 

This course is designed for students preparing to teach geometry in 
high school. The first semester is devoted to the modern geometry of the 
triangle, circle and sphere. In the second semester emphasis is placed on 
the axiomatic development of Euclidean and Non-Euclidean geometry. 

(Jackson.) 
For Graduates 

Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry (3, 3)— (Not offered 1949-50). 
Prerequisite, Math. 126 or equivalent. 

Curves and surfaces, geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula, 
ovaloids, surfaces of constant curvature, projective differential geometry. 

(Jackson.) 

Math. 222. Foundations of Geometry (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Math. 124 or consent of instructor. 

The course will develop the elements of projective geometry from the 
postulational point of view, laying emphasis on the logical basis of the 
results obtained. Desargues configuration, and Pappus configuration, per- 
spectivities, conies, and construction of coordinate systems will be among 
the topics studied. (Jackson.) 

Math. 223, 224. Combinatorial Topology (3, 3)— (Not offered 1949-50). 
Prerequisites, Advanced Calculus and Math. 103 or equivalent. 

Homology and Homotopy theory of complexes developed from a group 
theoretic basis. (Hall.) 

Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology (3, 3). Prerequisite, Advanced 
Calculus. 

Foundations of mathematics based on a set of axioms, metric spaces, 
convergence and connectivity properties of point sets, continua and con- 
tinuous curves, the topology of the plane. (Hall.) 

Math. 227. Tensor Analysis (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Ad- 
vanced Calculus and differential equations. 

Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry and its extensions, 
differential invariants, applications to physics and engineering, the theory 
of relativity. (Vanderslice.) 

Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3) — (Arranged). 



208 COURSES OFFERED 

D. Applied Mathematics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 130, 131. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 20, 21, 
or equivalent. 

Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, elementary celestial mechan- 
ics, Lagrangian equations for dynamical systems of one, two, and three 
degrees of freedom, Hamilton's principle, the Hamilton-Jacobi partial 
differential equation. 

Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists 

(3, 3). Prerequisite, Math. 64, or equivalent. 

Designed to introduce the student to advanced mathematical methods and 
their applications to problems arising in the fields of aeronautical, elec- 
trical and mechanical engineering, and in the physical sciences. 

Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Prerequisite, 
Math. 20, 21, or equivalent. 

Vector algebra with applications to geometry and mechanics. 

(Vanderslice.) 

Math. 135. Numerical Analysis. (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 
114 or equivalent. 

Survey of high-speed calculators; applicability of numerical techniques. 
Evaluation of errors in extended calculations; round-off and truncation 
errors. Finite differences; smoothing; divided differences; central differ- 
ences; uniform intervals. Newton's interpolation formula; inverse inter- 
polation. Numerical differentiation and integration. Systems of simultane- 
ous equations. Solution of typical problems. (Polachek.) 

Math. 139. Operational Calculus (3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Pre- 
requisite, Math. 64, or equivalent. Intended for students of engineering 
and physics. 

Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations. 
Fourier and Laplace transforms. 

For Graduates 

Math. 230, 231. Applied Mathematics (3, 3). Prerequisite, advanced 
calculus and differential equations. 

The subject material for this course will be chosen from the fields of 
dynamics, elasticity, hydro-dynamics. 

Math. 232, 233. Partial Diffreential Equations of Mathematical Physics 

(3, 3). Prerequisites, Advanced Calculus and Differential Equations. 

The characteristic properties of elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic partial 
differential equations with special reference to problems in potential theory, 
the flow of heat, hydrodynamics and elasticity. (Martin.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 209 

Math. 234. Potential Theory (3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Prerequisites, 
Math. 110, 111, or equivalent. 

The equations of Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and 
Green, potential of volume and surface distributions, harmonic functions, 
Green's function, the problems of Dirichlet and Neumann, introduction to 
the linear integral equations of potential theory. 

Math. 235. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisites, Math. 115, and Math. 135, or equivalent. 

Review of numerical differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary 
differential equations. Construction of multivariate tables. Properties of 
elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic partial differential equations. Conversion 
of partial differential equations to system of difference equations; determina- 
tion of mesh sizes and convergence. The relaxation method of R. V. South- 
well. Integral equations. Solution of typical problems. (Polachek.) 

Math. 236. Mathematical Theory of Hydrodynamics (3) — (Not offered 
1949-50). Prerequisite, a course in complex variable theory. 

Equation of continuity, rotational and irrotational flows, Bernouilli's 
theorem, Helmholtz's theory of vorticity, flux of momentum; the plane 
motion of an incompressible perfect fluid, including stream function, com- 
plex potential, Joukowski's theory, the formula of Blasius, Karman's vortex 
street. Prandtl's theory of a finite wing, and an introduction to the theory 
of viscous fluids. 

Math. 237. Mathematical Theory of Elasticity (3)— (Not offered 1949-50). 
Prerequisites, Math. 110, 111, or equivalent. 

Stress and strain, deformation of columns, bending torsion, and flexture of 
beams, Euler-Bernouilli formulas, Saint- Venant's Principle, Airy's function, 
strain and potential energy, buckling problems, minimum principles, Betti's 
reciprocity law. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 238. Mathematical Theory of Continuous Media (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisites, vector or tensor analysis and consent of instructor. 

Kinematics of continuous media, conservation of mass, momentum and 
energy, theromodynamics, heat conduction, elastic bodies, plates and shells, 
fluid mechanics (non-linear theory), rarefied gases, viscous fluids, plasticity. 

(Truesdell.) 

Math. 239. Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism (3) — 

First semester. Prerequisites, vector analysis and consent of instructor. 
Maxwell's equations electrostatics, condensers, dielectrics, conductors and 
potential distributions, electric current, linear conductors, flow in two and 
three dimensions, magnetostatics, electromagnetic inductance, transients, 
alternating currents, stress and energy, electromagnetic forces and energy; 
plane, cylindrical and spherical electromagnetic waves, radiation. 

(Truesdell.) 

Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3) — (Arranged). 



2iu COURSES OFFERED 

E. Statistics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 150, 151. Probability (3, 3)— (Not offered 1949-50). Prerequi- 
sites, differential and intergral calculus. 

Combinatory analysis, total, compound and inverse probability, continuous 
distributions, theorems of Bernoulli and Laplace, applications to statistics 
and the theory of errors. 

Math. 152, 153. Mathematical Statstics (2, 2). Prerequisites, differential 
and integral calculus. 

Frequency distributions and their parameters, multivariate analysis and 
correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of variance, statistical inference. 

Math. 154, 155. Applications of Statistics (3, 3). Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Math. 20, 21, or 
equivalent. 

This course is intended for those who desire a working knowledge of 
statistical methods without going into the finer points of the mathematical 
theory. Tools of probability theory, testing hypotheses, power of tests, 
tests of goodness of fit, estimation, design of experiments, moments, curve 
fitting, regression, and correlation. 

Math. 156. Biological Statistics (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. 

This course is intended for students of agriculture and the biological 
sciences. Topics will be selected from the following: Multiple correlation, 
multiple regression, analysis of variance and covariance, statistical design, 
in accordance with the needs and interests of the class. Illustrations will 
be drawn mainly from agriculture and the biological sciences. 

F. Colloquium and Research 

For Graduates 

Math. 290. Colloquium — First and second semesters. 

The colloquium meets weekly for reports on the research of the faculty 
and graduate students, and for expository lectures on papers published in 
current mathematical journals. 

Math. 300. Research — (Arranged). 

MUSIC 

Professor Randall; Assistant Professor Sykora; Instructors Burton, French, 

Haslup, and Power 

Music 1. Music Appreciation (3) — First semester. 

A study of all types of classical music (not including opera) from the 
time of Haydn, with a view to developing the ability to listen and enjoy. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 211 

Music 2, 3. History of Music (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
A course in the history of music covering the development of all forms 
of music (not including opera) from the Greeks to the present. 

Music 4. Men's Glee Club (1)— First and second semester. 

A total of six credits may be earned. 

Music 5. Women's Chorus (1) — First and second semesters. 

A total of six credits may be earned. 

Music 6. Orchestra (1) — First and second semesters. 

Music 7. Fundamentals of Music (2) — First and second semesters. 

This course is a prerequisite to Harmony and includes a study of major 
and minor scales, intervals, basic piano techniques, sight singing, simple 
musical forma and theory. A student must achieve a grade of B in order 
to continue with the study of Harmony. 

Music 8. Solfeggio and Ear Training, I (2) — First and second semesters. 
Three times a week. 

This course aims to develop facility in singing at sight and the ability 
to sing with good intonation. The aural study of the melodic and rhythmic 
patterns in Solfeggio is also included. 

Music 10. Band (1) — First and second semesters. 

For discussion of Student and R. 0. T. C. Bands, see page 42. A total 
of six credits may be earned. 

Music 11. Solfeggio and Ear Training, II (2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Three times a week. 

This course is a continuation of the study of Solfeggio and Ear Training, 
I. More difficult music is used and special emphasis is placed on part 
singing. 

Music 50. Elementary Conducting (2) — First and second semesters. 

The student develops a technique of the baton based on the fundamental 
meter designs. Choral and simple orchestra numbers are conducted. 
Euryhthmics are applied to develop a sense of rhythm through muscular 
coordination and accompanying is also a feature of the course. 

Music 68. Survey of the Opera (3) — Second semester. 

The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the librettos, 
music and the composers of the standard operas. 

Music 70. Harmony, I (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Fundamentals of Music. 

Music theory is reviewed and a study is made of harmonic progressions, 
triads, dominant seventh and ninth chords in root position and inversions. 
The course continues through altered and mixed chords to modulation. 



212 COURSES OFFERED 

Music 71. Harmony, II (3) — Second semester. 

This course is a continuation of Harmony, I. It includes the study of 
modulation and the inharmonic intervals. Analysis, simple harmonizations, 
and original compositions are a part of the course. 

Music 80. Instruments of the Orchestra (Strings) (2) — First and second 
semesters. 

A study is made of the techniques of the string instruments through 
practical experience. 

Music 81. Instruments of the Band (2) — First and second semesters. 
A study is made of the techniques of the wind and percussion instru- 
ments through practical experience. 

Music 90. History of American Music (2) — Second semester. 

This course, designed to be an integral part of the American Civilization 
program, reviews the development of music in the United States from 
Colonial days to 1800, 1800 to the Civil War, and 1865 to the present. 
Phases of our musical history which are studied include: Early Hymn 
Writers, Stephen Foster, the Negro Spiritual, and Twentieth Century 
Music. 

Music 120. Advanced History and Appreciation of Music (3) — First 
semester. Prerequisites, History of Music 2 and 3. 

The aim of this course is an extensive study of the evolution of forms 
and styles of musical composition as illustrated in the music of various 
periods. 

Music 150. Harmony, III (3) — First semester. 

The practical application to the piano keyboard of the harmonic prin- 
ciples acquired in Harmony I and II are applied in this course. Its pro- 
cedures include harmonization of melodies, improvisations and accompani- 
ments, playing at dictation and transposition. 

Music 151. Harmony, IV (3) — Second semester. 

This course aims to develop a feeling for musical forma and a technique 
for writing and arranging music for voices, piano, and groups of instru- 
ments. 

Music 160. Advanced Choral Conducting, Materials and Methods (2) — 

First semester. 

Prerequisite, Elementary Conducting. It aims to improve conducting 
technique through practical chorus experience, learn methods of vocal 
procedures, and make a survey of choral literature. 

Music 161. Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials and Methods 

(2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Elementary Conducting. 

Conducting and arranging for the orchestra, band, and instrumental en- 
sembles are developed through practical experience. Methods of instruc- 
tion and a survey of instrumental literature are made. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 213 

**Music 12, 112. Applied Music (1) — One private lesson per week. 
Private lessons in piano, voice, string and wind instruments will be 
offered. There will be a laboratory fee for all private lessons. 

**Applied Music, Course Numbers : Piano Voice Instrument 

First Year 12 13 14 

Second Year 52 53 54 

Third Year 112 113 114 

Fourth Year 152 153 154 

PHILOSOPHY 

Professor Baylis; Assistant Professor Dewey; Instructor Robinson. 

Phil. 1. Philosophical Perspectives (3) — Each semester. 

Systematic and critical examination and evaluation of representative 
hypotheses as to the nature of man and his place in the universe, the nature 
and function of religion and of science in the life of man. (The Staff.) 

Phil. 2. Philosophical Perspectives (3) — Each semester. 

Systematic and critical examination and evaluation of representative 
hypotheses as to the nature and function of morality, government, educa- 
tion, and art. (The Staff.) 

Relational Courses 
Elective without prerequisite for sophomores, juniors, or seniors 

Phil. 51. Philosophy of Art (3) — First semester. 

The nature of art and beauty; their relations and their function in 
society. The nature of esthetic contemplation, esthetic feelings, and esthetic 
objects. Standards of criticism. (Dewey.) 

Phil. 52. Philosophy of Literature (3) — Second semester. 

Reading and philosophical criticism of essays, novels, dramas, poems, or 
other works of current or classical literature containing ideas significant 
for ethics, social policy, religion, art, science, education, or other major 
human interests. (Dewey.) 

Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion (3) — First semester. 

A critical and constructive study of the nature of religion, of its various 
forms and manifestations, and of its functions in human life. (Baylis.) 

Phil. 54. Political and Social Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

Classical and contemporary theories of the nature and functions of the 
state. The bearings of ethical principles on problems of government, inter- 
national relations, economics, the family, and other social institutions. 
Human rights, social control and individual freedom. (Dewey.) 

Phil. 55. Logic (3) — Second semester. 

Conditions of clear statement and valid reasoning. Language and 
meaning. Immediate inference and the syllogism. Modern developments 
in deductive logic. The nature and function of deductive systems. (Baylis.) 



214 COURSES OFFERED 

Phil. 56. Philosophy of Science (3) — First semester. 

The nature of science and its function in human life. Critical examina- 
tion of the nature of scientific method, of probability and of confirmation. 
Implications of scientific knowledge for human values. (Robinson.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A survey of the development of occidental philosophy from its begin- 
nings through the Classical Period. Special attention to the Pre-Socratics, 
Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 
101. 

A survey of occidental philospohy from the Renaissance to the time of 
Kant. Special attention to Bacon, Hobbes, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz, 
Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 111. Medieval Philosophy (3) — First semester. (Not offered in 
1949-50; to be offered in 1950-51.) Prerequisite, Phil. 101. 

A survey of the development of occidental philosophy from the Classical 
Period to the Renaissance, with special attention to Plotinus, Augustine, 
Thomas Aquinas and other Scholastics. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 112. Recent and Contemporary Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Phil. 101. 

A survey of the development of occidental philosophy from the time of 
Hegel to the present. Special attention to Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, 
Mill, Comte, Bergson, Bradley, Dewey, Whitehead, and Russell. 

(Robinson.) 

Phil. 121. American Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

The main tendencies in American philosophy including Puritanism, The 
Enlightenment, Transcendentalism, Idealism, Pramatism, Positivism, and 
Realism. Special attention to Edwards, Johnson, Franklin, Paine, Channing, 
Emerson, Thoreau, Royce, Peirce, James, and outstanding contemporaries. 

(Dewey.) 

Phil. 151. Ethics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite (after June, 1950), 
Phil. 2 or one year of philosophy. 

Good and bad; right and wrong; moral and immoral. Free will, deter- 
minism and moral responsibility. The nature and ground of moral obliga- 
tion. Critical evaluation of the chief rival theories as to the correct prin- 
ciples of wise choice. (Baylis.) 

Phil. 191. Topical Investigations (3) — Each semester.. 

Tutorial course. Independent study under individual guidance. Topics 
selected by students in conference with the department chairman. Re- 
stricted to advanced students with credit for at least 12 units of philosophy. 

(The Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 215 

For Graduates 
Phil. 201. Research in Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 
Selected projects in historical research under individual guidance. 

(The Staff.) 

Phil. 203. Selected Problems in Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 
Intensive study of selected topics in systematic philosophy under individual 
supervision. (The Staff.) 

Phil. 205. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3) — First semester. 
A special topic will be selected for each year, e. g., Plato, Aristotle, Kant, 
British Empiricists, Russell. (The Staff.) 

Phil. 206. Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 
A special topic will be selected each year, e. g., Symbolic Logic, Philo- 
sophical Analysis, Perceptual Knowledge. (The Staff.) 

PHYSICS 

Professors Morgan, Myers; Part-time Professors Brickwedde, Johnson, Ken- 
nard, McMillen; Visiting Professor Durkee; Associate Professors Cooper, 
Iskraut; Assistant Professors Andrews, Swartz. 

Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3) — First 
semester. Two lectures, and one recitation a week. The first half of a 
survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student 
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Pre- 
requisite, successful passing of the qualifying examination in elementary 
mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee $3.00. 

Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3) — 

Second semester. Two lectures and one recitation a week. The second half 
of a survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student 
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration fee $3,00. 

Phys. 10. Fundamentals of Physics: Mechanics and Heat (4) — First 
semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three hour laboratory 
period a week. The first half of a course in general physics. This course 
together with Phys. 11, satisfies the minimum requirements of medical and 
dental schools. Prerequisite, entrance credit in trigonometry or Math. 11 
or concurrent enrollment in Math. 14 and 15. Lecture demonstration and 
laboratory fee, $6.00. 

Phys. 11. Fundamentals of Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and 
Electricity (4) — Second semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one 
three hour laboratory period a week. The second half of a course in general 
physics. Prerequisites, Phys. 10, or 20. Lecture demonstration and lab- 
oratory fee, $6.00. 



216 COURSES OFFERED 

Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5) — First semester. 
Two lectures, two recitations and one three hour laboratory period a week. 
The first half of a course in general physics. Required of all students in the 
engineering curricula. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture 
demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00. 

Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and Electricity 

(5) — Second semester. Two lectures, two recitations, and one three hour 
laboratory period a week. The second half of a course in general physics. 
Required of all students in the engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys. 
20. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and lab- 
oratory fee, $6.00. 

Phys. 50, 51. Applied Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11, or Phys. 21. 

Phys. 52. Heat (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequi- 
site, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 54. Sound (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. (Myers.) 

Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. 3 hours laboratory work 
for each credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Pre- 
requisites, Phys. 11 or 21. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit hour. (Cooper.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. 3 hours laboratory work for each 
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites, 
Phys. 52 or 54 and four credits in Phys. 60. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per 
credit hour. (Cooper.) 

Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts (1) — Second semester. Four hours labora- 
tory a week. Prerequisite, 2 credit hours, Phys. 100. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

(Morgan.) 

Phys. 102. Optics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math 21. (Myers.) 

Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3) — Second and first 
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and 
Math. 21. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. 

(Morgan.) 

Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2) — First and second semester. Two 
lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 102 or 104. (Cooper.) 

Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Three lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Physics 107 and Math. 21. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 217 

Phys. 120, 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3, 3)— Off-campus. Two 
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 113 and two credits 
of Phys. 100. (Johnson.) 

Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases (3) — Off-campus. Prerequisites, 
Phys. 107 and Math. 21, or equivalent. (Kennard.) 

For Graduates 

Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, and 213 are given every year; 
all others will be given according to the demand. 

Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics primarily for stu- 
dents planning to do graduate work (5, 5) — Five lectures a week, first and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, advanced standing in physics and mathe- 
matics. ( Myers. ^ 

Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 200. 

Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4) — Four lectures a week, second semester. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 206.. Physical Optics (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Myers.) 

Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201 or 
equivalent. (Cooper.) 

Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory of Gases 

(2. 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 112 and 201. 

Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2, 2) — Two lec- 
tures a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. 

(Brickwedde.) 

Phys. 214, 215. Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectral Lines (2, 2) — 

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. (McMillen.) 

Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Structure (2, 2)— Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 213. (Brickwedde.) 

Phys. 218, 219. X-rays and Crystal Structure (3, 3)— Three lectures a 
week. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 220. Application of X-ray and Electron Diffraction Methods C2) — 

Two laboratory periods a week. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 222, 223. Boundary-Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2) 

— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. 

Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2) 

— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. 

Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Hydrodynamics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, ele- 
mentary hydrodynamics. (Kennard.) 

Phys. 230. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 



218 COURSES OFFERED 

Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar (1, 1). (Kennard.) 

Phys. 250. Research — Credit according to work done. 

Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2)— Prerequisites, Phys. 204 and Phys. 
213. (Johnson.) 

Phys. 234, 235. Nuclear Physics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 213. 

(Johnson.) 

Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 200. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3) — Prerequisite, Phys. 
236. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (2, 2)— Prerequisite, 
Phys. 201. (McMillen.) 

Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2)— Two lectures a week. Prerequi- 
site, Phys. 213. (Myers.) 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors Smith, Sprowls; Associate Professors Cofer, Hackman, Walker, 
Schaefer; Instructor Grzeda. 

University Counseling Bureau. The Department of Psychology main- 
tains a Counseling Bureau, provided with a well-trained technical staff 
and equipped with an excellent stock of standardized tests of aptitude, 
ability, and interest. By virtue of payment of the annual "Advisory 
and Testing Fee," students are entitled to the services of the Counsel- 
ing Bureau without further charge. 

Psych. 1 Introduction to Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. 

Not open to Freshmen. 

A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact 
with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important 
attempts at their solution. 

Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 1 or 3. 

Application of research methods to basic human problems in business 
and industry, in the professions, and in other practical concerns of every- 
day life. 

Psych. 3, 4. General Psychology (3, 3). Prerequisite, sophomore standing. 

Primarily for students in the College of Arts and Sciences who major 
or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of the field of psychology 
with particular emphasis on research methodology. Consideration of in- 
dividual differences, motivation, sensory and motor processes, learning, 
emotional behavior and personality. Psych. 3 is prerequisite for Psych. 4. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 219 

Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site. Psych. 1 or 3. 

The more common deviations of personality; typical methods of ad- 
justment. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Graduate credit will be assigned only for students certified by the 
Department of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing. 

Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3. (Schaefer.) 

A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological re- 
search; measures of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors 
in Psychology must take this course in the junior year. 

Psych. 110. Educational Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3. (Grzeda.) 

Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in edu- 
cation; measurement and significance of individual differences, learning, 
motivation, transfer of training. 

Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 1 or 3. (Grzeda.) 

Psychological study of human behavior in social situations; influence of 
others on individual behavior, social conflict and individual adjustment, 
communication and its influences on normal social activity. 

Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 121 and consent of instructor. 

A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major 
problems in the field of social psychology. 

Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 

Psych. 1 or 3. (Schaefer.) 

Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal socialization of 
the growing child. 

Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 1 or 3. (Schaefer.) 

Genetic approach to human motivation and accomplishment. Research 
on simpler animal forms, the child, the adolescent and the adult in terms 
of the development of normal adult behavior. 

Psych. 127. Psychology of Early Man (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 121. (Sprowls.) 

A study of cultural and anthropological origins and continuities in man 
from Pithecanthropus to the historical period; interpretations of the arti- 
facts and customs in the light of the mental processes involved in their 
evolution. Periodic observation trips to the Museum of Natural History in 
Washington. 



220 COURSES OFFERED 

Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 121. (Cofer.) 

Review of research literature dealing with determinants of human per- 
formance, together with consideration of the major theoretical contribu- 
tions in this area. 

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 5. Two lectures, one clinic. (Sprowls.) 

The nature, occurrence, and causes of marked psychological abnormali- 
ties, with emphasis on clinical rather than theoretical aspects. 

Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or 3 or consent of instructor. 

A study of basic human factors involved in the design and operation of 
machinery and equipment. Of special interest to students in industrial 
psychology. (Walker.) 

Psych. 140. Psychological Problems in Advertising (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, 1 or 3. (Hackman.) 

Psychological problems that arise in connection with the production and 
field-testing of advertising; techniques employed in attacking these prob- 
lems through research. 

Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 121. (Hackman.) 

The interview, the questionnaire, and other methods of obtaining evidence 
on human attitudes and reactions, as viewed in the light of modern research 
evidence. 

Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (3) — First and 
second semesters. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, Psych. 4. 

Primarily for students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic 
survey of the laboratory methods and techniques as applied to human 
behavior and their application in field work. Emphasis is placed on indi- 
vidual and group participation in experiments, use of data and preparation 
of reports. Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. (Walker.) 

Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Smith.) 

Critical survey of predictors used in vocational and educational orienta- 
tion and in industrial practice, with emphasis on development and standardi- 
zation. Laboratory practice in the use and interpretation of test and non- 
test predictors. 

Psych. 155. Psychological Techniques in Vocational Counseling (3) — 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Smith.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 221 

A survey course, intended for those who wish to qualify for junior posi- 
tions involving a knowledge of counseling, but who are unable to undertake 
graduate study. 

Psych. 161. Psychological Techniques in Personnel Administration (3) — 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 128. (Schaefer.) 

A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of 
personnel work, but who do not plan to undertake graduate study. 

Psych. 167. Psychological Problems in Aviation (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Walker.) 

Techniques in selection and training of aircraft pilots; researches on 
special conditions encountered in flight. 

Psych. 191, 192. Advanced General Psychology (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, 15 hours of Psychology and consent of instructor. 

(Hackman.) 

A systematic review of the more fundamental investigations upon which 
modern psychology is based. Intended primarily for exceptional senior 
majors and for graduate students. 

Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. (Staff.) 

Integrated reading under direction, leading to the preparation of an ade- 
quately documented report on a special topic. 

Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychotechnology (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. (Staff.) 

Prosecution of original research project under direction of staff. In- 
tended primarily for exceptional senior majors. 

Psych. 198. Proseminar: Current Research in Psychotechnology (3) — 

First semester. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. 

A survey of recent and current researches of systematic importance. In- 
tended primarily for exceptional senior majors and new graduate students. 

For Graduate Students 

Psych, 203, 204. Seminar: Review of Current Technological Researches 

(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

(Staff.) 

Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychol- 
ogy (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 210. Occupational Information (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Psych. 150. 

Psych. 211. Job Analysis and Description (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 210. 



222 COURSES OFFERED 

Psych. 220, 221. Counseling Techniques (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 210. (Smith.) 

Psych. 222. Rehabilitation Techniques (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Psych. 220. 

Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties (3) — First 
semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 221. ( .) 

Psych. 224. Counseling for Marital Problems (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 221. 

Psych. 225. Participation in Counseling Clinic (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 221. (Smith.) 

Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Efficiency (3) — Second semester. 

Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 230. 

Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 230. 

Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Hackman.) 

Psych. 241. Controlled Publicity (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, con- 
sent of instructor. (Hackman.) 

Psych. 242. Measurement of Group Reaction (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Hackman.) 

Psych. 250, 251. Development and Validation of Predictors (3, 3) — First 
and second semesters. Prerequisites, Psych. 150. (Schaefer.) 

Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 106. (Hackman.) 

Psych. 260, 261. Individual Tests (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 150. 

Psych. 264, 265. Projective Tests (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, Psych. 261. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation (3, 3)— First 
and second semesters. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 131. (Sprowis.) 

Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 270. ( .) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 223 

Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 261. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 274. Individual Therapy (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 261. 

Psych. 275. Group Therapy (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 
274. 

Psych. 278. Seminar in Clinical Psychology for Teachers (3) — First 
semester. (Sprowls.) 

Psych. 280. Physiological Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Psych. 192. ( .) 

Psych. 290, 291 Research for Thesis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

(Staff.) 

SOCIOLOGY 

Professors Hoffsommer, Lejins; Visiting Professor Bailey; Associate Pro- 
fessor Shankweiler; Assistant Professors Cussler, Houser, Hutchinson; 
Instructors De Give, Ebersole, Imse, Lucas, Willner. 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in 
sociology. 

Sociology 1, 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for an 
undergraduate major in sociology. 

Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3) — First and second semesters. 

Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan, 
small town, and rural communities; population distribution, composition 
and change; social organizaiton. (Staff.) 

Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1 or sophomore standing. 

The basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes; 

institutions; culture; human nature and personality. (Staff.) 

Soc. 5. Anthropology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 
Introduction to anthropology; origins of man; development and trans- 
mission of culture; backgrounds of human institutions. (Hutchinson.) 

Soc. 13. Rural Sociology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 
Rural life in America; its people, social organization, culture patterns, 
and problems. (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 14. Urban Sociology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 
Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city populations; urban 
institutional and personality patterns; relations of city and country. 

(Bailey.) 



224 COURSES OFFERED 

Soc. 51. Social Pathology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 
and sophomore standing. 

Personal-social disorganization and maladjustment; physical and mental 
handicaps; economic inadequacies; programs of treatment and control. 

(Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 52. Criminology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and 
sophomore standing. 

Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; typologies 
of criminal acts and offenders; punishment, correction, and incapacitation; 
prevention of crime. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 62. Social Institutions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 
and sophomore standing. 

Nature and function of social institutions; the perpetuation of behavior 
through customs and societal norms; typical contemporary American 
institutions. (Hutchinson.) 

Soc. 64. Marriage and the Family (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. 

Functions of the family; marriage and family adjustments; factors affect- 
ing mate selection, marital relations, and family stability in contemporary 
social life. (Shankweiler.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite to 
courses numbered 100 to 199. 

Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3) — Second semester. 

A detailed study of rural life with emphasis on levels of living, the 
family, school and church and organizational activities in the fields of health, 
recreation, welfare and planning. (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 114. The City (3)— First semester. 

The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological process 
and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control, 
and planning. (Bailey.) 

Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3) — Second semester. Social organiza- 
tion of American industry; functions of members of industrial organiza- 
tion, status, social structure, patterns of interaction and relations of indus- 
try and society. (Imse.) 

Soc. 118. Community Organization (3) — Second semester. 

Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of 
community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community 
centers; neighborhood projects. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 121, 122. Population (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 225 

Population distribution, composition and growth in North America and 
Eurasia; trends in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects 
and policies. (Baker.) 

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3) — First semester. 

Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state; 
immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities 
in Europe. (Ebersole.) 

Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian (3) — Second semester. 
A study of type cultures; cultural processes; and the effects of accultura- 
tion on selected tribes of Indians in the Americas. (Hutchinson.) 

Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service (3) — First semester. 

General survey of the field of social-welfare activities; historical develop- 
ments; growth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services, pri- 
vate and public. (L. Houser.) 

Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3) — First semester. 

Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social 
life; processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social 
behavior. (Ebersole.) 

Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3) — Second semester. 

Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure 
and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the 
public. (Ebersole.) 

Soc. 145. Social Control (3) — First semester. 

Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human be- 
havior; problems of social control in contemporary society. (Ebersole.) 

Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3) — First semester. 

Law as a form of social control; interrelation between legal and other 
conduct norms as to their content, sanctions and methods of securing con- 
formity; law as an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and 
processes operative in the formation of legal norms; legal norms as de- 
terminants of human behavior. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. 
Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis 
of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. 

(Lejins.) 

Soc 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate 
years with Soc. 156.) (Lejins.) 

Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and 
delinquency; area programs and projects. 



226 COURSES OFFERED 

Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) — 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. 
(Offered in alternate years with Soc. 154.) 

Organization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for 
adults and juveniles. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3) — First semester. 
Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to families 
and children; child placement; foster families. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 173. Social Security (3) — First semester. 

The social security program in the United States; public assistance; 
social insurance. (Hutchinson.) 

Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3) — Second semester. 

Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the 
United States; social legislation; interrelations of federal, state, and local 
agencies and institutions. (L. Houser.) 

Soc. 183. Social Statistics (3) — First and second semesters. 
Collection, statistical analysis, and interpretation of social data; problems 
of quantitative measurement of social phenomena. (Imse.) 

Soc. 186. Sociological Theory (3) — First and second semesters. 
Development of the science of sociology; historical backgrounds; recent 
theories of society. (Bailey.) 

Soc. 196. Senior Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of and open 
only to senior majors in sociology. 

Scope, fields and methods of sociology; practical applications of sociolog- 
ical knowledge. Individual study and reports. (Hoffsommer.) 

For Graduates 

Prerequisites for entrance upon graduate study leading to an advanced 
degree with a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major 
(totalling at least 24 semester hours) in sociology or (2) 12 semester hours 
of sociology (including 6 semester hours of advanced courses) and 12 addi- 
tional hours of comparable work in economics, political science, or psy- 
chology. Reasonable substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted 
in the case of students majoring in other departments who desire a graduate 
minor or several courses in sociology. 

With the exception of Soc. 201, 291-292, individual courses numbered 200 
to 299 will ordinarily be offered in alternate years. 

Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3) — First semester. 

Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques 
of sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors 
in sociology. (Hoffsommer.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 227 

Soc. 215. Community Studies (3) — First semester. 

Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and 
growth, social structure, social stratification, and social institutions; analy- 
sis of particular communities. (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 221. Population and Society (3) — Second semester. 
Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualitative 
aspects; American and world problems. (Staff.) 

Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3) — Second semester. 

Race and culture in contemporary society; mobility and the social effects 
of race and culture contacts and intermixture. (Staff.) 

Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure (3) — Second semester. 
Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personality, 
and social traits in select social structures. (Staff.) 

Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) — Second semester. 

Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and 
techniques of communication; quantitative measurement of public opinion. 

(Staff.) 

Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology (3) — First semester. 

Critical survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological 
theory and research. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. 
Selected research problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.) 
Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy (3) — First semester. 
Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change; 
policy-making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.) 

Soc. 262. Family Studies (3) — Second semester. 

Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends; 
methods of investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 282. Sociological Methodology (3) — Second semester. 
Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory of scien- 
tific method; principal issues and points of view. (Staff.) 

Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory (3) — First semester. 

Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American 
theories of society. (Bailey.) 

Soc. 290. Research in Sociology (Credit to be determined) — First and 
second semesters. (Staff.) 

Soc 291. Special Social Problems (Credit to be determined) — First and 
second semesters. 

Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.) 



228 COURSES OFFERED 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

Professor Ehrensberger; Associate Professor Ansberry; Assistant Pro- 
fessors Provenson, Strausbaugh, Xiemeyer, Batka; Instructors Mayer, 
Hendricks, Smith, Pugliese, Golden, Coppinger, Harris, Palmer, Rogers, 
Mason, Bolger, Benjamin; Assistants Barraclough, McDonald, Bierce. 

Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite for advanced speech courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech II. 

The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings; 
reports; etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the 

freshman year. Laboratory fee $1.00 each semester. (Staff.) 

Speech Clinic — No credit. 

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is con- 
ducted in individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours ar- 
ranged by consultation with the respective speech instructor. 

Speech 3. Fundamentals of Speech (3) — First semester. 

Study in the bases and mechanics of speech. This course is designed for 
students who expect to do extensive work in speech. May be taken 
concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3) — Second semester. 
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation. 
May be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Mayer and Staff.) 

Speech 5, 6. Advanced Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Speech 1, 2, or consent of the instructor. 

Advanced work on basis of Speech 1, 2. Special emphasis is placed 
upon speaking situations the students will face in their respective vocations. 

(Strausbaugh and Staff.) 

Speech 7. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to freshman 
engineering students. The preparation and delivery of speeches, reports, 
etc., on technical and general subjects. Laboratory fee §1.00. (Staff.) 

Speech 8, 9. Acting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Admission by 
consent of instructor. 

Basic principles of histrionic practice. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 10. Group Discussion (2) — First and second semesters. 
A study of the principles, methods, and types of discussion, and their 
application in the discussion of contemporary problems. 

(Hendricks and Staff.) 

Speech 11, 12. Debate (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, 
fallacies, briefing, and delivery, together with their application in public 
speaking. (Golden.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 229 

Speech 13. Oral Interpretation (3) — First semester. 
The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of student? 
in the art of reading. (Provensen.) 

Speech 14. Stagecraft (3) — First semester. 

Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis on construction of 
scenery. Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Harris.) 

Speech 15. Stagecraft (3) — Second semester. 

Technical production. Emphasis on stage lighting. Prerequisite, Speech 14. 
Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Harris.) 

Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre (3) — First semester. 

A general survey of the fields of the theatre. (Mayer.) 

Speech 17. Make-up (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one lab- 
oratory a week. (Mayer.) 

A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up, 
covering basic requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period. 
Laboratory fee $2.00. 

Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

This course is designed to give those students practice in public speak- 
ing who cannot schedule Speech 1, 2. Speech 18 prerequisite for Speech 19. 
Laboratory fee $1.00 each semester. (Staff.) 

Speech 20. History of the Theatre (3) — First semester. 

A survey of dramatic production from early origins to 1800. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 21. History of the Theatre (3) — Second semester. 

A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 22. Introduction to Radio (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite for all courses in Radio. 

The development, scope, and influence of American broadcasting. 

(Coppinger and Staff.) 

Speech 23. Parliamentary Law (1) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles and application of parliamentary law as applied 
to all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules 
of Order. (Strausbaugh.) 

For Advar.ced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 4. 
The theory and application of microphone techniques. Practice in all 
types of radio speaking. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Batka.) 

Speech 102. Radio Production (3) — Second semester. 
A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis 
is given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking", timing, cutting, and the co- 



230 COURSES OFFERED 

ordination of personnel factors involved in the production of radio pro- 
grams. Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00. 

(Batka.) 

Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in 
conjunction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms of 
public address. (Golden.) 

Speech 105. Pathology (3) — First semester. 

The causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common speech disorders. 

(Ansberry.) 

Speech 106. Clinic (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105. 
A laboratory course dealing with the various methods of correction plus 
actual work in the clinic both on and off the campus. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Speech 13. 
Emphasis upon the longer reading. Program planning. (Provensen.) 

Speech 108. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to Junior 
Engineers. Prerequisite, Speech 7. 

Continuation of Speech 7 with emphasis upon engineering projects tha. 
fall within student's own experience. (Strausbaugh and Staff ) 

Speech 109. Speech Seminar for Senior Engineers (2) — Prerequisite, 

Speech 7, 108. (Strausbaugh.) 

Speech 110. Teacher Problems in Speech (3) — Second semester. For 
students who intend to teach. 

Everyday speech problems that confront the teacher. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 111. Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of speech majors. 

Present-day speech research. (Ehrensberger.) 

Speech 112. Phonetics (3) — Second semester. 

Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken 
English, with an analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. 
Mastery of the international phonetic alphabet. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 113. Play Production (3) — Second semester. 

Development of procedure followed by the director in preparing plays 
for public performance. (Harris and Staff.) 

Speech 114. Costuming (3) — First semester. One lecture and two lab- 
oratories a week. 

Consideration of the use of color, line, and texture in designing, con- 
structing, and adapting costumes for the stage. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 231 

Speech 115. Radio in Retailing (3) — First semester. Limited to stu- 
dents in the College of Home Economics. Prerequisites, Speech 1, 2. 
English 1, 2. Junior standing. Laboratory fee $2.00. 

Writing and production of promotional programs for the merchandising 
of wearing apparel and housefurnishings. Collaboration with Washington 
and Baltimore radio stations and retail stores. (Batka.) 

Speech 116. Radio Announcing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Speech 101. 

The theory and application of all types of announcing. Laboratory fee 
$2.00. (Batka.) 

Speech 117. Radio Continuity Writing (3) — First semester. 

A study of the principles and methods of writing for broadcasting. 
Application will be made in the writing of the general types of continuity. 
Admission by consent of instructor. (Coppinger.) 

Speech 118. Advanced Radio Writing (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Speech 117. 

Advanced work with emphasis upon the dramatic form. Admission by 
consent of instructor. (Coppinger.) 

Speech 119. Radio Acting (3) — Second semester. 

A workshop course designed to give the student practice in radio acting. 
Admission by consent of instructor. (Batka.) 

Speech 120. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Speech 105. 

A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment 
of organic speech disorders. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 121. Stage Design (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 
14, 15. 

The planning of stage settings and the application of the principles of 
design to the dramatic production. Admission by consent of the instructor. 

(Harris.) 

Speech 122, 123. Radio Workshop (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

A laboratory course dealing with all phases of producing a radio pro- 
gram. Admission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00 each 
semester. (Batka.) 

Speech 124, 125. American Public Address (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

The first semester covers the period from Colonial times to the Civil War 
period. The second semester covers from the Civil War period through 
the contemporary period. (Golden.) 

Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech Behavior (3) — First semester. 
An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of Gen- 
eral Semantics. (Hendricks.) 



232 COURSES OFFERED 

Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Commands (4) — First and second 
semesters. Limited to students in the College of Military Science and 
Tactics. 

The preparation and delivery of lectures dealing with military subjects. 
Effective execution of field orders, commands, etc. Extensive use of voice 
recordings. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 129, 130. Play Directing (2, 2) — Admission by consent of in- 
structor. 

A lecture-laboratory course dealing with the fundamentals of script cut- 
ting, pacing, movement, blocking and rehearsal routine as applied to the 
directing of plays. (Mayer, Niemeyer.) 

For Graduates 

Speech 200. Thesis (3-6) — Off-campus. Credit in proportion to work 
done and results accomplished. (Staff.) 

Speech 201. Special Problems (2-4) — Off-campus. Arranged. (Staff.) 

Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (3) — Off- 
campus. 

A study of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and speech 

mechanisms. (Glorig.) 

Speech 211. Advanced Clinical Practice (3) — Off-campus. 
A comprehensive survey of the entire field of present-day clinical prac- 
tice. (Glorig.) 

Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) — Off-campus. 
Etiology and therapy for organic and functional speech disorders. 

(Ainsberry.) 

Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing (3) — Off-campus. 
Correction of abnormal speech habits and instruction in speech conserva- 
tion. (Baltzer.) 

Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry (3) — Off-campus. 

Testing of auditory acuity with pure tones and speech. (Sonday) 

Speech 215. Auditory Training (3) — Off-campus. 

Orientation and adjustment of patients in the use of hearing aids. 

(Staff.) 
Speech 216. Speech Reading (3) — Off-campus. 

A course of training designed to present the fundamentals of speech 
reading. (Baughman.) 

Speech 217. Clinical Practice in the Selection of Prosthetic Appliances 
(3) — Off -campus. 

A laboratory course in modern methods of utilizing electronic hearing 
aids. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 233 

Speech 218. Problems of Hearing and Deafness (3) — Off-campus. 
The adjustment of the individual with a hearing impairment socially, 
emotionally and vocationally. (Staff.) 

ZOOLOGY 

Professors Phillips and Burhoe; Assistant Professors Littleford and 
Negherbon; Instructors Allen, Bartlett, and Stringer; Lecturer Reynolds. 

Zool. 1. General Zoology (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. 

This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the 
basic principles of animal life. Typical invertebrates and a mammalian 
form are studied. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

Zool. 2, 3. Fundamentals of Zoology (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. This course satisfies 
the freshman premedical requirements in general biology. Freshmen who 
intend to choose zoology as a major should register for this course. Zoology 
1 or 2 is a prerequisite for Zoology 3. Students who have completed 
Zoology 1 may register for Zoology 3 but not for Zoology 2. 

A thorough study of the anatomy, classifications, and life histories of rep- 
resentative animals. During the first semester emphasis is placed on in- 
vertebrate forms and during the second semester upon vertebrate forms 
including the frog. Laboratory fee $6.00 each semester. 

Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (4) — First semester. Two 
lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of 
Zoology. 

A comparative study of selected organ systems in certain vertebrate 
groups. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

Zool. 14, 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
one course in zoology. Zoology 14 is a prerequisite for Zoology 15. 

For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and 
physiology. Laboratory fee $6.00 each semester. 

Zool. 16. Human Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Not open to freshmen. 

An elementary course in physiology. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 

and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of Zoology. 
The development of the chick to the end of the fourth day and early 
mammalian embryology. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

Zool. 53. Physiology of Exercise (2) — Second semester. Two lectures 
a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 15. 



234 COURSES OFFERED 

A detailed consideration of the mechanism of muscular contraction; the 
metabolic, circulatory, and the respiratory responses in exercise; and the 
integration by means of the nervous system. Open only to students for 
whom this is a required course. 

Zool. 55. Development of the Human Body (2) — First semester. Two 
lecture periods a week. 

A study of the main factors affecting the growth and development of 
the child with especial emphasis on normal development. Open only to 
students for whom this is a required course. 

Zool. 75, 76. Journal Oub (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One lec- 
ture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in Zoology. 
Reviews, reports, and discussions of current literature. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Zool. 101. Mammalian Anatomy (3) — Second semester. Three labora- 
tory periods a week. Registration limited. Permission of the instructor 
must be obtained before registration. Recommended for premedical stu- 
dents, and those whose major is zoology. 

A course in the dissection of the cat or other mammal. By special per- 
mission of the instructor a vertebrate other than the cat may be used 
for study. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Stringer.) 

Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of 
Zoology and one year of chemistry. 

The general principles of physiological functions as shown in mammals 
and lower animals. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 104. Genetics (3) — First semester. Three lecture periods a week. 
Prerequisite, one course in zoology or botany. Recommended for pre- 
medical students. 

A consideration of the basic principles of heredity. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 106. Histological Technique (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one semester of Zoology. 
Permission of the instructor must be obtained before registration. 

The preparation of animal tissues for microscopical examination. Lab- 
oratory fee, $6.00. (Stringer.) 

Zool. 108. Animal Histology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology. 

A microscopic study of tissues and organs selected from representative 
vertebrates, but with particular reference to the mammal. Laboratory 
fee $6.00. (Stringer.) 

Zool. 110. Parasitology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 235 

A study of the morphology, physiology and life cycles of animal parasites 
with special emphasis on practical problems in parasite control and disease 
prevention. Laboratory fee, $6.00. (Negherbon.) 

Zool. 114. Field Zoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of Zoology. 

This course consists in collecting and studying both land and aquatic 
forms of nearby woods, fields, and streams, with emphasis on the higher 
invertebrates and certain vertebrates, their breeding habits, environment, 
and modes of living. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 116. Protozoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Histology; Bacteriology desirable. 

The taxonomy, morphology, cytology, physiology, and distribution of the 
unicellular animal organisms. Emphasis will be on the importance of the 
protozoa in present-day biological research. Therefore, considerable read- 
ing of current and recent literature will be expected. The course will en- 
deavor to teach the student the techniques required to prepare protozoa for 
permanent study and their cultivation. Stress will be given to the forms 
responsible for human and animal disease. Laboratory fee, $6.00. 

(Negherbon.) 

Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, General Zoology and Verte- 
brate Embryology. 

An advanced course dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and embry- 
ology of the invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

(Allen.) 

Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one course in 
Zoology and one course in Chemistry. 

Animals are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological, 
physical and chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth, 
behavior, habits and distribution of animals are stressed. Laboratory fee 
$6.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 125. Fisheries Biology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Comparative Vertebrate Morphol- 
ogy and Physiology. 

A study of the biology and economic development of fresh and salt water 
forms. Particular attention is given to practical applications in fisheries 
work. Laboratory fee, $6.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 130. Aviation Physiology (3) — Second Semester. Two lectures and 
one demonstration a week. Prerequisite, one course in Physiology and per- 
mission of the instructor. 



236 COURSES OFFERED 

A general course in applied physiology with special reference to physio- 
logical problems arising in aviation, including consideration of: respiration 
at high altitude, the design and use of 2 equipment, the effects of mechani- 
cal forces such as radial and linear acceleration, protective devices, and 
various influences of pressure change on mammalian organisms. 

(Reynolds.) 
For Graduates 
Zool. 200. Ichthyology and Marine Zoology (4) — First semester. Two 
lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Zoology 121. 

A study of the anatomy, physiology, and habits of fishes and other 
marine animals of commercial importance. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

(Littleford.) 

Zool. 201. Microscopical Anatomy (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108. 

A detailed study of the morphology and activity of cells composing 
animal tissues with specific reference to the vertebrates. Laboratory work 
includes the preparation of tissues for microscopic examination. Labora- 
tory fee $6.00. ( ) 

Zool. 202. Animal Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108. 

A study of cellular structure with particular reference to the morphology 
and physiology of cell organoids and inclusions. Laboratory is concerned 
with methods of studying and demonstrating the above materials. Labora 
tory fee $6.00. (Negherbon.) 

Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 20. 

Mechanics of fertilization and growth. A review of the important con- 
tributions in the field of experimental embryology. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

(Burhoe.) 

Zool. 204. Advanced Animal Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 102. 

The principles of general and cellular physiology as found in animal life. 
Laboratory fee $6.00. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 205. Hydrobiology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zoology 121, Chem. 3, Physics 11. 

A study of the biological, chemical, and physical factors which determine 
the growth, distribution, and productivity of microscopic and near micro- 
scopic organisms in marine and freshwater environments with special refer- 
ence to the Chesapeake Bay region. Laboratory fee $6.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 206. Research (credit to be arranged) — First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee $6.00 each semester (Staff.) 

Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture a week. (Statf.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



2:\- t 



Zool. 208. Special Problems in General Physiology (3) — First or second 
semester. Hours and credits arranged. Prerequisite, Zool. 102. Labora- 
tory fee $6.00. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics (3) — First semseter. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. 

A consideration of salivary chromosomes, the nature of the gene, chromo- 
some irregularities, polyploidy, and mutations. Breeding experiments with 
Drosophila and small mammals will be conducted. Laboratory fee $6.00. 

(Burhoe.) 
Students in Bacteriology 




Reading the results of bacteri- 
ological analyses of water 



Evaluating the bacteriological 
potency of disinfectants 



Inoculating a rabbit with 
bacterial antigen 



Recording results on the com- 
parison of new media for enu- 
merating bacteria in milk 




UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 239 

College of 

BUSINESS and PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

STAFF 

J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean 

Anderson, James R., M.A., Instructor of Geography. 

Ash, Willard O., M.A., Instructor of Statistics. 

Baker, Oliver E„ Ph.D., Professor of Geography. 

Baum, Werner A., Ph.D., Professor of Geography. 

Brooks, Verna I., M.Ed., Instructor in Office Techniques. 

Burdette, Franklin L., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics. 

Calhoun, Charles E., M.B.A., Professor of Finance. 

Clemens, Eli W., Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration. 

Cohen, Ralph L., C.P.A., Assistant Instructor in Accounting. 

Cole, David M., M.B.A., Instructor in Economics. 

Cook, J. Allan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Marketing. 

Cover, John H., Ph.D., Professor and Director of Bureau of Business and 

Economic Research. 
Crist, Raymond E., Litt.D., Professor of Geography. 
Cronin, Charles F., B.S., Assistant Professor in Accounting. 
Daiker, John A., B.S., Instructor in Accounting. 
Norton, Hugh S., Instructor in Economics. 

Dixon, Robert G., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 
Frederick, John H., Ph.D., Professor of Transportation and Foreign 

Trade. 
Gass, Edmund C, M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics. 
Grubb, Kenneth A., M.B.A., Professor of Marketing and Advertising. 
Gruber, David M., B.S., C.P.A., Instructor in Accounting. 
Gruchy, Allan G., Ph.D., Professor of Economics. 
Hale, John I., LL.B., M.S. (Retired, Capt. USN), Associate Professor in 

Business Administration. 
Hester, Donald C, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 
Hickman, Roy T., M.A., Instructor in Geography. 
Hu, Charles Y., Ph.D., Professor of Geography. 
Long, William F., M.A., Instructor of Economics. 

LONGANECKER, WALTER R. 

Magner, Jerry, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 
Mahner, Jerry, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 
Mauck, Elwyn A., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics. 
McCalmont, David B., B.A., LL.B., Instructor of Economics. 
McHugh, Thomas F., B.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration. 
McKiever, John W., M.C.S., C.P.A., Instructor in Accounting. 
McLarney, William J., M.A., Associate Professor in Industrial Manage- 
ment. 



240 STAFF 

Messer, Jean F., M.A., Instructor in Accounting. 

Moeller, Ronald I., M.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration. 

Moser, Martin W., M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

Mounce, Earl W., M.A., LL.M., Associate Professor of Law and Labor. 

O'Neill, Jane H., B.A., Instructor in Office Techniques. 

Patrick, Arthur S., M.A., Associate Professor of Office Management and 
Business Education. 

Plischke, Elmer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 

Pyle, J. Freeman, Ph.D., Professor and Dean of College of Business and 
Public Administration. 

Ratzlaff, Carl J., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Economics Department. 

Ray, Joseph M., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Government 
and Politics and Director of Bureau of Public Administration. 

Reid, James H., M.A., Professor of Marketing. 

Robinson, Edward A., M.A., Instructor in Economics. 

Smith, Benjamin L., B.S., Instructor in Accounting. 

Spurgeon, Charles E., M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

Stapleton, Michael A., M.A., Instructor in Economics. 

Steinmeyer, Reuben G., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics. 

Sweeney, Charles T., M.B.A., C.P.A., Associate Professor of Accounting. 

Sylvester, Harold F., Ph.D., Associate Professor in Business Administra- 
tion. 

Sylvester, John K., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Thatcher, Lionel W., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Busi- 
ness Organization and Administration. 

Titus, Charles, M.A., Instructor in Economics. 

Van Royen, William, Ph.D., Professor of Geography. 

Wagner, Ruby C, B.S., Instructor in Office Techniques. 

Watson, Dorothy M., M.S., Instructor of Geography. 

Watson, J. Donald, Ph.D., Professor of Finance. 

Wedeberg, Sivert M., M.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting. 

Woodbury, Maynard B., M.A., Instructor of Accounting. 

Wright, Howard W., Ph.D., C.P.A., Associate Professor of Accounting. 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

John Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean 

The University of Maryland is in an unusually favorable location for 
students of Business, Government and Politics, Economics, Public Admin- 
istration, Geography, Foreign Service and International Relations. Down- 
town Washington is only twenty-five minutes away in one direction, while 
the Baltimore business district is less than an hour in the other. There is 
frequent transportation service from the University gates to each city. 
Special arrangements are made to study commercial, manufacturing, ex- 
porting, and importing agencies and methods in Baltimore, assistance is 
given qualified students who wish to obtain a first hand glimpse of the 



ORGANIZATION 241 

far-flung economic activities of the national government or to utilize the 
libraries, government departments, and other facilities available in 
Washington. 

ORGANIZATION OF THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

The College comprises two major sections, viz. Business Administration 
and World Economics and Public Affairs. Each section has departments 
as indicated below. 

A. Business Administration 

I. Department of Business Organization and Administration 

1. Accounting and Statistics 

2. Financial Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 

4. Marketing Administration 

(a) Advertising 

(b) Foreign Trade and International Finance 

(c) Retail Store Management 

(d) Sales Management 

5. Personnel Administration 

6. Transportation Administration 

(a) Airport Management 

(b) Traffic Management 

7. Public Administration 

II. Bureau of Business and Economic Research 

III. Department of Economics 

IV. Department of Office Techniques and Management 

1. Office Management 

2. Office Techniques 

B. World Economics and Public Affairs 

I. Department of Government and Politics 
II. Bureau of Public Administration. 

III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations. 

IV. Department of Geography. 

Aims 

The College of Business and Public Administration offers training designed 
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, govern- 
mental agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, small business units, 
and other organizations requiring effective training in administrative skills 
and techniques, and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geog- 
raphy, and government and politics in high schools and colleges. It sup- 



242 AIMS 

plies scientific administrative training to students and prospective execu- 
tives on a professional basis comparable to university training in the other 
professional fields. Administration is regarded as a profession, and the 
College of Business and Public Administration prepares its students for 
this profession by offering courses of instruction which present general 
principles and techniques of management and administration and brings 
together in systematic form the experiences and practices of business firms 
and governmental units. This plan of education does not displace practical 
experience, but supplements and strengthens it by shortening the period of 
apprenticeship otherwise necessary, and by giving a broad and practical 
knowledge of the major principles, policies, and methods of administration. 

During the first half of the college study programs the student secures 
a broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more 
technical courses offered in the last half of the course. The managerial 
and operating points of views are stressed in the advanced courses in pro- 
duction, marketing, labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, secre- 
tarial training and public administration. The purpose of the training 
offered is to aid the student as a prospective executive in developing his 
ability to identify and to solve administrative and managerial problems; 
and to adjust himself and his organization, policies, and practices to chang- 
ing social, political and economic situations. 

The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles 
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business. 
Large-scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in 
some industries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the 
other hand, industries and many situations which still call for the small 
business. If these small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to 
the owners and with satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is 
imperative that authentic principles of administration be applied to them. 
Sound principles of ethical conduct are emphasized at all times throughout 
the various courses. 

The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser- 
vice is to train for effective management. The College of Business and Pub- 
lic Administration, University of Maryland, was established to supply 
effective training in administration to the young men and women whose 
task will be the guiding of the more complex business enterprises and gov- 
ernmental units resulting from industrial, social and political development 
and expansion. This statement does not mean that the graduate may expect 
to secure a major executive position upon graduation. He will, on the con- 
trary, usually be required to start near the well publicized "bottom" of the 
ladder and work his way up through a number of minor positions. He 
will, however, be able to move up at a faster rate if he has taken full advan- 
tage of the opportunities offered by the college in developing his talents and 
in acquiring technical and professional information, point of view, skills, 
and techniques. 



REQUIREMENTS 243 

Graduation Requirement 

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit in courses suggested by the 
College in addition to the specified courses in military science, physical 
activities and hygiene are required for graduation. The student is required 
to have a "C" average for all courses used in meeting the quantitative 
graduation requirements. A student who receives the mark of D in more 
than one-fourth of his credits must take additional courses or repeat courses 
until he has met these requirements. The time required to complete the 
requirements for the bachelors degree for the average student is eight 
semesters. A superior student, by carrying more than the average load, 
can complete the work in a shorter period of time. 

Degrees 

The University confers the following degrees on students of Business 
and Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Admin- 
istration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has a 
number of graduate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics, 
Geography and Government and Politics available for qualified graduate 
students. Application for these assistantships should be made directly to 
the Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration. (See 
bulletin of Graduate School for graduate rules and regulations.) 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar on a 
date announced for each semester a formal application for a degree. 
Candidates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are 
conferred and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia 
only in exceptional cases. 

Junior Requirement 

To be classified as a junior a student must have earned 56 semester hours 
of his freshman and sophomore requirements with an average grade of at 
least "C", plus the required work in military science, hygiene and physical 
activities for the freshman and sophomore years. If a student has better 
than a "C" average and lacks a few credits of having the total of 56 he 
may be permitted to take certain courses numbered 100 and above providing 
he has the prerequisites for these courses and the consent of the Dean. 

Senior Residence Requirement 

After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester 
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activi- 
ties, and hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must 
earn a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade 
of "C" or better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits 
may be transferred from another institution. 



244 OBJECTIVES 

Programs of Study 

The College offers programs of study in economics, business administra- 
tion, secretarial training, public administration, government and politics, 
geography, and a number of combination curriculums, e.g., business ad- 
ministration and law, commercial teaching, industrial education, chemistry, 
agriculture, or basic engineering courses. Research is emphasized through- 
out the various programs. 

Professional Objectives 

The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises 
and governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of: 

(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the 
modern business world; 

(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to 
promote the free exercise of his activities; and 

(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and 
administration of a business or governmental enterprise. 

In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should: 

(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise 
English; 

(b) have a knowledge of the fundamental principles of mathematics and 
the basic sciences, such as physics, chemistry, geology, and geography; 

(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through 
a study of history, government, economics, and other social science subjects; 

(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study 
of psychology, sociology, and philosophy. 

If the executive is to be successful in solving current business and govern- 
mental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method of collecting, 
analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant manner, 
and then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions and 
to formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present and 
future conduct. In other words, probably the most important qualities in 
a successful executive are: 

(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments; 

(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the 
imagination and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures 
for executing them. 

Facilities Furnished 

The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and 
Public Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of 
providing a type of professional and technical training that will aid the 
capable and ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full 
capacity. 



STUDY PROGRAMS 245 

The college study programs on both the undergraduate and graduate 
levels presuppose effective training in English, history, government, 
language, science, and mathematics.* The program of study for any 
individual student may be so arranged as to meet the needs of those pre- 
paring for specific lines of work, such as accounting, advertising, banking, 
foreign trade, industrial administration, marketing administration, person- 
nel administration, real estate practice, insurance, government employment, 
secretarial work, teaching, and research. 

Advisory Councils 

In order to facilitate the prompt and continuous adjustment of courses, 
curriculums, and instructional methods to provide the training most in demand 
by industry and commerce; and in order constantly to maintain instruction 
abreast of the best current practice, the advice and suggestions of business 
men and public officials are constantly sought from outstanding leaders in 
each major field of business activity. Each council has its own particular 
interest to serve, such as advertising, marketing, or finance; and the view- 
point and suggestions of these business men are proving to be invaluable in 
developing the instructional and research programs of the College. 

STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of 
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the Departments. 
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart- 
ments, he should plan to continue his studies on to the graduate level, work- 
ing toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

A. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing 
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration re- 
quires a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control 
of organizations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the 
Department of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the 
principles and problems of the development and the use of policies and 
organizations, and the methods, techniques and procedures of execution, 
in other words, the essence of Administration and Management. 

I. Business Organization and Administration 
Study Programs in the Department 

Study programs in Business Administration furnish an opportunity for 
a small amount of concentration in one of the major sections during the 
undergraduate period. The basis of these curriculums is the general study 
program. 



* The major portion of this training is usually secured in the four years of high school 
and the first two years of college. 



246 REQUIREMENTS 

The following suggested study programs will aid the thoughtful student 
in planning his concentration according to his natural aptitudes and the 
line of his major interest: 

The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and 
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to 
the major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however, 
based on the assumption that these major divisions are independent units, 
but rather that each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every 
student in Business Administration, therefore, is required to complete satis- 
factorily a minimum number of required basic subjects in economics and in 
each of the major functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of 
the requirements for the bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in 
the theory and practice of administration. There are five commonly 
recognized major business functions, viz: production, marketing, finance, 
labor relations, and control. 

The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors, 
viz. internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials, 
and operations. External control is secured through the force of laws and 
courts, board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom 
and public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments 
to these forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example, 
aid in giving the student an understanding of the problems, devices, and 
methods of external or "social" control. 

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS 

During the first half of the program of study each student in the 
Department of Business Organization and Administration is expected to 
complete the following basic subjects, except as indicated in a particular 
curriculum : 

Required Courses: Semester Hours 

English, Composition and American and World Literature 12 

Mathematics, Math. 5 and 6 6 

Economic Geography 1, 2 4 

Economic Developments 4, 5 4 

Organization and Control 10, 11 4 

Government and Politics 1 3 

Sociology of American Life 1 3 

History of American Civilization 5, 6 6 

Military Training and Physical Activities for Men 16 

Hygiene and Physical Activities for Women 8 

Accounting 20, 21 8 

Speech 18, 19 2 

Principles of Economics 31, 32 6 

Total specified requirements 66-74 

A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for 
graduation must be in subjects with designations other than Business Ad- 
ministration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic 



REQUIREMENTS 247 

work must be in Business Administration subjects, the other twenty per 
cent may be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups 
of subjects. A "C" average in the Business Administration courses is 
required for graduation. 

Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who 
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign 
language. 

JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS 

During the junior and senior years each student in the department is 
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified 
courses unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise: 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management 3 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 3 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Statistics 3 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 8 

Total 29 

The remaining credits for the juniors and seniors may be used to meet 
the requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example, 
in Public Administration, Foreign Service, Commercial Teaching, and 
in the fields of Business Administration, such as: Accounting and Statis- 
tics, Production Administration, Marketing, Advertising, Retailing, Pur- 
chasing, Foreign Trade, Transportation, Labor Relations, Real Estate, 
Insurance, Investment and General Finance. Juniors and seniors may 
elect appropriate Secretarial Training courses. 

Combined Administration and Law Program 

When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum, 
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed 
for the first three years in the College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion plus enough electives to equal a minimum of 90 credits exclusive of 
military science, physical activities and hygiene, with an average grade of 
at least "C". The last year of college work before entering the Law School 
must be done in residence at College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree 
from the College of Business and Public Administration is conferred upon 
the satisfactory completion of the first year in the Law School and the 
recommendation of the Dean of the Law School. Business Law cannot be 
used as credit in this combined curriculum. 

Master of Business Administration 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac- 
cepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements for the Graduate 
School. See Graduate School, Section II. 



248 



A DM I M ST RATIOS 



The General Curriculum in Administration 

This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds 
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A 
student may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attend- 
ing summer sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course 
in a shorter period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester. 

i — Semester — ■, 



Freshman Year I 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 

Econ. 4, 6 — Economic Developments 2 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 

Mathematics 5 and 6 3 

G. & P. 1 American Government for Sociology of American Life) 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life Cor American Government) .... 

M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (Women) 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 8 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 

Electives (Girls) 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total 17-18 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 8 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management .... 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved subjects 3 

Total 15 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 4 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems 8 

Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industry .... 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business .... 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved subjects 6 

Total 16 



// 

2 
2 
8 
2 
3 

8 
3 
2 

1 

18-19 



3 
8 
4 

1 
3 
8 
3 
1 

17-18 



16 



18 



CONTROL STUDY PROGRAM 249 

Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty advisor from 
courses in Accounting, Statistics, Geography, Public Administration, Secre- 
tarial Training, or other courses that will aid the student in preparing 
for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General Course are 
provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under the guidance 
of a faculty advisor, in such a way as to secure a concentration or major 
when desired in: 

1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Personnel Administration 

2. Financial Administration 6. Transportation Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 7. Public Administration 

4. Marketing Administration 

1. Accounting and Statistical Control Study Program 

Internal control in modern business and governmental organizations is a 
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com- 
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has 
emphasized the importance of the problems of control in management. In 
order to control intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these 
units, it is necessary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and 
develop methods of procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these 
managerial activities, it is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning 
the operations of the various units, divisions, and departments. It is the 
function of the accounting and statistical departments to secure, analyze, 
classify, and, to a limited extent, interpret these facts. 

This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in 
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the 
problems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics. 
If the program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a 
career as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant auditor, budget 
officer, comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer. 

Provision for practical experience. Arrangements have been made with 
firms of certified public accountants in Baltimore and the District of Co- 
lumbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting. This 
training is provided between semesters of the senior year (approximately 
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following 
graduation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship 
training before graduation. 

The following study program provides courses for those wishing to 
concentrate in this important field: 

Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow 
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years. 



250 MARKETING 

i — Semester — ^ 
Junior Year / /; 

B. A. 110, 111 — Intermediate Accounting 3 3 

B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting .... 4 

B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting 4 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 3 .... 

B. A. 124, 126— Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice 3 3 

B. A. 122 — Auditing Theory and Practice 3 

B. A. 127 — -Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice .... 3 

B. A. 125— C. P. A. Problems,* or Elective 3* 

B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4 

Electives 3 3 

Total 16 16 

The student interested in this field may select such electives, with the 
aid of his advisor, from the following list of subjects such courses as will 
best meet his needs: 

B. A. 116— Public Budgeting (3) B. A. 226— Accounting Systems (3) 

B. A. 118 — Governmental Accounting (3) B. A. 228 — Research in Accounting 
B. A. 129 — Apprenticeship in Accounting (arranged) 

(0) B. A. 229 — Studies of special problems in 
B. A. 132, 133 — Advanced Business Statis- the fields of Statistical Control 

tics (3, 3) (arranged) 

B. A. 143 — Credit Management (3) Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems 
B. A. 165— Office Management (3) (3) 

B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3) Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 
B. A. 183— Law for Accountants (2) (3) 

B. A. 220 — Managerial Accounting (3) Econ. 134 — Contemporary Ecnomic Thought 
B. A. 221, 222— Seminar in Accounting (3) 

(arranged) 

2. Financial Administration 

A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an effective 
financial organization. Production and marketing activities of business 
enterprises must be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend 
on credit; and the activities of local, state, and federal governments depend, 
in large part, on taxation and borrowing. To meet these needs a com- 
plicated structure of financial institutions, both private and public, has 
evolved together with a wide variety of financial instruments. The methods 
used are equally varied and complicated. Since the financing service is so 
pervasive throughout our economic life and because it is an expense which 
must be borne by the ultimate purchaser, the management of the finance 
function is endowed with a high degree of public interest. 

* C. P. A. Problems is required only of students who plan to go into public accounting. 



PROGRAM 251 

This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa- 
tion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to 
aid him in developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and 
to form sound judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a 
wise selection of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may 
prepare himself for positions in the commercial, savings, and investment 
banking fields, investment management; corporate financial management; 
real estate financing; and insurance. A student may qualify himself to 
enter government service, e.g., in departments regulating banking opera- 
tions, international finance, the issuance and sales of securities, and a num- 
ber of financial corporations owned and operated or controlled by the 
government. 

Students wishing to form a concentration in Financial Administration 
should follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore 
years, the program for the junior and senior years is outlined below. 

< — Semester — » 
Junior Year I II 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

B. A. 110-111 — Intermediate Accounting 3 3 

B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting 4 .... 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 160 — Marketing Management 8 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business and 

Public Administration 3 4 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 141 — Investment Management 3 .... 

B. A. 143 — Credit Management 3 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 8 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8 .... 

B. A. 166 — Office Management 8 

Electives 3 6 

Total 16 16 

Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the advisor from the 
following list of subjects: 

B. A. 142 — Banking Policy and Practice (3) Econ. 149 — International Finance and Ex- 

B. A. 145 — Property, Casualty, and Liabil- change (3) 

ity Insurance. Econ. 241 — Seminar in Money, Credit and 

B. A. 147 — Business Cycle Theory (3) Prices (arranged) 

Econ. 141 — Theory of Money, Credit and B. A. 240 — Seminar in Financial Organiza- 

Prices (8) tion and Management (3) 

B. A. 146 — Real Estate Financing and Ap- B. A. 249 — Studies of Special Problems in 

prmlsals (2) the Field of Financial Administration 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation (3) (arranged) 



252 FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 

3. Industrial Administration 

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of 
organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory and 
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and 
techniques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student is required 
to go on inspection trips, and when feasible is expected to secure first-hand 
information through both observation and participation. He should be 
familiar with the factors that determine plant location and layout, types 
of buildings, and the major kinds of machines and processes utilized; he 
should understand effective methods and devices for the selection and 
utilization of men, materials and machines. 

The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the college, 
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful 
place in this field of effort are: 

*B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting (4) B. A. 170 — Transportation I— Regulation 

B. A. 122, 127 — Auditing (3, 3) of Transportation Services (3) 

B. A. 132, 133 — Advanced Business Statis- B. A. 171 — Transportation II — Services, 

tics (3, 3) Rules, and Practices (3) 

B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3) B. A. 172 — Transportation III — Motor 

*B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3) Transportation (3) 

B. A. 165 — Office Management (3) *B. A. 177 — Motion Economy and Time 

B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3) Study (3) 

*B. A. 167 — Job Evaluation and Merit *B. A. 178 — Production Planning and Con- 
Rating (2) trol (2) 

*B. A. 169 — Industrial Management (3) 

Industrial Administration students may so arrange their study programs 
as to take a series of related courses in one of the following fields: 

1. Physics 3. Some basic engineering courses 

2. Chemistry 4. Agriculture 

4. Marketing Administration 

Modern business administration is concerned largely with marketing 
activities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major 
portion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The 
ideals of our system of private property, individual initiative and free 
enterprise are closely related to present-day marketing organization and 
practice. Effective solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary 
to the success of the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of 
the consumer. If the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from 
rising unduly, it is necessary that careful study of the organization, policies, 
methods, and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising, 
transportation, financing, storing, and other related activities be made, and 
corresponding appropriate action taken by qualified marketing technicians 
and executives. 



* These courses are specific requirements for students concentrating in Industrial 
Administration. 



PROGRAM 



253 



The purpose of the marketing administration program of study is to give 
the alert and serious student an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and 
otherwise study the problems connected with marketing institutions, 
organizations, policies, methods, and practices. The student who elects this 
field of concentration may develop his aptitudes, on the technical level, for 
research, selling, buying, and preparing advertising copy, and on the admin- 
istrative level he may develop his abilities for organizing, planning, and 
directing the various activities in the field of marketing. 

Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists in addition to 
those required of all students in business administration will aid the student 
in preparing himself for an effective position in the field of marketing. 
He may form a concentration in: 

a. General Marketing 

b. Advertising 

c. Foreign Trade and International Finance 



d. Retail Store Management 

e. Sales Management 



B. A. 132. 133— Advanced Business Sta- 
tistics (3, 3) 
*B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and 
Campaigns (2) 
B. A. 144 — Life, Group, and Social Insur- 
ance (3) 
*B. A. 152— Copy Writing and Layout (2) 
B. A. 145 — Property and Casualty Insur- 
ance (2) 
*B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3) 

B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) 
*B. A. 154 — Reail Store Management (4) 

B. A. 143— Credit Management (3) 
*B. A. 165— Office Management (3) 
B. A. 166 — Business Communications (3) 
B. A. 156 — Real Estate Principles and 

Practices (2) 
B. A. 186 — Real Estate Law and Convey- 
ancing (2) 
B. A. 146— Real Estate Financing and 
Appraisals (2) 

For those especially interested in 
from the following courses: 

fEcon. 136 — International Economic Policies 
and Relations (3) 
Econ. 137 — Economic Planning and Post- 
war Problems (3) 
fEcon. 149 — International Finance and Ex- 
change (3) 
B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and Cam- 
paigns (2) 



B. A. 170 — Transportation I — Regulation of 
Transportation Services (3) 

B. A. 171 — Transportation II — Services, 
Rules, and Practices (3) 

B. A. 172 — Transportation III — Motor 
Transportation (3) 

B. A. 250 — Problems in Sales Management 
(3) 

B. A. 251 — Problems in Advertising (3) 

B. A. 252 — Problems in Retail Store Man- 
agement (3) 

B. A. 257 — Seminar in Marketing Manage- 
ment (arranged) 

B. A. 258 — Research in Marketing 
(arranged) 

B. A. 259 — Studies of Special Problems in 
the field of Marketing Policies, Manage- 
ment and Administration (arranged) 

B. A. 299— Thesis (3-6 hours) (arranged) 



foreign trade, selections may be made 

fB. A. 157 — Foreign Trade Procedure (3) 
fB. A. 170 — Transportation I, Regulation of 

Transportation Services (3) 
fB. A. 173 — Transportation IV, Overseas 
Shipping (3) 
B. A. 189 — Government and Business (3) 
Ec. Geog. 4 — Regional Geography of the 
Continents (3) 



* These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in Marketing. 
t These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in Foreign 
Trade and International Finance. 



254 



LABOR ECONOMICS 



Geog. 100, 101 — Regional Geography of the 
United States and Canada (3, 3) 

Geog. 102 — The Geography of Manufactur- 
ing in the United States and Canada (3) 

Geog. 110, 111 — Latin America (3, 3). 

Geog. 115 — Peoples of Latin America (2) 

Geog. 120 — Economic Geography of Eur- 
ope (3) 



Geog. 122 — Economic Resources and De- 
velopment of Africa (3) 

Geog. 130-131 — Economic and Political 
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia 
(3, 3) 

Geog. 180, 181 — Principles of Geography 
(3, 3) 

Geog. 260-261 — Problems in the Geog. of 
Europe and Africa (3, 3) 

5. Personnel Administration and Labor Economics 

Recent development of large scale operation on the part of both private 
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing vital importance 
of personnel relationships. Successful operation depends on har- 
monious cooperation between emploj'er and employee. The interests of the 
public, the owners, and the management, as well as those of the employees, 
may be greatly affected by the solutions evolved in any given case of 
personnel relationship. The growth of large-scale, centrally controlled labor 
organizations and the increased participation of governmental agencies in 
labor disputes have created problems for which business management, union 
officials, and government representatives have been, on the whole, ill- 
prepared to solve satisfactorily. The government, the unions, and business 
need men and women qualified to deal effectively with these problems. They 
should have broad training and technical information in the fields of business 
and public administration, economics, and psychology, together with suitable 
personalities. They must be able to approach these problems with an open 
mind, unbiased by personal and class prejudices. 

Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human 
effort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing an effective 
working force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find 
employment in business enterprises, governmental departments, govern- 
mental corporations, educational institutions and charitable organizations. 

A student may select from the following courses those which will, in 
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best 
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter. 



B. A. 162 — Contemporary Trends in Labor 
Relations (3) 
*B. A. 163 — Industrial Relations (3) 
*B. A. 164 — Recent Labor Legislation and 
Court Decisions (3) 
Econ. 130 — Economics of Consumption (3) 
*B. A. 169 — Industrial Management (3) 
G. & P. Ill — Public Personnel Adminis- 
tration (3) 
Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology (3) 
Psych. 121 — Social Psychology (3) 
*B. A. 167 — Job Evaluation and Merit 
Rating (2) 



Psych. 161 — Psychological Techniques in 
Personnel Administration (3) 

G. & P. 214— Problems in Public Person- 
nel Administration (arranged) 

B. A. 262 — Seminar in Contemporary 
Trends in Labor Relations (3) 

B. A. 266— Research in Personnel Manage- 
ment (arranged) 

B. A. 269 — Studies of Special Problems in 
Employer-Employee Relationships 
(arranged) 

B. A. 299 — Thesis, 3-6 hours (arranged) 



* These courses are specific requirements for those students taking a concentration in 
Personnel Administration and Labor Economics. 



TRANSPORTATION, PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 255 

6. Transportation Administration 

The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach- 
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in 
economics, government, and business administration, as well as being pro- 
ficient in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway, 
water, and air transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our 
very existence. This curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air trans- 
portation. 

The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the 
Department of Business Organization and Administration, will aid the 
student in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields of air, water, 
highway, and railway transportations. Airport management is a rapidly 
growing new business activity. 

*B. A. 170 — Transportation I, Regulation *B. A. 173 — Transportation IV, Overseas 

of Transportation Services (3) Shipping (3) 

B. A. 171 — Transportation II, Services, *B. A. 174 — Commercial Air Transportation 

Rules, and Practices (3) (3) 

B. A. 172 — Transportation III, Motor, B. A. 175— Airline Administration (3) 

Transportation (3) B. A. 176 — Problems in Airport Manage- 

B. A. 157 — Foreign Trade. ment (3) 

Other courses may be selected with the approval of the advisor for the 
curriculum. 

7. Public Administration 

The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of 
our economic, political, and social life has been developing for a number of 
years but more rapidly in some countries than others. The growth was pro- 
nounced in the European countries during the twenties, it grew rapidly in 
the United States during the thirties and World War II. Thousands of men 
and women are now employed in developing organizations, evaluating 
policies, and devising methods and procedures for administering and super- 
vising the manifold governmental activities required in the far-flung scheme 
of economic and social control. Our government, for example, has now 
become the largest "business" enterprise in the country. The gigantic task 
of organization, management and control was undertaken before an 
adequately qualified personnel could be selected and properly trained. 
Federal, State, and Local Governments have called upon the universities 
to aid in training young men and women for effective public service. 
Graduates who are mentally alert, can think clearly, form critical judg- 
ments, express their thoughts and conclusions succinctly, have well-balanced 
minds, and possess a professional point of view with reference to their work, 
are needed throughout the government service. 

The curriculum in Public Administration is designed primarily to aid in 
the preparation of young men and women for technical, supervisory, and 
managerial positions in the various state and federal services. The par- 



* These courses are required of students concentrating in Transportation. 



256 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

ticular selections of subjects in any individual case will depend on the 
type of position for which the student wishes to prepare. The full course 
resources of the University are available for this training. Courses, for 
example, in foreign languages, geography, history, philosophy, and govern- 
ment, as well as studies in social, legal, political, and economic institutions 
may be advisable in addition to the required courses in Business and Public 
Administration. 

Properly qualified graduates can usually find employment in the field of 
their major interest. Large numbers of people trained in such technical 
fields as statistics, accounting, finance, personnel, marketing and transporta- 
tion are employed by governmental agencies. There is a need for people 
trained for and interested in the various aspects of research in the social 
science and business administration fields. Graduates fitted by nature and 
equipped through proper training and experience for the broader fields of 
administration and management can find interesting work in governmental 
units and at the same time satisfy their normal desire to render a special 
service to society. 

Some of the governmental agencies which employ college trained people 
are given as an illustration of the opportunities available. Many of these 
are within the classified service. Such independent federal agencies as the 
Social Security Administration, Federal Reserve Board, Reconstruction 
Finance Corporation, Tennessee Valley Authority, and the independent 
regulatory commissions demand the services of many professionally and 
technically trained people. The Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, 
Defense, Interior, State, Labor, and Treasury use many college trained men 
and women. State and local governments also are developing greater need 
for personnel trained in Administration. 

The undergraduate student who expects to make his concentration in the 
field of Public Administration will find the following curriculum serviceable: 

< — Semester — < 
Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2- — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 8 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Econ. 4, 6 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Mathematics 5, 6 8 8 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42. 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 



l'l'llUC ADM IS 1ST RATIOS 



257 



i — S emester — 
Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 — Composition and Reading in Literature 3 3 

Econ. 81, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 8 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4 

G. & P. 4 — State Government and Administration 3 .... 

G. & P. 5 — Local Government and Administration .... 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-2U 17 2o 

Junior Year 

G. & P. 110 — Principles of Public Administration 3 .... 

G. & P. Ill — Public Personnel Administration .... 3 

G. & P. 112 — Public Financial Administration 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3 

Econ. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles 3 .... 

B. A. 132 — Advanced Business Statistics .... 8 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Electives 3 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business 3 .... 

Econ. 161 — The Government and Social Security .... 3 

Econ. 149 — International Finance and Exchange .... 3 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3 .... 

Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic Thought .... 3 

G & P. 181 — Administrative Law 3 

Electives (to be selected in terms of the student's primary object 

with the aid of his advisor) 6 3 

Total 15 15 

Selection of electives may be made from the following courses: 

B. A. 128 — Governmental Accounting (3) G. & P. 231— Seminar in Public Law (3) 

B. A. 164 — Recent Labor Legislative and Econ. 235 — Seminar in International Eco- 

Court Decisions (3) nomic Relations (3) (arranged) 

B. A. 170 — Transportation I, Regulation of Econ. 242 — Research in Government Fiscal 

Transportation Services (3) Policies and Practices (arranged) 

B. A. 127 — Public Budgeting (3) B. A. 280 — Seminar in Business and Gov- 
H. 135 — Constitutional History of the ernment Relationships (arranged) 

United States (3, 3) B. A. 284— Seminar in Public Utilities 
G. & P. 201 — Seminar in International (arranged) 

Organization (3) B. A. 299 — Thesis (3-6 hours) (arranged) 

G. & P. 213 — Problems of Public Admin- G. & P. 7, 8, 9, 10 — Comparative Govern- 

istration (3) ment (2, 2, 2, 2) 

G. & P. 214 — Problems of Public Personnel G. & P. 101— International Political Re- 
Administration (3) lations (3) 

G. & P. 216 — Seminar in Administrative G. & P. 102— International Law (3) 

Planning and Management (3) G. & P. 105 — Recent Far Eastern Politics 
G. & P. 217 — Government Corporations (3) 

and Special Purpose Authorities (3) G. & P. 131 — Constitutional Law (3) 



258 ECONOMICS 

II. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is recognized as the 
laboratory for the practical study of business and economic problems. As 
such, it has three principal functions: first, to train students in the field of 
business and economic research; second, to disseminate information con- 
cerning business and economic conditions in Maryland; and third, to make 
available the facilities and to give active research assistance to interested 
business firms, governmental units, and citizen groups within the state. 

Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can 
obtain practical experience in research work. This involves the application 
of techniques and principles studied in the classroom to actual business and 
governmental problems. 

The Bureau — through its direct contact with business, government, labor 
and the professions and in its research into problems in these fields — serves 
as an important source of information relative to business and economic 
conditions and developments in the state. This information is made avail- 
able, in part, by means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct inquiry 
to the Bureau. This service is supplemented by active cooperation with 
individual business firms and citizen organizations within the state who 
request assistance in the study of specific problems which are recognized 
as having an important bearing on community welfare. The Bureau wel- 
comes the opportunity to be of real service to such organizations. 

III. ECONOMICS 

The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to meet the 
needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor scale 
in this division of the Social Sciences. Students who expect to enroll in 
the professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of 
Business or Public Administration, or Foreign Service, or Social Service 
Administration, will find courses in economics of considerable value to them 
in their later work. A student of economics should choose his courses to 
meet the requirements for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a 
Doctor of Philosophy degree. (He should consult the bulletin of the Gradu- 
ate School for the general requirements for the advanced degrees.) 

Requirements for an Economics Major 

A student majoring in Economics is required to complete satisfactorily 
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military 
science, hygiene and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" 
is required for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average 
grade of "C" in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field. 
The specific requirements for the Economics Major are: 
I. Econ. 4, 5, 31 and 32 — a total of 10 semester hours of specifically 
required courses in Economics. B.A. 20, 21 (Principles of Accounting) 
are recommended, and B. A. 130 (Statistics) is required. Other courses 
in Economics to meet the requirements of a major are to be selected with 
the aid of a faculty adviser. 



ECONOMICS MAJORS 259 

II. Social Studies — American Government (3) ; Sociology of American 
Life (3) ; History of American Civilization (6) — a total of 12 semester hours. 

III. English — 12 semester hours, comprising Eng. 1, 2, and 3, 4; or 5, 6; 
Speech — 2 to 4 semester hours; Speech 18 and 19, 2 semester hours. 

IV. Foreign Language and Literature, 12 semester hours in one language. 
Candidates for the Ph.D. degree are required to have a reading knowledge 
of two modern foreign languages. 

V. Natural Science and Mathematics, 12 semester hours. 

VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present 
University requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Phys- 
ical Activities for all able-bodied male students; women students are re- 
quired to take 8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects economics as a major must have earned 10 semester 
hours credit in the prerequisite courses in economics prior to his beginning 
the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during 
the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average 
grade of not less than "C". The major sequences are not completed until 
at least 26 and not more than 40 credits, in addition to the required 
prerequisite courses, are satisfactorily earned, that is, with an average grade 
of at least "C". 

A minor in economics consists of the 10 prerequisite credits mentioned 
above plus at least 18 additional credits in economics. 

As many as 24 additional semester hours may be taken by the economics 
students from Business and Public Administration courses. 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty advisor in terms of the student's 
objective and major interest. 

Study Program for Economics Majors t Semester x 

Freshman Year I II 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Econ. 4, 6 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 

Mathematics 5, 6 or 10 and 11 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government (or Sociology of American Life) ... 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government) .... 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18—19 18—19 



Semes 


tei 




I 




II 


3 




3 


3 




3 


3 




3 


3 




3 


3 




3 


3 




3 


1 




1 



260 OFFICE MANAGEMENT 



Sophomore Year 

Econ. 31, 82 — Principles of Economics 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 

Foreign Language 

Natural Science 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 16—19 16—19 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems .... 3 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business Ad- 
ministration* 6 9 

Total IB 15 

Senior Year 

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3 .... 

Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic Thought .... 3 

Econ. 171 — Economics of American Industries .... 3 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business Ad- 
ministration* 9 9 

Total 15 16 

IV. OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 
1. Office Management 

With the rapidly mounting volume of office work now being done, and the 
rapid increase in the number of office workers required to do it, effective 
office management and supervision is needed. Despite the current populai 
opinion that the office manager needs to know only a number of systems 
and machines, there is an ever-growing group of executives who believe 
that the management and supervision of an office is. quite as important a 
job as the management of a factory or any other industrial enterprise. 
Many instances may be cited where the managers of offices have, by a 
consistent and logical use of scientific management principles, saved as 
much as $100,000 a year for their companies. 

Any young man or woman entering business today need have no hesitancy 
in preparing himself for the position of office manager, for that position 
has proved a stepping stone to positions of great responsibility for many of 
our present leading executives. 



* Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department of 
Economics, but they must be on the Junior and Senior level. 



OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 



261 



The student interested in this field will find the following required courses 
with the suggested electives selected under the guidance of the advisor, 
a valuable aid in preparing for positions in this field. 



Office Administration Study Program ~ . 

Freshman Year I II 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Engr. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2 

Math 5 — General Mathematics 3 .... 

Math. 6 — Mathematics of Finance .... 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .' . . . 3 

O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting 2 

O. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting .... 2 

M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1 1 

Total 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 

O. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems 2 

M. S. 3. 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total 17-19 

Junior Year 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 8 

Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

Econ. 160 — Principles of Marketing 3 

B. A. 121 — Cost Accounting '. 

O. T. 112— Filing 2 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics .... 

O. T. Ill— Office Machines 

Electives 2 

Total 16 



18-19 



3 
3 
4 

1 
3 

3 
1 

15-17 



3 



16 



262 OFFICE TECHNIQUES 

i — Semester — \ 
Senior Year I II 

B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 165— Office Management 3 

B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3 .... 

B. A. 154 — Retail Store Management .... 3 

B. A. 151 — Advertising Programs and Campaigns 2 

Electives in Accounting ; Marketing ; Real Estate ; Insurance ; Finance ; 

Transportation ; and Psychology 6 7 

Total 16 16 

2. Office Techniques 

In order to meet the growing demand for college trained secretarial and 
office personnel, the College of Business and Public Administration is offer- 
ing to both men and women a program of secretarial training courses. 
The Secretarial Curriculum provides students with the opportunity to obtain 
the essential background for stenographic, executive and administrative 
positions. One of the best methods of assuring success in one's chosen 
profession is through the medium of specialized secretarial service. To this 
end the courses have been designed. The major objectives of the College 
will be maintained and emphasized throughout the presentation of the 
program of studies. The purpose of this curriculum is not only to furnish 
merely technical or vocational training, but also, to aid the student in 
developing his natural aptitudes for secretarial and administrative positions. 
The development of the student's capacity to plan, organize, direct, and 
execute is the guiding principle followed in this curriculum. This program 
of study will appeal to the young man or woman who is ambitious, nat- 
urally capable, and willing to work. It will also appeal to those who 
realize that positions in secretarial service require much more than merely 
skill in typewriting and stenography. These are essential tools, but knowl- 
edge and skill in other subjects are as important for the more responsible 
positions. 

Placement Examination 

Students with one or more years of college, high school, or equivalent 
training in shorthand and /or typewriting are required to take a placement 
examination in those subjects prior to, or at the time of, their first registra- 
tion in a shorthand or typewriting course at the University. 

Based on the results of this examination, the student may be exempt 
from certain of the beginning courses in either, or both, shorthand and 
typewriting. Credit will be given only for the work done in residence. 

Record of Competency 

Students must make a grade of "C" in each course in the Secretarial 
sequence before they may progress to the next advanced course. 



SENIOR REQUIREMENT 



2GII 



Senior Requirement 

A vocational level of competency in business skills is imperative at the 
time of graduation. As a requirement for graduation, students following 
the secretarial curriculum must either take T. 16 and T. 17 (or T. 18) 
within the six-month period preceding graduation, or take a proficiency 
examination on the material covered in these courses within this six-month 
period. 

The following program of study is designed to give the capable student 
an opportunity to develop his potential aptitudes to an effective end. 

i — Semester — \ 
Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 8 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Math. 5, 6 — General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance 3 8 

O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting* 2 .... 

O. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting .... 2 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 8 3 

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 4 4 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 2 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-20 15-17 

Junior Year 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 2 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 4 

O. T. 16 — Advanced Shorthandt 3 

O. T. 17— Gregg Transcription! 2 

B. A. 166 — Business Communications .... 8 

O. T. Ill— Office Machines 3 

O. T. 112— Filing 2 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking .... 3 

Electives 2 2 

Total 16 16 



* O. T. 1 should be completed prior to enrollment in Principles of Shorthand 1 (O. T. 12). 
t O. T. 16, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 17, Gregg Transcription, must be taken con- 
currently. 



264 GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

i — Semestei — > 
Senior Year I " 

O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 3 

O. T. 114 — Secretarial Office Practice 3 

B. A. 165 — Office Management 3 

B. A. 180, 181 — Business Law 4 4 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

Suggested Elective — Gregg Shorthand Dictation (S. T. 18) 3 

Electives 6 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

Total 16 IB 

Combined Secretarial Training and Business Teaching Curriculum 

Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education 
in such a manner as to qualify themselves for commercial teaching in high 
schools. 

Requirements to teach business subjects: Twenty semester hours of 
prescribed courses in education are required for certification to teach busi- 
ness subjects in Maryland, and 24 semester hours in the District of 
Columbia. 

B. WORLD ECONOMICS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS 

The section of World Economics and Public Affairs comprises three 
Departments, viz., Government and Politics, Foreign Service and Interna- 
tional Relations, and Geography, and the Bureau of Public Administration. 
The Departments in this section furnish the student an opportunity to work 
out a major in Government and Politics, or to prepare himself for effective 
service in some division of our State or Federal Governments, or in the field 
of International Affairs. Courses leading to the Bachelor's, Master's, and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered. The qualified student may so 
arrange his curriculum as to prepare himself for teaching, research, or for 
public or private service. 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit, exclusive of Military Science, 
Physical Activities, and Hygiene, is required for graduation with an aver- 
age grade of "C" or better and not more than 25 per cent in "D" grades 
can be counted toward fulfilling the requirement. 

I. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 
Government and Politics Major and Minor Requirements 

In addition to the regular university requirements, a student majoring 
in the field of Government and Politics must meet the following conditions: 
(1) G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all 
other courses offered by the Department. All persons majoring in Govern- 
ment and Politics must first complete this course with a grade of C or 
better. (2) All majors must take 36 hours of Government and Politics, in- 
cluding G. & P. 1. No Government and Politics course with a grade of less 
than C can be counted as a part of the 36 hours of major work. (3) Each 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 265 

major must have at least one course in each of five of the following six 
fields within the Department of Government and Politics: (1) Local Govern- 
ment, (2) Public Administration, (3) Political Theory, (4) Public Policy, 
(5) Comparative Government and International Affairs, and (6) Public Law. 
A minor in Government and Politics consists of a minimum of 18 hours, 
including G. & P. 1. At least six semester hours must be in courses num- 
bered 100 and above. 

i — Semester — •, 

Freshman Year I II 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 3 3 

Math. 5, 6, or 10, 11 — Mathematics 3 3 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Foreign Language 3 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

G. & P. 4 — State Government and Administration 3 .... 

G. & P. B — Local Government and Administration .... 3 

G. & P. 7 or 9 — Comparative Government 2 .... 

G. & P. 8 or 10 — Comparative Government .... 2 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5. 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-21 18-21 

Junior Year 

G. & P. 110 — Public Administration 3 

G. &. P. 174— Political Parties 3 

G. & P. 124 — Legislatures and Legislation .... 3 

G. & P. 102 — International Law 3 

♦Electives 9 9 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 141— History of Political Theory 3 

G. & P. 142 or 144— Recent and American Political Theory 3 

G. & P. 131 — Constitutional Law 3 

G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law .... 3 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business .... 3 

•Electives 6 6 

Total 15 15 

* Electives are to be chosen under the direction of the Head of the Department. 



266 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

II. BUREAU OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

The Bureau of Public Administration was organized in 1947. It is closely 
allied, both in function and personnel, with the Department of Government 
and Politics. The Department of Government and Politics is the teaching 
agency; the Bureau of Public Administration is the governmental research 
agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily to the problems of state and 
local government in Maryland. The Bureau engages in research and publishes 
research findings. It conducts short courses or institutes of government 
attended by local government officials. It undertakes surveys and offers 
its assistance and services to units of government in Maryland. Finally, 
it serves as a clearing house of information for the benefit of Maryland 
state and local government. Closely associated with the Bureau of Public 
Administration is the Maryland League of Municipalities, the organization 
of Maryland cities. The headquarters of the League are maintained in 
conjunction with the Bureau of Public Administration. 

III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

If the student expects to enter the foreign service he should be well 
grounded in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of 
his anticipated location as well as in the general principles and practices 
of organization and administration. It should be recognized that only a 
limited training can be secured during the undergraduate period. When 
more specialized or more extensive preparation is required, graduate work 
should be planned. The individual program, in either instance, however, 
should be worked out under the guidance of a faculty advisor. The follow- 
ing study program is offered as a guide in the selection of subjects. 

i — Semester — > 
Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature 8 8 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... t 

Foreign Language (Selection) 3 3 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Mathematics 6,6 3 8 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 19-20 19-20 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 267 

i — Semester — * 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language (Continuation of Freshman year selection) 3 8 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 8 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

G. & P. — Comparative Government, selection in accordance with the 

student's need 2 2 

Sp. 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 8 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 8 

G. &. P. 101 — International Political Relations .... 3 

B. A. 130 — Elements of Business Statistics 8 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems .... 3 

Ec. Geog. — Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs 3 3 

Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3 

Total 16 15 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 102— International Law 3 

G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations .... 3 

G. & P. 131— Constitutional Law 8 

G. & P. 180 — Government and Business .... 8 

Ec. 132 — Advanced Economic Prin., or Ec 134, Contemporary Econ. 

Thought 3 

G. & P. 181 — Administrative Law 3 .... 

Econ. 136 — International Economic Policies and Relations .... 3 

Econ. 149 — International Finance and Exchange .... 3 

Electives to meet the needs of the student's major interest 3 3 

Total 16 15 

Suggested electives: 

American History 108, 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146. 

European History 175, 176, 179, 180, 185, 186, and History 191 — History of Russia ; 

History 195— The Far East. 
Government and Politics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, and 154. 



268 REQUIREMENTS, MAJOR 

IV. GEOGRAPHY 

Agriculture, industry, trade, social customs and politics of a given geo- 
graphical region are influenced to a great extent by the natural resources 
of that area. Climatic conditions, topography, soils, mineral deposits, water 
power, and other physical factors largely determine the economic possibili- 
ties of a country. The characteristics of the philosophy, political ideals and 
degrees of technological maturity of the people within a given geographical 
unit, in turn, determine in large measures the degree of effectiveness with 
which the natural resources are utilized. The standard of living, the pur- 
chasing power, and the political outlook of the inhabitants of a country are, 
in the main, the result or the expression of the interrelationship existing 
between the people and their physical environment. 

This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con- 
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and 
analyzing causes and results as they affect economic, political, and social 
activities. The student interested in international trade, international po- 
litical relations, diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations 
will find the courses in this department of great practical value. Work is 
offered on both the undergraduate and the graduate levels. Emphasis is 
placed on research activity on the part of faculty members and graduate 
students. 

Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools 
and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business and Public 
Administration, or Foreign Service, will find courses in geography of mate- 
rial value to them in their later work. At present there exists a serious 
lack of well-trained geographers, in government service, in universities, 
colleges, and high schools, as well as in private business, with demand 
greatly exceeding the supply. A student of geography should choose his 
courses to meet the requirements for his major objective, be it an under- 
graduate major or minor, or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. He should consult the bulletin of the Graduate School for the 
general requirements for the advanced degrees. 

Requirements for a Geography Major: 

A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily 
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military 
science, hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" 
is required for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average 
grade of "C" in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field. 

The specific requirements for the geography major are: 

I. Geog. 30 and 41 (3, 3) ; Geog. 60 and 61 (3, 3) ; and 6 hours in regional 
geography courses numbered 100 to 149; a total of 18 hours of required 
courses. Other courses in geography to meet the requirements of a major 
are to be selected with the aid of a faculty advisor. 

II. Social Studies— G. & P. 1 (3) ; Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3) ; History 5 and 
6 (3, 3); Soc. 1, 5 (3, 3) and 121 and 122 (3, 3); a total of 27 semester hours. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 269 

III. Natural Science— Botany 1 and 102 (4, 3); Soils 1 and 103 (3, 3); 
Chem. 7 and 9 (3, 3); or 1 and 3 (4, 4). Students specifically interested 
in meteorology can substitute Physics 1 and 2 (3, 3) or 10 and 11 (4. 4) 
for Chemistry. A total of 19 or 21 semester hours. 

IV. Mathematics — Math. 5, 6 (3, 3), or, according to the interest of the 
student in meteorology, climatology, and cartography, Math. 10, 11 (3, 3). 

V. English — Eng. 1, 2; and 3, 4 or 5, 6 — a total of 12 semester hours. 

VI. Foreign Language and Literature, 12 semester hours in one lan- 
guage, unless an advanced course is taken. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree 
are required to have a reading knowledge of two modern languages. 

VII. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present 
University requirements is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physi- 
cal Activities for all able-bodied male students. Women students are re- 
quired to take 8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects geography as a major must have earned 12 semester 
hours credit in the prerequisite courses in geography prior to his beginning 
the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during 
the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average 
grade of not less than "C." The major sequences are not completed until 
at least 26 or not more than 40 credits, in addition to the required pre- 
requisites, are satisfactorily earned, that is, with the average grade of at 
least "C." 

A minor in geography consists, in addition to the underclass departmental 
requirements (that is Geog. 1, 2 (2, 2), or Geog. 60, 61 (3, 3); Geog. 30 (3) 
and Geog. 41 (3), or 12 hours in all) of 12 hours additional credits in 
geography, or in courses which are judged to be sufficiently closely related 
by an adviser from the Department of Geography. 

For the guidance of graduate students, it should be emphasized that the 
Department of Geography is particularly interested in the appraisal of 
natural resources in relation to economic, social and political developments; 
it aims to encourage study of the natural resource base of the culture of an 
area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an elementary knowledge of 
certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the physical aspects of geo- 
graphic study and resource analysis. On the other hand, a certain amount 
of knowledge of economics, of sociology and of political organization may be 
necessary in order to understand stages of resource utilization and the 
social consequences. The Department believes that for many candidates, 
for both Master's and Doctor's degrees, a balanced training in the physical 
and socio-economic aspects of geography is desirable. In specialization, 
emphasis may be shifted toward the physical side of geography, or toward 
the socio-economic side, depending upon the preparation, background, in- 
terests and intended work of each candidate. 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geog- 
raphy in terms of the student's objective and major interests. 



270 GEOGRAPHY MAJORS 

Study Program for Geography Majors: 

Freshman Year 

Geog. 30 — Principles of Physical Geography 

Geog. 41 — Weather and Climate 

Math. 6, 6 — General Mathematics and Math, of Finance or for students 
interested in cartography, meteorology, climatology, Math. 10 
and 11 

Chem. 7 and 9 (or 1 and 3) — Introductory Chemistry 

G. & P. 1 — American Government (or Soc. Amer. Life) 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or Amer. Gov't) 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 

P. E. 42, 44 — Hygiene (Wpmen) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Geog. 60, 61 — Economic Geography 

Soils 1 — General Soils 

Botany 1 — General Botany 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in Literature 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

Soc. 5 — Anthropology 

Bot. 102 — Plant Ecology 

Soils 103— Soil Geography 

Foreign Language 

Geog. — Selection of Regional Courses to Fit Student's Needs 

Electives, with adviser's consent 

Total 

Senior Year 

Soc. 120, 121— Population 

Foreign Language 

Geog. — Selection of Regional Courses to Fit Student's Needs 

Electives, with adviser's consent 

Total 



-Semester — > 
/ // 

3 

3 



3(4) 


3(4) 


3 




3 


3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


18-20 


18-20 



3 


3 


3 






4 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


1 


1 


15-19 


16-19 





3 




3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


6 


3 



15 

3 
3 
3 

6 

15 



15 



15 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 271 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant 
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to 
another course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title 
of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Professors Thatcher, Calhoun, Clemens, Cover, Frederick, Grubb, Pyle, Reid, 
Watson, Wedeberg; Associate Professors Cook, Hale, McLarney, Mounce, 
Sweeney, H. Sylvester, Wright; Assistant Professors Cronin, McHugh; In- 
structors Ash, Cohen, Daiker, Gruber, McKiever, Moeller, Messer, Smith, 
Woodbury. 

B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2,2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums. 

A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a 
business enterprise. B.A. 11 includes industrial management, organization 
and control. 

B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Required in all Business Administration curriculums. Prerequisite, Sopho- 
more standing. 

The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for 
proprietorships, corporations and partnerships. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21, or consent of in- 
structor for majors in accounting. 

A comprehensive study of the theory and problems of valuation of assets, 
application of funds, corporation accounts and statements, and the inter- 
pretation of accounting statements. 



272 COURSE OFFERINGS 

B.A. 116. Public Budgeting (3)— Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 32. 

A study of budgetary administration in the United States, including sys- 
tems of financial control and accountability, the settlement of claims, cen- 
tralized purchasing and the reporting of financial operations. 

B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or con- 
sent of instructor. 

The content of this course covers the scope and functions of governmental 
accounting. It considers the principles generally applicable to all forms 
and types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adaptable to all 
governments. It deals with governmental accounting as a distinct field. 
It develops and presents the system, taking full account of the conditions 
governing the agencies and operations carried on by government. 

B.A. 121. Cost Accounting (4) — Second semester. Prerequisite, a grade 
of B or better in B.A. 21, or consent of instructor for majors in accounting. 

A study of the fundamental principles of cost accounting including job 
order, process, and standard cost accounting. 

B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, B.A. 111. 

A study of the principles and problems of auditing and the application of 
accounting principles to the preparation of audit working papers and 
reports. 

B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting (4) — First semester. Prerequisite, a 
grade of B or better in B.A. 21, or consent of instructor for majors in 
accounting. 

A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Law, using illus- 
trative examples, selected questions and problems, the preparation of re- 
turns. 

B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 111. 

Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized problems in partner- 
ships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and consolidations, receiverships 
and liquidations. 

B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124, 
or consent of instructor. 

A study of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means 
of the preparation of solutions to, and an analysis of, a large sample of 
C.P.A. problems covering the various accounting fields. 

B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 122. 

Advanced auditing theory, practice and report writing. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 273 

B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) — Prerequisites, minimum of 
20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the accounting staff. 

A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms of 
certified public accountants from about January 15 to February 15, and for 
a semester after graduation. 

B.A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. Required for graduation. 

This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics. 
Emphasis is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabula- 
tion; graphic charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers; 
sampling; elementary tests of reliability; and simple correlations. 

B.A. 131. Statistics Laboratory. Laboratory hours and credit to be ar- 
ranged. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. (By approval, open to graduate students 
for work on thesis.) 

Through this course the Bureau of Business and Economic Research 
offers the student an opportunity to do practical work in statistics, business, 
and economics, under the direction of the Bureau staff. 

B.A. 132, 133. Advanced Business Statistics (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. 

The use of statistical methods and techniques in economic studies and in 
the fields of business and public administration. Advanced methods of 
correlation and other selected techniques are applied to statistical analyses 
of economic fluctuations, price changes, cost analysis, and market demand 
indexes and functions. 

B.A. 140. Financial Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 140. 

This course deals with principles and practices involved in the organiza- 
tion, financing, and reconstruction of corporations; the various types of secur- 
ities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and control; 
intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of 
problems of financial policy faced by management. 

B.A. 141. Investment Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 140. 

A study of the principles and methods used in the analysis, selection, and 
management of investments; investment programs, sources of investment 
information, security price movements, government, real estate, public utility, 
railroad, and industrial securities. 

B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 140. 

A study of the organization and management of the Commercial Bank, 
the operation of its departments, and the methods used in the extension 
of commercial credit. 



274 COURSE OFFERINGS 

B.A. 143. Credit Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 140. 

A study of the nature of credit and the principles applicable to its exten- 
sion for industrial, commercial, and consumer purposes; the organization 
and management of a credit department, and the collection of accounts. 

B.A. 144. Life, Group, and Social Insurance (2) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of the types of life insurance and the basic principles underlying 
all life insurance relating to reserves, investments, premiums, and regu- 
lations. 

B.A. 145. Property, Casualty, and Liability Insurance (2) — First semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A survey of the insurance coverages written to protect business and per- 
sonal risks arising from such hazards as fire, windstorm, ocean and inland 
transportation, fidelity, and liability. 

B.A. 146. Real Estate Financing and Appraisals (2) — Second semester. 
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37, B.A. 156. 

A study of the methods used in financing real estate of all types — residen- 
tial, industrial, and commercial. The fundamental problem of valuation 
will be studied from the viewpoint of the appraiser. Appraiser technique 
will be applied in the field. 

B.A. 147. Business Cycles (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140 
and senior standing. 

A study of the causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and 
secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem of controlling 
economic instability. 

B.A. 150. Marketing Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 150. 

A study of the work of the marketing division in a going organization. 
The work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of 
marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is 
placed on the determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effec- 
tive marketing of various forms of manufactured products. 

B.A. 151. Advertising Programs and Campaigns (2) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 150. 

Deals with the fundamental principles of advertising. Covers the organi- 
zation and carrying through of advertising campaigns and programs, the 
selection of ideas, types of appeal and different media, and the method of 
judging the effectiveness of advertising. 

B.A. 152. Advertising Copy Writing and Layout (2) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 151. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 275 

Studies the practices and techniques of copy writing and layout that are 
useful for those who expect to prepare advertising or to direct the actual 
production of advertising. Covers the most essential principles of various 
kinds of copy writing. Surveys the process of production from the original 
idea to the published advertisement, and analyzes methods of testing its 
effectiveness. 

B.A. 153. Purchasing Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 150. 

Studies the problems of determining the proper sources, quality and quan- 
tity of supplies, and of methods of testing quality; price policies, price fore- 
casting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of 
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing, and 
methods and procedures used in their procurement. 

B.A. 154. Retail Store Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, B.A. 150. 

Retail store organization, location, layout and store policy; pricing poli- 
cies, price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to buying; pur- 
chasing mthods; supervision of selling; training and supervision of retail 
sales force; and administrative problems. 

B.A. 156. Real Estate Principles and Practice (2) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

The principles and practices involved in the acquisition and utilization of 
land and the improvements thereon. 

B.A. 157. Foreign Trade Procedure (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 150 
Functions of various exporting agencies; documents and procedures used 
in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of procuring goods in 
foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through the 
customs districts; and distribution of goods in the United States. 

B.A. 160. Personnel Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 160. 

This course deals essentially with functional and administrative relation- 
ships between management and the labor force. It comprises a survey 
of the scientific selection of employees, "in-service" training, job analysis, 
classification and rating, motivation of employees, employee adjustment, 
wage incentives, employee discipline and techniques of supervision, and elim- 
ination of employment hazards. 

B.A. 162. Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 160. 

A study of contemporary trends in society's effort through legislation, 
mediation, and other methods to bring about a harmonious relationship 
between labor and management. Laws and court decisions affecting labor 
relations are given some consideration. 



276 COURSE OFFERINGS 

B.A. 163. Industrial Relations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
160. 

A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industry 
with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and legal 
analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration, 
mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, 
boycotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunc- 
tions. 

B.A. 164. Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 
160 and senior standing. 

B.A. 165. Office Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 
11 or junior standing. 

Considers the application of the principles of scientific management in 
their application to office work. 

B. A. 166. Business Communications (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, junior standing. 

The systems of communications used in modern business; techniques of 
communication forms, administrative memorandums, order, bulletin, digest, 
reports; communication problems in production, marketing, personnel ad- 
ministration, and public relations. 

B. A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 160. 

The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry, 
study of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and 
writing job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job 
evaluation to pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating pro- 
grams, the methods of merit rating, and the uses of merit rating. 

B. A. 169. Industrial Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
B. A. 11 and 160. 

Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics 
covered are product development, plant location, plant layout, production 
planning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary 
control, standard costs, and problems of supervision. An inspection trip 
to a large manufacturing plant is made at the latter part of the semester. 

B. A. 170. Transportation I. Regulation of Transportation Services 

(3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

This course is designed for students of Transportation, Public Adminis- 
tration, and General Business. It covers the world practices in the regula- 
tion and control of transportation facilities. 

B.A. 171. Transportation II. Services, Rules, and Practices (3)— Pre- 
requisite, B.A. 170. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 277 

This course treats with the details of classification and rate construction 
for ground and air transportation. It is designed for students interested 
in the practical aspects of shipping and receiving. It is primarily a course 
in industrial and commercial traffic management. 

B.A. 172. Transportation III. Motor Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, 
B.A. 170. 

The place of the motor transport industry, development, uses in distribu- 
tion, competitive situations, organization, regulation. 

B.A. 173. Transportation IV. Overseas Shipping (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 
170. 

The ocean carrier, development of services, types, trade routes, company 
organization, ship brokers and freight forwarders, the American Merchant 
Marine as a factor in national activity. 

B. A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 170. 

The air transportation system of the United States: airways, airports, 
airlines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services 
of commercial air transportation: economics, equipment, operations, financ- 
ing, selling of passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and 
services. 

B. A. 175. Airline Administration (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174. 

Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual work in 
handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance, 
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations 
and other manuals of various companies. 

B. A. 176. Problems in Airport Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174. 

Airports classified, aviation interests and community needs, airport plan- 
ning, construction, building problems. Airports and the courts. Manage- 
ment, financing, operations, revenue sources. 

B. A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 169. 

A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion 
study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, stand- 
ard times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans. 

B. A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 169. 

An analysis of the man-, material-, and machine requirements for pro- 
duction according to the several types of manufacture. The development 
and application of inventory records, load charts, production orders, sched- 
ules, production reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture 
period and one laboratory period each week. 

B. A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 169. 
A case study course of supervisory problems divided into difficulties with 
subordinates, with associates and with superiors. The purposes of the 



278 COURSE OFFERINGS 




An Accounting Class 

course are to apply general principles of industrial management to concrete 
cases and to extract principles from a study of cases. 

B.A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, senior standing. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums. 

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instru- 
ments, agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and 
sales. 

B.A. 183. Law for Accountants (2). Prerequisite, B.A. 181. 

Principles of law relating to the accounting profession, special emphasis 
being placed upon sections of the Maryland Annotated Code dealing with 
accountants, corporations, estates, and trusts. 

B. A. 184. Public Utilities (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37 and senior standing. 

Using the regulated utilities industries as specific examples attention is 
focused on broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitu- 
tional law, administrative law, public administration, government control 
of business, advanced economic, theory, accounting, valuation and deprecia- 
tion, taxation, finance, engineering and management. 

B.A. 186. Real Estate Law and Conveyancing (2). Prerequisite, B.A. 
156 and 180. 

This course attempts to cover in a general way those phases of real 
property law which are of interest not only to real estate dealers but to 
all business men. 

B. A. 189. Business and Government (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or 37. Senior standing. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 279 

A study of the role of government in modern economic life. Social control 
of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from 
the decline of competition. Criteria of and limitations on government 
regulation of private enterprise. 

For Graduates 
B. A. 220. Managerial Accounting (3). 
B. A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting — (Arranged.) 
B. A. 226. Accounting Systems (3). 
B. A. 228. Research in Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and 
Organization — ( Arranged. ) 

B. A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management (1-3) — Prerequisites, Ec. 
140, B. A. 21, B. A. 140. 

B. A. 250. Problems in Sales Management (3). 

B. A. 251. Problems in Advertising (3). 

B. A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management (3) — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing — (Arranged). 

B. A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations — 
(Arranged.) 

B. A. 265. Development and Trends in Modern Industrial Manage- 
ment (3). 

B. A. 266. Research in Personnel Management — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relation- 
ships — (Arranged.) 

B. A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation (3). 

B. A. 271. Theory of Organization (3). 

B. A. 277. Seminar in Transportation (3). 

B. A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relationships — (Ar- 
ranged.) 

B. A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities (3). 

B. A. 299. Thesis— (Arranged.) 

ECONOMICS 

Professors Ratzlaff, Dillard, and Gruchy; Assistant Professor J. Sylvester; 
Instructors Cole, Norton, Long, McCalmont, Robinson, Stapleton, Titus. 

Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Freshman requirements in Business Administration Curriculums. 

An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins, develop- 
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and 



280 COURSE OFFERINGS 

age of mass production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western 
Europe and the United States. 

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, sopohomore standing. Required in the Business Administra- 
tion Curriculums. 

A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A con- 
siderable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and 
explanatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of 
the economic system. 

Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3) — First and second semesters. 
Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31, and 32. Not open to 
freshmen or to B. P. A. students. 

A survey study of the general principles underlying economic activity. 
Designed to meet the needs of special technical groups such as students of 
Engineering, Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable to 
take the more complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Econ. 130. Economics of Consumption (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

The place of the consumer in our economic system. An analysis of 
demand for consumer goods. The need for consumer consciousness and a 
technique of consumption. Cooperative and governmental agencies for 
consumers. Special problems. 

Econ. .131. Comparative Economic Systems (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of economic 
systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the 
capitalistic system, and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of 
economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism. 

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32. 

This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special 
attention being paid to recent developments in the theory of imperfect 
competition. 

Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32. 

A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental Eco- 
nomic thought with special attention being given to the work of such 
economists as W. C. Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. 
Hobson and other contributors to the development of economic thought 
since 1900. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 281 

Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3) — First 
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Econ. 131 recommended. 

This course surveys and analyzes the basic economic, social and political 
factors that influence governments in the determination of their economic 
policies and practices in their relationship with other nations. 

Econ. 137. Economic Planning and Post-war Problems (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Econ. 131 recommended. 

An analysis of the theory and practice of economic planning in the 
United States and other countries, and an investigation of the relation of 
economic planning to postwar economic problems and the stabilization of 
economic enterprise. 

Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

A study of the organization, functions, and operation of our monetary, 
credit, and banking system; the relation of commercial banking to the 
Federal Reserve System; the relation of commercial banking to the 
Federal Reserve System; the relation of money and credit to prices; domestic 
and foreign exchange, and the impact of public policy upon banking and 
credit. 

Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140. 

A study of recent developments in the theory of money and credit, of 
domestic and international price problems, and of monetary and credit 
policies in their relation to the problem of full employment. 

Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of government fiscal policy in regard to the nature of public 
expenditures, sources of public revenue, the tax system, the public debt, 
and government budgets. 

Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 140, Econ. 141 recommended. 

This course considers the theory and practice of international finance and 
exchange. The increased importance of public authority in foreign trade, 
international policies, and finance is given due emphasis. 

Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is 
to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating, 
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural prod- 
ucts, natural products, services, and manufactured goods. 

Econ. 151. Economics of Cooperatives (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 



282 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Analysis of and contrast between economic problems and contributions of 
cooperative and other types of business organizations; the significance of 
cooperation in the free enterprise system. Nominal fees are collected to 
cover the expense of occasional field trips. 

Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, Econ. 32 or 37. 

The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor 
movement are first surveyed. Present day problems are then examined in 
detail: wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization, 
collective bargaining. 

Econ. 161. Government and Social Security (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, G. & P. 4, Econ. 32. 

An analysis of the Federal Social Security Act with special emphasis upon 
the background, purposes, administration, and deficiencies. Attention will 
be given also to employment assurance and relief agencies and policies, 
and to the efforts of European countries and the 48 states to provide a 
greater measure of security. 

Econ. 170. Monopoly and Competition (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

Growth of large-scale production, development of industrial combinations, 
the economies of vertical and horizontal combination, the anti-trust acts, 
and some conclusions as to policy in relation to competition and monopoly. 
Problems of small business. 

Econ. 171. Economics of American Industry (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of the technology, economics and geography of twenty repre- 
sentative American industries. 

For Graduates 

Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 132. 

A study of the development of economic thought and theories including 
the Greeks, Romans, canonists, mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, 
Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy. 

Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor. 

A study of various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic 
thought, particularly the classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German his- 
torical school, American economic thought, and the socialists. 

Econ. 235. Seminar in International Economic Relations (3) — (Arranged.) 
A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 283 

Econ. 237, 238. Seminar in Economic Investigation (3,3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Econ. 240. Comparative Banking Systems (3) — Second semester. 

Econ. 242. Research in Governmental Fiscal Policies and Practices (3) — 

(Arranged.) 

Individual research under faculty guidance of special problems in the 
field of government finance and taxation. 

Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Indus- 
tries (3) — arranged. 

Econ. 299. Thesis — arranged. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Professors Baker, Crist, Hu, Van Royen; Consulting Professors Joerg, Thorn- 
thwaite; Assistant Professors Baum, Karinen; Instructors Anderson, Hick- 
man, Watson; Lecturers Aiken, Brierly, Davies, Skop; Research Professor 
Bowles; Research Associates Battersby, Burstow; Research Assistants 
Hubert, Kelley. 

Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week for Geog. 1; two lecture 
periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirement in the Business Administration 
Curriculums. 

General comparative study of the geographic factors underlying produc- 
tion economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural 
products, power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief sur- 
vey of geography of commerce and manufacturing. (Staff.) 

Geog. 4. Regional Geography of the Continents I. The New World (2) 

— First semester. 

Study of the Americas with emphasis upon human geography and the 
underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the major problems 
arising therefrom. Of particular value to students in the field of education. 

(Watson.) 

Geog. 5. Regional Geography of the Continents II. The Old World (2) 

— Second semester. 

Study of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia with emphasis on human 
geography and the underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the 
major problems resulting therefrom. Intended especially for students and 
teachers in the field of education. (Watson.) 

Geog. 20. Elementary Cartography (2) — First or second semester. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. 

Principles of cartography and study in laboratory and in the field of 
various types of maps and related means of presenting geographic mate- 
rials. (Karinen) 



284 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Geog. 30. Principles of Physical Geography (3) — First semester. 

A systematic study of the physical features of the earth's surface, includ- 
ing subordinate land forms. The course is designed to give an understand- 
ing of major physiographic processes and of the genesis of various types 
of land forms. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 31. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3) — First or sec- 
ond semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Pre- 
requisite Geog. 20 and 30, or equivalent. 

Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems 
of representation of natural features according to map scales, and of gen- 
eralization and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and 
generalization of cultural features, including place-name selection. 

(Davies, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 41. Introductory Meteorology (3) — Second semester. 

A course of general cultural interest, basic to any further work in clima- 
tology, and intended to acquaint students in such fields as agriculture, aero- 
nautics, civil engineering, and physics with the basic facts and concepts 
relating to the atmosphere. ■ (Baum.) 

Geog. 60, 61. Economic Geography (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Can be taken by students in the Division of World Economics and Public 
Affairs instead of Geog. 1 and 2; required for all major and minors in geog- 
raphy; recommended for students in the social sciences. 

A comparative study of the geographic factors which enter into the 
economies of regions or countries. (Staff) 

Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3) — First or second 
semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequi- 
site Geog. 30. 

Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and 
reproduction methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used 
in the selection of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction meth- 
ods to the degree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color- 
separation work, and analysis of type styles and their uses. 

(Skop, Army Map Service.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Geog. 100, 101. Regional Geography of the United States and Canada 
(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 60, 
61, or permission of instructor. 

The climate, land forms, soils and minerals, forests, agriculture, indus- 
tries, and commerce; the people and their occupations, by regions. Several 
all-day field trips are required. (Baker.) 

Soc. 120, 121. Population. See Sociology. (Baker.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 285 

Geog. 102. The Geography of Manufacturing in the United States and 
Canada (3) — First semester. 

The geographic factors which are associated with the location of manu- 
facturing industries. One or more field trips. (Clemens.) 

Geog. 110, 111. Latin America (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Regional geography of the Latin American republics; an analysis of the 
physical environment and the natural resources, and a survey of the his- 
torical and cultural development. (Crist.) 

Geog. 115. The Peoples of Latin America (2) — Second semester. 

Population distribution, composition and growth, trends in fertility and 
mortality; migration, rural-urban and interregional, cultural, ethnic and 
political aspects. (Crist and Lecturer.) 

Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3) — First semester. 
The natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and industrial 
development and to present-day economic and national problems. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 122. Economic Recources and Development of Africa (3) — Second 
semester. 

The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural and mineral 
production; the various stages of economic development and the potentialities 
of the future. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography (3) — First or second 
semester. 

Problems of development of colonial areas, with special emphasis upon 
the development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settle- 
ment in the tropics. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and East- 
ern Asia (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China and the Dutch East 
Indies; natural resources, population and economic activities. Comparisons 
of physical and human potentialities of major regions and of their economic, 
social, and political development. (Hu.) 

Geog. 140, 141. Soviet Lands (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

The natural environment, geographic factors in the expansion of the 
Russian State, the geography of agriculture, of industry and of transport, 
concluding with the regional geography of the U. S. S. R. 

Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I. Topographic Maps (3) — 

First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory 
a week. Prerequisite Geog. 30. 

Review of status of topographic mapping with consideration of important 
schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical 



286 COURSE OFFERINGS 

means of determining map reliability and utility, including studies of map 
coverage. Emphasis on methods of preparation of data for compilation 
purposes, including a study of types of source materials. Methods of map 
cataloging and bibliography are given brief consideration. 

(Davies, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II. Non-topographic Special- 
use Maps (3) — First or second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours 
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 150. 

Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use types of maps such 
as military-geographic, military-geologic, climatic, pedologic, isogonic, eco- 
nomic, water supply, terrain appreciation maps, etc. 

(Brierly, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 152. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation (3) — Off 

campus. First and second semesters. Two-hour lecture and two hours 
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 31, or equivalent. 

Reading and interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis or topo- 
graphic features. Study of limitations of photo interpretations. Interpre- 
tations of soil, geologic, vegetation and military data. 

Geog. 160. Elementary Toponymy (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites Geog. 30 and one foreign language. 

Problems of place-name analysis as related to cartography, especially 
those involved in making and interpreting foreign maps, the language as- 
pects of gazetteers, and the problems of compilation of cartographic dic- 
tionaries. The course will close with a review of the linguistic aspects of 
air charts, hydrographic charts and the International Map of the World. 

(Aiken, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 162. Fundamentals of Climatology (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Geog. 41 or consent of instructor. 

Introduction to climatology, stressing the causes of the climates in terms 
of the geography of the globe, radiation balance, motions of the atmos- 
phere, air masses and fronts. Definition and properties of basic statistical 
concepts employed in climatology. (Baum.) 

Geog. 170. Field Studies in Geography (3) — First semester and approxi- 
mately three weeks or six weeks in the field immediately preceding the 
academic year. Required of undergraduate majors in geography and 
graduate students who are candidates for higher degrees in geography. 

Field studies of small areas for training in geographic methods of field 
observation and the writing of reports; alternate years transcontinental 
trip thru major regions of United States. (Staff) 

Geog. 180, 181. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and basic 
principles of geography, with special reference to the major schools of 



COURSE OFFERINGS 



281 




A Corner of the Drafting Room of the Department of Geography 

geographic thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important geo- 
graphical works and methods of geographic research. (Hu.) 

Geog. 190, 191. Pro-Seminar in Geography (3, 3). 

Special studies in various aspects of geography. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Geog. 210. Seminar in Cartography (credit arranged) — First or second 
semester. 

The historical and mathematical background of cartographic concepts, 
practices and problems, and the various philosophical and practical ap- 
proaches to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the pre- 
sentation of specific cartographic problems investigated by the students. 

(Karinen and Davies.) 

Geog. 220. Geomorphology (3) — Second semester. 

An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes and 
land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological prob- 
lems. (Van Royen.) 



288 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Geog. 230. Micro-Climatology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Geog- 
raphy 162 or consent of instructor. 

The climate of the layer of air near the ground in which plants live and 
related topics. (Baum) 

Geog. 231. Advanced General Climatology (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Geog. 1G2 or consent of instructor. 

Selected topics in climatology illustrating principles, techniques and the 
distribution of climate. (Baum.) 

Geog. 248, 249. Special Studies in Meteorology and Climatology (3, 3) — 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Selected topics in meteorology and climatology chosen to fit the indi- 
vidual needs of advanced students. (Baum) 

Geog. 250, 251. Recent Trends in Latin American Economies (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, ex- 
ploitation of mineral resources and land utilization. (Crist.) 

Geog. 260, 261. Problems in the Geography of Europe and Africa (3, 3) 

— First and second semesters. 

Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and development 
of Europe and Africa. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 270, 271. Special Studies in the Geography of China (3, 3)— First 

and second semesters. 

Analysis of problems concerning the geography of China, with emphasis 
on techniques peculiar to Chinese geographical research. (Hu.) 

Geog. 290, 291. Seminar in Geography (Credit to be arranged) — First 
and second semesters. 

Special directed studies in various aspects of geography. (Staff.) 

Geog. 292, 293. Research Work (Credit to be arranged) — First and sec- 
ond semesters and summer. 

A. E. 212. Land Utilization and Agricultural Production — See Agricul- 
tural Economics. (Baker.) 

In addition to individual research projects, the preparation of the "Atlas 
of the World's Resources," a joint project of the University of Maryland, 
the United States Department of Agriculture, and the Department of the 
Interior, as well as cooperative projects with other government depart- 
ments, provide facilities for graduate students to study under the guidance 
of experts in government service. The University of Maryland is cooperat- 
ing also with the National Central University, in Nanking, China, in the 
preparation of an "Atlas of China." These atlases and other projects in 
preparation, may provide a vehicle of publication for parts of students' 
research work. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 289 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Professors Ray, Burdette, Mauck, and Steinmeyer; Assistant Professors 
Dixon and Plischke; Instructors Gass, Hester, Magner, Moser, and Spurgeon. 

G. and P. 1. American Government (3) — Each semester. 

This course is designed as the basic course in government for the Ameri- 
can Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all 
other courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of govern- 
ments in the United States and of their adjustment to changing social and 
economic conditions. 

G. and P. 4. State Government and Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. 

A study of the organization and functions of state government in the 
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland. 

G. and P. 5. Local Government and Administration (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the organization and functions of local government in the 
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland 
cities and counties. 

G. and P. 7. The Government of the British Empire (2) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the governments of the United Kingdom and the British 
Dominions. 

G. and P. 8. The Governments of Continental Europe (2) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A comparative study of the governments of France, Switzerland, Italy, 
Germany, and the Scandinavian countries. 

G. and P. 9. The Governments of Latin America (2) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A comparative study of Latin American governments, with special em- 
phasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico. 

G. and P. 10. The Governments of Russia and the Far East (2) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 
A study of the governments of Russia, China, and Japan. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

G. and P. 101. International Political Relations (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the major factors underlying international relations, the 
influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the 
development of international organization, with emphasis on the United 
Nations. 



290 



COURSE OFFERIXdS 




Staff of the Bureau of Business and Economic Research 



G. and P. 102. — International Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
G. & P. 1. 

A study of the principles governing international intercourse in times of 
peace and war, as illustrated in texts and cases. 

G. and P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far 
East and their influence on world politics. 

G. and P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

The principles and machinery of the conduct of American foreign rela- 
tions, with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign Service, 
and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States. 

G. and P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of public administration in the United States, giving special 
attention to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal, 
personnel, planning, and public relations practices. 

G. and P. 111. Public Personnel Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 110. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 291 

A survey of public personnel administration, including the development 
of merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification, recruitment, 
examination techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, discipline, 
employee relations, and retirement. 

G. and P. 112. Public Financial Administration (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. 

A survey of governmental financial procedures, including processes of 
current and capital budgeting, the administration of public borrowing, the 
techniques of public purchasing, and the machinery of control through pre- 
audit and post-audit. 

G. and P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

A comprehensive study of legislative organization, procedure, and prob- 
lems. The course includes opportunities for student contact with Congress 
and with the legislature of Maryland. 

G. and P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American con- 
stitutional system, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in 
the interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; the position 
of the states in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce; 
due process of law and other civil rights. 

G. and P. 133. Administration of Justice (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

An examination of civil and criminal court structure and procedures in 
the United States at all levels of government, with special emphasis upon 
the federal judiciary. 

G. and P. 141. History of Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of 
writers from Plato to Bentham. 

G. and P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A study of 19th and 20th century political thought, with special emphasis 
on recent theories of socialism, communism and fascism. 

G. and P. 144. American Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A study of the development and growth of American political concepts 
from the colonial period to the present. 

G. and P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 



292 COURSE OFFERINGS 

A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes 
of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required 
to report on readings from current literature. 

G. and P. 174. Political Parties (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. & 
P. 1. 

A descriptive and analytical examination of American political parties, 
nominations, elections, and political leadership. 

G. and P. 178. Public Opinion (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

An examination of public opinion and its effect on political action, with 
emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda, and pressure 
groups. 

G. and P. 181. Administrative Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
G. & P. 1. 

A study of the discretion exercised by administrative agencies, including 
analysis of their functions, their powers over persons and property, their 
procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls. 

For Graduates 
G. and P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3). 

A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations. 
G. and P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of recent federal-state relations. 

G. and P. 213. Problems of Public Administration (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public administration. 

G. and P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public personnel administration. 

G. and P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management 
(3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administra- 
tive planning and management in government. 

G. and P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authori- 
ties (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the use of 
the corporate form for governmental administration. The topics for study 
will relate to the use of the corporate form as an administrative technique, 
as in the cases of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Port of New York 
Authority, and local housing authorities. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 293 

G. and P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
o* public opinion. 

G. and P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields 
of political organization and action. 

G. and P. 225. Man and the State (3). 

Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political 
theory as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private 
property, sovereignty, nationalism, and the organic state. 

G. and P. 231. Seminar in Public Law (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields 
of constitutional and administrative law. 

G. and P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics (3). 

Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics 
and instruction in the use of government documents. 

G. and P. 261. Research in Government and Politics (3). 

Credit according to work accomplished. 

G. and P. 281. Departmental Seminar (No Credit). 

Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the department. Registration 
for two semesters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the 
entire departmental staff in full meeting. 

G. and P. 299. Thesis Course (Arranged). 

OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 

Associate Professor Patrick; Instructors Brooks, O'Neill and Wagner. 

O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. 
Five laboratory periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate the 
typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of 
the "touch" system. This course should be completed prior to enrollment in 
0. T. 12, Principles of Shorthand. 

O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. Five 
periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of 
"C" in 0. T. 1 or consent of instructor. 

The aim of this course is to teach the fundamentals of letter writing and 
to continue the development of speed typing. Problems in business letter 
styles and forms, arrangement of letters, tabulation, and exercises for 
improving stroking skill will be used. 



294 



COURSE OFFERINGS 




A Class in Typing 

O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems (2) — First and second semesters. 
Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade 
of "C" in O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. 

In this course the aims are to develop the highest degree of accuracy and 
speed possible for each student and to teach the advanced techniques of 
typewriting with special emphasis on production. 

O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Five periods per week. Prerequisite, 0. T. 1, and consent of instructor. 

This course aims to develop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Short- 
hand. The reading approach is used, stressing reading and writing from 
copy and dictation. 

*0. T. 16. Advanced Shorthand (3) — First semester. Five periods per 
week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 13 and O .T. 2 or 
consent of instructor. 

Advanced principles and phrases of shorthand; dictation covering vocabu- 
laries of representative businesses; development of dictation skill to maxi- 
mum for each individual. 

O. T. 17. Gregg Transcription (2) — First semester. Four periods per 
week. Laboratory fee $7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in 0. T. 
13 and O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. This course is to be taken concur- 
rently with O. T. 16. 

A course in intensive transcriptional speed building, and in the related 
skills and knowledges. 



* O. T. 10 should be completed prior to enrollment in Advanced Shorthand (O. T. 16) ; 
O. T. 16, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 17, Gregg Transcription, must be taken concurrently. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 




The University of Maryland enjoys a favorable location for students of Business, 
Government and Politics, Economics, Public Administration, Geography, Foreign Service 
and International Relations. Washington, D. C, is only twenty-five minutes away; 
Baltimore less than an hour. Above, Maryland students are shown in Washington. 

O. T. 18. Gregg Shorthand Dictation (3) — Second semester. Five periods 
per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in 0. T. 16 and 0. T. 17, 
or consent of instructor. 

A special course in shorthand speed building with emphasis placed on 
the development of a special shorthand vocabulary. 

O. T. 110. Secretarial Work (3) — First semester. Six periods per week. 
Prerequisite, 0. T. Ill and 0. T. 112 or consent of instructor. 

This course is designed to cover specific and general information in addi- 
tion to the stenographic skills, needed by a secretary. Units will be assigned 
on communication procedures and cost, installation and revision of files, 
selection of office equipment and supplies, editorial duties, compilation of 
statistical data, and use of reference books. It is assumed that stenographic 
skills are obtained from other sources. 

O. T. 111. Office Machines (3) — First and second semesters. Six periods 
per week. Prerequisites, 0. T. 2 and junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 



296 



COURSE OFFERINGS 



A course designed to give the students training in the use of modern 
office devices — duplicators, calculators, voice writing machines, and other 
common office appliances. Some attention is given to supervision of small 
groups of office workers. 

O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3) — First and second semesters, 
week. Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

The development of the principles, procedures, and systems of filing with 
the use of laboratory sets. Particular emphasis will be placed on how 
each system may be used. 

O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3) — Firs tand second semesters. 
Six times per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and completion of O. T. 110. 

The purpose of this course is to give laboratory and office experience to 
senior secretarial students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience 
under supervision is required. In addition each student will prepare a 
written report on an original problem previously approved. 

The Library, College Park 




UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 297 



College of 

EDUCATION 



STAFF 

Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean 

Arthur Ahalt, M.S., Professor and Head, Agricultural Education. 

Ruth Alexander, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean. 

Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Assistant Dean. 

Glen D. Brown, A.M., Professor and Head, Industrial Education. 

Marie D. Bryan, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education. 

Louis R. Burnett, M.D., Professor and Head, Physical Education for Men. 

Charles Caldwell, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education. 

Frank H. Cronin, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Vienna Curtiss, A.M., Professor and Head, Department of Practical Art. 

Dorothy F. Deach, M.S., Professor and Head, Physical Education for 

Women. 
Ray Ehrensberger, Ph.D., Professor of Speech. 
David Field, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 
Mary Theresa Finney, B.S., Instructor, Nursery School. 
Rosemary Flannery, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten 

Education. 
Elizabeth Flinchbaugh, A.M., Instructor in Physical Education. 
Mary A. French, M.S., Instructor in Music and Music Education. 
Florence M. Gipe, M.S., R.N., Director, Division of Nursing Education 

and Nursing Service, University Hospital. 
Christine Glass, A.M., Instructor, Nursery School. 
George M. Gloss, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education. 
R. Lee Hornbake, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Education. 
Louis E. Hutto, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education. 
James Kehoe, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 
William E. Krouse, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 
Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S., M.A., Director of Clinics, School of Dentistry. 
Edna B. McNaughton, A.M., Professor of Nursery School-Kindergarten 

Education. 
Dorothy G. Madden, A.M., Instructor in Physical Education. 
Donald Maley, A.M., Instructor in Industrial Education. 
Madelaine Mershon, A.M., Assistant Professor of Education. 
Viola Mitchell, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 
Hugh G. Morgan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education. 
Raymond Morgan, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

Clarence A. Newell, Ph.D., Professor of Educational Administration. 
Doris M. Neyendorf, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 
Laurence E. Olewine, M.Ed., Instructor in Industrial Education. 
Arthur S. Patrick, A.M., Associate Professor of Business Education. 



298 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



Hugh Perkins, A.M., Assistant Professor of Child Study. 

Daniel A. Prescott, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Director, Institute 
for Child Study. 

Adelaide R. Ross, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Alvin W. Schindler, Ph.D., Professor of Education. 

Henry J. Schroeder, M.S., Executive Secretary, United Nations Informa- 
tion Center. 

H. Burton Shipley, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

Frank L. Sievers, A.M., Associate Professor of Education. 

Denzel D. Smith, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Catherine Snell, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Theron A. Tompkins, A.M., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

James VanZwoll, Ph.D., Professor of School Administration. 

Gustave G. Wall, A.M., Associate Professor of Industrial Education. 

Elizabeth Whitney, A.B., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten 
Education. 

Gladys A. Wiggin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education. 

Albert W. Woods, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

Alfred J. Wyre, Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Yvonne R. Zenn, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 




Baltimore Education Center 
College of Education, University of Maryland 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 299 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

Harold Benjamin, Ph.D., Dean 
Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

The College of Education meets the needs of the following classes of 
students: (1) undergraduates preparing to teach in secondary, nursery, 
kindergarten, nursing, and dental schools; (2) present or prospective 
elementary teachers who wish to supplement their training; (3) students 
preparing for educational work in the trades and industries; (4) students 
preparing to become home demonstrators, club or community recreation 
leaders, and (in cooperation with the Department of Sociology) social 
workers; (5) graduate students preparing for teaching, supervisory, or 
administrative positions; (6) students whose major interests are in other 
fields, but who desire courses in education. 

SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES 

Research and Teaching Facilities 

Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's 
capital, unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its 
students and faculty. The Library of Congress, the library of the U. S. 
Office of Education, and special libraries of other government agencies are 
accessible, as well as the information services of the National Education 
Association, American Council on Education, U. S. Office of Education, 
and other institutions, public and private. The school systems of the 
District of Columbia, Baltimore, and the counties of Maryland offer 
generous cooperation. 

The Institute for Child Study 

The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1) it 
undertakes basic research in human development; (2) it digests and syn- 
thesizes research findings from the many sciences that study human 
beings; (3) it plans, organizes, and services programs of direct child 
study by in-service teachers in individual schools or in municipal, county, 
or state systems; (4) it offers field training to a limited number of 
properly qualified doctorate students, preparing them to render expert 
consultant service to schools and for college teaching of human develop- 
ment. Inquiries should be addressed to Director, Institute for Child Study. 

The Workshop on Child Development and Education 

The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development 
and Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of 
all participants, it provides opportunities for (1) study and synthesis 
of scientific knowledge about children and youth; (2) training in the 
analysis of case records; (3) training for study-group leaders for in- 
service child study programs; (4) planning in-service programs of child 
study for teachers and pre-service courses and laboratory experiences for 



300 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

prospective teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance, and school 
organization implications of scientific knowledge about human develop- 
ment and behavior. Special announcements of the Workshop are avail- 
able about March 15 of each year and advance registration is required 
because the number of participants must be limited. Inquiries should be 
addressed to the Director, Workshop on Child Development and Education. 

The University of Maryland Nursery-Kindergarten School 

The University of Maryland has a nursery-kindergarten school on the 
campus in which students majoring in nursery-kindergarten school educa- 
tion may receive training and practical experience. This school is a co- 
operative effort which is operated jointly by the parents and the College of 
Education. 

Professional and Pre-professional Organizations 

The College of Education sponsors two professional organizations: 
Phi Delta Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in Educa- 
tion, and Iota Lambda Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in Industrial 
Education. Both fraternities have large and active chapters and are 
providing outstanding professional leadership in their fields of service. 

The College of Education also sponsors the Harold Benjamin Chapter 
of the Future Teachers of America, a department of the National Educa- 
tion Association. This chapter is open to undergraduate students on the 
College Park campus. 

Educational Policies Commission 

The College of Education has a students' Educational Policies Com- 
mission of eleven members. This Commission, with two representatives 
from each of the undergraduate classes, two graduate representatives, 
and a student chairman, recommends changes in the general policies of 
the College of Education to the faculty. 

United Nations Information Center 

With a view to helping teachers of Maryland to obtain information 
about the United Nations quickly and easily, the College of Education 
has accepted the invitation of the United Nations to operate a corre- 
spondence center for the State of Maryland. This center receives mate- 
rials from United Nations Headquarters at Lake Success. Packets of 
these materials are sent to teachers on request, post paid. For further 
information teachers should write to the Executive Secretary, United 
Nations Information Center, College of Education, University of Mary- 
land. 

Courses Outside of College Park 

Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies a number of 
courses in education are offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses 
are chosen to meet the needs of groups of students in various centers. 



UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 301 

In these centers, on a part-time basis, a student may complete a part of 
the work required for a bachelor's degree. Graduate courses in education 
are offered in Baltimore. 

Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests 
to the Director, College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park, 
Maryland. 

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 
Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the College of Education are in 
general the same as for the other colleges of the University. Candidates 
for admission whose high school records are consistently low are strongly 
advised not to seek admission to the College of Education. 

Guidance in Registration 

At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to 
a member of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The 
choice of subject areas within which the student will prepare to teach 
will be made under faculty guidance during the first year in the Intro- 
duction to Education course required of all freshmen. Thereafter, the 
student will advise regularly with the faculty member responsible for 
his teaching major. While in particularly fortunate cases it may be 
possible to make satisfactory adjustments as late as the junior year for 
students from other colleges who have not already entered upon the 
sequence of professional courses, it is highly desirable that the student 
begin his professional work in the freshman year. Students who intend to 
teach (except Vocational Agriculture) should register in the College of 
Education*, in order that they may have continuously the counsel and 
guidance of the faculty which is directly responsible for their professional 
preparation. 

Junior Status 

The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional 
work of the junior and senior years. To be eligible to enter the pro- 
fessional courses, a student must have attained junior status. (See 
Academic Regulations.) 

Certification of Teachers 

The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved 
high schools of the State only graduates of approved colleges who have 
satisfactorily fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. Spe- 
cifically it limits certification to graduates who "rank academically in the 
upper four-fifths of the class and who make a grade of C or better in 
practice teaching." The several high school curricula of the College of 
Education fulfill State Department requirements for certification. (See 
also Elementary Education.) 



302 GRADUATE STUDIES 

From the offerings in education, the District of Columbia requirement 
of 24 semester hours of professional courses may be fully met. Students 
intending to qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Washington, or any other 
city or state should, in their junior year, obtain a statement of certifi- 
cation requirements in such area and be guided thereby in the selection 
of courses. Advisers will assist in obtaining and utilizing such information. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions 
prescribed for a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts 
and Bachelor of Science. Majors in English, social sciences, and language 
receive the B.A. degree. Mathematics and art majors may receive either 
degree. All others receive the B.S. degree. 

GRADUATE STUDIES 
Graduate Status 

For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least 
16 semester credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a 
bachelor's or master's degree from a college or university of recognized 
standing. He must also satisfy the graduate Dean as to his ability to do 
graduate work. 

Registration 

A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate 
School. Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made 
prior to dates of registration on blanks obtained from the office of the 
Dean of the Graduate School. For further instructions a student should 
consult the Graduate School catalog. 

Master's Degrees 

A graduate student in education may matriculate for a Master of Edu- 
cation or a Master of Arts degree. For requirements for these degrees, 
the student should consult both the Graduate School catalog and the 
duplicated material issued by the education faculty. On matriculation, 
the student should select a faculty adviser of professorial rank. 

Doctor's Degrees 

Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy or a Doctor of Education 
degree in education are administered for the Graduate School by the 
department of education. For requirements of these degrees, the student 
should consult both the Graduate School catalog and the statement of 
policy relative to doctoral programs in education. If the student has not 
already made arrangements with a member of the faculty to advise him, 
he should consult with the chairman of the education Committee on 
•Candidacy regarding a proper adviser. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 303 

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES 

The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers 
of each curriculum are as follows: 

Academic Education 

English — Marie D. Bryan, Room T-lll 
Foreign Languages — Marie D. Bryan 
Mathematics — Henry Brechbill, Room T-114 
Natural Sciences — Henry Brechbill 
Social Sciences — Alvin W. Schindler, Room T-117 
Speech — Ray Ehrensberger, Room R-106 

Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture) 
Arthur M. Ahalt, Room 0-137 

Art Education 

Vienna Curtiss, Room H-103 

Business Education 

Arthur S. Patrick, Room Q-245 

Dental Education 

Harry B. McCarthy (School of Dentistry, Baltimore) 

Elementary Education 

Alvin W. Schindler, Room T-117 

Health Education 

Louis R. Burnett, Room G-102 

Home Economics Education 

Industrial Education 

Glen D. Brown (Baltimore) 
R. Lee Hornbake, Room T-110 

Music Education 

Mary A. French, Music Building 

Nursery School-Kindergarten Education 
Edna B. McNaughton, Room T-107 

Nursing Education 

Florence M. Gipe (Baltimore) 

Physical Education (Men) 

Louis R. Burnett, Room G-102 
Louis E. Hutto, Room G-102 
Albert W. Woods, Armory 

Physical Education (Women) 

Dorothy F. Deach, Women's Field House 

Recreation Education 

Louis R. Burnett, Room G-102 



304 MAJORS AND MINORS 

A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University require- 
ment in military science and physical education is required for graduation 
in the College of Education. In no case shall the total number of semester 
hours required for graduation be less than 128. 

The following minimum requirements are common to all curricula : 
English — 12 semester hours; social studies — 12 semester hours, as follows: 
Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life; G & P 1 — American Government; 
and H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization; science or mathematics — 
6 semester hours; education — 20 semester hours; speech — 3 semester hours; 
physical education and military science as required by the University. 

Marks in all upper division courses in education and in subjects in 
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or 
higher must be maintained and three-fourths or more of the total required 
credits must carry grades C or better. In order to be admitted to a 
course in student teaching a student must have a grade point average of 
2.275. 

Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of 
Education must be recommended by the student's adviser and approved 
by the Dean. 

Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are 
preparing to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements 
of the College of Education. 

Majors and Minors. 

Students select a teaching major: for example, social science, art, 
music, physical education. Those electing the academic curriculum will 
ordinarily select both a teaching major and a teaching minor, and students 
in other curricula may select minors if they so desire. Minors may be 
chosen in fields other than those listed in this catalog: for instance, 
psychology or human growth and development. Courses in the minor field 
should be selected with the advice of the student's major adviser and the 
department concerned. 

Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those 
selecting one special teaching field such as industrial education need to 
take only one methods course: for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140. Stu- 
dents who select an academic major and a special fields minor, or vice versa, 
must take methods courses in both the major and minor fields, and should 
divide their practice teaching between the two fields. 

Academic Education 

Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum 
requirements in English and social science, plus the following: 



MAJORS AND MINORS 305 

(1) Foreign language for candidates for the bachelor of arts degree: 
12 semester hours provided the student enters with less than three 
years of foreign language credits; 6 semester hours, if he enters 
with three years of such credits. No foreign language is required 
of any student who enters with four years of language credits nor 
of candidates for the bachelor of science degree. (See "Degrees" 
above.) 

(2) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours. 

(3) Education, 21 semester hours. 

(4) Speech, 4 semester hours. 

All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill 
the preceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more 
school subjects which will involve meeting specific requirements in ■par- 
ticular subject matter fields. 

The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows: 

English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows: 

Composition and Literature 12 semester hours 

American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours 

Electives 21 semester hours 

A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 15 
semester hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives. 

Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser who will guide 
the student in terms of College of Education records and recommendations 
of the English Department. 

Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are re- 
quired, of which at least 18 hours must be in history, including 6 hours in 
American history and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours 
must be in advanced courses. For a minor in the group, 24 hours are 
required, of which 18 are the same as specified above. 

History (including one year each of American and 

European History) 18 semester hours 

Economics, sociology, government, consumer 

education, or geography 6 semester hours 

Electives 12 semester hours 

For a minor, the requirements are the same less the electives. 



306 MAJORS AND MINORS 

Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or 
Spanish are required to take Comparative Literature 101 and 102 and are 
strongly advised to take the review course for majors. Further courses in 
comparative literature along with work in European or Latin American 
history are also recommended. 

Specific minimum requirements in the three languages are a semester 
each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 8 and 80), 
a semester of grammar review, six hours of introductory survey of the 
literature (Fr., Ger., Sp. 75 and 76), one semester of a Life and Culture 
Course (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 161 or 162) and six hours in literature courses 
numbered 100 or above. No minor is provided. 

Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 36 semester hours as 
follows: Math. 2, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, and elective credits in mathematics. 

For a minor, the requirements are: Math. 2, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, and five 
elective credits in mathematics. 

The following courses are recommended for electives in mathematics: 
Math. 13, 16, 102, 103, 124, 125. 

Students who pass an attainment examination with a satisfactory grade 
are excused from the requirement in Solid Geometry. 

Science. In general science a major of 40 semester hours and a minor of 
30 semester hours are offered, each including elementary courses in 
chemistry, physics, and biology (zoology and botany). 

Other courses will be chosen subject to the approval of the student's 
major adviser and of the science department in which his interest lies. 

Minors of 20 semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics, and in 
biological sciences. A minor in biology must be supported by a course in 
chemistry. A minor in physics must be supported by a basic course in 
chemistry. A minor in chemistry must be supported by a basic course in 
physics. 

If a major in general science is accompanied by a minor in chemistry, 
physics, or biology, the same credits may be applied to both provided that 
they number not less than 52 semester hours in natural sciences. 

Speech. A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in Speech. The mini- 
mum requirements for this minor are 12 semester hours in addition to the 
10 semester hours of departmental requirements in Speech 1, 2, 3, and 4. 
The 12 semester hours above the departmental requirement must include 
6 hours of courses numbered 100 or higher. It is the policy of the depart- 
ment to build a program of study in anticipation of the needs of prospec- 
tive teachers, supervisors, correctionists, dramatic coaches, and other 
specialists in the general field of speech. All programs for the minor must 
be approved by the departmental adviser. 



AGRICULTURAL— ART 



307 



Academic Education Curriculum f Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

*Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Hea, 2, 4— Hygiene I, II (Women) 2 2 

Major and Minor Requirements 4 6 

Total 16-18 16-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Major and Minor Requirements 5 5 

Total 15-18 15-18 

Junior Year 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3 

Major and Minor Requirements, Electives 16 13 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

*Psych. 10 — Educational Psychology 3] .... 

*Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2 1 

*Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2 f .... 

*Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 9 J 

*Major and Minor Requirements, Electives .... 16 

Total 16 16 

Agricultural Education 

This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching vocational 
agriculture in high schools. To obtain full particulars on course require- 
ments, the student should consult the bulletin of the College of Agriculture. 

Art Education 

This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for special 
teachers and supervisors in art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to 
draw out and develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate 
art and other areas of study; to utilize art in solving social problems. 
General requirements are the same as for the academic curriculum. 



* May be taken either semester. 



308 ART EDUCATION 

Art Education Curriculum , — Semester — < 

Freshman Year I 11 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

Pr. Art 1— Design 3 

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

*Math. O — Basic Mathematics .... 

Electives 1 2 

Total 16-18 16-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6- — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 3 3 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 3 

Pr. Art 30 — Typography and Lettering .... 3 

Cr. 2— Simple Crafts 2 

Pr. Art 3 — Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 .... 

Pr. Art 4 — -Three-dimensional Design .... 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Electives and General Requirements .... .... 

Total 15-18 17-20 

Junior Year 

Cr. 198— Crafts in Therapy 2 

H. 5, 6 — American History 3 8 

Pr. Art. 140, 141 — Interior Design 3 3 

Cr. 20 — Ceramics 2 

Cr. 30 — Metalry 2 

Cr. 5— Puppetry 2 

Professional Lectures .... 

Electives and General Requirements 6 6 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Art 3 .... 

Pr. Art 132 — Advertising Layout 2 

Cr. 40 — Weaving 2 .... 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology .... f 3 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology I 2 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements .... | 2 

Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching .... 9 

Electives and General Requirements 9 .... 

Total 16 16 

* \r\ examination in mathematics will be given lo freshmen during the fall semester : 
l^nap who pass wi]] not be required to take Math. O 



BUSINESS EDUCATION 



309 



Business Education 

Two curricula are offered for the preparation of teachers of business 
subjects. The General Business Education Curriculum qualifies for teach- 
ing all business subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training 
in general business, including economics, it leads to teaching positions on 
both junior and senior high school levels. By the proper selection of elec- 
tives, persons following this curriculum may also qualify as teachers of 
social studies. 

The Secretarial Education course is adapted to the needs of those who 
wish to become teachers of shorthand as well as other business subjects. 



General Business Education Curriculum , — Semester — n 

Freshman Year I 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 

Math. 6 — General Mathematics 3 

Math, 6 — Mathematics of Finance .... 

Econ. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 

S. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting .... 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men ) 3 

Hea. 2, 4 — Hygiene I, II (Women) 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1 

Total 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 

Hist. B, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 

S. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 2 

S. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 1 

Total 16-19 

Junior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business Subjects .... 

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 2 

S. T. 112— Filing 

S. T. Ill— Office Machines 3 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 2 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 

Econ. 1 K0 — Marketing and Organization .... 

Electives 6 

Total 



II 



2 
2 

2 
3 
2 
1 

18-19 



3 
3 
S 
4 

2 
3 
1 

6-19 



310 



SECRETARIAL EDUCATION 



Senior Year 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 

Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching. 

B. A. 165 — Office Management 

Electives and Requirements 

Total 



Semestei 


1 


I 


// 




f 3 




2 




1 2 




8 


3 




13 





16 



16 



Secretarial Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Same as General Business Curriculum 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 

S. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 4 

S. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 2 

S. T. 10 — Office Typewriting Problems 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 8 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities 1 

Electives .... 

Total 16-19 

Junior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business Subjects .... 

B. Ed. 100 — Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 2 

S. T. 16 — Advanced Shortand 3 

S. T. 17— Transcription 2 

B. A. 20, 21 — Principles of Accounting 4 

S. T. 112— Filing 

S. T. Ill— Office Machines 8 

Electives 

Total 18 

Senior Year 

S. T. 110 — Secretarial Work 3 

B. A. 165 — Office Management 3 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurements .... 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology .... 

Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 

Electives and Requirements 10 

Total 16 



16-19 



3 
16 



16 



DENTAL EDUCATION 311 

Dental Education 

In cooperation with the School of Dentistry, the College of Education 
offers a curriculum in dental education leading to the Bachelor of Science 
degree, with course work offered in the Baltimore Center only. This 
curriculum is designed to prepare superior graduates of the Dental School 
for positions as teachers of dentistry. Details of the program may be 
obtained from the Dean of the School of Dentistry or of the College of 
Education. Persons entering the program must be approved by the Com- 
mittee on Admissions of the Dental School. 

Dental Education Curriculum 

For students who are dental school graduates with the degree of Doctor 
of Dental Surgery (acquired since 1936-37, after six years of study) and who 
have the approval of the Committee on Admissions of the Dental School : 

Ninety-six (96) semester hours (or the equivalent of three years of 
work) may be credited for the dental school work provided none of the 
dental school marks were lower than "B". 

The additional 32 semester hours, as follows, are required: 

Academic subjects 12 

Education 20 

History of Dental Education 2 

Educational Psychology 4 

Educational Measurement 2 

Methods of Teaching Vocational Subjects 2 

Organization and Management of Vocational Classes. . 2 
Electives 8 

Elementary Education 

This curriculum is open only to persons who have completed a two- or 
three-year curriculum in a Maryland State Teachers College or other 
accredited teacher education institutions and whose records give evidence 
of ability and character essential to elementary teaching. Such persons 
will be admitted to advanced standing and classified provisionally in appro- 
priate classes. 

Credit for extension courses given by other institutions may be accepted 
in an amount not exceeding 30 semester hours. The last 30 semester hours 
of work preceding the conferring of the degree must be taken in the 
University of Maryland. 

State Department of Education requirements provide that a teacher in 
service may present for certificate credit not more than six semester hours 
of credit completed during a school year. The College of Education assumes 
no responsibility in this connection but candidates are advised to observe 
this regulation. 



312 HOME ECONOMICS 

Elementary Education Curriculum 

For graduates of two year normal schools. 

Credits 

Credit for normal school work, not more than 64 

Requirements 

Education 4 

English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 10 

^'Natural science (chemistry, physics, botany, zoology, 

bacteriology, entomology, general science) 10 

Social science (history, government, sociology, 

economics, geography) 12 

fElectives 28 

For graduates of three year normal schools. 

Credit for normal school work, not more than 96 

Requirements 

Education 2 

English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 6 

*Natural science (as above) 6 

Social science (as above) 12 

fElectives , 6 

Home Economics Education 

The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who 
are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage 
in any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of 
teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and 
the allied sciences, with professional training for teaching these subjects. 
A student majoring in this curriculum may also qualify for a science minor. 



* Not more than four semester hours of general science will be counted toward meeting 
the natural science requirement. 

t If a student is not allowed full credit for normal school work by the Director of 
Admissions, he must take additional electives to the amount needed to complete 128 semester 
hours of work. 



HOME ECONOMICS 



313 



Home Economics Education Curriculum 
Freshman Year 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature, or 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking- 

H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures 

Pr. Art 1 — Design 

♦Math. O 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene I, II 

Physical Activities 

Tex. 1— Textiles 

Electives ■ 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

En. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 

Clo. 20A or B— Clothing 

Foods 2, 3— Foods 

Physical Activities 

Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. E. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation. 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Home Management 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 

Foods 100 — Food Economics 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 

Clo. 120— Draping 

Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 

Total 



—Semester- 
I 

2 
3 
3 

2 
1 



17 



// 



16 



• Not required of students who pass the qualifying examination which is given during 
tha first semester. Prerequisite for chemistry. 



314 INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

i — Semester — ^ 
Senior Year I II 

H. E. Ed. 102 — Problems in Teaching Home Economics 3 

Home Mgt. 152 — -Practice in Management of the Home .... 3 

H. E. Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching Vocational Home 

Economics .... 9 

C. Ed. 110— Child Development, IV 3 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement .... 2 

Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology 3 .... 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2 

Electives 7 .... 

Total 16 16 

Industrial Education 

The program of studies in Industrial Education provides: (a) a four-year 
curriculum leading to the degree of bachelor of science in industrial educa- 
tion; (b) a program of professional courses to prepare teachers to meet 
the certification requirements in vocational and occupational schools; (c) a 
program of courses for the improvement of teachers in service. 

Experience in some trade or industrial activity will benefit students pre- 
paring to teach industrial subjects. The curriculum is designed to prepare 
teachers of trade and industrial shop and related subjects, and teachers of 
industrial arts. Reasonable adaptations of this curriculum are made for 
trade and industrial teachers in service. Students entering an industrial 
education curriculum register in the College of Education. 

Industrial Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 8 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Ind. Ed. 1 — Mechanical Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 21 — Mechanical Drawing .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 2 — Elementary Woodworking 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 22 — Machine Woodworking I .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 12 — Shop Calculation 3 

M. S. 1. 2— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 19 



Semes 


iter 




I 




II 


3 




3 


3 




3 


3 




3 


1 






2 






2 







INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 315 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding 

Ind. Ed. 24— Sheet Metal Work 

Ind. Ed. 41 — Architectural Drawing 

Ind. Ed. 67— Cold Metal Work 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year I II 

Ind. Ed. 26— Art Metal Work 1 2 

Ind. Ed. 28— Electricity I 2 

Ind. Ed. 69 — Machine Shop Practice 1 2 

Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry 1 

Ind. Ed. 160 — Essentials of Design 2 

Ind. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Industrial 

Education .... 3 

Ind. Ed. 166 — Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts, or 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 48— Electricity II 2 

Phys, I, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3 

Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management .... 2 

Electives 4 2 



Total 



*Senior Year 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology .... 3 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2 

Ind Ed. 89 — Machine Shop Practice II 2 

Ind. Ed. 31 — Mechanical Drawing 2 .... 

**Ind. Ed. 42 — Machine Woodworking II 2 .... 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement .... 2 

Ed. 161 — Guidance in Secondary Schools 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 105 — General Shop, or 2 

Ind. Ed. 168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis 2 .... 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Ind. Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching .... 9 

Electives 1 

Total 16 16 



* Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be inter- 
changed. 

** Automotives accepted as a substitute. 



316 



MUSIC EDUCATION 



Music Education 

The Music Education curriculum affords pre-service preparation in the 
specialized field of Music Education and leads to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Education with a Public School Music major. The curriculum 
provides training in both the choral and instrumental fields of music and is 
planned to meet the growing demand for special teachers and supervisors 
in Public School Music. By proper selection of subjects, persons may also 
qualify in other academic subjects. General requirements are the same as 
for the academic curriculum. 

A major in music education includes 33 semester hours of music and 20 
semester hours of applied music. A minor in the field may be secured with 
23 hours of music and 10 hours of applied music. A curriculum for a 
major in music education will be found below. A minor in the field must 
include Mus. 2, 3, 7, 8, 11, 50, 70, 71, 80, 81, 120, and applied music as 
needed; Ed. 140 in music, and practice teaching which is divided between 
the student's major and minor fields. 



Music Education Curriculum <— Semester— > 

Freshman Year I II 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

Mus. 2, 3 — History of Music 1 1 

Mus. 7 — Fundamentals of Music • • .... 2 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. or R. O. T. C. Band (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene I, II (Women) 2 2 

Applied Music as needed — Mus. 12, 13, 14, 4, 5, 6 and 10 (one 

credit will be given for each) 2 2 

Total 16-17 16-17 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5. 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Mus. 70, 71— Harmony I, II 3 3 

Mus. 8, 11 — Solfeggio and Ear Training I, II 2 2 

*Mus. 80 — -Instruments of the Orchestra (Strings) 2 .... 

*Mus. 81 — Instruments of the Band (Winds and Percussion) .... 2 

*Mus. 1 — Music Appreciation (Elective) 3 .... 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. or R. O. T. C. Band (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Applied Music as needed— Mus. 52, 53, 54, 4, 5, 6 and 10 (one credit 

will be given for each) .... 2 

Total 17-20 16-19 



* May be taken either semester. 



NURSERY SCHOOL, KINDERGARTEN 



317 



—Semester 



Junior Year 

Ed. 104 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation- Music 

Mus. 50 — Elementary Conducting 

*Mus. 120 — Advanced History and Appreciation of Music 

Mus. 150, 151— Harmony III, IV 

Mus. 160 — Advanced Choral Conducting:, Materials and Methods 

Mus. 161 — Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials and Methods... 

Applied Music as needed — Mus. 112, 113, 114, 4, 5, 6 and 10 (one 

credit will be given for each), Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

*Ed. Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

*Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 

*Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 

*Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 

♦Applied Music as needed — Mus. 152, 153, 154, 4, 5, 6 and 10 (one 
credit will be given for each) , and electives 

Total 



2 f 
91 



16 



// 

3 



16 



16 



16 



Nursery School — Kindergarten Education 

The nursery school-kindergarten curriculum has as its goal the prepara- 
tion of nursery school-kindergarten teachers. It is also planned to further 
the personal development of the student and to give training in home- 
making. 

Observation and student teaching are done in the University Nursery 
School and Kindergarten on the campus. Children in the Nursery School 
are from 2-5 years, and in the Kindergarten, 5-6. 
Nursery School — Kindergarten Education Curriculum 



Freshman Year 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 

C. Ed. 2 — Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking. 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 

Speech 4 — Voice and Diction 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene I, II 

Physical Activities 

Electives 

Total 



May be taken either semester. 



318 



NURSERY EDUCATION 



Sophomore Year 

C. Ed. 50, 51— Observation and Experience in Nursery School and 

Kindergarten 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 

Hist. 5, 6 — -History of American Civilization 

Foods 1 — Introductory Foods 

Physical Activities 

Electives 



Semester 

I 



II 



Total 



16 



Junior Year 

C. Ed. 100— Child Development I— Infancy 

C. Ed. 101— Child Development II— Early Childhood 

C. Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery 

School 

C. Ed. 150 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Kindergarten. 

C. Ed. 115 — Children's Activities and Activities Materials 

Zool. 55 — Development of the Human Body 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

Clo. 123— Children's Clothing 

Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition 

Electives 



Total 



16 



16 



Senior Year 

C. Ed. 148— Teaching Nursery School 

C. Ed. 158— Teaching Kindergarten 

Home Mgt. 150 — Home Management 

C. Ed. 145 — Guidance in Behavior Problems 

C. Ed. 102— Child Development III— The Child From 5 to 10. 
Electives 



4-8 



Nursing Education 

By cooperative arrangements between the School of Nursing and the 
College of Education, a curriculum is provided for persons who desire to 
become teachers in schools of nursing. The total number of credits required 
for graduation in this curriculum is 128, of which the last 30 hours of 
work must be taken in the University of Maryland. Students eligible for 
this curriculum must have completed a three-year course in nurses' 
training, successfully passed the Maryland State Board examination, and 
qualified as registered nurses. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, RECREATION 319 

Nursing Education Curriculum Credits 

Credit for nurses' training work 30 to 42 

General Requirements 

English 12 

Social science 12 

Education 

History of Nursing Education (history of education 

emphasizing nursing education) 2 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — 

Nursing Education 3 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 2 

Ed. 148 — Methods and Practice of Teaching — 

Nursing Education 4 

Electives 

These are selected with the assistance of the adviser from the fields of 
English, social science, science, mathematics, foreign languages, psychology, 
education, and such special subjects as art, music, health, and physical 
education. A total of 20 hours may be selected from the fields of educa- 
tion and special subjects. 

Physical Education, Health Education, and Recreation 

The curricula in Physical Education, Health Education, and Recreation 
are designed to prepare students for teaching or for work involving edu- 
cational techniques in these fields. 

The Health Education and Physical Education curricula lead primarily 
to teaching and supervising such work in schools and colleges. The 
Recreation curriculum may prepare for leadership in a variety of situa- 
tions such as work in school, community, industry or camping. 

All applicants must be free of handicapping physical defects and be 
approved by the medical director and the director of the major depart- 
ment. 

Suitable uniforms, as prescribed by the department, are required for 
the activity classes and for practice teaching. 

Students expecting to be certified as teachers in these areas should 
register in the College of Education. 

Curricula for Physical Education, Health Education and Recreation 

The programs for Freshman and Sophomore years are alike in all three 
curricula, except as follows: 



320 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, RECREATION 



(1) Majors in Health Education may select such physical activities 
as will meet minimal requirements, allowing additional electives. 

(2) Majors in Recreation are not required to register for P.E. 56 and 58. 
Any student enrolled in the College of Education may develop a minor 

in any of the above curricula by consultation with his adviser and approval 
of the Director of Physical Education. More complete details may be 
secured from the catalog of the College of Military Science, Physical 
Education and Recreation. 

Odd numbered P.E. courses are for Men; even numbered P.E. courses 
are for Women; P.E. courses ending in "O" are for both. 



Freshman Year (All Curricula) 

Sem. Cr. 

Eng. 1 — Composition and American 

Literature 3 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life. . 3 

Sp. 4 — Voice and Diction 3 

*P. E. 10— Basic Body Controls 1 

*P. E. 61, 62— Elementary Techniques 

of Sports and Gymnastics 2 

P. E. 52— Dance Techniques 1 

M. S. 1— Basic R. O. T. C 3 

Total M 19 W 17 



Sem. Cr. 

Eng. 2 — Composition and American 

Literature 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government. . 3 

Sp. 10 — Group Discussion 2 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education .... 2 
P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical 

Education, Health, and Recreation 3 

P. E. 20 — Basic Body Controls 1 

P. E. 54 — Dance Techniques 1 

P. E. 63, 64— Elementary Techniques 

of Sports and Gymnastics 2 

M. S. 2— Basic R. O. T. C 3 



Total M 19 W17 

( — Semester— 

I 



Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Reading World Literature 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Hygiene 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 

P. E. 65, 67 — Intermediate Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics. 
P. E. 66, 68 — Sports, Folk Dances and Recreational Activities.... 

P. E. 56, 58 — Dance Techniques 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 

Electives (M) 



Total M 18 W 16 M 19 W 15 



* Odd numbered P. E. courses are for men ; even numbered P. E. courses for women ; 
P. E. courses ending in zero are for both. M — men : W — women. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, RECREATION 



321 



Physical Education Curriculum <?«-»,»»*», 

Junior Year I U 

Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise • • • ■ * 

Ed. 147 — Audio-Visual Education 2 .... 

P. E. 100— Kinesiology 

P. E. 101, 103 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation • ■ • 3 

P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health .... 3 

P. E. 170 — Principles of Physical Education 

P. E. 113, 115 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 

P. E. 114, 116 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 

P. E. 124, 126 — Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 

Electives 4 "5 4-5 

Total M 17 W 16 M 17 W 16 

Senior Year 

Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching (see note below) 9 .... 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 .... 

P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Health, and Recreation 3 .... 

P. E. 140— Therapeutics 3 

Electives * '■' 

Total 15 16 

NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, Psyeh. 110 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled; 
all other required senior courses must be taken in the other semester. 



Health Education Curriculum 

Junior Year 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 

P. E. 100— Kinesiology 

P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Supervision. 

Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision 

Ed. 147 — Audio-Visual Education 

Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation 

H. Ec. Ed. 110— Child Development 

Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene 

Hea. 120— Teaching Health 



Electives 



Total M 17 W 16 M 17 W 16 



Senior Year 

Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching (see note below) 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Health, and Recreation 

P. E. 140 — Therapeutics 

Electives 



Total • 15 lfi 

NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, Psych. 110 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled; 
all other required senior courses must be taken in the other semester. 



322 



REC RE A TION 



Recreation Curriculum 

Junior Year 

Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology 

Rec. 10 — History and Introduction to Recreation. 

Music 1 — Music Appreciation 

Soc. 118 — Community Organization 

Sp. 113— Play Production 

Crafts 2— Simple Crafts 

Rec. 120 — Camp Administration and Leadership. 
Rec. 130 — Principles and Practice of Recreation. 
Electives 



Semester 

I 11 



3 
S 

2 

3 

3 

2 3 



Total M 17 W 1(5 M 17 W 16 

Senior Year 

Rec. 100 — Co-recreational Games and Programs .... 2 

Rec. 110 — Nature Lore .... 1-3 

Rec. 140 — Observation and Service in Recreation (soc nolo belowl "> .... 

Rec. 160— Recreational Golf 1 

Rec. 170 — Organization and Administration of Recreation .... 3 

P. E. 101 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 .... 

P. E. 124, 126 — Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2 

Electives 8 5-7 



Total 



NOTE: Students desiring certification as teachers must plan their courses to meet 
College of Education requirements in practice teaching. 

Minor Electives 

Any student may develop a minor in Physical Education, Health, or 
Recreation by completing twenty (20) semester hours of work in that 
field and four (4) hours from other fields in this Department. 

Study of Home Furnishings 
Home Economics, College of Education 




COLLEGE OF E DUCAT I OS y2:{ 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant 
giving the coui-se. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to 
another course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 

200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title 
of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

EDUCATION 

Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores 

Ed. 2. Introduction to Education (2) — First and second semesters. Re- 
quired of freshmen in Education and recommended for other freshmen who 
are interested in teaching. 

An exploratory or guidance course designed to help students choose 
wisely in their preparation for the teaching profession. Types of positions, 
teacher supply and demand, favorable and unfavorable aspects of teaching, 
and types of personal and professional competence required of teachers are 
among the topics included. The testing and observational program of the 
College of Education is begun in this course. Fee, $1.00. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 6. Observation of Teaching (1). 

Twenty hours of directed observation. Reports, conferences, and 
criticisms. 

Ed. 52. Children's Literature (2) — Second semester and summer session. 

Prerequisite, English 1, 2. (Bryan.) 

A study of literary values in prose and verse for children. (Bryan.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ed. 100. History of Education I (2) — First semester. 

A study of educational institutions and thought through the ancient, 
mediaeval, and early modern periods. (Wiggin.) 



324 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Ed. 101 History of Education II (2) 

Emphasis is placed on the post-Renaissance periods. 

Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2) — Second semester. 

A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the 

present system of education in the United States. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2) — First semester. 

A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of 
discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for 
judging their worth. (Benjamin.) 

Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2) — Second semester. 

This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national 

educational systems of the Western Hemisphere. (Benjamin.) 

Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education I (2) 

A study of the great educational philosophers and their contributions to 
modern education. Earlier periods. 

Ed. 108. Philosophy of Education II (2) 

Systems of thought affecting the development of education with emphasis 
on recent periods and the United States. 

Ed. 110. The Teacher and School Administration (2) 

This course is designed to acquaint the classroom teacher with the general 
field of school administration. It considers the relationships of the teacher 
to the several administrative and supervisory officials and services in the 
system, with emphasis on the teacher's role in the organization. 

Ed. 114. Educational Foundations (2). 

This course is devoted to the examination of education and of the school 
with its tasks in the light of the more recent psychology and a social out- 
look in a democracy. 

Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) 

This course is concerned with present trends in the teaching of reading, 
spelling, handwriting, written and oral language, and creative expression. 
Special emphasis is given to the use of the skills in meaningful situations 
having real significance to the pupils. 

Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2) 

The emphasis in this course is on pupil growth through social experi- 
ences. Consideration is given to the utilization of environmental resources, 
curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, and evaluation of newer 
methods and materials in the field. 

Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum (2). 

This course will emphasize the relation of the elementary school curricu- 
lum to child growth and development. Recent trends in curriculum organ- 
ization; the effect of school environment on learning; readiness to learn; 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 325 

and adapting curriculum content and methods to the maturity levels of 
children will be emphasized. 

Ed. 124. Creative Expression in the Elementary School I (2). 

This course should prove practical to classroom teachers and super- 
visors since it will attempt to consider the so-called special subjects in 
their relation to children and the course of study. It is based on the point 
of view that the classroom teacher is the best teacher of his children and 
as such is responsible for the day by day development of special areas 
as an integrated part of the total program. Creativity as the natural 
expression of ideas and as a means of communication will be stressed in 
both language and manual arts. The relation of creativity to the inte- 
gration of personality will be emphasized. 

Ed. 125. Creative Expression in the Elementary School II (2) — Pre- 
requisite, Ed. 124 or taken concurrently. 

Following on Ed. 124, this course allows for specialization in selected 
phases of the creative arts. Separate sections will be scheduled in such 
fields as art, dramatics, and music. 
District of Columbia. (Newell.) 

Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2) 

A study of important developments in elementary education with par- 
ticular attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve 
the development of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are 
encountered in day-to-day teaching situations receive much attention. 

*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2) — Second semester. 

This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It includes 
consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this school 
unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods, 
staff, and other similar topics, together with their implications for pros- 
pective teachers. 

*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2) — Second semester. 

The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society; 
relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary edu- 
cation; curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; guidance and 
placement; teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the 
District of Columbia. 

Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching the Social Studies (2)— Offered in Balti- 
more. 

The course is designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching 
situation. Emphasis is placed on the use of various lesson techniques, 
audio and visual aids, reference materials, and testing programs. Atten- 
tion is given to the adaptation of teaching methods to individual and group 

* Credit is accepted for Ed. 130 or Ed. 131, but not for both courses. 



326 COURSE OFFERISGS 

differences. Consideration is given to present tendencies and aims of in- 
struction in the social studies. 

Ed. 134. Materials and Procedure for the Senior High School Core 
Curriculum (2). 

This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are 
in charge of core classes in senior high schools. Materials and teaching 
procedures for specific units of work are stressed. 

Ed. 137. Science in the Junior High School (2) — Summer school. 
A study of the place, function and content of science in junior high school 
programs. Applications to core curriculum organization. 

Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second semester. 

This course is offered in separate sections for the various subject matter 
areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathe- 
matics, art education, business education, industrial education, music edu- 
cation, nursing education, and physical education. Registration cards must 
include the subject-matter area as well as the name and number of the 
course. Graduate credit is allowed only by special arrangement. 

In each section the objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, 
appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional mate- 
rials, measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject 
matter area are treated. 

Twenty periods of observation. (Staff.) 

Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2) — First semester. 

This course is concerned with the selection and organization of content 
for English classes in secondary schools. Subject matter is analyzed to 
clarify controversial elements of form, style, and usage. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 142. High School Course of Study-Literature (2). 
Literature adapted to the various grade levels of junior and senior high 
schools is studied. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 144. Materials and Procedure for the Junior High School Core 
Curriculum (2) 

This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who 
are in charge of core classes in junior high schools. Materials and teaching 
procedures for specific units of work are stressed. 

Ed. 145. Principles of High School Teaching (2) — First and second 
semesters. 

The class sessions of Ed. 149 but with no student teaching. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 146. The Teaching of Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with classroom and labora- 
tory teaching of Physics. 

Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00. (R. Morgan.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 327 

Ed. 147. Audio-Visual Education (2) — First semester. 

Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection apparatus, 
its cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films; physical principles 
underlying projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures, 
models, and graphic materials; integration of sensory aids with organized 
instruction. Fee, $1.00. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (2-6) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and ap- 
proval of faculty. Undergraduate credit only. 

Forty-five periods of observation, participation, and teaching in a high 
school class under the direction of the regular teacher and the university 
adviser. Two hours of class sessions weekly, identical with those of Ed. 149, 
are included. Applications must be made as for Ed. 149. 

Students should arrange their university schedules so as to allow ample 
time for the student teaching assignment. 

Open only to experienced teachers and other exceptional students. 

For scheduling plan, see Ed. 149. (Brechbill and Staff.) 

Ed. 149. Methods and Practice of Teaching (9) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and ap- 
proval of faculty. Undergraduate credit only. 

Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the 
schools to which they are assigned. Full time for one-half of one semester, 
either first or second half, is devoted to this work. Two hours of weekly 
class meetings throughout the semester are included in which study is 
made of the principles and methods of teaching. 

In the half-semester not devoted to student teaching, certain courses are 
blocked, including the following: Psych. 110, Ed. 150, Ed. 160. These 
courses are regularly offered each half of both semesters. 

Application forms for this course, properly filled in, must be submitted 
to the Director of Student Teaching not less than thirty days before regis- 
tration. (Brechbill and Staff.) 

Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction 
and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical con- 
cepts and processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school 
marks. For scheduling plan, see Ed. 149. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2) — First semester. 

Causes for reading disabilities; diagnostic techniques; and corrective 
methods are studied. Instructional materials are evaluated. The course is 
designed for both elementary and secondary school teachers. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2). 



328 COURSE OFFERINGS 

This course deals with the intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational 
problems which arise in the transitional period between childhood and 
adulthood, the secondary school period. 

Ed. 153. The Improvement of Reading (2) 

This course is intended for teachers working at the intermediate and 
secondary school levels. Attention is given to the teaching of reading in 
different school subjects, the selection of reading materials, the study of 
individuals with reference to causes of reading deficiencies, types of reading 
lessons, and certain elements of psychology essential to intelligent con- 
sideration of problems in this field. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2) — First and second 
semesters. 

This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to 
the work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic 
ideology for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes 
in population and technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the 
socio-economic attitudes of individuals who control the schools, and other 
elements of community background which have significance in relation 
to schools. For scheduling plan, see Ed. 149. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 161. Guidance in Secondary Schools (2). 

A general orientation course in the principles of guidance and in the 
organization and administration of guidance programs. It it also designed 
to provide a general understanding of guidance procedures in terms of 
the day-by-day demands made upon the classroom teacher in the guidance 
of youth in his classes and in the extra-curricular activities which he 
sponsors. (Sievers.) 

Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2). 

The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to class- 
room problems. 

Ed. 163, 164 and 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2, 

2, 2). 

This course involves experience from the educational standpoint with 
the agencies, institutions, cultural patterns, living conditions, and social 
processes which play significant roles in shaping the behavior of children 
and adults and which must be understood by individuals working toward 
school and community improvement. Each participant becomes a member 
of a group in a given area of study and concentrates on problems which 
have direct application in his school situation. Readings are integrated 
with techniques of study. (Staff.) 

Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education (2) 

This course is designed to give teachers, principals, attendance workers, 
and supervisors an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional 
children. Preventive and remedial measures are stressed. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 329 

Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2) 

A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery, analy- 
sis of causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educational 
measures. 

Ed. 183. Recent Trends in Curriculum and Methods in the Elementary 
School (2) 

Emphasis in this course will be placed on recent trends in elementary 
education, newer instructional practices and classroom procedures, organ- 
ization of learning experiences, and modern techniques of evaluation. New 
methods and materials will be critically evaluated. Opportunity for the 
study and discussion of individual problems will be given. 

Ed. 184. Outdoor Education (6) — Summer. 

A full-time program for teachers, administrators, recreation leaders, and 
social workers in functionalized child development through utilization of 
the surrounding natural environment and resources. Guided group work 
implements the acquired techniques for use with children in developing 
education in democratic living, worthy use of leisure, certain character 
traits and also for vitalizing such subject-matter areas as mathematics, 
language, arts, social and natural sciences, music, health and physical 
education, graphic and plastic arts. 

Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2) 

The course includes a study of adult educational agencies, both formal and 
informal, with special reference to the development of adult education in the 
United States, the interests and abilities of adults, and the techniques of 
adult learning. Emphasis is laid on practical aids for teachers of various 
types of adult groups. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 195. Teaching Traffic Safety and Automobile Operation (2). (Offered 
in Summer School.) Prerequisite, two years driving experience. 

Practical and theoretical study of the driver, driver and pedestrian re- 
sponsibilities, the automobile and its operation, traffic problems and regu- 
lations, and the organization and administration of the course in secondary 
schools. Dual control cars used. 

For Graduates 

Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2). 

A study of present problems in higher education. (Benjamin.) 

Ed. 205. Seminar in Comparative Education (2). (Benjamin.) 

Ed. 207. Seminar in Philosophy of Education (2). 

Ed. 209. Seminar in History of Education (2). (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2) — 

First, semester. 



330 COURSE OFFERINGS 

The basic course in school administration. The course deals with the 
organization and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and 
federal levels; and with the administrative relationships involved. (Newell.) 

Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary 
Schools (2) — Second semester. 

The work of the secondary school principal. The course includes topics 
such as personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships, 
student activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting. 

(Newell.) 

Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2) 

An introduction to the finance phase of public school administration. The 
course deals with the basic principles of school finance; the implica- 
tions of organization and control; the planning, execution, and appraisal 
of the activities involved in public school finance such as budgeting, taxing, 
purchasing, service of supplies, and accounting. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 213. Administration and Teaching in Junior High School (2) 

This course is concerned with presistent problems and related adminis- 
trative organization and policy. It is designed for teachers and administra- 
tors. Emphasis is placed on ways and means whereby junior high shcools 
may realize their functions fully. 

Ed. 214. School Buildings and Equipment (2). 

An orientation course in which school plant and plant planning are 
considered as contributing to instructional programs. This course supplies 
the basis for analyzing existing plant, for determining need for new 
plant, for selecting and developing school building sites, and for planning 
school building. Theory is put into practice in the development of line 
drawings for school building design in terms of the instructional program. 
Opportunity is provided to work on specific equipment problems. 

(Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2) 

A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to school 
law. (Newell.) 

Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). Prerequisite, teaching experience. 

This course deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature and func- 
tion of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating; 
participation of teachers and other groups in policy development; school 
workshops; and other means for the improvement of instruction. Fee, $1.00. 

(Newell.) 

Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2). 

A study of the problems connected with organizing and operating elemen- 
tary schools and directing instruction. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 331 

Ed. 218. School Surveys (2-6). 

This course includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems 
of school organization and administration, finance and school plant planning. 
Field work in school surveys is required in this course. (Newell.) 

Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2). (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation (2) 

This course includes consideration of the organization and administration 
of state, county, and district pupil transportation service with emphasis on 
safety and economy. The planning of bus routes; the selection and training 
of bus drivers, and maintenance mechanics; the specification of school buses; 
and procurement procedures are included in this course. 

Ed. 221. Functional School Plant Planning (2) 

This is an advanced course in school plant planning problems. Emphasis 
is given to analysis of the educational program and planning of physical 
facilities to accommodate that program. Ed. 214 is a prerequisite to this 
course. However, students with necessary background may be admitted 
without completion of Ed. 214. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 222. Seminar in Supervision (2) — Prerequisite, Ed. 216. Prerequisite 
may be waived upon approval of the instructor. (Newell.) 

Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6) 

Study of personnel relationships. Opportunities are provided for students 
to work with groups of laymen or school staff members on local school 
problems. (Newell.) 

Ed. 224. Internship in School Administration (12-16) 

Internships in administration or supervision may be provided for a few 
students who have had teaching experience. The intern will be assigned to 
assist a principal, supervisor, or some other staff member in a school or 
school system. In addition to the experience in the school situation, a pro- 
gram of studies will be planned by the intern, the appropriate member of 
the school staff, and the sponsor from the university. The sponsor will 
maintain a close working relationship with the intern and the other persons 
involved. (Newell.) 

E(L 225. School Public Relations (2). 

A study of the relationships between the public school as a social insti- 
tution and the community of which it is a part. This course deals with the 
agents who participate in the interpretative process, with propaganda 
and the schools, with parent-teacher associations and other lay advisory 
groups, and with such means of publicity as the newspaper, radio, and 
school publications. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 226. Child Accounting (2). 

An inquiry into the keeping of essential records pertaining to the pre- 
school, school, and post-school life of individuals. This course explores 



332 COURSE OFFERINGS 

the area of child accounting in terms of need, development, and current 
practice in local districts and in the state. Census taking, individual record 
practices, and administrative record procedures are taken into consid- 
eration. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2). 

An examination of practices with respect to personnel administration. 
This course serves to aid in the development of principles applying to 
personnel administration. Personnel needs, the means for satisfying per- 
sonnel needs, personnel relationships, tenure, salary schedules, leaves of 
absence, and retirement plans are reviewed. Local and state aspects of 
the personnel problem are identified. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2). 

Attention will be centered on selected problems in curriculum making, 
teaching, and child development. Members of the class may concentrate 
on seminar papers, prepare materials for their schools, or read extensively 
to discover viewpoints and research data on problems and experimental 
practices. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 232. Student Activities in the High School (2). 

This course offers a consideration of the problems connected with the 
so-called "extra-curricular" activities of the present-day high school. Spe- 
cial consideration will be given to (1) philosophical bases, (2) aims, (3) 
organization, and (4) supervision of student activities such as student coun- 
cil, school publications, musical organizations, di'amatics, assemblies, and 
clubs. Present practices and current trends will be evaluated. 

Ed. 236. Curriculum Development in the Secondary School (2) 

Curriculum planning; philosophical bases, objectives, learning experi- 
ences, organization of appropriate content, and means of evaluation. 

Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2). 

Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (2). 

This course surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties of a 
teacher-coordinator in a work-experience program. It deals particularly 
with evolving patterns in city and county schools in Maryland, and is 
designed to help teachei'-coordinators, guidance counselors, and others in 
the supervisory and administrative personnel concerned with functioning 
relationships of part-time cooperative education in a comprehensive 
educational program. (Brown.) 

Ed. 243. Application of Theory and Research to Arithmetic in Elemen- 
tary Schools (2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, 
and the results of research for the teaching of arithmetic in elementary 
schools. (Schindler.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 333 

Ed. 244. Application of Theory and Research to the Language Arts in 
Elementary Schools (2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, 
and the results of research for the language arts in the elementary 
schools. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 245. Applications of Theory and Research to High School Teaching 
(2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, 
and the results of research for the improvement of teaching on the sec- 
ondary level. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2). (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 248. Seminar in Vocational Education (2). (Hornbake.) 

Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2) — Second semester. 

This course is concerned with considering policies for adjusting the 

school to the pupil; using the school's special services — attendance, health, 

guidance — and records, reports, tests and inventories to promote a better 

understanding of the individual. Interpretation and use of data are 

stressed. (Sievers.) 

Ed. 261. Counseling Techniques (2). Prerequisites, Ed. 161, Ed. 250. 
Prerequisites may be waived upon approval of the instructor. 

This course deals with the various specialized techniques, procedures, 
and materials utilized by guidance specialists in the schools. Special 
stress is placed upon the interpretation of case data and techniques of 
counseling individual pupils. (Sievers.) 

Ed. 262. Occupational Information (2) — Second semester. 

The analysis of occupational trends in community, state and nation, and 
the organization of this information for the guidance of youth. It is 
designed to give counselors, teachers, school librarians and other workers 
in the fields of guidance and education a background of educational and 
occupational infoi-mation which is basic for counseling and teaching. 

(Sievers.) 

Ed. 263, 264. Aptitudes and Aptitude Testing (2, 2). (Offered in Balti- 
more.) 

Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2). (Schindler.) 

Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2). (Sievers.) 

Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2). 

Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education (2). (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2). 
A study of research in education, the sources of information and tech- 
niques available, and approved form and style in the preparation of research 
reports and theses. 



334 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Ed. 2H1. Source 1 Materials in Education (2). 

A course based on the text and work-book by Carter Alexander, "How to 
Locate Educational Information and Data." The work involves attendance 
at class for one hour with two additional hours of work in the library. 
Especially valuable for students interested in research. 

Ed. 289. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters. 

Students who desire credit for thesis work should use this number. Regis- 
tration for this purpose should be as follows: "Educ. 289 — Thesis." 

Students who desire credit on a research project not intended for a thesis 
should also use this number. Registration for this purpose should be as 
follows: "Educ. 289 — Research Problem: Brief statement of the Problem." 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills (2)— First semester. 
An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course content? 
of each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum. 

(Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 101. Methods and Materials in Teaching Office skills (2) 

Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, 
standards of achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the 
integration of office skills. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related 
Subjects (2) 

Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and 
related office knowledges and skills including a consideration of materials 
and teaching procedures. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 103. Basic Business Subjects in the Junior High School (2) 

This course deals with the exploratory aspects of basic business subjects 
and fundamentals of consumer business education, available instructional 
materials, and teaching procedures. 

B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (2). 

Consideration will be given to the vocational and consumer objectives; 
subject matter content; methods of organizing material; types of class- 
room activities; and teaching procedures in basic business subjects in the 
secondary schools. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 160. Curriculum Building for Work Experience Programs (2). 

Developing a curriculum to fit students' immediate and future work 
needs; studying the job for work-school correlation of curriculum; using 
and adapting the packaged curriculum; building lesson plans for indi- 
vidualized or group study with attention to source files, visual aids, and 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 335 

other course helps; keeping the curriculum current in the light of changing 
operations and trends in the field of work. 

B. Ed. 162. Methods of Teaching in the Part-Time Cooperative (Dic- 
(ributive Education) Program (2). 

Work study programs require an approach in teaching techniques some- 
what different from that of the regular classroom. This course will include 
a study of the methods to be used in teaching the part-time cooperative 
student, e. g., discussion, committee, conference, individualized study. Em- 
phasis will be placed on the development and use of visual aids, films, sound 
slides, field trips, and laboratory work in the classroom and on the job. 
Opportunity will be given for demonstration and practice. 

B. Ed. 165. Organization and Operation of the Part-Time Cooperative 
(Distributive Education) Program (2). 

A basic course essential for all those who teach or supervise part-time high 
school cooperative programs. Includes study of such topics as, setting and 
maintaining standards of performance for students, school, and training agen- 
cies; integrating the program in the high school; selection, placement, and 
follow-up of students; building good training agencies; promoting the pro- 
gram, and development of efficient forms and records. 

B. Ed. 180. Merchandise Information for the Distributive Education Co- 
ordinator (2). 

A technical course designed to provide the information necessary for 
teaching the manufacture, selling and care of merchandise. Opportunity 
is given to study specific items of merchandise and also to develop general 
techniques for learning about and keeping up-to-date on all tiems. Source 
files, bibliographies and visual aids will be considered. 

B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education (2) 

Major emphasis on departmental organization, curriculum, equipment, 
budget making, guidance, placement and follow-up, visual aids, and the in- 
service training of teachers. 

For administrators, supervisors, and teachers of business subjects. 

B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education (2). 

Principles and practices in business education; growth and present status; 
vocational business education; general business education; relation to con- 
sumer education and to education in general. (Patrick.) 

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First semes- 
ter. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequisite, 
H. E. Ed. 140. 



336 COURSE OFFERINGS 

A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home- 
making program; the physical environment, organization, and sequence of 
instructional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects. 

H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second 
semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education. 

The place and function of home economics education in the secondary 
school curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living; 
characteristics of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans, 
and evaluation devices; directed observation in junior and senior high 
school home economics departments. 

H. E. Ed. 149. Teaching Secondary School Vocational Home Economics 

(9) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140 and 102 or 102 
parallel. See Ed. 149. 

Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school home 
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. 

H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First semes- 
ter. 

H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Eco- 
nomics (2-4) 

Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current edu- 
cational trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching pro- 
cedures, outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices. 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION 

The staff of the Institute for Child Study will offer a series of courses on 
human development and on the techniques of child study for members of 
the educational profession. The core of the offering is a group of six courses 
which describe the major processes and forces that shape the growth and 
development of human beings from conception to middle age. The first four 
of these courses may be taken in any combination or sequence but all of 
them should be completed before the last two are undertaken because the 
courses dealing with the emergence, development and adjustment of the Self 
require a basic synthesis of factual and conceptual knowledge from these 
other courses. These courses are open only to graduate students. Prerequi- 
sites are six semester hours of work in either biology or psychology or three 
semester hours in each. Each course carries two semester hours credit 
and should be accompanied or followed by the sequence of three courses 
called Laboratory in Human Development which involve the direct year-long 
study of children as individuals and in groups. 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I & II (2, 2) 

These courses give a general overview of the scientific principles that 
describe human development and behavior. Open to graduates or under- 
graduates. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 337 

H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II & III 

(2, 2, 2). Prerequisite, General or Educational Psychology or any course in 
Human Development. 

This course involves the direct study of children throughout the school 
year. Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an indi- 
vidual; presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study 
group for criticism and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the 
dynamics underlying the child's learning, behavior and development. 

H. D. Ed. 112. Scientific Concepts in Human Development (3). 
H. D. Ed. 112 must be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 113. 
H. D. Ed. 113. Laboratory in Behavior Analysis (3) 

H. D. Ed. 113 must be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 112. 

H. D. Ed. 200. Organic Processes and Factors in Human Development (2) 

— First semester. 

This course describes the major organic processes of: conception; biol- 
ogical inheritance; differentiation and growth of the body; capture, trans- 
mutation and use of energy; perception of the environment; coordination 
and integration of functions; adaptation to unusual demands and to frustra- 
tion; normal individual variation in each of the above processes. 

H. D. Ed. 201. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Devel- 
opment (2) — Second semester. 

This course describes the normal development, expression and influence 
of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. It deals with the 
influence of parent-child relationships involving normal acceptance, neglect, 
rejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional 
behavior and personality development. It analyzes the affectional develop- 
mental tasks and adjustment problems of adolescence, infancy, child- 
hood, and early maturity. 

H. D. Ed. 202. Socialization Processes in Human Development (2) 

This course analyzes the processes by which human beings internalize the 
culture of the society in which they live. The major sub-cultures in the 
United States, their training procedures, and their characteristic human 
expressions in folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, values, life-goals, and ad- 
justment patterns are analyzed. Contrasts with other world cultures are 
examined to high-light the American way of life and to reveal its strengths 
and weaknesses. 

H. D. Ed. 203. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (2) 

This course analyzes the processes of group formation, role-taking and 
status-winning. It describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" during 
childhood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels 
to adulthood. It analyzes the developmental tasks and adjustment problems 
associated with winning, belonging and playing roles in the peer group. 



338 COURSE OFFERINGS 

H. D. Ed. 210. "Self-developmental Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (2) 

This course analyzes the nature of intelligence and of the learning pro- 
cesses, including the development of skills, concepts, generalizations, sym- 
bolizations, reasoning and imagination, attitudes, values, goals and purposes. 
It describes the nature and effects of individual variations in capacities and 
in experiences. The effects of various physical and growth processes, affec- 
tional relationships, socialization processes and peer group roles and status 
on the integration, development and realization of the individual self are 
analyzed. 

H. D. Ed. 211. "Self-adjustment Processes in Human Development (2) 

This course analyzes the conditions, relationships, experiences and oppor- 
tunities to function that are essential to full human development and the 
physical, emotional, mental and personality effects of the realization of 
these factors. It describes the more common adjustment problems experi- 
enced in our society at various maturity levels and analyzes the processes 
by which individuals adjust to them. It discusses the social and personal 
effects of the use of various adjustment mechanisms. 

H. D. Ed. 212. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Development (3) 

H. D. Ed. 212 must be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 213. 

H. D. Ed. 213. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis (3). 

H. D. Ed. 213 must be taken concurrently with H. D. Ed. 212. 

H. D. Ed. 220, 221. Educational Implications of Human Development 
Research (2, 2) 

Each student analyzes recent research in some aspect of human develop- 
ment, presents papers summarizing the research findings and discusses with 
the seminar the educational implications of the research he has analyzed. 
For advanced masters and doctors degree candidates. Prerequisite: consent 
of the instructor. 

H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I & II (2, 2) 

This course offers apprenticeship training preparing properly qualified 
persons to become staff members in human development workshops, con- 
sultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or 
regional child study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field experi- 
ence is provided. In general this training is open only to persons who have 
passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in 
human development or psychology. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

For each semester hour of credit for shop and drawing courses two or 
three periods of lecture and practice are scheduled depending upon the 
specific needs of the course. 



COLLEGE OF E D V CATION 339 

Industrial Education 9, 10, and 11 constitute an art crafts sequence 
(Art Crafts I, II, and III). The courses are intended to assist persons who 
are preparing to teach art crafts in grade 7 of the public schools of Mary- 
land or for teachers who have already undertaken this type of work in the 
schools. The work is appropriate also for persons who teach art crafts 
at any grade level and for those who teach art crafts in camps, clubs, 
adult evening classes, and the like. 

Ind. Ed. 1. Mechanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course constitutes an introduction to orthographic multi-view and 
isometric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the visualization of an object 
when it is represented by a multi-view drawing and upon the making of 
multi-view drawings. 

This course carries through auxiliary views, sectional views, dimension- 
ing, conventional representation and single stroke letters. Laboratory fee, 
$3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 2. Elementary Woodworking (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. 

This is a woodworking course which involves the use of hand tools almost 
exclusively. The course is developed so that the student uses practically 
every common woodworking hand tool in one or more situations. There 
is also included elementary wood finishing, the specifying and storing of 
lumber, and the care and conditioning of tools used. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 9. Art Crafts I (2) — First semester and Summer Session. Two 
laboratory periods a day. 

The materials used in Art Crafts I are woods, metals, leathers and plas- 
tics. Each student is provided the opportunity of doing a variety of types 
of work in the four media. Laboratory fee $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 10. Art Crafts II (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory 
periods a day. 

Art Crafts II offers work experiences in model building, ceramics, graphic 
arts, and paper construction. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 11. Art Crafts III (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory 
periods a day. 

Art Crafts III provides instruction in the principles of design which 
are pertinent to craft work and takes up reed and raffia, threads (weaving, 
hooking, knitting), and seasonal activities. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing (2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1. 

A course dealing with working drawings, machine design, pattern lay- 
outs, tracing and reproduction. Detail drawings followed by assemblies 
are presented. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 



340 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Ind. Ed. 22. Machine Woodworking I (2) — Second semester. Two labo- 
ratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 2. 

Machine Woodworking I offers initial instruction in the proper operation 
of the jointer, band saw, variety saw, jig saw, mortiser, shaper, and lathe. 
The types of jobs which may be performed on each machine and their safe 
operation are of primary concern. The medium of instruction is school-shop 
equipment, hobby items, and useful home projects. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 23. Arc and Gas Welding (1) — Second semester. One labora- 
tory period a week. 

A course designed to give the student a functional knowledge of the 
principles and use of electric and acetylene welding. Practical work is 
carried on in the construction of various projects using welded joints. 
Instruction is given in the use and care of equipment, types of welded joints, 
methods of welding, importance of welding processes in industry, safety 
considerations, etc. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 24. Sheet Metal Work (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

Articles are made from metal in its sheet form and involve the opera- 
tions of cutting, shaping, soldering, riveting, wiring, folding, seaming, 
beading, burring, etc. The student is required to develop his own patterns 
inclusive of parallel line development, radial line development, and tri- 
angulation. Common sheet metal tools and machines are used in this course. 
Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 26. Art Metal Work I (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

An introductory course in designing and constructing art products in 
aluminum, copper and brass. The processes covered include surface deco- 
ration (hammering, piercing, etching, enameling), heat treatment and finish- 
ing. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. 

An introductory course to electricity in general. It deals with the elec- 
trical circuit, elementary wiring problems, the measurement of electrical 
energy, and a brief treatment of radio such as may be offered at the 
junior high school level. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 31. Mechanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and 21. 

A course dealing with the topics enumerated in Ind. Ed. 21 but on a more 
advanced basis. The reading of prints representative of a variety of indus- 
tries is a part of this course. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 41. Architectural Drawing (2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 341 

Practical experience is given in the design and planning of houses and 
other buildings. Working drawings, specifications and blue-prints are 
featured. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 42. Machine Woodworking II (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. 

Advanced production methods with emphasis on cabinetmaking and 
design. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity II (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. 

Principles involved in A-C and D-C electrical equipment, including heat- 
ing, measurements, motors and control, electro-chemistry, the electric arc, 
inductance and reactance, condensers, radio, and electronics. Laboratory 
fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching Vocational and Occupational Subjects 
(2). (Offered in Baltimore.) 

For vocational and occupational teachers of shop and related subjects. 
The identification and analysis of factors essential to helping others learn; 
the types of teaching situations and techniques; the use of instruction 
sheets; measuring results and grading student progress in shop and 
related technical subjects. (Wall.) 

Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching of Vocational and 
Occupational Subjects (2). (Offered in Baltimore.) Prerequisite, Educa- 
tional Pyschology and/or Methods of Teaching Vocational and Occupational 
Subjects. 

Particularly for vocational and occupational teachers. Sixteen hours 
of directed observation and demonstration teaching. Reports, confer- 
ences, and criticisms constitute the remainder of scheduled activities in 
this course. 

Ind. Ed. 66. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods 
a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 26, or equivalent. 

Advanced practicum. It includes methods of bowl raising and bowl 

ornamenting. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 67. Cold Metal Work (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

Metal in the form of bars, rods and tubes are shaped cold to produce 
"ornamental iron" and bench metal products. The use of the hacksaw, file, 
drill press, taps and dies, the designing and forming of scrolls and the 
finishes appropriate for cold metal work are representative of the course 
content. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 69. Machine Shop Practice I (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 



342 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Bench work, turning, planing, milling, and drilling. Related technical 
information. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 89. Machine Shop Practice II (2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 69, or equivalent. 

Advanced shop practicum in thread cutting, grinding, boring, reaming, 
and gear cutting. Work-production methods employed. Related technical 
information. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 94. Shop Maintenance (2) — Summer. Prerequisite, 8 semester 
hours of shop credit, or equivalent. 

Skill developing practice in the up-keep and care of school shop tools and 
equipment. 

Ind. Ed. 101. Operational Drawing (2) — Two laboratory periods a day. 
Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 

A comprehensive course designed to give students practice in the modern 
drafting methods of industry. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 102. Advanced Woodfinishing and Design (2) — Two laboratory 
periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. 

Advanced finishing room methods applied. The application of color and 
its use in the improvement of design. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 104. Advanced Practices in Sheet Metal Work (2) — Two labora- 
tory periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 24, or equivalent. 

Study of the more complicated processes involved in commercial items. 
Calculations and pattern making are emphasized. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop (2) — Second semester. 

Designed to meet needs in organizing and administering a secondary 
school general shop. Students are rotated through skill and knowledge 
developing activities in mechanical drawing, electricity, woodworking, and 
general metal working. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 106. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods 
a day. 

Simple operations in the art of making jewelry including ring making, 
Btone setting, etc. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 108. Electricity III (2) — Two laboratory periods a day. Pre- 
requisite, Ind. Ed. 28, or equivalent. 

Experimental development of apparatus and equipment for teaching the 
principles of electricity. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 109. Experimental Electricity and Electronics — A, B, C, D 
(2, 2, 2, 2). (Offered in Baltimore.) 

Ind. Ed. 110. Foundry (1) — Second semester. One laboratory period a 
week. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 343 

Bench and floor molding and elementary core making. Theory and 
principles covering foundry materials, tools and appliances. Laboratory 
fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 140 (Ed. 140). Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — 

First semester. 

Major functions and specific contributions of Industrial Education; their 
relation to the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools; 
selection and organization of subject matter in terms of modern practices 
and needs; methods of instruction; expected outcomes; measuring results; 
professional standards. Twenty periods of observation. (Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 149. Methods and Practice of Teaching (9) — First and second 
semesters. See Ed. 149. 

Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2) — Second semester. 

Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application. 
Special emphasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids 
useful to shop teachers. Actual making and application of such an aid 
will be required. (Wall.) 

Ind. Ed. 160. Essentials of Design (2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and basic shop work. 

A study of the basic principles of design and practice in their application 
to the construction of shop projects. It treats the art elements of line, mass, 
color, and design. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2) — Second semester. 

This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an 
Industrial Education program including the selection of equipment and the 
arrangement of the shop. (Wall.) 

Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry (2) — Summer session. 

This course provides an overview of factory organization and manage- 
ment. Representative basic industries are studied from the viewpoints of 
personnel and management organization, industrial relations, production 
procedures, distribution of products, and the like. 

Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (2) — First 
semester. 

A study of the factors which definitely place Industrial Arts education in 
any well-rounded program of general education. Lectures, class discussions, 
leadings and reports. (Brown and Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education (2). (Offered in 
Baltimore.) 

The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret 
data relative to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational 
education. 



344 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2) — First semester. 

Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which 
is basic in organizing Industrial Education courses of study. This course 
should precede Ind. Ed. 169. 

Ind. Ed. 169. Construction of Vocational and Occupational Courses of 
Study (2). 

Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of 
study for effective use in vocational and occupational schools. 

Ind. Ed. 170. Principles and Practices of Vocational Education (2) — 

Summer Session. 

The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral 
phase of the American program of public education. 

Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education (2) — Summer Session. 
An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive 

times to the present. The evolution of Industrial Arts is also considered. 

For Graduates 

Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2)— First 

semester. 

This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a 
point of view as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total 
educational program. He should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for apprais- 
ing current procedures and proposals and an articulateness for his own 
professional area. (Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2) — Second 
semester. 

This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and 
provides opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in 
the operation of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised. 

(Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2) — Second semester. 

(Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration and Supervision of Voca- 
tional Education (2) — Summer Session. 

This course surveys objectively the organization, administration, super- 
vision, curricular spread and viewpoint, and the present status of vocational 
Education. 

Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) — 

First and second semesters. 

This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting 
research in the areas of Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 345 

Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts (2)— Second 
semester. 

Various methods and procedures used in developing courses of study 
are examined and those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are 
applied. Methods of and devices for Industrial Arts instruction are studied 
and practiced. (Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) — 

Second semester. 

NURSERY SCHOOL-KINDERGARTEN EDUCATION 

C. Ed. 2. Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking (2) — Second 
semester. 

Orientation to nursery school and kindergarten; introduction to methods 
of observing and recording behavior of children at different age levels. 

(McNaughton, Whitney.) 

C. Ed. 50, 51. Observation and Experience in Nursery School and Kinder- 
garten (1, 1). 

Student must schedule one hour, twice a week between nine and twelve, 
or one and three. (Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

C. Ed. 100. Child Development I — Infancy (3) — First semester. 

Understanding the pattern of growth. Factors influencing the physical, 
mental, and emotional development of the infant; relation of care during 
the first eighteen months to personality development. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 101. Child Development II— Early Childhood (3)— Second semes- 
ter. 

A study of the developmental growth of the child from eighteen months 
to five years; characteristics of each age level; experiences which help 
the child in his motor, mental, emotional and social development; obser- 
vation in the nursery school; study of one child. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 102. Child Development III— The Child from Five to Ten (2)— 

First and second semesters. 

Development, characteristics and interests of the middle-age child; 
interpersonal relations as affected by home, school, and community; obser- 
vations in kindergarten, public schools, and community organizations. 

C. Ed. 110. Child Development IV (3) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the developmental growth of the child from birth to five 
years; observation in the nursery school. Designed for students in other 
colleges. Laboratory fee, $1.00. 



346 COURSE OFFERINGS 

C. Ed. 112. Play and Play Materials (2)— Prerequisite, C. Ed. 101. 
Study of play materials and play equipment in relation to use by differ- 
ent age levels; construction of simple equipment. (Flannery.) 

C. Ed. 113. Education of the Young Child I (2). 

A study of the nature and needs of the child from two to six years of 
age, with emphasis upon learning tendencies; the child's relation to the 
materials, experiences, and the people of his world at home and at school. 

(McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 114. Education of the Young Child II — The Social and Emotional 
Needs of the Young Child (2). 

An attempt to understand what lies beneath outward behavior rather 
than on conformity as such; acceptance of the child's feelings; helping the 
child to live richly and fully on his own level; seeing the child as a whole; 
working with the parents and the home to bring about the most favorable 
adjustment of the child. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110. 

For Nursery School and Kindergarten majors. 

C. Ed. 116, 117. Creative Expression; Art, Music, Dance (2-3, 2-3). 

Creative experience in the arts on the level of the student; correlation 
of the arts as related to the abilities of the child in terms of his develop- 
ment. 

C. Ed. 119. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Cooperative 
Nursery School (2-3). 

C. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery School 

(3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100 and 101, or 
C. Ed. 110. 

Standards and organization of nursery school; study of age levels and 
methods of guidance; selection and use of equipment; observation in 
nursery school. 

C. Ed. 145. Guidance in Behavior Problems (3) — First semester. 

Handling of individual and group problems on the pre-school level; 
gathering of objective data; recording and observation; parent-teacher 
relationships, with special handling of child; guidance resources of com- 
munity. (Whitney.) 

C. Ed. 149. Teaching Nursery School (4-8) — First and second semesters. 

Teaching experience in the University Nursery School and in those of 
nearby communities. (Whitney.) 

C. Ed. 150. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Kindergarten 

(2-3) — Second semester. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 347 

A study of the interests, needs and activities of children living together 
in the kindergarten; discussion and workshop. 

C. Ed. 159. Teaching Kindergarten (4-8) — First and second semesters. 

Teaching experience in the University kindergarten. 

C. Ed. 160. Speech Problems in Child Development (2). 

Problems in delayed and distorted speech in nursery school and kinder- 
garten children as related to child development: techniques in clinical 
work; lecture and clinic. 

C. Ed. 161. Behavior Problems of Childhood and Adolescence (2). 
Problems of child and adolescent in growing up; interrelation of child 
with his family, teacher, classmates and gang. 

C. Ed. 165. Leadership Training (2). 

Designed for leaders in Parent-Teacher groups and in other organiza- 
tions. Setting up the duties of a leader, participants, observer and 
recorder; developing methods for discussion groups; discussion of special 
problems of organization. 

NURSING EDUCATION 

N. Ed. 2. Introduction to Nursing Education (2) — (Offered in Baltimore.) 
Exploratory and guidance course for nursing education students. Types 
of positions in schools of nursing, teacher supply and demand in such 
schools, and the types of professional and personal competence required 
of teachers in nursing schools are among the topics included. This course 
may be substituted for Ed. 2. Students who take N. Ed. 2 will not be 
permitted to register for Ed. 2, or vice versa. 

N. Ed. 5, 6. Teaching of Nursing Arts, I and II (3, 3)— (Offered in 
Baltimore.) 

This is the basic course in principles of teaching as applied to the field 
of nursing arts. It is a course which is roughly parallel to the general 
course Ed. 145. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

N. Ed. 112. School of Nursing Finance and Administration (3) — (Offered 
in Baltimore.) 

Sources of financial support for schools of nursing, budgeting, internal 
school accounting, purchase of supplies and equipment, and other selected 
problems of financing and administering schools of nursing. 

N. Ed. 115, 116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2, 2)— 

(Offered in Baltimore.) 

This course covers the administrative phase of a hospital unit or ward, 
especially the assigning of duties according to the level of ability of the 
worker. Emphasis is placed upon hospital economics and the budgeting 



348 COURSE OFFERINGS 

of supplies. A program for clinical bedside teaching is stressed through 
the entire course. 

N. Ed. 190. Principles of Pediatric Nursing (3) — (Offered in Baltimore.) 

Principles of nursing children with emphasis upon the direction of 
growth and development of children under conditions where nursing care 
is required. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH AND RECREATION 
A. Physical Education 

P. E. courses open only to men are given odd numbers. 

P. E. courses open only to women have even numbers. 

P. E. courses ending in zero are open to both men and women. 

P. E. 10, 20. Basic Body Controls (1, 1) — Three hours a week. 

This is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental principles 
and techniques of body movement and to provide for practical application 
in sports, rhythmic and gymnastic activities. 

P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Health and Recreation 

(3) — First and second semesters. 

Orientation course in the professional fields. 

P. E. 52, 54. Dance Techniques (1, 1) — Three hours a week. 

A basic course which includes movement techniques of modern dance 
and analysis of form and composition. 

P. E. 56, 58. Dance Techniques (1, 1)— Three hours a week. 

A continuation of P. E. 52, 54. More advanced movements of the modern 
techniques are studied. Students are given the opportunity to create and 
participate in simple group dances. Theory in teaching methods. 

P. E. 60. Advanced Gymnastics (2) — Second semester. Four laboratory 
hours a week. 

Practice and theory in gymnastics, pyramids, trampoline, springboard, 
and exhibition activities appropriate for secondary school pupils. 

P. E. 61, 63. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2) — 

Six hours a week. 

Progressive techniques and practice of seasonal sports and games, stunts 
and introductory skills of gymnastic exercises. 

P. E. 62, 64. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2) — 

Six hours a week. 

Progressive techniques and practice of seasonal sports, stunts, tumbling, 
self-testing activities, and gymnastic exercises. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 349 

P. E. 65, 67. Intermediate Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2) — 

Six hours a week. 

Techniques and practice of sports and gymnastics. 

P. E. 66, 68. Sports, Folk Dance and Recreational Activities (2, 2) — Six 

hours a week. 

Techniques of selected sports, experience in folk and square dance, and 
recreational activities. 

P. E. 70. Advanced Modern Dance (2) — Second semester. Four labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, 56, 58, or permission of 
instructor. 

Advanced techniques and practice in teaching dance. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
P. E. 100. Kinesiology (3) — First and second semesters. 
A study and analysis of human motion conforming to the laws of me- 
chanics and principles of physiology and anatomy. 

P. E. 101, 103. Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (2, 2)— Six 

hours a week. 

Organization, administration, and promotion of intramurals at various 
school levels. Types of tournaments, units of competition, handling of 
student leader personnel, etc. 

P. E. 112. History of Dance (3)— First semester. Prerequisites, P. E. 
52, 54, 56, 58, or permission of the instructor. 

Designed to give an overview of the development of dance from primitive 
to modern times. Students have experience in planning dances for specific 
historic periods. 

P. E. 113, 115. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools I (2, 2)— 

Two lectures and two laboratories a week. 

Theory and practice; class organization, analysis, and teaching tech- 
niques of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior 
and Senior High School programs. 

P. E. 114, 116. Methods and xMaterials for Secondary Schools II (2, 2)— 

Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week. 

Theory and practice; class organization, analysis, and teaching techniques 
of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior and 
Senior High School programs. 

P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics (3, 3)— Two lecture and two labora- 
tory hours a week. 

Methods of coaching the vai'ious competitive sports commonly found 
in high school and college programs. 



:j5U COURSE OFFERINGS 

P. E. 124, 126. Methods and Materials in Team Sports (2, 2)— Four 
laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68. 

Theory in coaching and officiating sports for women. Opportunity for 
National Officials' Ratings. 

P. E. 140. Therapeutics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
P. E. 100. 

A study of common structural abnormalities, corrective (adaptive) exer- 
cises, and massage. Causes, prevention and correction of postural defects. 
Testing methods. Theory and practice. 

P. E. 150. History and Philosophy of Physical Education (2) — Second 
semester. 

A study of the origins and derivations of modern physical education and 
the implications of the modern program for human welfare. 

P. E. 170. Principles of Physical Education (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

An integrative resume of the basic and specialized sciences pertinent 
to this field and their application in developing the modern physical edu- 
cation curriculum. 

P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3) — First 
and second semesters. Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week. The 
application of measurement to physical and health education. 

P. E. 181. Training and Conditioning (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
ture and two laboratory hours a week. 

The training and physical conditioning of athletes. Treatment of athletic 
injuries by taping, massage, hydro-therapy, physical therapy, and electro- 
therapy. Remedial and conditioning exercises. Theory and practice. 

P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Health, 
and Recreation (3) — First and second semesters. 

The application of the principles of administration and supervision to 
physical education, health, and recreation. 

For Graduates 

P. E. 200. Departmental Seminar (1-2) — First and second semesters and 
summer. 

Each candidate for the Master's Degree will present to the group, in- 
cluding departmental and invited authorities, a mimeographed outline of 
his thesis topic; a verbally delivered digest of the main thesis problem, sub- 
problems and the tentative solutions. This must be presented, and defended 
as to criticism in a manner satisfactory to the fellow students, faculty 
and/or authorities present. (Gloss and Deach.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 351 

P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Health, and Recreation 

(3) — First and second semesters. 

An overall view of the total fields with their inter-relations and places 
in education. (Deach and Field.) 

P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Health, and 
Recreation (3) — Fh'st and second semesters and alternate summers. 

Principles and practices of supervision applied to the special fields indi- 
cated. Includes evaluation of facilities, program, personnel, and processes, 
using either survey or guidance techniques. (Hutto.) 

P. E. 205. Administration of Athletics (2) — First and second semesters 
and summer. 

Problems and procedures in the administration of school and college 
athletic competition, the installation and maintenance of indoor and 
outdoor athletic equipment, special problems of survey, legislation, prop- 
erty acquisition, finances, inventories, and the selection of personnel. 

(Burnett.) 

P. E. 210. Comparative Problems in Physical Education (2) — First and 
second semesters. 

A comparative international survey of the present-day and possible 
future programs of physical education, health and recreation. (Gloss.) 

P. E. 230. Contemporary Physical Education (3) — First and second 
semesters and alternate summers. 

The present-day status and possible future developments of community, 
state, federal (including military), physical fitness, and physical educa- 
tion programs. (Gloss.) 

P. E. 250. Survey in the Area of Physical Education, Health, and Recrea- 
tion (6) — First and second semesters and summer. 

A library survey course, covering the total areas of physical education, 
health, and recreation, plus intensive research on one specific limited 
problem of which a digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted. 

(Gloss.) 

P. E. 260. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters and summers. 

For advanced students capable of doing individual research on some 
topic other than the Thesis (Ed. 289) or the digest chosen in P.E. 250. 
Approval of the instructor is required. (Gloss and Burnett.) 

B. Health Education 

Hea. 40. Personal and Community Hygiene (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

A study of personal and community hygiene for major students. Empha- 
sis on causative factors of various diseases, means of transmission, and 
prevention. 



352 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Hea. 50. First Aid and Safely (2) — First and second semesters. 
Standard American Red Cross course in first aid; safety in the home 
school and community. 

Hea. 60. Advanced First Aid (2) — First and second semesters. 
Opportunity to secure Red Cross advanced and instructor's certificate. 
Hea. 70. Safety Education (3) — First and second semesters. 
A study of the causes of accidents and methods of prevention, including 
principles of traffic and industrial safety. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Hea. 110. Health Service and Supervision (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

The supervision of health inspection and physical examinations of 
students, including the sanitary inspection of the school plant. 

Hea. 112. Home Nursing (2) — First semester. 

A study of the use of household remedies and the care of house pa- 
tients, bed making, preparation of invalid's food, use of thermometer, and 
care before the physician arrives. 

Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2) — First and 
second semesters. 

Materials and methods in health education for the classroom teacher. 

Hea. 120. Teaching Health (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, Hea. 40 or equivalent. 

A study of materials and methods in health education. Planning the 
health education curriculum. 

Hea. 130. Organization and Administration of Health Education (3) — 

First and second semesters. 

The planning of graded school curriculum and the presentation of courses 
of study in hygiene to the classroom teacher. 

Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education (4-6) — Arranged. 

A workshop type course for experienced teachers, administrators, nurses 
and other active health personnel dealing with the practical problem of 
educating children in healthful living. 

For Graduates 

Hea. 220. Principles and Practices of Health Education (3) — First and 
second semesters and alternate summers. 

Health education and health in public schools and colleges as supported 
by endowed funds or by public taxation. 

Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3) — First and second semes- 
ters and summer. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 353 

Latest knowledge of the fundamental principles involved in personal, 
community, state and national health; functions and relationships of the 
various health agencies cooperating with the educational faculties and 
their contributions to health; present status of preventive medicine and 
sanitation. 

C. Recreation 

Rec. 30. History and Introduction to Recreation (2) — First and second 
semesters. 

The beginnings and expansion of community recreation as fostered by 
individuals and organizations. Emphasis is placed on history, aims, lead- 
ership, areas, facilities, and programs. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Rec. 100. Co-recreational Games and Programs (2) — First and second 
semesters. Four laboratory hours a week. 

Activities for social recreation in playgrounds, industries, camps, churches, 
and gymnasiums. 

Rec. 102. Recreational Games for the Elementary School (2) — First 
semester. 

Materials and methods, theory and practice in teaching games. 

Rec. 110. Nature Lore (1-3) — Second semester. 

An evening course and six Saturdays and Sundays during April and 
May; given in Washington. The conducting of nature trips for study and 
appreciation of plant, insect and animal life, and astronomy. 

Rec. 120. Camp Administration and Leadership (3) — First and second 
semesters. 

The observation and practice in the conducting of summer camps for chil- 
dren and adults. The management of boating and overnight trips, includ- 
ing the study of woodcraft and outdoor cookery. 

Rec. 130. Principles and Practice of Recreation (3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Theories of recreation and methods of conducting individual and group 
recreation put into practice with college students. 

Rec. 140. Observation and Service in Recreation (5) — First and second 
semesters. 

Observation of recreation centers, city playgrounds, community and 
night centers. Leadership practice in these areas and written reports. 
Students who desire to be certified as teachers must plan their courses 
to meet College of Education requirements in practice teaching. 



354 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Rec. 160. Recreational Golf (1) — Second semester. 

The game treated as a social pastime with practice in the etiquette and 
psychology of team play. 

Rec. 170. Organization and Administration of Recreation (3) — First and 
second semesters. 

A consideration of the management and the personnel required to 
conduct recreation activity programs by municipal, industrial, school, club, 
and social agencies. 

For Graduates 

Rec. 210. Philosophy of Recreation (2) — First and second semesters and 
alternate summers. 

The possible implications for social betterment by proper use of leisure 
time in a democratic civilization which is constantly increasing the free 
time of the common man. 

Rec. 220. Contemporary Recreation (3) — First and second semesters and 
alternate summers. 

The present-day status and the possible future developments of private, 
public, and industrial reci'eation. 

SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Sci. Ed. 1. General Science for the Elementary School — Summer. 
Sections A-l and A-2: For Primary Grades (2, 2). 
Sections B-l and B-2: For Upper Elementary Grades (2, 2). 

This course is planned to meet the needs of the elementary school 
teacher. It will provide background material in selected phases of those 
sciences which contribute to elementary school work. An interpretation 
of materials of the local environment with reference to enrichment of the 
science program will receive attention. 

Students may receive credit for both Sections A-l and A-2 or B-l and 
B-2. Students should not enroll for both A and B Sections. Laboratory 
fee, $1.00. 

Sci. Ed. 2. Activity Materials for Science in the Elementary School (2) — 

Summer. 

A laboratory course planned to provide grade teachers with the oppor- 
tunity for becoming acquainted with experiments and preparing materials 
which are of practical value in their science teaching. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARY LAM) 355 

GLENN L. MARTIN 

College of 

ENGINEERING and AERONAUTICAL 
SCIENCES 

STAFF 

, Director of Engineering Education and Research. 



S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., 
Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students 



Rbdfield W. Allen, B.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing. 

Russell B. Allen, B.S., Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Paul D. Arthur, M.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

Edward S. Barber, B.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Jack L. Baxter, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering. 

Walter R. Beam, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering. 

Joseph H. Bilbrey, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Chemical Engineering. 

Donald T. Bonney, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

James A. Clark, M.S., Instructor in Shop Practice. 

George F. Corcoran, M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering and 
Chairman of the Department. 

John B. Cournyn, M.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Robert B. Crichton, B.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing. 

A. Bernard Eyler, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

John Flodin, M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Carl W. Gohr, B.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Victor H. Gottschalk, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Joseph A. Guard, M.S., Instructor in Engineering Drawing. 

Herbert W. Harden, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. 

Charles R. Hayleck, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Drawing. 

Donald C. Hennick, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

Lawrence J. Hodgins, B.S., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Harry B. Hoshall, B.S., M.E., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi- 
neering. 

Wilbert J. Huff, Ph.D., Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman 
of the Department. 

John W. Jackson, M.S., M.E., Associate Px-ofessor of Mechanical Engi- 
neering. 

Audley B. Leaman, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

Robert F. Luce, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. 

Harold R. Martin, M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Louis E. Otts, Jr., M.S., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 



366 



STAFF 



H. Phillip Pickering, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Harry W. Piper, B.Arch.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering. 

Henry W. Price, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering. 

Walton R. Read, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

William M. Redd, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. 

Henry R. Reed, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Robert M. Rivello, M.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

Aaron W. Sherwood, M.S., Research Professor of Aeronautics; Manager of 
Wind Tunnel. 

Charles A. Shreeve, Jr., M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi- 
neering. 

Thomas C. SLINGLUFF, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Eric H. Small, M.E.E., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Joseph S. Smatko, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering and Chair- 
man of the Department; Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students. 

John W. Stuntz, B.S., Lecturer on Applied Electronics. 

Emile H. Sunier, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. 

Peter F. Vial, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

T. C. Gordon Wagner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Stanton Walker, B.S., Lecturer on Engineering Materials. 

Robert K. Warner, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

Joseph Weber, B.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Presley A. Wedding, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Thomas T. Witkowski. M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

John E. Younger, Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chair- 
man of the Department. 



The Fire Service Extension Building 




358 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

GLENN L. MARTIN 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 

AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 

, Director of Engineering Education and Research. 



S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., 
Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students 



The primary purpose of the College of Engineering is to train young men 
to practice the profession of Engineering. It endeavors at the same time 
to equip them for their duties as citizens and for careers in public service 
and in industry. 

In training professional engineers it is necessary that great emphasis be 
placed on the fundamentals of mathematics, science and engineering so 
as to establish a broad professional base. Experience has also shown the 
value of a coordinated group of humanistic-social studies for engineering 
students since their later professional activities are so closely identified 
with the public. It is well recognized that an engineering training affords 
an efficient preparation for many callings in public and private life outside 
the engineering profession. 

The new buildings just completed for the College of Engineering were 
made possible through the interest of Mr. Glenn L. Martin, President of 
the Glenn L. Martin Company of Baltimore, which resulted in two large 
gifts from the Company to the University, to which have been added funds 
made available by the Legislature of Maryland. The new units consist 
of four structures, namely, General Engineering building, an Engineering 
Laboratories building, a Chemical Engineering building, and a Wind 
Tunnel building. 

This increase in facilities has made possible an expansion of the work 
in each department and the establishment in the College of Engineering 
of an Institute for Advanced Technological Research. This Institute will 
carry on full-time research in connection with an organization known as 
the State Institute for Industrial Research, authorized by the Maryland 
Legislature to be under the direction of the Board of Regents of the Uni- 
versity, and also to carry on studies in the various departments leading 
to graduate degrees. 

The length of the normal curriculum in the College of Engineering is 
four years and leads to the bachelor's degree. In the case of most students 
these four years give the engineering graduate the basic and fundamental 
knowledge necessary to enter upon the practice of the profession. Engi- 
neering students with superior scholastic records are advised to supplement 
their undergraduate programs by at least one year of graduate study lead- 
ing to the master's degree. All the engineering departments encourage 
graduate work leading to the doctor's degree, and the Department of 



ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 359 

Chemical Engineering- has already awarded Ph.D. degrees to a number 
of candidates. Graduate engineers desiring to enter research and de- 
velopment work should endeavor to qualify for the doctorate. Graduate 
programs will be arranged upon application to the chairman of the engi- 
neering department concerned. 

In order to give the new student time to choose the branch of engineering 
for which he is best adapted, the freshman year of the several curriculums 
is the same. Lectures and conferences are used to guide the student in 
making a proper choice. The courses differ only slightly in the sophomore 
year, but in the junior and senior years the students are directed definitely 
along professional lines. 

Admission Requirements 

The requirements for admission to the College of Engineering are, in 
general, the same as elsewhere described for admission to the undergraduate 
departments of the University, except as to the requirements in mathe- 
matics. 

It is possible, however, for high school graduates having the requisite 
number of entrance units to enter the College of Engineering without the 
unit of advanced algebra, or the one-half unit of solid geometry. The 
program for such students would be as follows: during the first semester, 
five hours a week would be devoted to making up advanced algebra and 
solid geometry; in the second semester, mathematics of the first semester 
would be scheduled, and the second semester mathematics would be taken 
in the third semester. 

Bachelor Degrees in Engineering 

Courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science are offered in 
aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering. 

Master of Science in Engineering 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Engineering are 
accepted in accordance with the procedure and requirements of the Graduate 
School. See Graduate School Catalog. 

Professional Degrees in Engineering 

The degrees of Aeronautical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer, 
Electrical Engineer, and Mechanical Engineer will be granted only to 
graduates of the University who have obtained a bachelor's degree in 
engineering. The applicant must satisfy the following conditions: 

1. He shall have engaged successfully in acceptable engineering work 
for not less than four years after graduation. 

2. He must be considered eligible by a committee composed of the Dean 
of the College of Engineering and the heads of the Departments of 
Aeronautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering. 

3. His registration for a degree must be approved at least twelve months 
prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred. He shall present 



360 LABORATORIES 

with his application a complete report of his engineering experience and 
an outline of his proposed thesis. 

4. He shall present a satisfactory thesis on an approved subject. 

Equipment 

The Engineering buildings are provided with lecture-rooms, recitation- 
rooms, drafting-rooms, laboratories, and shops for various phases of 
engineering work. 

Drafting-Rooms. The drafting-rooms are fully equipped for practical 
work. The engineering student must provide himself with an approved 
drawing outfit, supplies, and books. 

Chemical Engineering Laboratories. Beginning in 1949-50 instruction 
and research in Chemical Engineering will be housed in a new building 
designed for this purpose. It contains lecture rooms, library, laboratories, 
shops, storerooms, dark rooms and offices ample in size and equipment 
to accommodate the full range of chemical engineering studies, from the 
elementary chemical and physical reactions underlying process develop- 
ments to the construction and operation of pilot plants and the design of 
full scale equipment, with provisions for specialized work in options such as 
electrochemical engineering, fuel engineering and metallurgy. Labora- 
tories are maintained for (1) General Testing and Control; (2) Unit 
Operations; (3) Electromechanical Engineering; (4) Metallurgy; (5) 
Cooperative Research; (6) Graduate Research. 

General Testing and Control Laboratory. In this laboratory there is 
available complete equipment for the chemical and physical testing of water, 
gases, coal, petroleum, and their by-products; and for general industrial 
chemicals, both inorganic and organic. 

Unit Operations Laboratory. This laboratory contains equipment for 
the study of fluid flow, heat flow, drying, filtration, distillation, evaporation, 
crushing, grinding, combustion, gas absorption, extraction, and centrifuging. 
Organic process equipment includes an autoclave, nitrator, reducer, and 
mixing kettle. For the study of fluid flow a permanent hydraulic assembly 
is available, and this includes flow meters of most types. A Chemical 
Control Laboratory is maintained in conjunction with the Unit Operations 
Laboratory. 

In the laboratory there is a large column still with a kettle capacity 
of 100 gallons, equipped for the measurement of temperature and pressure, 
sampling devices, condensers, and vacuum receivers. This still is so de- 
signed that it can be used either as a batch type unit, continuous feed 
type, direct pot still, steam still, or as a vacuum still. Studies in evapora- 
tion can be made on a double effect evaporator, one unit of which is 
equipped with a horizontal tube bundle and the other with a vertical tube 
bundle. This evaporator is equipped with vacuum and pressure gauges, 
stirrer, wet vacuum pump, condensate pump, and salt filter. Gas absorp- 



LABORATORIES 361 

tion equipment includes a blower and a stoneware column packed with 
different types of packings in respective sections so that comparative 
studies may be made. The organic process equipment is all self-driven 
and designed to afford flexibility in use. Filtration equipment includes 
plate and frame, Sweetland and Sparkler types. Combustion equipment 
available consists of an industrial carburetor, pot furnace, premix gas 
fired furnace and the usual gas analysis equipment. For grinding there 
is a comminuting machine, jaw crusher, a disc crusher and ball mills. 
Mechanical shakers and standard sieve are available for particle size 
separation. Centrifugation studies may be made on a continuous super 
centrifuge, Tolhurst basket type or centrifugal dryer. Shop facilities in- 
clude a milling machine, lathe, drill presses, grinder, welding equipment, 
and other tools necessary for unit operation and research studies. The 
University has received war surplus equipment which, when placed in 
operation, will greatly expand these facilities. 

Electrochemical Engineering Laboratory. This laboratory contains appa- 
ratus simulating industrial electrochemical engineering equipment, as well 
as small laboratory size units to illustrate principles of operation. Studies 
conducted in this laboratory relate to electric furnace operations, metal 
winning and refining, electroplating, corrosion, electrochemical preparations, 
chlorine and caustic soda manufacture, instrumentation, and related opera- 
tions and processes. 

The laboratory contains one large capacity dry rectifier, several small 
di'y rectifiers, several 300 ampere motor generator sets, 75 KVA variable 
A.C. supply for furnace operations and numerous storage batteries as 
power sources. The equipment includes a small (25KVA) silicon carbide 
furnace, aluminum electrolytic cell, small arc furnace for making ferro- 
silicon, ferro-chromium, aluminum, bronze and other alloys, numerous 
electrolytic cells for electroplating, copper, lead, nickel, chromium, zinc, 
cadmium, brass, silver, gold, rhodium, and other metals. Flexible arrange- 
ments are maintained for the production electrolytically of materials such 
as iodoform, white lead, cuprous oxide, azobenzene, dyes, nitrites, hydroxyla- 
mine, chlorine, caustic soda and other chemicals. Corrosion testing equip- 
ment is also on hand. Arrangements are flexible enough so that most in- 
dustrial electrochemical operations can be reproduced on a moderate scale. 

Cooperative and Graduate Research Laboratories. These laboratories are 
arranged to permit the installation of such special equipment as the 
particular problems under consideration may require. Effort is made to 
maintain cooperation with the industries of Maryland and the Chemical 
Engineering activities of the State and Federal governments; for such work 
important advantages accrue because of the location of the Eastern Experi- 
ment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines on the University 
campus. 

Electrical Machinery Labaratory. This laboratory, with a floor space 
of 5,700 square feet, is divided into four working areas, each area to be 



362 LABORATORIES 

serviced by a modern distribution switchboard and auxiliary panels. The 
distribution switchboard also provides interconnection between each working 
area as well as to the various other laboratories situated throughout the elec- 
trical engineering department. Each working area is provided with an 
educational DC-AC motor generator and a variety of modern motors, 
generators, transformers, and other electrical devices of such size and de- 
sign as to give typical performance characteristics. An overhead crane 
is available to facilitate the moving and rearrangement of the various 
machines. 

Electric power is supplied to the laboratory by a three-unit motor- 
generator set consisting of a 150 HP synchronous motor driving a 50 KW, 
125/250 volt direct current generator, and a 62.5 KVA, 80 per cent power 
factor, 3 phase, 60 cycle generator. This latter machine is wired to supply 
both 120 volts and 240 volts simultaneously. A modern switchgear will 
provide well regulated voltage from each generator. 

Adjoining the laboratory there is an instrument and small-equipment 
room provided with a large assortment of measuring instruments essential 
to practical electrical testing, namely, ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters, 
watt-hour meters, frequency meters, strobotacs, tachometers, wheatstone 
bridges, impedance bridges, oscillographs, and special rheostats. 

A well appointed shop is available with modern metal and wood turning 
tools for the repair of equipment, the building of experimental devices, and 
the general repair of all laboratory facilities. Another adjoining room 
provides lecture room facilities, computation tables and reference material. 

Industrial Electronics Laboratory. A floor area of 1,900 square feet 
adjacent to the machinery laboratory and connected with it by way of a 
two-ton monorail crane is called the Industrial Electronics Laboratory. 

This laboratory is equipped with apparatus and controls similar to those 
used in industry in obtaining better products in greater quantities, by 
means of electronic devices. 

The experimental apparatus consists of several amplidynes, an elec- 
tronic welder, a high frequency heating unit, several types of electronic 
motor controllers, voltage regulators, photo-electric counters, thyratron 
rectifiers, servo-control systems, and an X-ray installation. 

The laboratory is energized from a distribution center similar to the 
system used in the adjacent machinery laboratory and in addition, three- 
phase ignitron rectifiers and high voltage power supplies are provided. 

The instrument room and shop which serve the machinery laboratory 
also serve the Industrial Electronics Laboratory. 

Sophomore Laboratory. A balcony overlooking the machinery laboratory 
is equipped with five work stations at which basic electric and magnetic 
measurements are performed. 

Equipment is provided for fundamental measurements of current, voltage 
power, and resistance. Ballistic galvanometers, long solenoids, flux meters, 



LABORATORIES 363 

and traction permeameters are employed in measuring magnetic quanti- 
ties. Triode characteristics and basic non-linear circuit concepts are studied 
experimentally in this laboratory. 

Photometry and Oscillographic Laboratory. A laboratory, 16 by 50 feet, 
provided with a dark room is available for photometric and oscillographic 
measurements. The photometry apparatus consists of a bar photometer 
and four types of portable photometers and light meters. Typical lighting 
installations are available for experimental study. 

Electromagnetic oscillographs are available for studying transient and 
steady-state time variations of electric currents and voltages. The dark 
room facilities permit on-the-spot development of the photographic film. 

Electronics and Radio Engineering Laboratories. A room 25 feet in 
width by 60 feet in length is equipped with eight work stations, four of 
which are specifically outfitted for basic electronics experiments and four 
specifically for radio engineering experiments. 

The electronics equipment consists of various bread-board layouts, signal 
generators, cathode-ray oscilloscopes, vacuum tube voltmeters, frequency 
meters, and a wide range of indicating instruments. With this appa- 
ratus, pentode and thyratron characteristics are studied experimentally 
and basic electronic measurements are performed. The performance charac- 
teristics of amplifiers, oscillators, and regulated power supplies are also 
investigated in this section of the laboratory. 

The radio equipment consists of various breadboard layouts, including 
mixers, discriminators, oscillators, IF stages, inverters, class C amplifiers, 
and push-pull audio stages. Complete radio receivers and transmitters are 
available both in commercial form and in demonstration panel form for 
experimental study. 

Adjacent to this laboratory is a combined instrument room and radio 
repair shop. 

Ultra High Frequency Laboratory. A floor area of 1,000 square feet is 
dedicated to experimentation and measurements in the frequency spectrum 
ranging from 200 to 10,000 megacycles per second. 

Signal generators covering this frequency range as well as a wide variety 
of magnetron, klystron, and light-house tube oscillators are available. 

In the lower frequency ranges, parallel-wire transmission lines are em- 
ployed to illustrate single and double stubbing theoi-y. The transmission 
line is also used as an impedance measuring device. 

In the higher frequency ranges, wave guides, slotted sections, sectoral 
horns, and parabolic antennas are employed to demonstrate microwave 
techniques. Crystal detectors and bolometers are provided for signal de- 
tection and power measurements respectively. 

FM and Television Laboratory. Space is provided on the upper floor 
of the main engineering building for experimental study of frequency- 



364 LABORATORIES 

modulated and television signals. Receiving and transmitting apparatus 
are available for this purpose. Owing to the location of the laboratory, 
antennas may be installed readily and connected from the transmitter to 
the roof of the building, where a 50-by-500-foot unobstructed area may be 
used for antenna pattern measurements. 

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories. These laboratories are equipped 
for research and practice in thermodynamics, heat transmission, fuels and 
lubricants, steam power, internal combustion engines, refrigeration, air 
conditioning and heating and ventilation. 

The apparatus in the steam power and heat transfer laboratory consists 
of steam engines equipped with Prony brakes, two-stage steam driven air 
compressor, mechanical indicators, planimeters, pumps, gauges and their 
testing equipment, feed water heaters, steam condensers, injectors and 
ejectors, and a steam turbine generator set. 

The fuels and lubricants equipment consists of bomb and gas calorimeters, 
viscosimeter, octane and octane rating engines, hydrometers, chemical 
balances, drying ovens, and exhaust gas analyzing equipment. 

For internal combustion engine laboratory practice and research there 
are available: Waukesha Diesel engine research unit with electric dynamom- 
eter, National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics variable compression 
ratio research engine, single and multi-cylinder gasoline engines, radial air- 
craft engine, R.C.A. piezo-electric high speed engine indicator, vibration 
measuring equipment, and exhaust pyrometers. 

A refrigeration and air conditioning unit, fans, flowmeters, and two heat- 
ing and ventilation units are also available. 

Metallography Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the physical 
study of metals. Research and practice can be carried out in this laboratory 
in the following fields: crystallography and alloy systems, heat treatment 
and strength of materials, and macro and micro examination of metals. 
Included also are controlled heat treating and melting furnaces, bakelite 
mold press, polishing wheels, etching equipment, microscopes, photographic 
equipment, Rockwell hardness tester, Jominy and quench testing equipment, 
creep testing machine, cutting off wheels, thermocouples and pyrometers, 
and other special instruments. 

The laboratory has a Bausch and Lomb I L S metalloscope for producing 
photomicrographs up to 2,000 magnifications. 

Aeronautical Laboratory. The present aeronautical laboratory is equipped 
for practice and research in engines, metal aircraft construction, structural 
tests, vibration and noise, and aerodynamics. 

A sheet metal shop equipped to construct components of aircraft struc- 
tures in aluminum alloy and steel is available. This shop includes such 
equipment as automatic air riveting hammer, planishing machines, squar- 
ing shears, rolls, brake, heat treating furnace, etc. A small machine shop 



LABORATORIES 365 

is also available for students in constructing research apparatus. Variable 
speed motors are available for experiments in vibration and noise. 

The laboratory also includes a research spot welding machine, a sixty- 
thousand-pound Baldwin-Southwark aircraft universal testing machine, 
Tuckerman gauges, oscillographs with accessories, and a Timby hydraulic 
jack system for static testing. 

Hydraulics Laboratory. The equipment consists of four electrically 
driven pumps together capable of circulating a maximum of 4,000 gallons 
of water per minute, a standpipe 5 feet in diameter and 60 feet high which 
can be used as a constant level tank at three different heads; 150 foot head 
tank, 300 foot head tank. 3 foot by 4 foot by 15 foot metal weir tank, 3 foot 
by 4 foot by 25 foot glass sided flume for weir and model experiments, 
Pelton water wheel with glass sides for direct observation, Rodney-Hunt 
reaction turbine, measuring tanks, weirs, nozzles, venturi meters, other 
meters, gauges, and other small apparatus necessary for the study of the 
flow characteristics of water. 

Materials Testing Laboratory. Apparatus and equipment ai*e provided 
for making standard tests on various construction materials, such as sand, 
gravel, stone, steel, concrete, lumber, brick, bituminous materials and road 
mixes. 

Equipment includes a 400,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine, 
a 60,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine, three 100,000-pound 
screw power universal testing machines, torsion testing machine, impact 
testing machine, weather-o-meter, Rockwell, Brinnell and Shore hardness 
testers, abrasion testing machine, rattler, constant temperature chamber, 
moist room and other .facilities for mixing, curing and testing concretes 
and mortars, as well as extensometer and micrometer gauges, electrical 
strain gauges and other special devices for ascertaining the elastic proper- 
ties of various materials. 

Sanitary Laboratory. The laboratory is designed to provide facilities for 
instruction and research in water and sewage problems. 

The apparatus and equipment required to make the standard chemical 
and bacteriological analyses of water and sewage are available. 

Ample space and equipment for model work are provided in this labora- 
tory and since it is adjacent to the hydraulics laboratory, access to its 
facilities for additional studies are available. 

Soils Mechanics Laboratory. The laboratory is designed for instruction 
and research into the properties of soil and their structural applications. The 
laboratory is equipped for the performance of all the usual soil tests, sieve 
and hydrometer analysis. Atterberg limits, compaction, permeability, capil- 
larity, consolidation and strength. 

The strength testing equipment includes direct shear and triaxial devices 
to be loaded statically or by variable speed motors and a universal testing 
machine with a 240-pound range and automatic recorder. A repetitive 



366 SHOPS AND EQUIPMENT 

loading device is available to simulate fatigue or compaction from traffic 
loads. Compaction equipment includes an automatic tamper and a variable 
frequency vibration table. 

Also available are field sampling and resistivity exploration equipment, 
California bearing ratio apparatus for field and laboratory, apparatus for 
chemical and microscopic studies and motorized pulverization and mixing 
equipment. 

Research Foundation. The National Sand and Gravel Association and 
the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association have, by arrangement with 
the College of Engineering, established their joint testing and research 
laboratory at the University. The purpose of the Research Foundation 
thus organized is to make available to the Association additional facilities 
for its investigational work, and to provide for the College of Engineering 
additional facilities and opportunities for increasing the scope of its 
engineering research. 

Machine Shop. The machine shop is equipped with various types of 
lathes, planers, milling machines, drill presses, shaper, midget mill, and 
precision boring head. Equipment is available for gas and electric arc 
welding. 

The shop equipment not only furnishes practice, drill, and instruction for 
students, but makes possible the complete production of special apparatus 
for conducting experimental and research work in engineering. 

Surveying Equipment. Surveying equipment for plane, topographic, and 
geodetic surveying is provided properly to equip several field parties. A 
wide variety of surveying instruments is provided, including domestic as 
well as foreign makes, and stereoscopic instruments are available for the 
interpretation and use of aerial photographs. 

Special Models and Specimens. A number of models illustrating various 
types of highway construction and highway bridges are available. 

A wide variety of specimens of the more common minerals and rocks 
has been collected from various sections of the country, particularly from 
Maryland. 

Engineering Library. In addition to the general University Library an 
Engineering Reading Room in the Engineering Building receives the 
standard engineering magazines and technical journals and maintains a 
reference library of the standard engineering works and current technical 
literature. Also special reference books and catalogs for design courses 
are provided in the design rooms of the various departments. 

The Davis Library of Highway Engineering and Transport, founded by 
Dr. Charles H. Davis, President of the National Highways Association, 
is part of the Library of the College of Engineering. This library covers 
all phases of highway engineering, highway transportation, and highway 
traffic control. 



criilUCULA 367 

There has also been donated to the College of Engineering the trans- 
portation library of the late J. Rowland Bibbins of Washington, D. C. The 
books and reports in this library deal with urban transportation problems, 
including railroads, street cars, subways, busses, and city planning. 

Curricula 

The normal curriculum of each department is outlined on the following 
pages. Students are expected to attend and take part in the meetings ol 
the student chapters of the technical engineering societies. 

Freshman engineering students are given a special course of lectures 
by practicing engineers covering the work of the several engineering pro- 
fessional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist the freshman in 
selecting the particular field of engineering for which he is best adapted. 
The student is required to submit a brief written summary of each lecture. 
A series of engineering lectures for upper classmen is also provided. These 
are given by prominent practicing engineers in the various branches of the 
profession. 

Student branches of the following national technical societies are estab- 
lished in the College of Engineering: American Institute of Chemical Engi- 
neers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Institute of Electrical 
Engineers, and American Society of Mechanical Engineers. The student 
branches meet regularly for the discussion of topics dealing with the various 
fields of engineering. 

A student in the College of Engineering will be certified as a junior 
when he shall have passed all the basic technical courses of the Freshman 
and Sophomore years with an average grade of C or higher. 

The proximity of the University to Baltimore and Washington, and to 
other places where there are large industrial enterprises, offers an excellent 
opportunity for the engineering student to observe what is being done in 
his chosen field. An instructor accompanies students on all inspection trips, 
and students are required to submit a written report of each trip. 

The courses listed in the curricula to follow will be found described in 
detail on the following pages. 



^G8 CURRICULUM 

BASIC CURRICULUM FOR ALL FRESHMAN STUDENTS 

All freshman students are required to take the following curriculum 
during their first year: 

, — Semester — 

Freshman Year I If 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Lit« ratnre 3 

Speech 7 — Public Speaking . . - 2 

•Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

•Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 2 2 

Engr. 1 — Introduction to Engineering 1 .... 

M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 

Aeronautical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and mainte- 
nance of aircraft and aircraft power plants; aerodynamics and performance 
of aircraft; structural design and mechanical equipment; and the organiza- 
tion and operation of industrial aircraft plants. 

Aeronautical Engineering Curriculum <, . 

Sophomore Year I II 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 5 6 

Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying .... 2 

Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... 1 

Shop 3 — Foundry Practice .... 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 2 ' 



• A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is 
adequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take 
Math. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit and is not eligible to take Math. 14 concurrently. 



CURRICULUM 



36!> 



Junior Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature; or... 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 

Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 

Mech. 52 — Strength of Materials 

M. E. 53— Metallography 

M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 

Aero. E. 101 — Aerodynamics 

Aero. E. 103— Airplane Detail Drafting 

Aero. E. 104 — Airplane Layout Drafting 

E. E. 61, 62 — Principles of Electrical Engineering... 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Aero. E. 102 — Aerodynamics 

Aero. E. 105, 106 — Airplane Fabrication Shops 

Aero. E. 107, 108 — Airplane Design 

Aero. E. 109, 110 — Aircraft Power Plants 

Aero. E. Ill, 112 — Aeronautical Laboratory 

Aero. E. 113, 114 — Mechanics of Aircraft Structures. 

Total 



Semeste.} 

I 

3 
3 
3 
5 



THE WIND TUNNEL 




370 CURRICULUM 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Chemical Engineering deals primarily with the industrial and economic 
transformation of matter. It seeks to assemble and develop information on 
chemical operations and processes of importance in modern life and to 
apply this under executive direction, according to engineering methods, for 
the attainment of economic objectives. Modern chemical research has con- 
tributed so much to industrial and social welfare that the field of the 
chemical engineer may now be said to cover practically every operation in 
which any industrial material undergoes a change in its chemical identity. 

Chemical Engineering Curriculum Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21 — Genera] Physics 6 6 

Chem. 19 — Quantitative Chemical Analysis 4 .... 

Ch. E. 10 — Water, Fuels and Lubricants .... 4 

*Surv. 1 — Elements of Plane Surveying 

or 2 

Ch. E. 21 — Crystallography and Mineralogy 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 19 

Junior Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature 

or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Readings in English Literature 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 3 8 

Ch. E. 103, f, s. — Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 3 

Chem. 187, 189— Elements of Physical Chemistry Lectures 3 3 

Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2 

*Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry Lectures 

or 2 2 

Ch. E. 60, 61— Principles of Metallurgy 

Mech. 3, 4 — Statics and Dynmaics 3 3 

Total 19 19 



* All Chemical Engineers shall take Surveying 1 and Organic Chemistry 35, 37, 
except those who complete the entire Metallurgical option comprising Ch. E. 21 ; Ch. E. 60, 
61 ; Ch. E. 160, 1G1 ; Ch. E. 180, 181. 



CURRICULUM 



371 



Senior 


*H. 


5, 


Ch. 


E. 


**Ch. 


E 


Ch. 


E. 


Ch. 


E 


Ch. 


E 


Ch. 


E. 


Ch. 


E. 


Ch. 


E. 


E. 


E. 


JCh. 


E. 



Year 

6 — History of American Civilization 

or 

114 — Applications of Electrochemistry 

. 105, f, s. — Advanced Unit Operations 

or 

180, 181 — Unit Operations in Metallurgy 

. 109 f, s. — Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. 
. 110 — Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations. 

. 107— Fuels and Their Utilization 

108 f, s. — Chemical Technology 

or 

, 160, 161 — Metallurgical Technology 

61, 62 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 

104 — Seminar 

Total 



Semester — i 
/ // 



20 
or 21 



20 
or 21 



* Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign language 
may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit in their 
graduate program. Students who wish to do graduate work in Electrochemical Engineer- 
ing may elect Ch. E. 114, "Applications of Electrochemistry," and secure the American 
History credit in their graduate program. 

** Students electing the Metallurgical Option in Chemical Engineering and who complete 
courses Ch. E. 21 ; Ch. E. 60, 61 ; Ch. E. 160-161 may elect Ch. E. 180-181— "Unit Operations 
in Metallurgy" in place of Ch. E. 105 f, s — Advanced Unit Operations. 

t Students prepare reports on current programs on Chemical Engineering and participate 
under supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing so a 
student may receive a number of credits by re-registration. 

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 
A Part of the Control Equipment for the Wind Tunnel 



r 



) 





372 CURRICULUM 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Civil Engineering deals with the design, construction, and maintenance 
of highways, railroads, waterways, bridges, buildings, water supply and 
sewerage systems, harbor improvements, dams, and surveying and mapping. 

Civil Engineering Curriculum , — Seinester — \ 

Sophomore Year * " 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 D 

Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics .... 3 

Surv. 1, 2 — Plane Surveying 2 2 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 21 

Junior Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Speech 108 — Public Speaking .... 2 

Math. 16 — Spherical Trigonometry 2 .... 

Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology .... 2 

Mech. 50 — Strength of Materials 4 .... 

Mech. 63 — Materials of Engineering .... 2 

C. E. 60— Hydraulics 3 

C. E. 61 — Curves and Earthwork .... 3 

C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 4 

Surv. 100 — Advanced Surveying 4 

M. E. 50 — Principles of Mechanical Engineering .... 3 

E. E. 50 — Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3 .... 

Total 19 19 

Senior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization S S 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

Eng. 7 — Technical Writing 2 

Bact. 55 — Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology 2 .... 

C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3 

C. E. 102— Structural Design 6 

C. E. 103 — Concrete Design 6 

C. E. 104— Water Supply 3 

C. E. 106 — Sewerage 3 

C. E. 106 — Elements of Highways 3 

Total 20 19 



CURRICULUM 373 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Electrical Engineering deals with the generation, transmission, and dis- 
tribution of electrical energy; electrical transportation, communication, 
illumination, and manufacturing; and miscellaneous electrical applications 
in industry, commerce, and home life. 

Electrical Engineering Curriculum Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics 6 5 

Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics .... 3 

Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying 2 .... 

E. E. 1 — Basic Electrical Engineering .... 4 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 20 

Junior Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Mech. 51 — Strength of Materials 3 .... 

C. E. 50— Hydraulics 3 

Math. 64 — Differential Equations 3 .... 

E. E. 60 — Electricity and Magnetism 4 

E. E. 65 — Direct Current Machinery .... 4 

E. E. 100 — Alternating Current Circuits 6 ■ . ■ . 

E. E. 101 — Engineering Electronics .... 6 

E. E. 104 — Communication Circuits .... 3 

Total 19 19 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

M. E. 51 — Thermodynamics 4 .... 

M. E. 62— Power Plants 4 

E. E. 102, 103 — Alternating Current Machinery 4 4 

E. E. 105, 106 — Radio Engineering 4 4 

Electrical Engineering Elective (listed below) 3 3 

Total 18 18 

Two of the following courses may be elected : 

E. E. 108 — Electric Transients 8 

E. E. 109— Principles of Radar 3 

E. E. 114 — Applied Electronics 3 

E. E. 116 — Alternating-Current Machinery Design .... 3 

E. E. 117 — Power Transmission and Distribution 3 .... 

E. E. 120 — Electromagnetic Waves 3 .... 

E. E. 160, 161— Vacuum Tubes 3 3 



374 CURRICULUM 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Mechanical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and main- 
tenance of machinery and power plants; heating, ventilation, and refrigera- 
tion; and the organization and operation of industrial plants. 

Mechanical Engineering Curriculum „ , 

Sophomore Year I II 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21 — Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 6 6 

Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying .... 2 

Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1 — Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... l 

Shop 3 — Foundry Practice .... 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic K. O. T. C 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 j 

Total 20 20 

Junior Year — General Option 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 .... 

Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 6 .... 

Mech. 52 — Strength of Materials .... 6 

E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

M. E. 53 — Metallography 8 

M. E. 54 — Fluid Mechanics 8 

M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 3 

Total 18 18 

Junior Year — Aeronautical Option 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Math. 64 — Differential Equations for Engineers 3 .... 

Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 6 .... 

Mech. 52 — Strength of Materials .... 5 

E. E. 51, 52 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

M. E. 53— Metallography 8 

M. E. 55 — Fluid Mechanics and Aerodynamics .... 3 

M. E. 100 — Thermodynamics 3 .... 

Total 18 18 



FELLOWSHIPS 375 

t — Semester — ^ 
Senior Year — General Option I II 

Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 2 

M. E. 102 — Heating and Ventilation 3 

M. E. 103 — Refrigeration 3 

M. E. 104, 105 — Prime Movers 4 4 

M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4 

M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year — Aeronautical Option 

Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Aero. E. 113, 114 — Mechanics of Aircraft Structures 3 3 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer .-. 2 

M. E. 104, 105— Prime Movers 4 4 

M. E. 106, 107 — Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4 

M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2 

Total 18 18 

AGRICULTURE — ENGINEERING 

A five-year combined program in Agriculture and Engineering, arranged 
jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, per- 
mits students to become candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science 
in Agriculture at the end of four years and for the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, or Chemical Engineering at the 
end of the fifth year. 

Details of this program will be found listed in the catalog of College 
of Agriculture. 

FELLOWSHIPS OF THE NATIONAL SAND AND GRAVEL ASSOCIA- 
TION RESEARCH FOUNDATION AND THE NATIONAL READY 
MIXED CONCRETE ASSOCIATION RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The University of Maryland, in cooperation with the National Sand and 
Gravel Association and the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association, 
offers fellowships for research on appropriate problems related to the sand 
and gravel and the ready mixed concrete industries. The fellowships are 
known as the Stanton Walker and the Stephan Stepanian Fellowships, re- 
spectively. Fellows enter upon their duties on July 1 and continue for 12 
months, including one month for vacation. Payments under the fellowships 
are made at the end of each month and amount to $750 for the year. 

Fellows register as students in the Graduate School of the University 
of Maryland. Class work will be directed by the heads of the departments 



:J7G SHORT COURSES — FIRE SERVICE 

of instruction, but about half of the time will be spent in research work. 
The faculty supervisor will be the Dean of the College of Engineering of 
the University of Maryland. 

These fellowships are open to graduates in Engineering from an accredited 
college or university, who are qualified to undertake graduate study and 
research work leading to a Master's degree. Applications should be accom- 
panied by a certified copy of college record, applicant's recent photograph, 
statement of technical and practical experience (if any), and letters from 
three persons, such as instructors or employers, covering specifically the 
applicant's character, ability, education, and experience. 

The applications should be addressed: Dean, College of Engineering, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 

ENGINEERING SHORT COURSES 

Through short courses, the College of Engineering carries the benefits of 
engineering teaching to persons and industries in various parts of the State. 
These courses offer, in addition to regular instruction, an opportunity for 
the discussion of problems of interest to those engaged in public works, 
in public health, and in public safety. 

Volunteer Firemen's Short Course. In cooperation with the Maryland 
State Firemen's Association a short course is held annually at College Park 
for volunteer firemen throughout the State. This four-day course is designed 
to bring to firemen the newest developments in fire prevention, control and 
extinguishment, as well as information on inspection, arson investigation 
and equipment maintenance. 

Information regarding fire service extension courses may be found under 
"Fire Service Extension Department." 

Additional information regarding engineering short courses may be 
obtained from Dean S. S. Steinberg, College of Engineering. 

FIRE SERVICE EXTENSION DEPARTMENT 

The Fire Service Extension Department is organized under the College 
of Engineering in cooperation with the State Department of Vocational 
Education, and operates with both Federal and State funds. The Depart- 
ment provides in-service training for firemen with classes conducted through- 
out the State by about 50 local instructors, with one full-time Senior In- 
structor. Basic training of 75 clock hours is given in the fundamentals 
of firemanship, as well as an advanced course of 69 clock hours, covering 
the technical field of fire prevention, control and extinguishment and a third 
section of 57 clock hours in related technical information. A training course 
of 45 clock hours for industrial plant fire brigades is also available. A four- 
day short course is held at the University at the new fire service building 
the first week in September, and short course outlines have been prepared 
for watchmen, janitors and building custodians, nurses and hospital at- 



EXPERIMENT STATION 377 

lendants, and public school teachers. Firemen who have completed the pre- 
scribed training courses have been given preferential rating in positions 
in the military and naval fire fighting forces. 

The Department also serves in an advisory capacity to the State Fire 
Marshal and municipal authorities in matters of fire prevention, fire pro- 
tection engineering, and fire safety regulations. The Director serves as 
Technical Advisor to the Maryland State Firemen's Association, and on 
various National Committees of the National Fire Protection Association. 

Additional information may be obtained from Chief J. W. Just, Director, 
Fire Service Extension Department, Fire Service Building, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION 

Wilbert J. Huff, Director. 

The Engineering Experiment Station carries on cooperative investiga- 
tions with industries of Maryland and Departments of the State and Fed- 
eral Governments. A diversity of engineering training, experience, and 
equipment represented by the faculty and laboratories of the College of 
Engineering is thus made available for the problems under inquiry. 

The staff of the College of Engineering available for research studies 
will be glad to discuss proposed problems of importance to industry and of 
public interest where means can be found for the cooperative researches; 
such studies may be undertaken with the approval of the administration of 
the University. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant 
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to 
another course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
credit hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title 
of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 



;i?8 COURSE OFFERINGS 

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Aero. E. 101, 102. Aerodynamics (3, 2) — Second and first semesters. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week second semester; two lec- 
tures a week first semester. 

Basic fluid mechanics and the aerodynamic theory of airfoils. Airplane 
performance and stability calculation. Laboratory demonstration. 

Aero. E. 103. Airplane Detail Drafting (1) — First semester. One 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dr. 3. 
Standards of airplane drafting. Lofting. 

Aero. E. 104. Airplane Layout Drafting (1) — Second semester. One 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 103. 

Layout of component parts of airplanes, wings, fuselage, etc. 

Aero. E. 105, 106. Airplane Fabrication Shop (1, 2) — First and second 
semesters. One laboratory period a week first semester; two laboratory 
periods a week second semester. Prerequisite, Shop 2. 

Machine shop, sheet metal forming and fabrication; wood and plastics; 
riveting, and welding. 

Aero. E. 107, 108. Airplane Design (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52; 
Aero. E. 102 and 104. 

Theory and practice of airplane design. 

Aero. E. 109, 110. Aircraft Power Plants (4, 4) — First and second semes- 
ters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 
52, M. E. 100. 

Thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plant design. Gas 
turbines and jet propulsion. Study and tests of aircraft engines in 
laboratory. 

Aero. E. Ill, 112. Aeronautical Laboratory (2,2) — First and second 
semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 

Wind tunnel tests. Structure tests. Experiments on hydraulic systems, 
landing gear operation, etc. Performance tests of aircraft engines and 
propellers. 

Aero. E. 113, 114. Mechanics of Aircraft Structures (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 and Math. 64. 

Principles and problems of airplane stress analysis and design. 

For Graduates 

Aero. E. 200, 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
Aero. E. 101, 102, Math. 64. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 379 

Special problems in performance and stability of aircraft. Design of 
aircraft for speeds approaching the velocity of sound. Wind tunnel research. 

Aero. E. 202, 203. Advanced Aircraft Structures (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisites, Aero. E. 113, 114. 

Study of latest scientific reports on aircraft structures. Special problems 
on wing design for high speeds, high wing loading, thin wing sections, and 
high aspect ratio. Flexural and torsional stiffness of complete wings. Tests 
on structures in laboratory. 

Aero. E. 204, 205. Aircraft Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 
52, Math. 64. 

Study of vibrations, wing flutter, gust loads, and dynamics of landing. 
Calculations of natural frequencies of vibration of aircraft structures. 

Aero. E. 206, 207. Advanced Aircraft Power Plants (3,3) — First and 
second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisites, M. E. 100; Aero. E. 109, 110. 

Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power 
plants; jet and rocket engines. Research in power plant laboratory. 

Aero. E. 208, 209. Advanced Aircraft Design and Construction (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 107, 108; Math. 64. 

A course in project engineering. The student studies methods involved 
in the design, production, and flight testing of aircraft. Problems in design 
production, management, testing, etc. 

Aero. E. 210. Aerodynamic Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
Aero. E. 101, Math. 64. 

A study of the application of hydrodynamic theory to engineering prob- 
lems. Circulation theory of lift. Induced effects. Velocity potential and 
stream function. Source and sink flow. Conformal transformation. 

(Sherwood.) 

Aero. E. 211. — The Design and Use of Wind Tunnels (Supersonic) (3) — 

First and second semesters. 

The design and use of wind tunnels (supersonic). Review of basic aero- 
dynamics and thermodynamics. Problems in supersonic tunnel design such 
as pumping, power supply, condensation and driers. Equipment for measur- 
ing results such as balances, monometers, optical instruments, such as 
schlieren, spark illumination and Xray equipment. 

Investigations in supersonic wind tunnels are described with special refer- 
ence to similitude required for conversion to full scale. 



380 COURSE OFFERISGS 

Aero. E. 212. Bodies at Supersonic Speeds (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisites, Degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent, and consent of in- 
structor. 

Brief review of gasdynamics, drag, lift, stability, and damping on a body 
in a supersonic stream. Special aerodynamic problems in the design of 
supersonic missiles. Methods for obtaining accurate test data on the aero- 
dynamic characteristics of supersonic missiles. 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Huff; Associate Professor Bonney; Assistant Professors Gotts- 
chalk, Smatko; Instructor Bilbrey. 

Ch. E. 10. Water, Fuels and Lubricants (4) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19; Phys. 
21, or permission of instructor. 

Laboratory work consists of exercises in the usual control methods for 
testing water, fuels, and lubricants, and some related engineering materials. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. 

(Huff, Bonney, Bilbrey, Gottschalk, Smatko and Staff.) 

Ch. E. 21. Crystallography and Mineralogy (2) — -Second semester. Two 
hours a week. Prerequisites, Math. 17; Chem. 3; preceded or accompanied 
by Phys. 21. 

A study of crystalline structure: (1) as an aid in identifying a select 
number of the more common metallic and non-metallic minerals of major 
importance in chemistry and metallurgy; and (2) as a basis for under- 
standing the physical and mechanical properties of metals and alloys. 

(Gottschalk.) 

Ch. E. 60, 61. Principles of Metallurgy (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 21 and accompanied or pre- 
ceded by Ch. E. 103, f, s, and Chem. 187, 188, 189, 190. 

After a brief exposition of the methods employed in mineral dressing, the 
principles peculiar to metallurgy not specifically considered in Ch. E. 21 and 
103 f, s, are discussed in the following order: roasting and sintering, re- 
duction and smelting, melting, refining, alloying, casting, heat treating, 
fabricating, and the mechanical, elastic and other properties of metals and 
alloys. (Gottschalk.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ch. E. 103, f, s. Elements of Chemical Engineering (3, 3) — Three hours 
a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 3; Phys. 21. 

Theoretical discussion of underlying philosophy and methods in chemical 
engineering and elementary treatment of important operations involving 
fluid flow, heat flow, evaporation, humidity and air conditioning, distillation, 
and absorption. Illustrated by problems and consideration of typical 
processes. (Huff, Smatko.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 381 

Ch. E. 104. Chemical Engineering Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week. 

Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering 
and participate in the discussion of such reports. 

The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may receive 
a number of credits by re-registration. (Staff.) 

Ch. E. 105, f, s. Advanced Unit Operations (5, 5) — Two lectures and 
one all-day laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103; Chem. 
189, 190. 

Advanced theoretical treatment of basic chemical engineering operations. 
Study and laboratory operation of small scale semi-commercial type equip- 
ment. A comprehensive problem involving theory and laboratory operations 
is included to illustrate the development of a plant design requiring the 
utilization of a number of fundamental topics. Laboratory fee $8.00 per 
semester. • (Bonney and Staff.) 

Ch. E. 106, f, s. Minor Problems (6, 6) — Six hours a week, both semes- 
ters. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 105, f, s, or simultaneous registration therein. 

Original work on a special problem assigned each student, including the 
preparation of a complete report covering the study. 

(Huff, Bonney, and Staff.) 

Ch. E. 107. Fuels and Their Utilization (3) — Second semester. Three 
hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103, or permission of Department of 
Chemical Engineering. 

A study of the sources of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels, their economic 
conversion, distribution, and utilization. Problems. (Huff.) 

Ch. E. 108, f, s. Chemical Technology (2, 2)— Two hours a week. Pre- 
requisites, Ch. E. 103, or simultaneous registration therein, or permission 
of the Department of Chemical Engineering. 

A study of the principal chemical industries. Plant inspections, trips, 
reports, and problems. (Smatko.) 

Ch. E. 109, f, s. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (2, 2) — Two 

hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 189, 190; Ch. E. 103; or permission 
of instructor. 

A study of the application of the principles of engineering and chemical 
thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the practice 
of chemical engineering. (Bonney.) 

Ch. E. 110. Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations (3) — First 
semester. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21; Ch. E. 103. 

A study of the methods for analysis and solution of chemical engineering 
problems by use of differential equations. Graphical methods and approxi- 
mations by use of infinite series are covered. (Bilbrey.) 



382 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Ch. E. 114. Applications of Electrochemistry (4) — First semester. Three 
lecture hours and three laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. 

Topics: Corrosion, batteries, electroplating, electro-oxidations and reduc- 
tions, metal winning and refining, electrolytic products, passivation, cathodic 
protection, electric furnaces, refractories and abrasives and others. Labora- 
tory fee, $8.00. (Smatko.) 

Ch. E. 119. Empirical Equations and Nomography (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Formulation of empirical equations to represent laboratory data. Con- 
struction of various types of nomographs. (Bilbrey.) 

Ch. E. 160, 161. Metallurgical Technology (2, 2)— First and second 
semesters. Two hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 60, 61 and Ch. E. 103, 
f, s, or permission of the instructor. 

A study of the principal metallurgical industries, with emphasis on their 
flow sheets, integrated plants and operating problems. Plant inspections, 
trips, reports and problems. (Gottschalk.) 

Ch. E. 180, 181. Unit Operations in Metallurgy (5, 5) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and one all-day laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisites, Ch. E. 103, f, s; Ch. E. 21, Chem. 187, 188, 189, 190, or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

Milling of ores by mechanical means and by flotation; benefication of non- 
metallic raw materials by flotation; utilization of mineral dressing experi- 
ments in setting up flow-sheets and in designing mills. Practice in the 
methods of physical metallurgy for making, testing and controlling the 
properties of metals and alloys. 

Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Gottschalk.) 

For Graduates 
Ch. 201, f, s. Graduate Unit Operations and Processes (5, 5 or more) — 

One hour conference, three or more laboratory periods a week. Prerequi- 
site, permission of the Department of Chemical Engineering. 

Advanced theoretical treatment of typical unit operations and processes 
in chemical engineering. Problems. Laboratory operation of small scale 
semi-commercial units and processes with supplemental reading, confer- 
ences and reports. 

Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.) 

Ch. E. 202. Gas Analysis (3) — One lecture and two laboratory periods 
a week. One semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical 
Engineering. 

Quantitative determination of common gases, fuel gases, gaseous vapors, 
and important gaseous impurities. Problems. 

Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 383 

Ch. E. 203. Graduate Seminar (1) — One hour a week. Required of 
all graduate students in Chemical Engineering. 

The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may 
receive a number of credits by re-registration. 

Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering 
and participate in the discussion of such reports. (Staff.) 

Ch. E. 205. Research in Chemical Engineering — Credit hours to be 
arranged. 

The investigation of special problems and the preparation of a thesis in 
partial fulfillment of the requirements of an advanced degree. 

Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Huff, Bonney, Smatko, Gottschalk.) 

Ch. E. 207, f, s. Plant Design Studies (3, 3) — Three conference hours a 
week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering. 

(Huff.) 

Ch. E. 209, f, s. Plant Design Studies Laboratory (3, 3)— Three labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical 
Engineering. 

Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.) 

Ch. E. 210, f, s. Gaseous Fuels (2, 2) — Two hours a week. Prerequi- 
site, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering. 

An advanced treatment of some of the underlying scientific principles 
involved in the production, transmission and utilization of gaseous fuels. 
Problems in design and selection of equipment. (Huff.) 

Ch. E. 214. Corrosion and Metal Protection (4) — Second semester. Four 
lecture hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 114 or Chem. 189 or Chem. 190 
or consent of the instructor. 

The subjects to be covered include: Theories of corrosion of ferrous and 
non-ferrous metals, passive films, corrosion inhibitors, metal cleaning, stress 
corrosion, corrosive chemicals, electrolytic protection, restoration of ancient 
bronzes, organic coatings, metal coloring, parkerizing, hot dip coatings, 
plated coatings, and selection of engineering materials. Class demonstra- 
tions will illustrate the subject matter. Due to the diversity of subjects 
and scattered sources, considerable outside reading will be necessary. 

(Smatko.) 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Professors Steinberg, Allen; Lecturer Walker; Associate Professors Gohr, 
Barber, Otts; Assistant Professors Wedding, Pickering, Cournyn; Instructors 
Harden, Luce, Piper, Redd, Sunier. 

C. E. 50. Hydraulics (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 1. Required of juniors 
in civil and electrical engineering. 



1584 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Hydrostatic pressures on tanks, dams, and pipes. Flow through orifices, 
nozzles, pipe lines, open channels, and weirs. Use of Reynold's number. 
Measurement of water. Elementary hydrodynamics. (Cournyn.) 

C. E. 51. Curves and Earthwork (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Surv. 100. 

Computation and field work for simple, compound, and reversed circular 
curves and spirals; parabolic curves; earthwork computations; complete 
survey and map, including mass diagram, of a short route. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

C. E. 100. Theory of Structures (4) — Second semester. Three lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50. 

Analytic and graphical determination of dead and live load stresses in 
beams and framed structures; influence lines; lateral bracing and portals; 
elements of slope and deflection. (Allen.) 

C. E. 101. Soil Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50 and 53. 

An introductory study of the properties and behavior of soils as engi- 
neering matei'ials. Soil physics, soil mechanics, and applications to 
engineering. (Barber.) 

C. E. 102. Structural Design (6) — First semester. Four lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 100. 

Design and detailing of wood and structural steel members and their 
connections; wind stresses in building frames; structural frameworks. 

(Allen.) 

C. E. 103. Concrete Design (6) — Second semester. Four lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 100. 

Design and detailing of plain and reinforced concrete structures, applica- 
tions of slope-deflection and moment distribution theories; rigid frames. 

(Allen.) 

C. E. 104. Water Supply (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50. 

Requirements of a municipal water supply— design, operation, mainte- 
nance, and administration. (Otts.) 

C. E. 105. Sewerage (3) — Second semestei*. Two lectures and one labora- 
tory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50. 

The collection, treatment and disposal of sewage. (Otts.) 

C. E. 106. Elements of Highways (3) — First semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 101. 

Location, design, construction, and maintenance of roads and pavements. 
Laboratory problems and field inspection trips. (Gohr.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 385 

For Graduates 

C. E. 200. Advanced Properties of Materials (3) — First or second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 or equivalent. 

A critical study of elastic and plastic properties, flow of materials, resist- 
ance to failure by fracture, impact, and corrosion, the theories of failure. 
Assigned reading from current literature. (Barber.) 

C. E. 201. Advanced Strength of Materials (3) — First or second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 50, 51, or equivalent. 

Special problems in engineering stress analysis. Limitations of flexure 
and torsion formulas, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, combined 
stresses, thin tubes, thick-walled cylinders and flat plates. (Barber.) 

C. E. 202. Applied Elasticity (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Math. 64 or equivalent. 

Two dimensional elastic problems, general stress-strain analysis in three 
dimensions, stability of beams, columns, and thin plates. (Allen.) 

C. E. 203. Soil Mechanics (3) — First or second semester. Prerequisite, 
C. E. 106 or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the properties of engineering soils. Assigned reading 
from current literature. (Barber.) 

C. E. 204. Advanced Foundations (3) — First or second semester. Pre- 
requisites. C. E. 102, 103, 106 or equivalent. 

A detailed study of types of foundations. Design and construction to meet 
varying soil conditions. (Barber.) 

C. E. 205. Highway Engineering (3) — First or second semester. Pre- 
requisite, C. E. 101 or equivalent. 
An intensive course in the location, design, and construction of highways. 

(Gohr.) 

C. E. 206. Theory of Concrete Mixtures (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Mech. 52 or equivalent. 

A thorough review of the methods for the design of concrete mixtures, 
followed by a study of factors affecting the properties of the resulting 
concrete. This course is intended as a background for work in the field 
of concrete, concrete aggregates, or reinforced concrete. (Walker.) 

C. E. 207. Advanced Structures (4) — First and second semesters. Three 
lectures and one laboratory period a w r eek. Prerequisites, C. E. 102, 103. 

The solution of statically indeterminate structures by classical and modern 
methods, with emphasis on the latter. (Allen.) 

C. E. 208. Advanced Sanitation (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi- 
site, graduate standing in civil engineering. 

A detailed study of environment and its relation to disease, covering 
malaria and its control; rodent control; food sanitation; collection and dis- 



386 COURSE OFFERINGS 

posal of municipal refuse; housing sanitation, including plumbing, rat- 
proofing, etc.; rural water supply and excreta disposal; sanitary inspection 
procedure. (Otts.) 

C. E. 209. Advanced Water Supply (3) — First or second semester. Pre- 
requisite, C. E. 104 or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the problems of water supply including recent develop- 
ments in the treatment of water. (Otts.) 

C. E. 210. Advanced Sewerage (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi- 
site, C. E. 105 or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the problems of sewerage, including recent develop- 
ments in the treatment of sewage. (Otts.) 

C. E. 211. Sanitary Engineering Design (3) — First or second semester. 
Prerequisite, C. E. 104, 105 or equivalent. 

Practical problems in the design of sewer systems and appurtenances; 
sewage treatment plants; water collection and distribution systems; water 
purification plants. (Otts.) 

C. E. 212. Research — Credit in accordance with work done. First and 
second semesters. (Staff.) 

C. E. 213. Seminar — First or second semester. Credit in accordance with 
work outlined by the civil engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing 
in civil engineering. (Staff.) 

DRAWING 

Dr. 1, 2. Engineering Drawing (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two 
laboratories a week. Required of engineering freshmen. 

Lettering, use of instruments, orthographic projection, auxiliary views, 
revolution, sections, pictorial representation, dimensioning, fasteners, tech- 
nical sketching, and working drawings. 

Dr. 3. Advanced Engineering Drawing (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tories a week. Required of sophomores in Aeronautical, Civil, and Mechan- 
ical Engineering. Prerequisites, Dr. 1 and Dr. 2. 

Descriptive Geometry with applications to drafting room problems. De- 
velopments, intersections, transition pieces and perspective. 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Professors Corcoran, Reed, and Weber; Associate Professors Hodgins, Wag- 
ner, and Small; Assistant Professor Witkowski; Lecturers Davies and 
Stuntz; Instructors Baxter, Price, and Beam. 

E. E. 1. Basic Electrical Engineering (4) — Second semester. Three lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, concurrent regis- 
tration in Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of sophomores in electrical 
engineering. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 387 

Basic concepts of electric potential, current, power, and energy; d-c cir- 
cuit analysis by the mesh-current and nodal methods; network theorems; 
electric and magnetic field concepts. Laboratory exercises emphasizing 
basic measurements in electric and magnetic circuits. 

(Witkowski and Baxter.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

E. E. 50. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering (3)— First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21 
and Phys. 21. Required of juniors in civil engineering. 

Principles of direct and alternating currents; power circuits and distri- 
bution systems; direct and alternating current machines and applications; 
operating characteristics of electrical machines and transformers. (Beam.) 

E. E. 51, 52. Principles of Electrical Engineering (4, 4)— First and second 
semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi- 
sites, Math. 21 and Phys. 21. Required of juniors in aeronautical and 
mechanical engineering, and seniors in chemical engineering. 

A study of elementary direct-current and alternating-current circuits; 
polyphase circuits; magnetic circuits. Principles of operation of direct- 
and alternating-current machinery and transformers. Brief study of 
vacuum tubes operated as rectifiers and amplifiers. (Small.) 

E. E. 60. Electricity and Magnetism (4) — First semester. Prerequi- 
sites, Math. 21, and Phys. 21, and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical 
engineering. 

Electromagnetism as applied to electrical engineering; electric field 
theory with emphasis on capacitance calculations, magnetic field theory 
with emphasis on inductance calculations; elements of electrochemistry; 
boundary layer phenomena; non-linear circuit elements; high-frequency re- 
sistance and inductance calculations involving transmission line parameters. 

(Reed.) 

E. E. 65. Direct-Current Machinery (4) — Second semester. Three lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21, 
and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. 

Construction, theory of operation, and performance characteristics of 
direct-current generators, motors, and control apparatus. Experiments on 
the operation and characteristics of direct-current generators and motors. 

(Hodgins and Price.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

E. E. 100. Alternating-Current Circuits (6) — First semester. Five lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21, 
and E. E. 1. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. 

Single- and polyphase-circuit analysis under sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal 
conditions of operation. Harmonic analysis by the Fourier series method. 



388 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Theory and operation of mutually-coupled circuits. Elementary symmetrical 
components. (Hodgins, Witkowski, and Price.) 

E. E. 101. Engineering Electronics (6) — Second semester. Five lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 100. Required 
of juniors in electrical engineering. 

Theory and applications of electron tubes and associated circuits with 
emphasis on equivalent circuit analysis of audio amplifiers, reactance tubes, 
feedback amplifiers, oscillators, and detectors. (Corcoran and Reed.) 

E. E. 102, 103. Alternating-Current Machinery (4, 4)— First and second 
semesters. Three lectures and one laboratroy period a week. Prerequisites, 
E. E. 65 and E. E. 100. Required of seniors in electrical engineering. 

The operating principles of alternating-current machinery considered from 
theoretical, design, and laboratory points of view. Synchronous generators 
and motors; single and polyphase transformers; three-phase induction gen- 
erators and motors; single-phase induction motors; rotary converters and 
mercury-arc rectifiers. (Hodgins.) 

E. E. 104. Communication Circuits (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
E. E. 60 and E. E. 100. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. 

Long-line theory applied to audio-frequency and ultra-high-frequency sys- 
tems. Elements of filter theory; impedance matching; Maxwell's equations 
in rectangular and cylindrical coordinates and in scalar notation; elements 
of rectangular and circular wave-guide theory. (Reed.) 

E. E. 105, 106. Radio Engineering (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, E. E. 101. 
Required of seniors in electrical engineering. 

Characteristics of radio-frequency circuits including the design of tuned 
coupled circuits and Class C amplifiers. Amplification, oscillation, modula- 
tion, and detection with particular emphasis on radio-frequency amplifica- 
tion and broadcast-range reception. Elements of wave propagation and 
antenna systems. (Wagner and Weber.) 

E. E. 108. Electric Transients (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 
101. Senior elective. 

Current, voltage, and power transients in lumped-parameter networks. 
Transient phenomena in sweep circuits, multi-vibrators, and inverters. Ele- 
ments of square-wave testing. (Reed.) 

E. E. 109. Principles of Radar (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 
105. Senior elective. 

Systems for detection of radio echoes; pulse formation; transients in R-C 
circuits; multivibrators, particularly the cathode-coupled type; indicators; 
receivers; modulators. (Stuntz.) 

E. E. 114. Applied Electronics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 
101. Senior elective. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 389 

Detectors and discriminators; oscillators; gas tube characteristics and 
associated circuits; photoelectric tubes and associated circuits; vacuum-tube 
instruments. (Stuntz.) 

E. E. 116. Anternating-Current Machinery Design (3) — Second semester. 
Two lectures and one calculation period a week. Prerequisite, concurrent 
registration in E. E. 103. 

Derivation of theoretical design equations; practical design considerations; 
numerical design of transformers, synchronous generators, and induction 
motors. (Reed.) 

E. E. 117. Power Transmission and Distribution (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, concurrent registration in E. E. 102. 

Inductance and capacitance calculations of polyphase transmission lines 
on a per wire basis; effective resistance calculations and depth-of -penetration 
formula; generalized parameters of four-terminal networks and long-line 
theory applied to power distribution systems; use of transmission line 
charts. (Reed.) 

E. E. 120. Electromagnetic Waves (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
senior standing in electrical engineering or physics and B average in mathe- 
matics. Required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering. 

The basic mathematical theory of electromagnetic wave propagation em- 
ploying Maxwell's equations in vector form and in generalized coordinates; 
application to wave-guide transmission; concept of retarded magnetic vector 
potential and its application to dipole radiation. (Reed.) 

E. E. 160, 161. Vacuum Tubes (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, senior standing in electrical engineering or physics and B average 
in mathematics. 

Electron emission; laws of electron motion; space charge effects; noise in 
vacuum tubes; magnetic lenses; klystrons; magnetrons; photoelectric tubes; 
other special-purpose tubes. (Weber.) 

For Graduates 

E. E. 200. Symmetrical Components (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
E. E. 103. 

Application of the method of symmetrical components to synchronous 
generators, transmission lines, transformers, static loads possessing mutual 
coupling, and induction motor loads. Methods of calculating positive, nega- 
tive, and zero sequence reactances of transmission lines. Complete net- 
work solutions in terms of symmetrical components and comparison of those 
solutions with that obtained by classical methods. Methods of measuring 
positive, negative, and zero sequence reactances of synchronous generators. 
(Not offered in 1949-1950.) (Reed.) 

E. E. 201. Electromagnetic Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
E. E. 120. Required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical engineering. 



390 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of Laplace's, Poisson's, 
and Maxwell's equations. (Weber.) 

E. E. 202, 203. Transients in Linear Systems (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical or mechanical 
engineering or physics. Required of M.S. degree candidates in electrical 
engineering. 

Operational circuit analysis; the Fourier integral; transient analysis of 
electrical and mechanical systems and vacuum tube circuits by the Laplace 
transform method. (Wagner.) 

E. E. 204, 205. Advanced Circuit Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisites, undergraduate major in electrical engineering or 
physics. 

The wave character of the steady-state long-line solutions; attenuation 
and phase characteristics; phase and group velocities; four- terminal net- 
work theory; matrix algebra applied to network theory; conventional filter 
theory. (Not offered in 1949-50.) (Reed.) 

E. E. 206, 207. Ultra-High-Frequency Techniques (3, 3)— First and 

second semesters. Three lectures a week first semester and two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 201. 
Basic considerations in solving field problems by differential equations; 
circuit concepts and their validity at high frequency; propagation and re- 
flection of electromagnetic waves; guided electromagnetic waves; high-fre- 
quency oscillators and tubes; radiation engineering. (Weber.) 

E. E. 209. Stability in Power Systems (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, E. E. 200. 

An extension of symmetrical components, E. E. 200, as applied to power 
systems; study of the stability problem; the swing equation and its solution; 
the equal-area and Routh's criteria for stability; solutions of faulted three- 
phase networks; system design. (Not offered in 1949-50.) (Reed.) 

E. E. 210, 211. Advanced Radio Engineering (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, E. E. 106. 

Theory of radio-frequency amplification, oscillation, modulation, and de- 
tection, including both amplitude-modulation systems and frequency-modu- 
lation systems; broadcast antenna systems; theory of radio-frequency 
measurements. (Davies.) 

E. E. 212, 213. Automatic Regulation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical or mechanical engineering 
or physics. (It is desirable that the student should have had E. E. 202.) 

The design and analysis of regulatory systems, emphasizing servo- 
mechanisms. Regulatory systems are analyzed by means of the governing 
differential equations to provide background for more practical studies of 
frequency spectrum analysis. Characteristics of actual systems and practi- 
cal considerations are studied. (Ahrendt.) 



COURSE OFFERINGS 391 

E. E. 215, 216. Radio Wave Propagation (3, 3)— First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, E. E. 120. 

Propagation over plane earth; underwater reception; propagation over 
spherical earth; ionospheric propagation; radar pi-opagation and properties 
of radar targets; refraction; meteorological effects. (Not offered in 1949-50.) 

(Katzin.) 

E. E. 222. Graduate Seminar (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, approved 
application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of 
Philosophy in electrical engineering. 

Seminars are held on topics such as micro-wave engineering, radiation 
engineering, non-linear circuit analysis, tensor analysis, and other topics 
of current interest. Since the subject matter is continually changing, a 
student may receive a number of credits by re-registering. 

(Corcoran, Reed, Weber, and Wagner.) 

E. E. 232. Active Network Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
E. E. 202 or E. E. 204. 

The complex frequency plane; conventional feedback amplifier theory; 
Bode's mathematical definitions of feedback and sensitivity; theorems for 
feedback circuits; stability and physical realizability of electrical networks; 
Nyquist's and Routh's criteria for stability. (Corcoran, Trent.) 

E. E. 233. Network Synthesis (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, E. E. 
232. 

Driving point impedance functions; transfer impedance functions; design 
of impedance functions with emphasis placed on the manner in which mag- 
netic coupling and feedback coupling between plate and grid of vacuum- 
tube circuits affects the location of the poles of the system determinant. 

(Corcoran, Trent.) 

E. E. 235. Applications of Tensor Analysis (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, E. E. 202. 

The mathematical background of tensor notation which is applicable to 
electrical engineering problems. Applications of tensor analysis to electric 
circuit theory and to field theory. (Wagner.) 

E. E. 250. Electrical Engineering Research. Prerequisite, approved 
application for candidacy to the degree of Master of Science or Doctor of 
Philosophy in electrical engineering. Six semester hours of credit in E. E. 
250 are required of M.S. degree candidates and a minimum of twelve semes- 
ter hours are required of Ph.D. candidates. 

A thesis covering an approved research problem and written in con- 
formity with the regulations of the Graduate School is a partial requirement 
for either the degree of Master of Science or the degree of Doctor of 
Philosophy in electrical engineering. (Graduate Staff.) 



.392 COURSE OFFERINGS 

GENERAL ENGINEERING SUBJECTS 

Engr. 1. Introduction to Engineering (1) — First semester. Required of 
freshmen in engineering. 

A course of lectures by the faculty and by practicing engineers covering 
the engineering professional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist 
the freshman in selecting the particular field of engineering for which he 
is best adapted. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Engr. 100. Engineering Contracts and Specifications (2) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, senior standing in engineering. 

The fundamental principles of law relating to business and to engineering; 
including contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, corporations, common 
carriers, and their application to engineering contracts and specifications. 

(Steinberg.) 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Professors Younger, Sherwood; Associate Professors Shreeve, Jackson, 

Martin, Flodin, Hoshall; Assistant Professors Read, Slingluff; Instructors 

Allen, Arthur, Clark, Guard, Hayleck, Hennick, Rivello, Vial, Crichton, 

Baker, Eyler, Leaman, Warner. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

M. E. 50. Principles of Mechanical Engineering (3) — First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21 
and Math. 21. Required of juniors in Civil Engineering. 

Elementary thermodynamics and the study of heat, fuel and combustion 
in the production and use of steam for generation of power. Supplemented 
by laboratory tests and trips to industrial plants. (Martin.) 

M. E. 51. Thermodynamics (4) — First semester. Three lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required 
of seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

The theory and application of thermodynamics to the steam engine, steam 
turbine etc. (Read.) 

M. E. 52. Power Plants (4) — Second semester. Three lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Required of seniors in Electrical Engineering. 

The theory and operation of steam engines, boilers, condensers, steam 
turbines, and their accessories. (Read.) 

M. E. 53. Metallography (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, to be taken concurrently 
with Mech. 52. 

A study of the structure of metals and alloys as related to their proper- 
ties. Study of crystallization, plastic deformation, constitution diagrams, 
manufacturing processes, heat treatment and effect of alloying elements 



COURSE OFFERINGS 393 

on ferrous and non-ferrous materials. Laboratory work in thermal analysis, 
microscopy, heat treatment and testing of metals. (Jackson.) 

M. E. 54. Fluid Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 2, M. E. 100. 

A study of fluids under all possible conditions of rest and motion. The 
approach is analytical, rational, and mathematical rather than empirical. 
Applications to turbine and centrifugal pump design and flow of gases. 

M. E. 55. Fluid Mechanics and Aerodynamics (3) — Second semester. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 2, M. E. 100. Required of 
juniors in Mechanical Engineering, Aeronautical Option. 

A study of the fundamental principles of the flow of air and of water. 
Applications with special reference to the airplane; airfoil and propeller 
theory; theory of model testing in wind tunnels; design performance, calcu- 
lation of airplanes. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

M. E. 100. Thermodynamics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 21, Math. 21. Required of 
juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering. 

The properties, characteristics, and fundamental equations of gases and 
vapors. An analysis of basic heat engine, air compression, refrigeration, 
and vapor cycles. Flow and non-flow processes for gases and vapors. Theory 
supplemented by laboratory tests. 

M. E. 101. Heat Transfer (2) — First semester. Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, M. E. 54 and M. E. 100. Required of seniors in Mechanical 
Engineering. 

Basic principles of heat transfer including a study of conduction by steady 
state and variable heat flow, free and forced convection, radiation, evapora- 
tion and condensation of vapors, and the application of the principles of 
heat transfer to design problems. (Martin.) 

M. E. 102. Heating and Air Conditioning (3) — First semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, M. E. 54, 
M E. 101 concurrently. 

Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. The fundamentals of 
heating and cooling load computations. Basic information on heating and 
air conditioning systems for residential and industrial use. (Martin.) 

M. E. 103. Refrigeration (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 100, M. E. 54 taken con- 
currently with M. E. 101. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. 

Problems involving the different methods and processes of refrigeration. 
Air conditioning for offices, buildings, factories, and homes. (Read.) 



394 COURSE OFFERINGS 

M. E. 104, 105. Prime Movers (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Three 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E. 
54, M. E. 100. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. 

The study of internal combustion cycles such as Otto, Diesel, and Brayton. 
Analysis of the effects of fuels, combustion, detonation, carburetion, injec- 
tion and supercharging on engine operation. General features of the gas 
turbine and the effect of its various components. Analysis and design of 
the various components of steam power stations, including: condensers, 
boilers, heaters, and turbines. (Shreeve.) 

M. E. 106, 107. Mechanical Engineering Design (4, 4) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prequisites, 
Mech. 52, M. E. 53. 

A study of velocity, acceleration and displacement of linkages; cam mo- 
tions and design; statics, inertia and friction forces in machines; gears and 
miscellaneous motions. Study of stresses and vibrations in machine parts; 
design of machine members including fastenings, hoisting and power trans- 
mission devices, cylinders, springs, shafts, bearings, etc. Design of a com- 
plete machine. (Jackson.) 

M. E. 108, 109. Mechanical Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, senior 
standing. Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering. 

Experiments on fuels and lubricants, steam engines and turbines, air 
compressors, gasoline and diesel engines and various other mechanical equip- 
ment. Written reports are required on all tests. (Shreeve.) 

For Graduates 

M. E. 200, 201. Advanced Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semesten. 
Prerequisites, Mech. 52, Math. 64, M. E. 107; M. E. 109. 

Mechanics of machinery. Dynamic forces. Balancing of rotating parts. 
Vibrations and vibration damping. Critical speeds. (Younger.) 

M. E. 202, 203. Applied Elasticity (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, Mech. 52, Math. 64, M. E. 107. 

Advanced methods in structural and experimental stress analysis. Ad- 
vanced strength of materials involving beam problems, curved bars, thin 
plates and shells, buckling of bars, plates and shells, etc. Advanced work 
in stress concentrations, plastic deformations, etc. and problems involving 
instability of structures. (Younger, Jackson.) 

M. E. 204, 205. Advanced Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, 
M. E. 104, M. E. 105, Math. 64. 

Advanced problems in thermodynamics on compression of gases and 
liquids, combustion and equilibrium, humidification and refrigeration and 



COURSE OFFERINGS 395 

availability. Problems in advanced heat transfer covering the effect of 
radiation, conduction, and convection, steady and unsteady flow, evapora- 
tion and condensation. (Shreeve.) 

M. E. 206, 207. Advanced Machine Design (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Math. 64, M. E. 107. 

Application of advanced methods of stress analysis to design of special 
stationary and moving machine parts, including rotating disks, bearings, 
thick wall cylinders, screw fastenings, crankshafts, etc. Application of 
linear and torsional vibration and balancing in the design of machine mem- 
bers. Complete design of a machine. (Jackson.) 

M. E. 208, 209. Steam Power Plant Design (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
M. E. 105. 

The design and specifications of steam power plants for specific purposes. 
Each student will carry out complete design including detail drawings. 

(Shreeve.) 

M. E. 210, 211. Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, M. E. 54, Math. 64. 

Advanced theory of the flow of fluids and gases. Hydrodynamic theory. 
Engineering applications. 

M. E. 212, 213. Advanced Steam Power Laboratory (2, 2)— First and 

second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, registration in M. E. 204, 205. 

Research on advanced steam power problems to illustrate and advance 
steam power theory. Power plant heat balances. 

M. E. 214, 215. Advanced Applied Mechanics Laboratory (2, 2) — First 
and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisites, registration in M. E. 200, 201 and M. E. 202, 203. 

Illustrative experiments and research on difficult problems in stress 
analysis. Photoelasticity. Mechanical vibrations. Critical speeds. Dynamic 
stresses. Fatigue of materials. (Jackson.) 

M. E. 216, 217. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Design (3,3) — 

First and second semesters. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisites, M. E. 104, 105; M. E. 106, 107 and registration in M. E. 200, 
201 and M. E. 204, 205. 

Each student will carry out complete designs of internal combustion 
engines. (Shreeve.) 

M. E. 218, 219. Advanced Internal Combustion Engine Laboratory 

(2, 2) — First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period 
a week. Prerequisite, registration in M. E. 216, 217. 



396 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Advanced laboratory tests and problems in tbe design of internal com- 
bustion engines. (Shreeve.) 

M. E. 220. Seminar — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me- 
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical 
engineering. 

M. E. 221. Research — Credit in accordance with work outlined by me- 
chanical engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in mechanical 
engineering. 

Research in any field of mechanical engineering as applied mechanics, 
heat transfer, thermodynamics, heat, power, etc. 

M. E. 222. Advanced Metallography (3) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, M. E. 53, 
Mech. 52. 

Advanced study of the structure and properties of metals and alloys. 
Study of the latest developments in ferrous and non-ferrous alloys includ- 
ing stainless steels, high temperature steels, tool steels, aluminum, mag- 
nesium and copper alloys. Study of the physical properties of metals and 
inspection methods including X-rays, spectograph, metallograph and magni- 
fiux. Review of current literature. (Jackson.) 

M. E. 223, 224. Steam and Gas Turbine Design (3, 3)— First and Second 
semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, M. E. 101, M. E. 104, M. E. 
105, Math. 64. 

Study of nozzles and blades, with application to all types of turbines and 
compressors. Design of steam and gas turbines and compressors based on 
detailed heat calculations. Design of regenerators and combustors for gas 
turbines. Applications to jet propulsion. Fundamentals of rocket, pulse 
jet and ram jet design. (Shreeve.) 

M. E. 225, 226. Advanced Properties of Metals and Alloys (2, 2)— First 
and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 52, M. E. 
53, M. E. 106, M. E. 107. 

Mechanical properties of alloys and the equilibrium diagram. Effects 
of mechanical deformation and methods of fabrication on mechanical prop- 
erties. Effect of extreme temperature. Theory of plastic deformation. 
Fatigue, creep and damping capacity. Speed effects and stress concen- 
tration. 

M. E. 227, 228. Theory of Elasticity (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, M. E. 53, M. E. 106, M. E. 
107, Math. 64. 

Stress and strain at a point. Relation between stresses and strains, 
general equations of elasticity, plane strain and plane stress, torsion, bend- 
ing, axially symmetric distribution of stress, plates, thermal stresses, strain 
energy and approximate methods. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 397 

M. E. 229, 230, 231. .let Propulsion (2, 2, 2)— Prerequisites, M. E. 101, 

M. E. 104, M. E. 105. 

Types of thermal jet units Fluid reaction and propulsive efficiency. 
Performance of rockets, aerothermodynamics, combustion chemical kinetics, 
aerodynamics of high speed air flow. Principles and design of solid and 
liquid propellant rockets. Design of turbojets and aerojets, ramjets and 
hydroduct units, including combustion chambers, turbines and compressors. 

Mechanical Engineering Shop 

Shop 1. Machine Shop Practice (2) — First semester. One lecture and 
one laboratory period a week. Required of sophomores in Aeronautical and 
Mechanical Engineering. 

Study and practice of fundamental principles of machine tools. 

Shop 2. Machine Shop Practice (1) — Second semester. One laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Shop 1. Required of sophomores in Aero- 
nautical and in Mechanical Engineering. 

Advanced practice with standard machine tools. Exercises in thread 
cutting, fluting, cutting spur and helical gears, jig work, and cutter and 
surface grinding. 

Shop 3. Foundry Practice (1) — Second semester. One combination lec- 
ture and laboratory period a week. Required of sophomores in Mechanical 
Engineering. 

Lectures, demonstrations, and quizzes on sand and die casting, extrusion, 
spinning, welding, hot and cold forming of metals. 

MECHANICS 

Mech. 1. Statics and Dynamics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 21, Phys. 21. 

Solutions of force systems; graphic statics; friction, centroids and 
moments of inertia; kinematics and kinetics; work, power, energy, impulse 
and momentum. 

Mech. 2. Statics and Dynamics (5) — First semester. Prerequisite, Dr. 3, 
Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required of juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical 
Engineering. 

Solution of force systems in stationary and moving bodies; study of the 
free body, graphical statics, three dimensional force systems, distributed 
forces, friction, centroids and moments of inertia; study of the dynamics 
of bodies including velocity, acceleration, translation, rotation, work and 
energy, impulse and momentum. 

Mech. 3, 4. Statics and Dynamics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, Math. 21, Phys. 21. Required of juniors in Chemical Engi- 
neering. 



398 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Solutions of force systems; graphic statics; friction, centroids and 
moments of inertia; kinematics and kinetics; work, power, energy, impulse 
and momentum. Thin-wall cylinders, joints, torsion; stresses and deflec- 
tions in beams and columns; combined loading. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Mech. 50. Strength of Materials (4) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Mech. 1 or 2, or equivalent. Required of juniors in civil engineering. 

Thin-walled cylinders; riveted and welded joints, torsion; stresses in 
beams; design of columns; use of structural steel handbook. Beam deflec- 
tions; statically indeterminate beams; combined loadings; composite beams; 
impact and energy loadings. 

Mech. 51. Strength of Materials (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Mech. 1 or 2, or equivalent. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. 
A shorter course than Mech. 50. 

Mech. 52. Strength of Materials (5) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Mech. 2. Required of juniors in Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering. 

Study of the stresses and strains in members under various types of load- 
ings including tension, compression, shear, torsion, bending and combined 
loads. Study of cylinders, joints, beams, statically indeterminate members, 
columns, curved bars and shafts. Work in strain energy methods, photo- 
elastic theory, fatigue and strain hardening. (Flodin.) 

Mech. 53. Materials of Engineering (2) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50 or taken con- 
currently with Mech. 50. 

The composition, manufacture, and properties of the principal materials 
used in engineering; performance of standard tests; interpretation of test 
results and of specifications. 

SURVEYING 

Surv. 1, 2. Plane Surveying (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Math. 14. Surv. 1 
required of sophomores in Aeronautical, Chemical, Electrical, and Mechani- 
cal Engineering. Surv. 1, 2 required of sophomores in Civil Engineering. 

Theory and practice in the use of the tape, compass, transit, and level. 
General survey methods, traversing, area, coordinates, profiles, cross- 
sections, volume, stadia. 

Surv. 100. Advanced Surveying (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 

two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Surv. 1, 2. 

Adjustment of instruments, latitude, longitude, azimuth, time, triangula- 
tion, precise leveling, geodetic surveying, together with the necessary 
adjustments and computations. Topographic surveys. Plane table, land 
surveys, and boundaries. Mine, tunnel, and hydrographic surveys. Aerial 
photogrammetry. (Gohr.) 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 399 

College of 

HOME ECONOMICS 

M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean 

Emily W. Akin, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles. 

Jeanne W. Beaty, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles 

Irma C. Bradford, M.S., Associate Professor of Home Economics Education. 

Allison T. Brown, Instructor in Art. 

Louise Burke, B.S., Instructor in Home Management. 

Suzanne Cassels, B.A., Instructor in Art. 

Eddie Mae Cornell, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition. 

Jane H. Crow, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Management. 

George H. Cuneo, B.S., Assistant Professor of Practical Art. 

Vienna Curtiss, M.A., Professor of Art. 

Fremont Davis, Instructor in Art. 

Harriett L. Friemel, B.S., Instructor in Textiles and Clothing. 

F. Louise Hagel, B.S., Lecturer in Foods and Nutrition. 

Helen E. Houston, B.A., Instructor in Textiles and Clothing. 

Gordon C. Lawson, B.S., Assistant Professor of Art. 

Dorothy L. LeGrand, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition. 

T. Faye Mitchell, M.A., Associate Professor of Textiles and Clothing. 

M. Marie Mount, M.A., Professor of Home and Institution Management. 

Agnes Neylan, M.S., Assistant Professor of Foods and Nutrition. 

Jeanne Palmer, Instructor in Art. 

Ada F. Peers, M.S., Assistant Professor of Foods and Nutrition. 

Mabel S. Spencer, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition. 

Isabelle I. Tomberlin, M.S., Instructor in Foods and Nutrition. 

June C. Wilbur, M.S., Assistant Professor of Textiles and Clothing. 




Entrance to College of Home Economics 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 401 

COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 

M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean 

The College of Home Economics serves Maryland and the surrounding 
area with its educational program for both young women and young men. 
The program for young women combines good personal development with 
education for homemaking and for a livelihood. Information on better 
health principles, good study habits, efficient use of time, good grooming, 
becoming dress and proper adjustment to new situations constitute the 
student's program for self -development. The program for men is directed 
toward enriched living, vocationally and avocationally. It emphasizes art 
in merchandising and in crafts, food service, and textile technology. 

In the professional phases of the progrem, the student consults with the 
faculty member assigned as adviser, and has the opportunity to consult with 
leaders in the chosen field. 

Students are urged to acquire practical experience during vacations. This 
experience may be gained either in the actual management of the family 
home, in some professional phase of home economics, or both. Students 
preparing to teach gain experience on playgrounds in caring for children 
and in executing home projects. Commercial firms and institutions provide 
opportunities for other types of experience. 

Organization 

For administrative purposes the College of Home Economics is organized 
into the Departments of Textiles and Clothing, Practical Art, Home and 
Institution Management, and Foods and Nutrition. 

Facilities 

The home of the College of Home Economics, following campus tradition, 
is a colonial brick building planned and built to present the best modern" 
equipment and facilities for education in home economics. A home manage- 
ment house is maintained on the campus for experience in homemaking. 

Located, as the campus is, between two large cities, unsual opportunities 
are provided for both faculty and students. In addition to the University's 
excellent general and specialized libraries, Baltimore and Washington fur- 
nish the added library facilities so essential to scientific research and cre- 
ative work in the arts. The art galleries and museums with their priceless 
exhibits, the government bureaus and city institutions, stimulate study and 
provide practical experience for the home economics student. 

Home Economics Club: Membership is open to all home economics stu- 
dents. The Club is affiliated with the American Home Economics Associa- 
tion. 



402 DEGREES 

Omicron Nu, national home economics honor society: Students of high 
scholarship are eligible for election to membership twice during the year. 
Twelve percent of the senior class is elected for membership in the fall and 
eight percent of the junior class in the spring. 
Honors and Awards, Scholarships and Loan Fund 

Home Economics scholarships: Two thousand dollars has been made 
available by Marie Mount to home economics students. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company Summer 
Fellowships: One of four weeks to an outstanding junior; one of two weeks 
to an outstanding freshman. 

Borden Home Economics Scholarship Award: Three hundred dollars is 
given by the Borden Company to the home economics student, who, upon 
entering her senior year, has completed two or more courses in foods and 
nutrition and has the highest scholastic standing of eligible students. 

Retail Merchants Association of Baltimore Scholarship: Two $300 scholar- 
ships are provided for residents of the State of Maryland who have com- 
pleted the junior year of the Practical Art curriculum. Each recipient 
must have shown proficiency and interest in merchandising. 

Hecht Company of Washington Scholarship: A $300 scholarship is offered 
to a resident of Maryland, or the District of Columbia, who is interested 
in merchandising as a career. The student must have completed the junior 
year of the Practical Art curriculum and have met other specific require- 
ments. 

Omicron Nu Scholarship Award: Omicron Nu presents annually an 
award to the freshman in the College of Home Economics who attains the 
highest scholastic average during the first semester. 

A loan fund, composed of contributions by the District of Columbia Home 
Economics Association, Maryland Chapter of Omicron Nu, and personal gifts, 
is available for students majoring in home economics. 

For other scholarships and awards see General Information Bulletin. 
Admission 

The requirements for admission to the College of Home Economics are, 
in general, the same as for other divisions of the University. 
Degrees 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred for the satisfactory com- 
pletion, with an average of C or better, of a prescribed curriculum of 120 
semester hour credits exclusive of 4 credits in hygiene and 4 in physical 
activities — a total of 128 credits for women, and exclusive of 12 credits in 
basic R. O. T. C. and 4 in physical activities — a total of 136 credits for men. 

The Master of Science degree is offered in Foods and Nutrition, Textiles 
and Clothing and in Home Economics Education in the College of Educa- 
tion.* 



* See the Graduate School announcements. 



GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS 403 

The Student Load 

The student load in the College of Home Economics varies from 14-18 
credits. A student wishing to carry more than 18 credits must have a 
B-grade average and the permission of the Dean. 

Curricula! 

A student may elect the curriculum in general home economics or one of 
the following professional curricula, or a combination of curricula: Home 
economics education, textiles and clothing, practical art, crafts, home eco- 
nomics extension, institution management, and foods and nutrition. A 
student who wishes to teach home economics may register in home eco- 
nomics education in the College of Home Economics or in the College of 
Education. (See Home Economics Education.) All students follow the 
general home economics curriculum during the freshman year. It is 
advisable for students to choose a professional curriculum at the beginning 
of the sopohomore year. The student who has not decided to specialize 
follows the general home economics curriculum until a choice is made. 
Before continuing with the third year of any curriculum, the student must 
have attained junior standing: 64 semester hours with a C-grade average. 

GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS 

The general home economics curriculum is planned to give a young woman 
a good basis for her best personal development, as has been described earlier. 
It provides good training for her as a future homemaker. This curriculum 
also forms the basis of all the professional curricula. The additional re- 
quirements of the professional curricula are listed under the description 
of each. 

i — Semester — ^ 
Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

*H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures 1 .... 

Tex. 1— Textiles 3 

Pr. Art 1— Design 3 

**Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

}Math. — Basic Mathematics or .... 

Elective 3 3 

Total 17 13-16 



f In order to meet the particular need of a student, certain adjustments in these require- 
ments may be made with the approval of the student's adviser and Dean. 

* Not required of men students. 
** Men students take M. S. 1, 2 (3, 3) in place of Hea. 2, 4. 

t An examination in Mathematics will be given to freshmen during the first semester ; 
those who pass will not be required to take Math. 0. 



404 



TEXTILES, CLOTHING 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Compositions and English Literature 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 

Foods 2, 8 — Foods 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 

Clo. 20A — Clothing Construction 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 160, 151 — Management of the Home 

Nut. 110— Nutrition or 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 

Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 

Pr. Art 140, 141— Interior Design 

Clo. 22— Clothing Construction 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 

Foods 100 — Food Economics 

Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 

Elective 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Home Mgt. 162 — Practice in Management of the Home. 

H. E. Ed. 110 — Child Development 

Bact. 61 — Household Bacteriology 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 

Electives 

Total 



Semester 
I 

3 

(3) 



16 



3 
3 

(3) 
2 

1 



// 

3 

(3) 
3 
3 



3 
2 
2 

8 
3 

16 



Textiles and Clothing 

The curricula below have been planned to meet the demand for tech- 
nically trained college women in the fields of textiles, clothing, and fashion. 
Information in these fields is also presented with a broad consumer slant 
for personal use. 

Men specializing in textiles will be allowed substitutions for certain re- 
auired courses. 



/ 


// 


3 


3 


(3) 


(3) 


3 


3 




3 


3 






3 




3 


3 






2 


1 


1 



CURRICULUM 405 



Sophomore Year 

Ene. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 

Ensr. 6, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 

Foods 1 — Introductory Foods 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 

Clo. 20A — Clothing Construction 

Clo. 22 — Clothing Construction 

Physical Activities 

Electives 2 .... 

Total 15 18 

Textiles 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 150, 161 — Management of the Home 3 8 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 2 .... 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition or 3 .... 

Nut. 110— Nutrition (3) 

Art •• 2 

Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 3 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3 

Math. 10 — Algebra .... 3 

Tex. 100 — Advanced Textiles 8 

Tex. 108 — Decorative Fabrics .... 2 

Total 16 17 

Senior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 3 

Tex. 101 — Problems in Textiles 5 

Chem. 41 — Chemistry of Textiles .... 4 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 3 .... 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3 

Math. 13 — Elementary Mathematical Statistics , . . . .... 3 

Speech 3 

Electives .... 2 

Total 15 15 



4 or, 



TEXTILES, CLOTHING 



Textiles and Clothing r~Semester- 

Junior Year I 

Home Mgt. 150, 161 — Management of the Home 3 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 3 

Art 3 

Clo. 122— Tailoring 2 

Clo. 121— Pattern Design 

Text. 100— Advanced Textiles 

Foods 101— Meal Service 

Psychology 

Tex. 108 — Decorative Fabrics 

Electives 2 

Total 16 

Senior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 8 

Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3 

Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems in Textiles 3 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 3 

Clo. 120 — Draping 3 

Clo. 124— Projects and Readings in Textiles and Clothing 

Speech .... 

Clo. 126 — Fundamentals of Fashion .... 

Electives 2 

Total 17 



II 
S 



2 
3 
3 
2 

16 



Practical Art 

This curriculum permits a choice of three fields of concentration: adver- 
tising, interior design, costume design. Emphasis is given to the selection of 
house furnishings and wearing apparel with relation to personality. Posi- 
tions available to graduates begin with advertising, selling, display, com- 
parison shopping, textile advising, and radio work; they develop into 
advanced positions in these fields or in departmental buying, department 
managing, style coordination, personality consulting, designing, store train- 
ing and personnel work. 



CURRICULUM 



407 



Practical Art (For Women) 



* Freshman Year 
Sophomore Year 

Engr. 8, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 

Foods 1 — Introductory Foods 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 

Clo. 20 — Clothing Construction 

Pr. Art 30 — Typography and Lettering 

Physical Activities 

Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 150, 161 — Management of the Home 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 

Pr. Art 140, 141 — Interior Design 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization , 

B. A. 154 — Retail Store Management and Merchandising. 

Pr. Art — Professional Lectures 

♦♦French, Spanish, German or Elective 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. 6, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice In Management of the Home. . 

Pr. Art 136 — Merchandise Display 

Pr. Art 132 — Advertising Layout 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 

Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems in Textiles 

Speech 115 — Radio in Retailing 

Pr. Art 120 — Costume Illustration or 

Pr. Art 142 — Advanced Interior Design 

Electives 

Total 



Semester — > 



/ 


// 


3 


3 


(3) 


(3) 


3 


3 


3 




3 






S 


3 






8 




3 


1 


1 


2 


2 



18 



16 



18 



8 


8 


(3) 


8 


2 


(2) 


2 






8 




8 


3 




(2) 


(2) 


2 


2 


4 





16 



14 



• Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History (2) is a required subject which should be taken the 
fall term of the Freshman Year. 

•* One year of French, Spanish, or German is required of every student who has not 
completed two years of one of these languages, with a grade of C or better, in high school. 

Note: Students, who are majoring in Costume Design, are advised to take Pr. Art 21 
Action Drawing (2), Clo. 120 Draping (3), Clo. 121 Pattern Design (2). 

Students who are interested in Merchandising, are advised to take Pr. Art 198 Store 
Experience (3) the summer following their junior year; they must make their arrangements 
wfth the Head of the Department of Practical Art during the spring semester of the 
junior year. 



408 PRACTICAL ART 

Practical Art (For Men) 

Requirements are the same as for the curriculum in Practical Art, as set 
up for women, with the following exceptions: 

Omissions— H. E. 1; Pr. Art 20; Clo. 20; Foods 1, 101; Home Mgt. 150, 
151, 152; Tex. 105; H. E. Ed. HO.f 

Additions — H. E. 2; M. I. 1, 2, 3, 4; also, 15 hours in art in merchandising 
and merchandising courses to be selected in consultation with the Head of 
the Department of Practical Art. 

Crafts 

This curriculum serves persons who are interested in crafts for recrea- 
tional, therapeutic, and professional purposes. Emphasis is given to the joy 
of creation through crafts. Positions available to graduates include indus- 
trial designing, occupational therapy, instruction at recreation centers, and 
classroom teaching of crafts. 

Crafts (For Women) 

*Freshman Year 

i — Semester — v 
Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (31 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

FoodB 1 — Introductory Foods 3 .... 

Econ. 87 — Fundamentals of Economics 8 .... 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology .... 3 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 3 

Clo. 20 — Clothing Construction .... 8 

Cr. 2— Simple Crafts 2 

Pr. Art 3 — Creative Art Inspired hy Primitive Art 2 .... 

Pr. Art 4— Three Dimensional Design .... 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 17 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 150. 161 — Management of the Home 3 8 

Foods 101— Meal Service 2 .... 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 3 

Pr. Art 140, 141 - Interior Design 1 3 

Cr. 20. 21— Ceramics 2 2 

Cr. 30. 31— Metalry 2 2 

Pr. Art — Professional Lectures .... 

••French, Spanish, German, or Elective 8 8 

Elcctives 4 2 

Total 17 18 

t Required courses which have been omitted may bo taken as electives. 

• Pr. Art 2 Survey of Art History is a required subject which should be taken the fall 
term of the Freshman Year. 

•* One year French, Spanish, or German is required of every student who has not 
completed two years of one of these languages, with a grade of C or better, in high school. 

Note : Students, who expect to work in occupational therapy, are advised to elect courses 
in physiology, kinesiology and mental hygiene. 



CURRICULUM 409 

i — Semester — i 
Senior Year I II 

H. 6. 6 — History of American Civilization 3 (3) 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 3 (3 i 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3 

Cr. 40, 41— Weaving 2 2 

Advanced Crafts 4 4 

Cr. 198— Crafts in Therapy 2 

Electives 3 .... 

Total IB 14 

Crafts (For Men) 

Requirements are the same as for the Curriculum in Crafts, as set up 
for women, with the following exceptions: 

fOmissions— H. E. 1; Pr. Art 20; Clo. 20; Foods 1, 101; Home Mgt. 150, 
151, 152; H. E. Ed. 110. 

Additions — H. E. 2; M. I. 1, 2, 3, 4; also, 15 hours in art, crafts, and therapy 
courses to be selected in consultation with the Head of the Department 
of Practical Art. 

For other curricula in art, see offerings under the College of Education 
and the College of Arts and Science. 

Home Economics Education 

The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who 
are preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage 
in any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge of 
teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and 
the allied sciences, with professional training for teaching these subjects. 
A student majoring in this curriculum may also qualify for a science minor. 

Students electing this curriculum may register in the College of Education 
or the College of Home Economics. 

Home Economics Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Ed, 2 — Introduction to Education 2 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3) 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

PoL Sci. 1 — American Government .... 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

H. E. 1 — Home Economics Lectures 1 .... 

Pr. Art 1— Design 3 

Math. O or Elective 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene I, II 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Tex. 1— Textiles 3 

Total 17 17 



t Required courses which have been omitted may be taken as electivas. 



410 



HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 



Sophomore Year 

Ed. 3 — Educational Forum 

Engr. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 

Clo 20A or B— Clothing 

Foods 2, 3 — Foods 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. E. Ed. 101 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 

Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Home Management 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition 

Foods 100 — Food Economics 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 

Clo. 120 — Draping 

Pr. Art. 2 — Survey of Art History 

Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. E. Ed. 102 — Problems in Teaching Home Economics 

H. E. Ed. 103 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics. 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home 

H. E. Ed. 110 — Child Development 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 

Bact. 61 — Household Bacteriology 

Ed. 180— Theory of the Junior High School or 

Ed. 131— Theory of the Senior High School 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 

Child Study 

Total , 



-Semest 
I 



18 



// 

1 
3 
3 
8 
3 



17 



4-8 
3 



Home Economics Extension* 

This curriculum outlines the training necessary for the young woman who 
wishes to work with rural people through extension service or other agencies 
interested in the educational and social problems of rural living. 



• Practice work in the field of Home Economics Extension or in social case work is 
encouraged for all students majoring in this curriculum. Such experience should be gained 
before the completion of the senior year. 



CURRICULUM 411 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature (3) (3i 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics • • • 3 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design • • • • 3 

Clo. 20 A or B — Clothing Construction 3 .... 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 4 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total IT 16 

Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home S 3 

Foods 100 — Food Economics 2 .... 

Nut. 110 — Nutrition 3 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3 

Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 3 

Ed. 190 — Principles of Education .... 2 

R. Ed. 114 — Rural Life Education 3 

Electives 3 2 

Total IT 16 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 8 

Foods 103 — Demonstrations 2 .... 

Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology . • • • 3 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 8 

Clo. 120 — Draping 3 

Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 8 .... 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 .... 

H. E. Ext. 100 — Methods in Home Economics Extension .... 3 

Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2 .... 

Pr. Art 140, 141— Interior Design 1 3 

Total IT 18 

Institution Management 

This curriculum provides training for those interested in housing and the 
food service administration for large groups of persons. The work is of two 
general types: (1) food service in such institutions as hospitals, schools and 
colleges; in the public schools where a midday meal is served; and in 
commercial organizations: restaurants, inns, hotels and industrial cafeterias; 
(2) housekeeping in inns and hotels; and in hospitals, schools and colleges. 

Standards for an accredited dietitian require a year of intemeship in a 
training course approved by the American Dietetic Association, following 
graduation. This curriculum meets the academic requirements for entrance 
to such a course. 



Semester 




I 


// 


3 


3 


(3) 


(3) 


3 


3 


3 


3 




3 


4 




1 


1 


3 


3 



412 IXSTITUTION MANAGEMENT 

Students following this curriculum are required to have, before the senior 
year, field experience in food service. This experience must be satisfactory 
in length of time, type of work experienced and in quality. 

Men specializing in institution management will be allowed substitutions 
for certain required courses. 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 

Eng. 6, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 

Foods 2, 3 — Foods 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 

Physical Activities 

•Electives 

Total 17 lf> 

For students wishing emphasis on food service administration: 
Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 160, 151 — Management of the Home 3 3 

Nut. 110— Nutrition 3 

Nut. 112 — Dietetics 8 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Organic Chemistry 3 3 

Inst. Mgt. 160 — Institution Organization and Management 3 .... 

Inst. Mgt. 161 — Institution Purchasing and Accounting .... 3 

Ed. 190 — Principles of Education .... 2 

Phys. 1 — Elements of Physics 3 .... 

H. E. Ed. 1 10 — Child Development 3 

Elective • • 2 .... 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 8 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 3 

Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2 

Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 1 .... 

Bact. 61 — Household Bacteriology .... 3 

Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 3 .... 

Inst. Mgt. 162 — Institution Foods 3 

**Nut. 113 — Diet in Disease 2 

Inst. Mgt. 164 — Advanced Institution Management .... 2 

Chem. 81, 82 — General Bio-Chemistry 4 .... 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology .... 3 

Electives 2 

Total 17 17 



• One of the following selection of courses is to be taken in place of a freshman or 
sophomore elective: Pr. Art 20, Costume Design (3), Clo. 20 A or B, Clothing Construction 
(8), Clo. 21, Personal Clothing Problems (2L 

** A student planning to do institutional work other than hospital dietetics is not re- 
quired to take Principles of Education and Diet in Disease. 



CURRICULUM 



413 



For students wishing emphasis on housekeeping administration: 

i — Semester — . 

Junior Year I 11 

Nut. 10 — Elements of Nutrition .... 3 

Physics 1 — Elements of Physics .... 

H. E. Ed. 110 — Child Development 3 

Psych. 110 — Educational Psychology or .... 3 

(Ed. 191 — Principles and Problems of Adult Education I .... (3) 

Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2 

Pr. Art 140 — Interior Design 1 .... 

Problems in Interior .... 1 

Tex. 105 — Consumer Problems in Textiles (or Household Textiles l .... 

Home Mgt. 150, 151 — Management of the Home 

Inst. Mgt. 160 — Institutional Organization and Management 3 .... 

Inst. Mgt. 181 — Institutional Purchasing and Accounting .... 

Electives 2 .... 

Total IT 17 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — -History of American Civilization 3 3 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 3 

Inst. Mgt. 182 — Executive Housekeeping Management 3 .... 

Inst. Mgt. 183 — Problems in Housekeeping Management .... 3 

Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene .... 

Clo. 129 — Home Furnishings .... 

Psych. 2 — Applied Psychology .... 3 

Electives 4 4 

Total 16 16 

Foods and Nutrition 

The purpose of the Foods and Nutrition Curriculum is two-fold — to pro- 
vide an education in this field for the individual's personal use or for use 
in promoting good health and happiness in the family group, and to pro- 
vide training for professional use: in teaching, research, editorial or promo- 
tional work. 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Readings in World Literature or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Readings, mainly in English Literature. 

Chem. 11, 13 — General Chemistry 

Foods 2, 3 — Fooda 

Zool. 16 — Human Physiology 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 

Pr. Art 20 — Costume Design 

Clo. 20 — Clothing Construction 

Physical Activities 

Total 



3 
(8) 

3 
3 
4 



3 

(3) 
3 




414 FOODS, XUTKITIOX 



Junior Year 

Home Mgt. 160, 151 — Management of the Home 

Foods 100 — Food Economics 

Foods 101 — Meal Service 2 

Nut. 110— Nutrition S 

Nut. 112— Dietetics 3 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 — Elements of Organic Chemistry 3 3 

H. E. Ed. 110— Child Development 3 

Physics 1, 2 — Elements of Physics 3 S 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Home Mgt. 152 — Practice in Management of the Home .... 3 

Pr. Art 2 — Survey of Art History 2 .... 

Pr. Art 140, 141 — Interior Design 1 3 

Bact. 51 — Household Bacteriology .... 8 

Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition 2 

Foods 102 — Experimental Foods 3 

Foods 103 — Demonstrations 2 

Foods 104 — Advanced Foods .... 2 

Chem. 81, 82 — General Bio-Chemistry 4 

Elective 2 .... 

Total 17 16 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 415 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant 
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to 
another course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title 
of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

FOODS AND NUTRITION* 

Assistant Professors Neylan, Peers; Instructors Cornell, Hagel, Le Grand, 
Spencer and Tomberlin. 

A. Foods 

Foods 1. Introductory Foods (3) — First and second semesters. Three 
laboratory periods a week. 

For students in other colleges and for majors in Crafts, Practical Art, 
Textiles and Clothing. 

Foods 2, 3. Foods (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, General Chemistry, Chem. 
11, 13, to precede or parallel. 

Composition, selection and preparation of food with a study of the 
scientific principles involved. Analysis of recipes and study of standard 
products. 

Nut. 10. Elements of Nutrition (3) — First and second semesters. 
For students in other colleges and for majors in Crafts, Practical Art, 
Textiles and Clothing. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Foods 100. Food Economics (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, Foods 1, or 2, 3. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 
Sources of our food supply; buying of food for the family. 



* Tailored white uniforms are required for laboratory work in Foods 1, 2, 3, 101, 102, 
103. 104, 105, 200, Nutrition 110, 111, 112. 



416 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Foods 101. Meal Service (2) — First and second semesters. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1, or 2, 3. 

Planning and serving meals for family groups considering nutritional 
needs, and cost; includes simple entertaining. 

Foods 102. Experimental Foods (3) — First semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Organic Chemis- 
try; Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. 

A study of food preparation processes from the experimental viewpoint. 

Foods 103. Demonstrations (2) — First and second semesters. Two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 20; Foods 1 or 2, 3; Pr. Art 20, 
Tex. 1. 

Practice in demonstrations. 

Foods 104. Advanced Foods (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3. 

Advanced study of manipulation of food materials. 

Foods 105. Foods of Other Countries (3) — Second semester. One 
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3 or 
equivalent. 

Food preparation and food customs of the peoples of other countries. 

B. Nutrition 
Nut. 110. Nutrition (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Foods 2, 3; Or- 
ganic Chemistry, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 to precede or parallel. 
A scientific study of principles of human nutrition. 

Nut. 111. Child Nutrition (2) — First and Second semesters. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Foods 1 or 2, 3, Nut. 10 or 
110. 

Principles of human nutrition applied to growth and development of 
children. Experience in a nursery school. 

Nut. 112. Dietetics (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Nut. 110. 

A study of food selection for health; planning and calculating dietaries 
for children and adults; and methods of teaching food values. 

Nut. 113. Diet and Disease (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Nut. 110. 
Modifications of the Principles of human nutrition to meet the dietary 
needs in treating certain diseases. 

For Graduates 
Foods 200. Advanced Experimental Foods (3-5) — Second semester. Two 
lectures, three laboratories. 

Includes experimental problems, special emphasis on use of Maryland 
products. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 417 

Nut. 210. Readings in Nutrition (3) — First semester. 

Reports and discussion of outstanding nutritional research and 
investigation. 

Nut. 211. Problems in Nutrition (3-5) — Second semester. 

Experience in a phase of nutrition research which is of interest to the 
student by the use of experimental animals, human studies, or an extensive 
and critical survey of the literature. 

Nut. 212. Nutrition for Community Service (3) — First semester. 

Applications of the principles of nutrition to various community problems. 
Students may work on problems of their own choosing. 

Foods and Nut. 220. Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week, first and second 
semesters. 

Reports and discussions of current research in the fields of foods and 
nutrition. 

Foods and Nut. 221. Research — Two lectures and 1 laboratory period a 
week. First and second semesters. 

Investigation in some phase of foods or nutrition which may form the 
basis of a thesis. 

HOME ECONOMICS— GENERAL 

H. E. 1. Home Economics Lectures (1) — First semester. Required of 
Home Economics freshmen. 

Lectures, demonstrations, group and individual discussions on grooming 
and clothing budget for the college girl; personal adjustments; good study 
habits; social usage. 

H. E. 2. Home Economics for Men (3) — Second semester. 

Selection and care of clothing, considering design, durability and pro- 
priety to occasion. Selection of food for better nutrition, interesting 
menus and economy; analysis of accepted demeanor for host and guest. 
Selection and repair of household appliances; family budgeting and family 
relationships. 

HOME ECONOMICS EXTENSION 

Professors Mount and Kellar 

H. E. Ext. 100. Methods in Home Economics Extension (3) — Second 
semester. 

Three lectures. Given in cooperation with the staff in Home Economics 
Extension. Students "must have senior standing in the College of Home 
Economics. 



418 COURSE OFFERINGS 

HOME AND INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT 

Professor Mount; Assistant Professor Crow; Instructors Burke 
and Tomberlin. 

A. Home Management 

Home Mgt. 150, 151. Management of the Home (3, 3) — First and second 

semesters. 

The family and human relations; household organization and manage- 
ment; management of time, energy, and money; housing as a social prob- 
lem; housing to meet family needs; selection and care of household equip- 
ment and furnishings. 

Home Mgt. 152. Experience in Management of the Home (3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, Home Mgt. 150, 151. 

Residence for one-third of a semester in the Home Management House. 
Experience in planning, guiding, directing, coordinating and participation 
in the activities of a household, composed of a faculty member and a small 
group of students. 

B. Institution Management 

Inst. Mgt. 160. Institution Organization and Management (3) — First 
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
Foods 2, 3; Home Mgt. 150, 151 to precede or parallel. 

The principles of scientific organization and management as applied to 
supervision of food services, and to housekeeping administration within an 
institution. 

Inst. Mgt. 161. Institution Purchasing and Accounting (3) — Second 
semester. Two lecturers and one laboratory period a week. 

Purchasing of food, supplies, and equipment for institutional use, and 
the principles involved in accounting as applied to food services. 

Inst. Mgt. 162. Institution Foods (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Inst. Mgt. 160, 161. 

Practical experience in preparing and serving food for large groups, 
including the use of standard recipes, calculation of food costs, use of 
institution equipment, and menu planning. 

Inst. Mgt. 163. Practice in Institution Management (3) — Arranged. 
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Inst. Mgt. 160, 161. 
Practice work in food service under supervision. 

Inst. Mgt. 164. Advanced Institution Management (2) — Second semes- 
ter. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Inst. 
Mgt. 160, 161, 162. 

Special problems in institution management. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 419 

Inst. Mgt. 165. The School Lunch (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Foods 2, 3; Nut. 110, or 
equivalent. 

Problems relating to the planning, organization and serving of the noon 
meal in schools and in child care centers. 

Inst. Mgt. 181. Purchasing and Accounting for Housekeeping Administra- 
tion (3) — Second semester. 

Purchasing of household textiles, furnishings, supplies and equipment for 
institutional use, and the principles involved in budgeting and accounting as 
applied to housekeeping administration. 

Inst. Mgt. 182. Housekeeping Management (3) — First semester. 
Principles concerning housekeeping management, floor plans, sanitation, 
safety, personnel and legal problems. 

Inst. Mgt. 183. Problems in Housekeeping Management (3) — Second 
semester. 

Special lectures and advanced problems in housekeeping administration. 

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION* 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
H. E. Ed. 101. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second 
semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequi- 
site, Psych. 110. 

The place and function of home economics education in the secondary 
school curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living; 
characteristics of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans, 
and evaluation devices; directed observations in junior and senior high 
school home economics departments. 

H. E. Ed. 102. — Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First semes- 
ter. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Prerequisite, 
H. E. Ed. 101. 

A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home- 
making program; the physical environment, organization and sequence of 
instructional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects. 

H. E. Ed. 103. Teaching Secondary School Vocational Homemaking (8) 

— First or second semester. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 101 and 102 or 102 
parallel. 

Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school home 
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. Ten 
weeks of practicum in two schools and with both junior and senior high 
school classes. Students must reserve a half day in their schedule for the 
student teaching assignment. 



* For further information see College of Education bulletin. 



420 COURSE OFFERINGS 

H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2) — Prerequisite, H. E. 
Ed. 101. 

The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development 
of a plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types 
of evaluation devices, their construction, and use. 

H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First 
semester. 

TEXTILES AND CLOTHING 

Associate Professor Mitchell; Assistant Professors Akin, Beaty, Wilbur; 
Instructors Friemel, Houston. 

A. Textiles 

Tex. 1. Textiles (3) — First and second semesters. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Study of textile fibers; standardization and labeling of textiles; collection 
and analysis of fabrics. 

B. Clothing 

Clo. 20A. Clothing Construction (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Tex. 1. Three laboratory periods a week. 

Interpretation and use of commercial patterns; basic fitting and construc- 
tion techniques. 

Clo. 20B. Clothing Construction (3) — First and second semesters. Elec- 
tive for students in other colleges. Three laboratory periods a week. 

Interpretation and use of commercial patterns; fabric study; basic fitting 
and construction techniques. 

Clo. 21. Personal Problems in Clothing (2) — First semester. 

Care of clothing; wardrobe planning; selection and purchase of accessories 
and ready-to-wear. 

Clo. 22. Clothing Construction (2) — First and second semesters. Two 
laboratory periods a week. 

Continuation of Clo. 20a or 20b. Construction of garments, including a 
renovation problem. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Tex. 100. Advanced Textiles (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1. 

Study of physical and chemical properties of fibres. Standard testing 
methods for serviceability of fabrics, i. e., tensile strength, elongation, re- 
sistance to abrasion, tear resistance, launderability, flammability, thickness, 
resilience and specific weight. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 421 

Tex. 101 Problems in Textiles (3)— First semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: Tex. 100, Organic Chem- 
istry. Individual experimental problems in textiles. 

Tex. 102. Textile Testing (3) — First semester. Three laboratory periods 
a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 100. 

The theory of textile testing methods, the repeated use of physical test- 
ing apparatus, the interpretation of the data, and the presentation of the 
findings. 

Tex. 103. Textile Microscopy (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 101. 

Application of optical and microscopical equipment to technical analysis 
of textiles. Lectures and laboratory concerning the types of equipment, 
their use, and the technique of textile microanalysis for fiber, yarn and 
fabric. Opportunity for work on fibre cross sectioning. Projects involving 
quantitative determinations, development of technique, application of photo- 
micrography; swelling techniques, staining, etc., as applied to textile 
microscopy. 

Tex. 105. Consumer Problems in Textiles (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1 
or equivalent. 

Economic and trade conditions that affect consumer-trade relationships; 
buying guides for purchase of household linens and clothing; performance 
tests of fabrics. 

Tex. 106. Household Textiles (3) — First semester. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1. 

Study of textiles for household and institutional use. Evaluation of such 
textile products through lectures, laboratory tests, survey of literature and 
field trips. 

Tex. 108. Decorative Fabrics (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 
one laboratory period a week. 

Study of historic and contemporary fabrics and laces. 

Clo. 120. Draping (3) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisites, Tex. 1, Clo. 22. 

Demonstrations and practice in creating costumes in fabrics on individual 
dress forms; modeling of garments for class criticism. 

Clo. 121. Pattern Design (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. Prerequisites, Clo. 22, Pr. Art 20. 

Development and use of a basic pattern in dress making. 

Clo. 122, 125. Tailoring (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 22. 

Construction of tailored garments requiring professional skill. 



422 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Clo. 123. Children's Clothing (2) — First and second semesters. Two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 20a or b, or equivalent. 

Children's clothing from the standpoint of age, health, beauty, economy 
and personality; development of original designs. 

Clo. 124. Projects and Reading in Textiles and Clothing (2) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite, Clo. 22, Tex. 100. 

Study of the reasons for dress and the versatility of fabrics; analysis of 
wardrobe planning preparatory to the job situation; grooming as related to 
the college girl — to the job holder; survey of job opportunities in the field; 
one special project. 

Clo. 126. Fundamentals of Fashion (2, 3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Clo. 120. 

Fashion history; current fashions, how to interpret and evaluate them; 
fashion show techniques; fashion promotion. The course includes oral and 
written reports, group projects, panel discussions and field trips. 

Clo. 127. Apparel Design (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Clo. 120. 

The art of costuming; trade and custom methods of clothing design and 
construction; original designing on a dress form. 

Clo. 128. Home Furnishings (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Tex. 1, Clo. 20A or 20B, or consent of in- 
structor. 

Selection of fabrics for home and institutional furnishings; care and re- 
pair of such furnishings; custom construction of slip covers, draperies, bed- 
spreads, etc. 

For Graduates 

Tex. 200. Special Studies in Textiles (2-4) 

Clo. 220. Special Studies in Clothing (2-4) 

Tex. and Clo. 230. Seminar (1, 1> 

Tex. and Clo. 231. Research 

Tex. and Clo. 232. Economics of Clothing and Textiles (3) 

PRACTICAL ART AND CRAFTS 

Professor Curtiss; Assistant Professors Cuneo, Lawson; Instructors 
Cassels, Brown, Davis, Palmer, and Young. 

The Department of Practical Art reserves the right to retain one art 
problem, from each student, from each class, for illustrative purposes; 
however, it will retain only such problems as are needed by the department. 

Pr. Art. 0. Professional Lectures (0) — Second semester. 
Lectures by current merchandisers and designers. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 423 

A. Practical Art 

Pr. Art 1. Design (3) — First and second semesters. 

Art expression through the use of materials, such as opaque water color, 
wet clay, colored chalk, and lithograph crayon, which are conducive to free 
techniques. Elementary lettering, action figures, abstract design and 
general composition study. Consideration of art as applied to daily living. 
Teaching methods are emphasized in the section for art education students. 

Pr. Art 2. Survey of Art History (2) — First and second semesters. 

A rapid survey of art, from prehistoric times to the twentieth century, 
showing the great human movements and art ideals, which each period has 
reflected. Emphasis is given to domestic architecture, furnishings, and cos- 
tume, and to the philosophy and significance of art in today's living. Illus- 
trated lectures; assigned readings, examinations. 

Pr. Art 3. Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art (2) — First semester. 
Two laboratory periods a week. 

Modern design produced after the study of vigorous primitive art as found 
in the prehistoric art of Spain, France, and the Southwestern part of the 
United States; archaic Mesopotamia, Egypt, and Greece; Mayan, Aztec, and 
Peruvian cultures; past and present primitive tribes; provincial and 
peasant groups. 

Pr. Art 4. Three-dimensional Design (2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. 

Abstract and symbolic design emphasizing mass, volume, and depth in 
construction problems, which utilize paper, cork, screen, wire, thin sheet 
metal, fabric, wood, plastics, etc. This course stimulates resourcefulness 
and imagination in design; it is especially valuable to persons interested 
in display. 

Pr. Art 20. Costume Design (3) — First and second semesters. Three 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent. 

Clothing selection with relation to personality. Adaptation of changing 
fashions to the individual. Designing of costumes in mediums, such as 
Conte and lithograph crayon, transparent and opaque water color, soft 
pencil, India ink, and three-dimensional materials. A minimum of fashion 
figure drawing. Survey of historic costume and of the fashion industry. 

Pr. Art. 21, 22. Action Drawing (2, 2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent. 

Quick sketching of live model, from poses and action. This course is 
basic for costume illustration and mural painting. Pr. Art 21 prerequisite 
to Pr. Art 22. 

Pr. Art 30. Typography and Lettering (3) — First and Second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or equivalent. 



424 COURSE OFFERINGS 

A study of typography, hand lettering, and their application. Brief 
survey of processes of reproduction. 

Pr. Art 38, 39. Photography (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three 
laboratory periods a week. Consent of the instructor. 

Experimental effects in photography with special emphasis upon pictures 
for advertisements, store display, periodicals, murals and salon exhibits. 
Each student must have his own camera. 

B. Crafts 

Cr. 2, 3. Simple Crafts (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. 

Creative art expressed in clay modeling, plaster carving, wood burning, 
thin metal working, paper mache modeling, etc. Emphasis is laid upon 
inexpensive materials and tools and simple techniques, which can be pursued 
in the home. Excellent for teachers and directors of recreation centers. 

Cr. 5, 6. Puppetry (2, 2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. 

Making of marionettes and production of simple puppet shows. Valuable 
to teachers and directors of recreation centers. 

Cr. 20, 21. Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1 or Cr. 2, if possible. 

Elementary pottery-making, modeling in relief, intaglio and in the round, 
simple glaze effects. Good design is stressed. 

Cr. 30, 31. Metalry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, or Cr. 2, if possible. 

Etching, repousse, and sawed filigree in metals, such as copper, aluminum, 
brass, pewter and German silver. Good design is stressed. 

Cr. 40, 41. Weaving (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Pr. Art 1, if possible. 

Hand weaving on simple looms. Good color, texture, and general design 
are stressed. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Pr. Art 100, 101. Mural Design (2, 2)— First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, 3, 21, or consent of the instructor. 

Consideration of mural design with relation to propriety of setting. Study 
of traditional and contemporary techniques. Experiment in colored chalk, 
gouash, oil paint, and fresco; stone, glass, and tile mosaic. 

Pr. Art 102, 103. Advanced Mural Design (2, 2) — First semester. Two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 2, 3, 21, 100, 101. 
Advanced techniques in mural design. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 425 

Pr. Art 120, 121 — Costume Illustration (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, and 21, 22, if 
possible. 

Advanced techniques in rendering of fashion illustration. Experience in 
use of Ben Day and Craftint. Organization of fashion shows. 

Pr. Art 124, 125. Individual Problems in Costume (2,2) — First and 
second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 
1, 20, 120, 121, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in costume design or costume illustration for students 
who are capable of independent work. 

Pr. Art 132. Advertising Layout (2) — First and second semesters. Two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30, and 20, 21 if 
possible. 

Rough layouts and finished advertisements utilizing lettering, type speci- 
fications, and illustration. Air brush used in large work. 

Pr. Art 134, 135. Individual Problems in Advertising (2, 2) — Second 
semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30, 
120, 132, or equivalent, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in advertising for students who are capable of 
independent work. 

Pr. Art 136. Merchandise Display (2) — First and second semesters. 
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30; 120, 132 
to precede or parallel. 

Practice in effective display of merchandise. Cooperation with retail 
establishments. 

Pr. Art 137. Advanced Merchandise Display (2) — First and second 
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 20, 30, 
120, 132, 136 and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in the display of merchandise. Emphasis upon 
original atmospheric effects, which are within the bounds of good taste. 

Pr. Art 138, 139. Advanced Photography (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 38, 39. 

Advanced problems in photography. Each student must have his own 
camera. 

Pr. Art 140, 141. Interior Design (1, 3) — First semester, one laboratory 
per week; second semester, three laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
sites, Pr. Art 1, 2, to precede or parallel Pr. Art 140. 

Analysis of interiors as backgrounds for various personalities. Study of 
good and poor interiors. Trips to historic homes, a furniture factory, and 
retail house furnishing establishments. Original floor plans and wall eleva- 
tions drawn to scale and rendered in color. 



426 COURSE OFFERINGS 

Pr. Art 142, 143. Advanced Interior Design (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 1, 140, 
141, or equivalent. 

Designing of rooms and furnishings; scale drawing and color rendering 
in plan, elevation and perspective, or making of maquettes. Study of 
furniture manufacture and merchandising. Planning of exhibition rooms 
or houses when possible. 

Pr. Art 144, 145. Individual Problems in Interior (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Pr. Art 
1, 140, 141, 142, 143, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in interior design or construction for students who 
are capable of independent work. 

Pr. Art 198. Store Experience (3) — 160 clock hours, or 20 continuous 
eight-hour days, summer following the Junior Year, Practical Art 
curriculum. 

Selling, buying, advertising, or executive work, done under supervision in 
a specified department store or studio. Arrangements to be made with the 
Head of the Department of Practical Art early in the spring semester, 
Junior year. 

Cr. 120, 121. Advanced Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 20, 21. 

Advanced techniques in ceramics; preparation of glazes and handling of 
the kiln. 

Cr. 124, 125. Individual Problems in Ceramics (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 20, 21, 120, 
121, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in ceramics. For students who are capable of inde- 
pendent work. 

Cr. 130, 131. Advanced Metalry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Cr. 30, 31. 

Advanced techniques in metalry, including soldering, stone-setting, and 
fine etching. 

Cr. 134, 135. Individual Problems in Metalry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 30, 31, 130, 
131, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in Metalry for students who are capable of inde- 
pendent work. 

Cr. 140, 141. Advanced Weaving (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 40, 41. 
Advanced techniques in weaving. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 



427 



Cr. 144, 145. Individual Problems in Weaving (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cr. 40, 41, 140, 
141, and permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in weaving for students who are capable of inde- 
pendent work. 

Cr. 198. Crafts in Therapy (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, three 
courses in various crafts or art construction, consent of the instructor and 
junior standing. 

Demonstration and discussion of the teaching of crafts to persons, who 
need physical and mental rehabilitation. Readings, field trips, a minimum 
of art activity. Excellent for persons who plan to work with disabled 
persons. 




Testing fabrics on fadometer 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 429 

College of 

MILITARY SCIENCE 
PHYSICAL EDUCATION and RECREATION 

STAFF 
Colonel Harland C. Griswold, U. S. Army (Ret.), Acting Dean 

MILITARY STAFF 

Colonel Claud E. Stadtman, Professor, Military Science and Tactics. 
Lt. Colonel George E. Fletcher, Assistant Professor, Military Science 

and Tactics (Infantry). 
Lt. Colonel Sidney S. Davis, Assistant Professor, Military Science and 

Tactics (Signal Corps). 
Lt. Colonel Frederick H. Richardson, Jr., Assistant Professor, Military 

Science and Tactics (Dental Corps) (Baltimore College of Dental 

Surgery). 
Lt. Colonel Harold V. Maull, Assistant Professor of Military Science and 

Tactics (Air). 
Major Ovie D. Clark, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tactics 

(Air). 
Major Emmette G. Huff, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tac- 
tics (Infantry). 
Major James S. Hollingsworth, Assistant Professor, Military Science 

and Tactics (Transportation Corps). 
Major Philip A. Hutchinson, Assistant Professor, Military Science and 

Tactics (Transportation Corps). 
Lt. Colonel Donald 0. Markham, Assistant Professor, Military Science 

and Tactics (Transportation Corps). 
Major Walter L. Miller, Jr., Assistant Professor, Military Science and 

Tactics (Infantry). 
Major Roy M. Kessler, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tactics 

(Infantry). 
Captain John H. Brown, Assistant Professor, Militai-y Science and Tac- 
tics (Air). 
Captain David M. Chase, Assistant Professor, Military Science and 

Tactics (Infantry). 
Captain Lee R. Cox, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tactics 

(Infantry). 
Captain Omer L. Cox, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tactics 

(Air). 
Captain Earl L. Harper, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tac-, 

tics (Infantry). 



430 STAFF 

Captain Roland P. Lee, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tac- 
tics (Signal Corps). 
Captain Phil M. Patton, Assistant Professor, Military Science and Tac- 
tics (Air). 
First Lieutenant Kenneth W. Kagy, Assistant Professor, Military 

Science and Tactics (Air). 
First Lieutenant Troy H. Middleton, Jr., Assistant Professor, Military 

Science and Tactics (Infantry). 
First Lieutenant Myron S. Myers. Assistant Professor, Military Science 

and Tactics (Signal Corps). 
Master Sergeant James J. Aylward, Jr., Administrative Assistant. 
Master Sergeant William Buckley, Instructor (Signal Corps). 
Master Sergeant Paul W. Cunzeman, Instructor (Infantry). 
Master Sergeant Charles N. Dodson, Instructor (Infantry). 
Master Sergeant Stephen Felber, Instructor (Infantry). 
Master Sergeant Everett B. Heins, Instructor (Transportation Corps). 
Master Sergeant Leo Hirsch, Administrative Assistant (Dental Corps) 

(Baltimore College of Dental Surgery). 
Master Sergeant Norbert S. Kuchman, Administrative Assistant. 
Master Sergeant Robert J. McFarland, Instructor (Air). 
Master Sergeant William E. Attick, Instructor (Infantry). 
Master Sergeant Billy Gray, Instructor (Infantry). 
Master Sergeant Thomas H. Laughren, Instructor (Infantry). 
Master Sergeant Earl E. Musgrove, Instructor (Infantry). 
Master Sergeant Hubert W. Secrest, Instructor (Infantry). 

Master Sergeant Fay J. Norris, Instructor (Infantry). 

First Sergeant Charles Lightner, Administrative Assistant (Air). 

Sergeant First Class John C. Crouse, Jr., Instructor (Infantry)- 

Sergeant First Class Salvatore Gagliemo, Instructor (Infantry). 

Sergeant First Class Harry H. Peirce, Instructor (Signal Corps). 

Sergeant First Class Edward W Moss, Instructor (Infantry). 

Staff Sergeant George A. Foelker, Administrative Assistant (Air). 

Staff Sergeant Joseph J. Swicarz, Instructor (Air). 

Sergeant Vern M. Hostbjor, Administrative Assistant. 

Sergeant Donald E. Winter, Instructor (Infantry). 

Corporal Marrion E. Frost, Jr., Administrative Assistant (Transportation 
Corps) . 

Private First Class Edward E. Welborn, Administrative Assistant 
(Transportation Corps). 

McKinley L. Fuller, Military Property Custodian. 

Mrs. Anita J. O'Connor, Secretary. 

Mrs. Vivien D. Edwards, Assistant Secretary. 

Frank Sykora, Assistant Professor, Bandmaster. 



STAFF 



431 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH AND RECREATION STAFF 

Ruth Alexander, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Samuel J. Arbes, Instructor in Physical Education. 

Harry Bonk, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 

Louis R. Burnett, M.D., Professor of Physical Education, Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Frank H. Cronin, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

John H. Cudmore, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 

Dorothy F. Deach, M.S., Professor of Physical Education, Head of Depart- 
ment for Women. 

David A. Field, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Elizabeth I. Flinchbaugh, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education. 

Warren K. Giese. B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 

George M. Gloss, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education. 

Louis E. Hutto, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education. 

James H. Kehoe, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

William E. Krouse, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 

Dorothy G. Madden, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education. 

Harvey L. Miller. Colonel, U.S.M.C. (Ret.), Associate Professor of 
Physical Education. 

Viola Mitchell, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Doris M. Neyendorf, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 

Jacqueline M. Richards, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education. 

Adelaide Ross, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

H. Burton Shipley, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

Edward J. Schwarz, B.S., Instructor in Physical Education 

Catherine Snell, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

Alfred L. Stewart, M.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

Theron A. Tompkins, M.A., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

Albert W. Woods, B.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

Alfred J. Wyre, Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 

R. Yvonne Zenn, M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education. 




4:j2 UNIVERSITY OF MARY LAM) 

COLLEGE OF 

MILITARY SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 

AND RECREATION 

Col. Harland C. Griswold, U. S. Army, Retired, Acting Dean 

The College of Military Science, Physical Education and Recreation, has 
been established to provide leaders for the Nation and State in the fields 
of Military Science, Physical Education. Recreation and Health Education. 
Work is given in each of these four fields leading to a Bachelor's Degree 
and students with majors in other colleges may elect to take minors in these 
subjects. The length of the normal curriculum for each area of study is 
four years. 

The college is divided into three main departments, as follows: Military 
Science; Reserve Officers' Training Corps; and Physical Education, Recre- 
ation and Health Education. The work of each of these departments is 
described in detail under the appropriate heading. 

MILITARY SCIENCE 

The primary purpose of the curriculum in Military Science is to train 
men who desire to follow a military career. It leads to a commission in 
the Officers' Reserve Corps with an opportunity for a subsequent active 
duty tour in a competitive status for a Regular Army commission. Leaders 
of the Armed Services have indicated that civilian colleges are expected to 
furnish about two-thirds of the junior officers needed each year as attrition 
replacements. This means that 1,000 to 1,500 graduates of civilian colleges 
each year will have the opportunity to secure commissions as regular offi- 
cers in the Armed Services. 

Students must be able to meet the physical standards established for the 
Officers' Reserve Corps and must maintain a scholastic average of not less 
than 2.0 in order to qualify for admission to the Advanced ROTC Course. 

It will be noted that this curriculum provides for a minor in a field 
selected by the student. The number of hours in this minor is 24, of which at 
least 6 hours must be in courses No. 100 and above and must be approved 
by the department in which the work is given as well as by the Dean of 
this college. 

Military Science Curriculum r— Semester— ^ 

Freshman Year j // 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Reading in American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 

Speech 1, 2 — Public Speaking 2 2 

Math. 10. 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry 3 3 

Modern Language (one language for two years' study) 3 3 

*M. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T, C 3 3 

•Physical Activities 1 1 

Total !g jg 

* Credit allowed for equivalent service in the Armed Forces. 



RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS 433 

— Semcstd—- 

Sophomore Year I H 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and Reading in World Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Speech 5, 6— Advanced Public Speaking 2 2 

Physics 1. 2— Elements of Physics 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

*M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3 

•Physical Activities 1 ] 

Total 18 18 

Junior Year 

f Speech 127, 128 — Military Speech and Command 2 2 

Agr. Eng. 102 — Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

ifSurv. 1, 2 — Plane Surveying 2 2 

+)Dr. 1— Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

tM. S. 101, 102— Advanced R. O. T. C 3 3 

Minor Sequence 6 6 



Total 



Students entered in Advanced R.O.T.C. are required to attend six weeks 
summer camp between Junior and Senior years. 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 101 — International Political Relations, or ] 

G. & P. 102 — International Law, or 

G. & P. 106 — American Foreign Relations 

M. S. 151 — Military Logistics .... 3 

tM. S. 152 — Military Leadership .... 3 

M. S. 153 — Policy of the United States 3 

tM. S. 103, 104— Advanced R. O. T. C 3 3 

Minor Sequence 6 6 

Total -. 15 15 

THE RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS 

Instruction in military science and tactics has been an important phase of 
the College Park division of the University of Maryland since 1856. In 
1864 the General Assembly of Maryland accepted the provision of the Act 
of Congress of 1862 whereby public lands were donated to the States pro- 
viding colleges in which a course of military training was maintained. 
Until 1916 the institution was a military school. After the first World War 
the military training was reorganized and given as specified in the Acts of 
Congress of 1916 and 1920, as amended, which are commonly known as the 



* Credit allowed for equivalent service in the Armed Forces. 

t Credit allowed to those holding Regular, Reserve or National Guard commissions. 
i Officers experienced in terrain evaluation and sketching may elect other appropriate 
subjects by arrangement in lieu of Surv. 1, 2. and Dr. 1. 



434 RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS 

National Defense Acts. Under these laws the Reserve Officer Training Corps 
is organized to provide basic training and to offer advanced training lead- 
ing to a commission in the Officer Reserve Corps on a selective basis. All 
male students, unless specifically exempted, under University rules are 
required to take basic military training for a period of two years. This 
is a prerequisite for graduation and must be taken by all eligible students 
in their first two years of attendance whether they intend to graduate or 
not. Students of the University, regardless of the college in which regis- 
tered, who successfully complete the Basic Course Reserve Officers Training 
Corps may be considered as candidates for the Advanced Course. 

The mission of the Senior Division, Reserve Officers' Training Corps is 
to produce junior officers who have the qualities and attributes essential 
to their progressive and continued development as officers in a component 
of the Army and Air Force of the United States. The major mission is the 
training of officers to serve with the Reserve Components of the Army and 
Air Force of the United States, i.e., the Organized Reserve Corps or the 
National Guard. In addition, the Senior Reserve Officers Training Corps 
will provide the principal source of procurement of junior officers for the 
Regular Army and Air Force through selection of a required number 
of Distinguished Military Graduates of the Senior Division for direct 
appointment, and through extended active duty tours of volunteer officers 
from which will be selected additional personnel for Regular Army appoint- 
ment. The hundreds of Maryland graduates who received their commis- 
sions through this unit were found ready and capable when the national 
crisis arose, and they have achieved an inspiring and enviable record of 
which the State may well be proud. 

Army and Air Force personnel, approved by the President of the Uni- 
versity, are detailed by the Departments of the Army and Air Force to 
administer the course. Officers serve under appointment by the University 
as Professor or Assistant Professor and selected non-commissioned officers 
as Instructors. 

The required course of two years is known as the First and Second Year 
Basic Course. This is a thorough, comprehensive course designed to 
prepare men for any branch of the service. The elective two-year Ad- 
vanced Course in Air Force, Infantry, Signal Corps, Transportation Corps 
and Dental Corps specifically trains students in their selected specialization. 
Applicants for the Advanced Course Signal Corps must be registered for 
Mechanical or Electrical Engineering. Electronics, or a course leading to 
a major in physics; however, students enrolled in courses other than these 
may be admitted as a second priority. 

The necessary training equipment including uniforms, weapons, and tech- 
nical material, is loaned to the University by the Departments of the Army 
and Air Force. Students in the basic courses are loaned uniforms without 
cost. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 435 

The New Armory located East of the Administration Building has been 
declared by a Department of the Army inspector to be one of the finest 
buildings used for Military instruction in the country. It contains clothing 
and ordnance storerooms, class rooms, offices, projection room, a ten firing 
point small bore range, and a drill floor 240 feet long by 120 feet wide. 
Drill field, parade grounds and other outdoor training activities are nearby. 

Advanced Course 

The primary object of the Advanced Course is to provide military instruc- 
tion and systematic training to selected eligible students through the agency 
of educational institutions, to the end that they may qualify as reserve 
officers in the Military forces of the United States. It is intended to attain 
this objective in accordance with the terms of the contract during the time 
the students are pursuing their academic studies at the University. 

A student prior to enrollment in the course must have satisfactorily com- 
pleted the Basic Course or have been honorably discharged after at 
least one year active service in one of the armed forces. The student must 
have indicated in writing his desire to undertake the course. Selection of 
students in the advanced course will be made by the President of the Uni- 
versity and the Professor of Military Science and Tactics, as provided in 
Section 47c, National Defense Act. No applicant will be admitted to the 
advanced course who is less than eighteen or more than twenty-six years 
of age at the time of admission or who is not able to pass physical standards 
set forth in AR 40-105 and 40-110 and the Army General Classification Test 
with a qualifying score. Opportunities for students interested in the Regu- 
lar Army and Air Force as a career have been augmented by recent legis- 
lation authorizing increased numbers of regular commissions to distin- 
guished Reserve Officers' Training Corps graduates, and one-year active 
duty competitive tours to all Advanced Course graduates. 

Program of Instruction 

For first and second years, basic course, and the advanced course the 
instruction will consist of five hours per week, of which at least three 
hours are utilized for theoretical instruction. 

Uniforms 

All members must appear in proper uniforms at all Military drill forma- 
tions and at such other times as the Military Department may designate. 

Uniforms for students in the elementary course are furnished by the 
Government. The uniforms are the regulation uniforms of the United 
States Army and Air Force, with certain distinguishing features. Such 
uniforms must be kept in good condition by the students. They remain the 
property of the Army or Air Force, and though intended primarily for use 
in connection with military instruction they may be worn at other times 
unless the Military Department instructs otherwise. The uniforms will not 



t M r T. I TION— CREDITS BA NDS 

be worn in part nor used while the w< ; ajed in athletic sports. A 

basic uniform will be returned to the Military Department at the end of 
the year; or before, if a student severs his connection with the Department. 

The Advanced Course students will wear an officer-type uniform, purchased 
on a Federal Government allowance. 

Commutation 

All members of the Advanced Course will receive a monetary allowance in 
lieu of subsistence, equivalent to the current value of the garrison ration, 
to be paid monthly during the periods of enrollment in the Advanced Course 
less the period of the Advanced Camp of six weeks. During this Camp the 
student will receive the pay of the seventh enlisted grade and travel pay. 
The total period of receiving commutation will not exceed 570 days for any 
student. This allowance will be paid in addition to benefits authorized by 
the GI Bill of Rights. 

Credits 

Military instruction at this Institution is on a par with other university 
work, and the requirements of this department as to proficiency are the 
same as those of other departments. 

Students who have received Military Training at any educational institu- 
tion under the direction of officers detailed as Professor of Military Science 
and Tactics, may receive such credit as the P. M. S. & T. and the President 
may jointly determine. 

University and Reserve Officers' Training Corps Bands 

The University of Maryland Student Band and the Reserve Officers' 
Training Corps Band are two separate musical organizations at the Uni- 
versity, existing for the purpose of furthering the musical knowledge of 
interested students. The Reserve Officers' Training Corps Band functions 
under the Military Department. The Student Band is under the direction 
of the Music Department and is assisted by the Military Department. The 
instruction of both bands is conducted by an experienced bandmaster. 

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps Band is composed of Reserve Offi- 
cers' Training Corps students. It practices during drill periods and plays 
for drills and military formations. Uniforms and instruments are fur- 
nished by the Federal Government. Members of the Reserve Officers' Train- 
ing Corps Band are eligible for enrollment in the Student Band. 

The University of Maryland Student Band is one of the most important 
and most active undergraduate organizations on the Maryland Campus. 
Membership in the Student Band is open to all interested men and women 
students of the University. The Band furnishes music for athletic events 
and special occasions during the School Y<ar. The Fall practice sessions 
are devoted to the support of the football season, with the band accompany- 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, RECREATION 437 

ing the football team on some of its trips away from home. During the 
Winter season the Band plays for basketball games and for boxing matches. 
The practice hours during the Winter are devoted to concert music which 
culminates in an Annual Spring Concert. 

Band is a regular scheduled course of instruction. One credit per semes- 
ter, not to exceed a total of eight (8) credits, may be earned by the student 
participating in this activity. Uniforms and certain instruments are fur- 
nished by the University. Band rehearsals are conducted in the Band Room 
in the New Armory. A band letter may be earned each year by faithful 
attendance. A gold award is presented to the student who earns a letter 
for four successive years. Students may be elected to positions of honor 
and responsibility within this student organization which operates under 
its own constitution. 

Men or women, applying for admission to the University who play musi- 
cal instruments and who desire to be considered for the Student Band, 
should indicate their experience and ability on their application form, and 
should contact the bandmaster at the earliest opportunity for enrollment 
in the Student Band, after being accepted for admission to the University. 

The Varsity Rifle Team 

The Varsity Rifle Team is under the supervision of the Military Depart- 
ment. Rifle competition at the University of Maryland is rated as a major 
sport activity, and the varsity letters and sweaters are awarded each year 
to team members. The rifle teams representing this institution have a high 
national standing as they have consistently placed in the top brackets in the 
National Intercollegiate Rifle Match. The Varsity Rifle Team won the 
National Intercollegiate Championship in 1947 with a new record score. 
They have been consistent winners in the William Randolph Hearst Trophy 
Match and the Third Service Command Reserve Officers' Training Corp? 
Match as well as winning a very high percentage of the regular schedule of 
postal and shoulder matches. Rifle and amunition are furnished by the 
State and Federal Governments and the rifle range in the New Armory used 
by the team has been pronounced by officials of the National Rifle Associa- 
tion to be one of the finest in the country. 

Both a Varsity Team and a Freshman Team are placed in competition, 
with members of the latter team being awarded class numerals. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH AND RECREATION 

The weakening influence of our modern machine civilization makes essen- 
tial a progressive course, especially designed to condition and develop the 
human body to the point where it can retain normal responses to stimuli 
in spite of fatigue and exhaustion and continue to function effectively in 
the routine and emergency tasks of life. 

The primary purposes of the offerings in Physical Education, Health 
and Recreation are: (a) conducting the required classes in physical edu- 



438 FACILITIES, REQUIREMENTS. ACTIVITIES 

cation taken three periods weekly by freshmen and sophomores; (b) 
organizing and conducting the intramural program of individual and team 
sports; (c) organizing and conducting pageants, dances, and gymnastic ex- 
hibitions; (d) conducting adaptive or corrective exercises for physically 
handicapped students; (e) promoting the proper use of leisure time by 
organizing wholesome recreation for the students and faculty; (f) con- 
ducting major courses for the education of teachers and leaders in Physical 
Education, Health, Recreation, and Pre-Physical Therapy. 

The curricula in Physical Education, Health, Recreation, and Pre-Physical 
Therapy function through a cooperative arrangement among the following: 
(1) The College of Military Science, Physical Education, and Recreation — 
required class work including adaptive courses for freshmen and sophomores, 
intramurals, and major and minor curricula; (2) College of Education — 
professional preparation of teachers; (3) Graduate School — graduate pro- 
fessional preparation. 

Facilities 

The University of Maryland has several athletic fields, a large armory 
which is also used for recreation purposes, a gymnasium for men and a 
gymnasium for women, also a large building, the Coliseum, in which 
athletic events are held. The State Legislature has authorized the con- 
struction of two swimming pools which will be built as soon as materials 
become available. 

Required Physical Education and Health 

All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and 
sophomores who are registered for more than six semester hours are 
required to complete four prescribed courses in physical education. In 
addition, all freshmen women, except those majoring in physical education, 
must register for the two prescribed courses in hygiene. These courses 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attend- 
ance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer 
students who do not have credit in these courses must complete them or 
take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

A student having a physical handicap which prevents participation in 
the regular activities program will be given a prescription of adaptive 
work suitable to his physical capacity. 

Exemptions from required physical activities are given only for severe 
physical disabilities. A statement from the University physician certify- 
ing complete physical disqualification is necessary. 

Students majoring in Physical Education, Health, or Recreation meet 
these requirements by special professional courses. 

Elective Activities 

Sophomore students who have met minimal requirements in the fresh- 
man course may elect from a variety of activities such as the following: 



PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUA 439 

Men — Badminton, basketball, boxing, fencing, gymnastics, horseshoes, 
judo, soccer, softball, tennis, touch football, track, tumbling, volleyball, 
weight lifting, wrestling, and others. 

Women — Archery, badminton, basketball, body mechanics, bowling, dance, 
golf, softball, tennis, volleyball, and others. 
Uniforms for Required Courses 

Men — White cotton T-shirt, black shorts, supporters, and all-white tennis 
shoes. 

Woiyieii — One-piece blue uniform, white ankle socks, sandals, and all- 
white tennis shoes. 

Intramurals 

The facilities of the department are available to all students when the 
time does not interfere with scheduled activities. 

Men — An adequate program of intramural sports is conducted. Among 
activities in this program are touchball, badminton, wrestling, swimming, 
boxing, handball, and volleyball in the winter; softball, tennis, golf, and 
track in the spring. Plaques, medals and other appropriate awards in all 
tournaments of the program are provided for the winning teams and 
individual members. 

Women — Recreational games; team sports, including hockey, soccer, 
fieldball, Baltimore ball, speedball, basketball, volleyball, softball; individual 
sports, including tennis, badminton, fencing, golf, archery, and table tennis 
are offered. 

The Women's Recreation Association under the supervision of the 
Department sponsors and conducts the intramural tournaments in these 
activities and arranges sports days with neighboring colleges. 

PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 
Physical Education 

The professional work in Physical Education is intended to develop leaders 
to teach and to supervise such work in public school systems, in private 
schools, and colleges. 

Health Education 

The student majoring in this field is preparing to teach individual and 
community hygiene in school situations. This includes instruction in safety 
and first aid. There is increasing demand for properly trained people in 
these fields. 

Recreation 

The rapidly growing field of Recreation utilizes the resources of school, 
community, industry, camps, and other agencies to enrich the greatly in- 



440 CURRICULA 



creased leisure of modern life. Through a broad and varied program 
students are prepared for leadership in this field. 

Pre-physical Therapy 

Each student in this special curriculum will, with his adviser, prepare 
an individual program to meet the requirements for the institution in 
which he plans to enroll for Physical Therapy training. 

Graduate Curricula 

Candidates for advanced degrees in Education with areas of emphasis 
in Physical Education, Health, or Recreation are accepted in accordance 
with the procedure and requirements of the Graduate School. (See Graduate 
School catalog.) 

Undergraduate Curricula 

Professional curricula are offered leading to the degree of Bachelor 
of Science with a major in Physical Education, in Health, in Recreation, 
or in Pre-Physical Therapy. A total of 120 semester hours in addition to 
the University requirement in military and physical education is required 
for graduation. In no case shall the total number of semester hours be 
less than 128 for women and 136 for men. 

The freshman and sophomore curricula are essentially the same for all 
majors, consisting of basic cultural courses and introductory professional 
courses, except as follows: 

(1) Majors in Health Education and Pre-physical Therapy may select 
such physical activities as well meet minimal departmental require- 
ments, allowing additional electives. 

(2) Majors in Recreation are not required to register for P.E. 56 and 
P.E. 58. 

The junior and senior curricula provide four areas of major specializa- 
tion and the opportunity to develop one or more minors as desired. 

All applicants must be free of handicapping physical defects and be 
approved by the Medical Director and the Director of the major depart- 
ment. 

Suitable uniforms are required in the major activity classes. 

Men — White cotton T-shirt, full-length black pants with gold braid on 
side, supporters, and all-white tennis shoes. 

Women — All-white shorts, shirt, ankle socks, sandals, and all-white tennis 
shoes. In addition, a white one-piece suit is required for practice teaching. 
All of these must be of the style prescribed. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION HEALTH, RECREATION 441 

Curricula in Physical Education, Health, and Recreation 

Freshman Year Sem. Cr. Scm. Cr. 

Eng. 1 — Composition and American Eng. 2 — Composition and American 

Literature 3 Literature 3 

Zoo]. 1 — General Zoology 4 G. & P. 1 — American Government. . . '■' 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life. . 3 Sp. 10 — Group Discussion 2 

Sp. 4 — Voice and Diction 3 Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education.... 2 

*P. E. 10— Basic Body Controls 1 P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical 

*P. E. 61, 62 — Elementary Techniques Education, Health, and Recreation 3 

of Sports and Gymnastics 2 P. E. 20 — Basic Body Controls 1 

P. E. 52— Dance Techniques 1 P. E. 54 — Dance Techniques 1 

M. S. 1— Basic R. O. T. C 3 P. E. 63, 64— Elementary Techniques 

of Sports and Gymnastics 2 

Total M 19 WIT M. S. 2-Basic R. O. T. C ^8 

Total M 19 WIT 

i — Semester — -^ 
Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and Reading World Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Hea. 40 — -Personal and Community Hygiene 3 .... 

Hea. 50 — First Aid and Safety 2 

P. E. 65, 67 — Intermediate Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics 2 2 

P. E. 66, 68 — Sports, Folk Dances and Recreational Activities 2 2 

P. E. 56, 58 — Dance Techniques 1 1 

M. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C 3 3 

Electives (M) 2 

Total M 18 WIG M 19 W 15 

Physical Education Curriculum 

Junior Year 

Zool. 53 — Physiology of Exercise .... 2 

Ed. 147 — Audio-Visual Education 2 .... 

P. E. 100— Kinesiology 3 

P. E. 101, 103 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 2 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3 

P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health .... 3 

P. E. 170 — Principles of Physical Education 3 

P. E. 113, 115 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 2 2 

P. E. 114, 116 — Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools 2 2 

P. E. 124, 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2 

Electives 4-5 4-5 

Total M IT W 10 M 17 W 1G 



* Odd numbered P. E. courses are for men ; even numbered P. E. courses for women 
P. E. courses ending in zero are for both. M — men ; W — women. 



442 



HEALTH, RECREATION 



i — Semester — -> 
Senior Year I II 

Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching (see note below) 9 .... 

Pysch. 110 — Educational Psychology 3 

P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Health, and Recreation 3 .... 

P. E. 140— Therapeutics 3 

Electives 13 

Total 15 16 

NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, Psych. 110 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled; 
all other required senior courses must be taken in the other semester. 



Health Curriculum 

Junior Year 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 

P. E. 100— Kinesiology 

P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health. 

Hea. 110 — Health Service and Supervision 

Ed. 147 — Audio-Visual Education 

Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 

H. Ec. Ed. 110— Child Development 

Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene 

Hea. 120— Teaching Health 



Electives 



1-2 



2 
1-2 



Total M 17 W 16 M 17 W 16 



Senior Year 

Ed. 149 — Methods and Practice Teaching (see note below) 

Pysch. 110 — Educational Psychology 

P. E. 190 — Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Health, and Recreation 

P. E. 140— Therapeutics 

Electives ■ • 



Total 15 16 

NOTE: When Ed. 149 is taken, Psych. 110 and P. E. 190 must also be scheduled; 
all other required senior courses must be taken in the other semester. 



Recreation Curriculum 
Junior Year 

Soc. 2 — Principles of Sociology 

Rec. 30 — History and Introduction to Recreation . 

Music 1 — Music Appreciation 

Soc. 118 — Community Organization 

Sp. 113 — Play Production 

Crafts 2— Simple Crafts 

Rec. 120 — Camp Administration and Leadership. 
Rec. 130 — Principles and Practice of Recreation. 
Electives 



8-9 



3 
3 
2 
3 
3 
2-3 



Total M 17 W 16 M 17 W 16 



PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 443 

i — Semester — ■» 
Senior Year I II 

Rec. 100 — Co-recreational Games and Programs .... 

Rec. 110 — Nature Lore 1-3 

Rec. 140 — Observation and Service in Recreation (see note below) .... 5 .... 

Rec. 160 — Recreational Golf • • • • 1 

Rec. 170 — Organization and Administration of Recreation .... 3 

P. E. 101 — Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 .... 

P. E. 124, 126 — Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2 

Electives 8 5-7 

Total 15 16 

NOTE: Students desiring certification as teachers must plan their courses to meet 
College of Education requirements in practice teaching. 

Minor Electives 

Any student may develop a minor in Physical Education, Health, or 
Recreation by completing twenty (20) semester hours of work in that 
field and four (4) hours from other fields in this Department. 

Pre-physical Therapy Curriculum 

Each student majoring in this field will be required to take the basic 
courses required in this Department for the freshman and sophomore years, 
except that Physics 1, 2 will replace the physical activity courses in excess of 
minimal requirements. A curriculum for the junior and senior years must 
include the following courses with electives agreed upon by his adviser. 
A curriculum for the junior and senior years must include the following 
courses with electives agreed upon by his adviser. 

Junior Year 

P. E. 100— Kinesiology 3 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Soc. 131 — Introduction to Social Service 3 .... 

Cr. 2, 3— Simple Crafts 2 2 

Psych. 5 — Mental Hygiene .... 3 

Electives 5 8 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

Psych. 125— Child Psychology 3 

Soc. 153 — Juvenile Delinquency 3 .... 

Psych. 126 — Developmental Psychology .... 3 

P. E. . 140— Therapeutics 3 

Electives 11 11 

Total 17 17 



444 COURSES OFFERED 

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant 
giving the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to 
another course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undei'graduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title 
of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Subjects of courses in Military Science and Tactics are 
subject to changes necessitated by changes in R. C\ T. C. programs pre- 
scribed by the armed forces. Students obtain these schedules when they 
register. 

MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS 

M. S. 1, 2. Basic R. O. T. C. (3)— Each semester. 

Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command 
Three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: National Defense Act, Indi- 
vidual Weapons, Rifle Marksmanship, Hygiene and First Aid, Maps and 
Aerial Photographs, Military Organization. 

M. S. 3, 4. Basic R. O. T. C. (3)— Each semester. 

Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Browning Automatic 
Rifle, Evolution of Warfare, Military Administration, Physical Development 
Methods, Machine Guns, Maps, Aerial Photographs and Sketching, Military 
Law and Boards. 

M. S. 1011, 1021. First Year Advanced (Infantry) (3)— Each semester. 

Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Tactics and Technique 
of Infantry to include, Communications, Gunnery, Technique of Fire and 
Fire Control, Motors, and Transportation, Geographical Foundation of 
National Power, Military Leadership, Psychology and Personnel Manage- 
ment, Military Law and Boards, Organization, the Military Team and Troop 
Movement. 



COURSES OFFERED 445 

M. S. 101A, 102A. First Ye^r Advanced (Air Force) (3) — Each semester. 

Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Tactics and Technique 
of Air Force to include, History of U. S. Air Force, Navigation, Aero- 
nautics, Guided Missiles, Military Problems of the United States, Military 
Leadership, Psychology and Personnel Management, Geographical Founda- 
tion of National Power, Military Law and Boards. 

M. S. 101S, 102S. First Year Advanced (Signal) (3)— Each semester. 

Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Tactics and Technique 
of Signal Corps to include, Organization of the Signal Corps, Signal Com- 
munications for all Arms and Services, Field Wire Communications, Field 
Radio Communications, Message Center and Signal Center Procedure, Com- 
munication Security, Signal Corps Photography, Military Law and Boards, 
Geographical Foundation of National Power. 

M. S. 101T, 102T. First Year Advanced (Transportation Corps) (3)— 
Each Semester. 

Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Geographical Founda- 
tions of National Power, Military Lav/ and Boards, Military Leadership 
and Psychology and Personnel Management. Tactics and Techniques of 
the Transportation Corps to include: Organizations and Functions of 
the Transportation Corps, Transportation Services, Transportation Con- 
trol Agencies, Zone of the Interior, Military Freight Movements and 
Military Passenger Movements in the Zone of the Interior, Military Motor 
Transport, Ports, Zone of the Interior, Amphibian Trucks (DUKWS) and 
Harbor Craft, Stevedore Operations, the Place of the Transportation Corps 
in the Military Team, and Transportation Services, Theater of Operations. 

M. S. 1031, 1041. Second Year Advanced (Infantry) (3) — Each semester. 

Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff, 
Military Teaching Methods, Phychological Warfare, Military Problems of 
the United States Military Mobilization and Demobilization, Combat Intelli- 
gence, Tactics and Technique of Infantry to include: Supply and Mainte- 
nance, Technique of Fire, Fire Control, New Developments, Troop Move- 
ments, and Communications. 

M. S. 103A, 104A. Second Year Advanced (Air Force) (3)— Each 

semester. 

Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff, 
Military Teaching Methods, Psychological Warfare, Geographical Founda- 
tion of National Power, Military Mobilization and Demobilization, Combat 
Intelligence, Tactics and Technique of Air Force (this will be a major 



446 COURSES OFFERED 

subject in Aircraft Maintenance Engineering or Air Force Supply, which- 
ever field is more closely related to the student's college). 

M. S. 103S, 104S. Second Year Advanced (Signal) (3)— Each semester. 

Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff, 
Military Teaching Methods, Psychological Warfare, U. S. Military Problems, 
Combined and Joint Operations, Military Mobilization and Demobilization, 
Combat Intelligence, Tactics and Technique of Signal Corps, Wire Com- 
munication, Signal Supply and Repair, Higher Echelon Communications 
including: Fixed Station Radio, Radar, VHF, Direction Finding Equip- 
ment and Television. 

M. S. 103T, 104T. Second Year Advanced (Transportation Corps) (3)— 

Each semester. 

Two one-hour periods of Leadership, Drill and Exercise of Command, 
and three one-hour classroom periods. Subjects: Command and Staff. 
Military Teaching Methods, Psychological Warfare, Military Problems 
of the United States, Military Mobilization and Demobilization, Combat 
Intelligence, and Tactics and Techniques of the Transportation Corps to 
include: Ports, Zone of the Interior, Ports, Theater of Operations, High- 
way Transport Service, Theater of Operations, Military Railway Service, 
Theater of Operations, Inland Waterways, Theater of Operations, Trans- 
portation Logistics, Transportation Corps Supply, and Movement Control, 
Theater of Operations. 

M. S. 151. Military Logistics (3) — Second semester. 

Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of organization, troop move- 
ments by Motor, Rail, Air, Water. Evacuation replacements and prisoner 
of war, characteristics of materiel, supply. Staff, procedure to include 
organization, duties and actions. 

M. S. 152. Military Leadership (3) — Second semester. 
Three one-hour classroom periods. The study of the great leaders of 
history and an analysis of qualities which attributed to their success. 

M. S. 153. Military Policy of the United States (3)— First semester. 
Three one-hour classroom periods. A study of our military history and 
our military policy and the effects of the latter on the former. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH, AND RECREATION 

P.E. courses open only to Men are given odd numbers. 
P.E. courses open only to Women have even numbers. 
P.E. courses ending in zero are open to both men and women. 

A. Physical Education 

*P. E. 1, 3. Conditioning and Fitness Exercises (1, 1) — Three hours a 
week. 



COURSES OFFERED 447 

Basic exercises to promote skill, speed, stamina and strength by calis- 
thenics, running, jumping, tumbling, grass drills and mass combative 
fundamentals. Men not physically qualified must substitute Adaptive 
Activities. 

*P. E. 2, 4. Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms (1, 1)— Three hours a 
week. 

Required of all freshmen. Instruction and practice in fundamentals of 
sports, rhythms, and body mechanics. 

*P. E. 5, 7. Conditioning and Fitness Exercises (1, 1) — Three hours a 
week. 

Prerequisite at least two semesters of required exercises. 

Required of men not yet having a Physical Fitness Rating (PFR) of 300. 

*P. E. 6, 8. Selected Sports and Dance (1, 1) — Three hours a week. 

Sophomores may elect from the following: Archery, badminton, basket- 
ball, bowling, fencing, folk and square dance, modern dance, social dance, 
golf, hockey, rifle, softball, speedball, tennis, and volleyball. 

*P. E. 9, 11; 13, 15. Adaptive Activities (1, 1; 1, 1)— Three hours a week. 

Required modified activities and exercises are prescribed individually 
for men not physically qualified to take the Conditioning and Fitness 
Exercises. 

P. E. 10, 20. Basic Body Controls (1, 1) — Three hours a week. 

This is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental princi- 
ples and techniques of body movement and to provide for practical applica- 
tion in sports, rhythmic and gymnastic activities. 

*P. E. 12, 14; 16, 18. Adaptive Activities (1, 1; 1, 1)— Three hours a 
week. 

To be taken successively by those women not physically qualified to take 
P.E. 2, 4. 6, 8. Modified activities and exercises are prescribed individually. 

*P. E. 17. Touch Football, Wrestling (1) — First and second semesters. 
Three hours a week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and 
a PFR of 300. 

Instruction and practice in the skills of touch football and wrestling. 

*P. E. 19. Soccer, Boxing (1) — First and second semesters. Three hours 
a week. 

Prerequisite two semesters of required exercises and a PFR of 300. 

Instruction and practice in the conditioning exercises and skills used 
in soccer and boxing. 



* Physical activities required by freshmen and sophomores in all colleges except those 
majoring in physical education, health, and recreation. Sophomore courses are selective 
as indicated. 



448 COURSES OFFERED 

*P. E. 21. Gymnastics (1) — First and second semesters. Three hours a 
week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and a PFR of 300. 

Instruction and practice in the skills using apparatus such as mats, 
rings, parallel and horizontal bars, ropes, horse, springboard, and trampo- 
line. 

*P. E. 23. Basketball, Track and Field (1) — First and second semesters. 
Three hours a week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and 
a PFR of 300. 

Instruction and practice in the skills of basketball and the events 
included in track and field athletics. 

*P. E. 25. Net Games (1) — First and second semesters. Three hours a 
week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and a PFR of 300. 

Instruction and practice in the skills of volleyball, tennis, and badminton. 
Each student must furnish own rackets. 

*P. E. 27. Tumbling, Softball (1) — First and second semesters. Three 
hours a week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and a 
PFR of 300. 

Instruction and practice in the skills of tumbling and softball. 

*P. E. 29. Special Individual Skills (1) — First and second semesters. 
Three hours a week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and 
a PFR of 300. 

Instruction and practice in the skills of unicycle, slack wire, hand bal- 
ancing, juggling, accuracy stunts, etc. 

P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Health and Recreation (3) — 

First and second semesters. 

Orientation course in the professional fields. 

*P. E. 31. Weight Lifting (1) — First and second semesters. Three hours 
a week. Prerequisite, two semesters of required exercises and a PFR 
of 300. 

Instruction and practice in exercises designed to develop the skill, speed, 
strength and stamina needed to lift barbell weights. 

P. E. 52, 54. Dance Techniques (1, 1) — Three hours a week. 

A basic course which includes movement techniques of modern dance 
and analysis of form and composition. 

P. E. 56, 58. Dance Techniques (1, 1) — Three hours a week. 

A continuation of P.E. 52, 54. More advanced movements of the modern 
techniques ai'e studied. Students are given the opportunity to create and 
participate in simple group dances. Theory in teaching methods. 



* Physical activities required by freshmen and sophomores in all colleges except those 
majoring in physical education, health, and recreation. Sophomore courses are selective 
as indicated. 



COURSES OFFERED 449 

P. E. 60. Advanced Gymnastics (2) — Second semester. Four laboratory 
hours a week. 

Practice and theory in gymnastics, pyramids, trampoline, springboard, 
and exhibition activities appropriate for secondary school pupils. 

P. E. 61, 63. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2)— 

Six hours a week. 

Progressve techniques and practice of seasonal sports and games, stunts 
and introductory skills of gymnastic exercises. 

P. E. 62, 64. Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2) — 
Six hours a week. 

Progressive techniques and practice of seasonal sports, stunts, tumbling, 
self-testing activities and gymnastic exercises. 

P. E. 65, 67. Intermediate Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics (2, 2) — 

Techniques and practice of sports and gymnastics. 

P. E. 66, 68. Sports, Folk Dance and Recreational Activities (2, 2) — 

Six hours a week. 

Techniques of selected sports, experience in folk and square dance, and 
recreational activities. 

P. E. 70. Advanced Modern Dance (2) — Second semester. Four labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 52, 54, 56, 58, or permission of 
instructor. 

Advanced techniques and practice in teaching dance. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
P. E. 100. Kinesiology (3) — First and second semesters. 
A study and analysis of human motion conforming to the laws of 
mechanics and principles of physiology and anatomy. 

P. E. 101, 103. Organization and Officiating in Intramurals (2, 2) — Six 
hours a week. 

Organization, administration, and promotion of intramurals at various 
school levels. Types of tournaments, units of competition, handling of 
student leader personnel, etc. 

P. E. 112. History of Dance (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, P. E. 
52, 54, 56, 58, or permission of instructor. 

Designed to give an overview of the development of dance from primi- 
tive to modern times. Students have experience in planning dances for 
specific historic periods. 



* Physical activities required by freshmen and sophomores in all colleges except those 
majoring in physical education, health, and recreation. Sophomore courses are selective 
as indicated. 



450 COURSES OFFERED 

P. E. 113, 115. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools I (2, 2)— 

Two lectures and two laboratories a week. 

Theory and practice: class organization, analysis and teaching tech- 
niques of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior 
and Senior High School programs. 

P. E. 114, 116. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools II (2, 2) — 

Two lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 

Theory and practice: class organization, analysis, and teaching tech- 
niques of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for 
Junior and Senior High School programs. 

P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics (3, 3)— Two lecture and two labora- 
tory hours a week. 

Methods of coaching the various competitive sports commonly found in 
high school and college programs. 

P. E. 124, 126. Methods and Materials in Team Sports (2, 2)— Four 
laboratory hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68. 

Theory in coaching and officiating sports for women. Opportunity for 
National Officials' Ratings. 

P. E. 140. Therapeutics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
P. E. 100. 

A study of common structural abnormalities, corrective (adaptive) 
exercises, and massage. Causes, prevention and correction of postural 
defects. Testing methods. Theory and practice. 

P. E. 150. History and Philosophy of Physical Education (2) — Second 
semster. 

A study of the origins and derivations of modern physical education and 
the implications of the modern program for human welfare. 

P. E. 170. Principles of Physical Education (3) — First and second 
semesters. 

An integrative resume of the basic and specialized sciences pertinent to 
this .field and their application in developing the modern physical education 
curriculum. 

P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3) — First and 
second semesters. Two lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 
The application of measurement to physical and health education. 

P. E. 181. Training and Conditioning (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
ture and two laboratory hours a week. 

The training and physical conditioning of athletes. Treatment of ath- 
letic injuries by taping, massage, hydro-therapy, physical therapy, and 
electro-therapy. Remedial and conditioning exercises. Theory and practice. 



COURSES OFFERED 451 

P. E. 190.